diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'po')
67 files changed, 16713 insertions, 9582 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/install-methods.po b/po/el/install-methods.po index 0efb44d32..890d72682 100644 --- a/po/el/install-methods.po +++ b/po/el/install-methods.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-05 00:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1665,11 +1665,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " -"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." msgstr "" "Θα πρέπει να στήσετε έναν εξυπηρετητή TFTP, και για περισσότερα μηχανήματα " "έναν εξυπηρετητή BOOTP <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, ή έναν " @@ -1677,19 +1677,18 @@ msgstr "" "εξυπηρετητή DHCP</phrase>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1086 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " "(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " -"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " -"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase " -"arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " -"address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=" -"\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more " -"flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be " -"configured via DHCP. </phrase>" +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible " +"extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Το Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " "(RARP) είναι ένας τρόπος να πείτε στον client ποια διεύθυνση IP να " @@ -1705,7 +1704,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέσω του πρωτοκόλλου αυτού. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " @@ -1718,7 +1717,7 @@ msgstr "" "BOOTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " @@ -1744,7 +1743,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατευθείαν από την κονσόλα SRM." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " @@ -1755,7 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname> " #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " @@ -1770,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (δηλ. το Solaris), και GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " @@ -1785,13 +1784,13 @@ msgstr "" "κατάλληλα; συνιστούμε επίσης το πακέτο <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "Ρυθμίζοντας έναν εξυπηρετητή RARP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " @@ -1812,7 +1811,7 @@ msgstr "" "εντολή <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " @@ -1834,20 +1833,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "Ρυθμίζοντας έναν εξυπηρετητή BOOTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#: install-methods.xml:1193 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " "<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " "<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " -"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages " -"respectively." +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." msgstr "" "Υπάρχουν δύο εξυπηρετητές BOOTP διαθέσιμοι για το GNU/Linux, ο CMU " "<command>bootpd</command> ενώ ο άλλος είναι στην πραγματικότητα ένας DHCP " @@ -1855,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>bootp</classname> και <classname>dhcp</classname> στο &debian;." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " @@ -1921,17 +1920,17 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> είναι η διεύθυνση MAC του μηχανήματος.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " "easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " "clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " "clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" -"\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply " "adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " "block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" -"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "Αντίθετα, η ρύθμιση του BOOTP με τον ISC server <command>dhcpd</command> " "είναι πραγματικά εύκολη, γιατί αντιμετωπίζει τους πελάτες BOOTP σαν μια " @@ -1945,19 +1944,25 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "Ρυθμίζοντας έναν εξυπηρετητή DHCP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " -"this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a " -"sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" -"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1976,9 +1981,7 @@ msgid "" " next-server servername;\n" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" -"}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</" -"classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"}" msgstr "" "Ένας server DHCP που είναι ελεύθερο λογισμικό είναι ο <command>dhcpd</" "command>. Στο &debian;, είναι διαθέσιμος στο πακέτο <classname>dhcp</" @@ -2009,7 +2012,7 @@ msgstr "" "dhcpd.conf</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " @@ -2028,25 +2031,25 @@ msgstr "" "TFTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1275 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " -"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "Μετά την έκδοση του αρχείου ρυθμίσεων του <command>dhcpd</command>, " "επανεκκινήστε τον εξυπηρετητή με την εντολή <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd " "restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Εκκίνησης με τη μέθοδο PXE στη ρύθμιση του DHCP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1284 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" "boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2070,11 +2073,11 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "\n" "group {\n" -" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" -" host tftpclient {\n" +" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" +" host tftpclient {\n" "# tftp client hardware address\n" " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" -" filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" +" filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " @@ -2118,13 +2121,13 @@ msgstr "" "images\"/> παρακάτω)" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση του εξυπηρετητή TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " @@ -2144,14 +2147,27 @@ msgstr "" "σωστά από την πρώτη στιγμή με την εγκατάστασή τους." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " -"of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</" -"userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to " -"log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot " -"errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of " +"<command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is " +"useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that " +"below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " "have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " "has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" "userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" @@ -2172,7 +2188,7 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " @@ -2205,21 +2221,20 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιεί ο TFTP server στο Linux." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "Μεταφορά των ειδώλων TFTP στη θέση τους" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1364 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" -"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, " -"this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a " -"link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for " -"booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by " -"the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." msgstr "" "Στη συνέχεια, τοποθετήστε την εικόνα εκκίνησης του TFTP, όπως βρίσκεται στο " "<xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, στον κατάλογο των ειδώλων εκκίνησης του " @@ -2231,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr "" "σταθερά πρότυπα." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " @@ -2249,13 +2264,13 @@ msgstr "" "μετονομάστε το σε <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> στον κατάλογο του TFTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " "<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " "tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " -"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " "<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" "Για εκκίνηση με τη μέθοδο PXE, ό,τι χρειάζεστε βρίσκεται στο συμπιεσμένο " @@ -2266,7 +2281,7 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείου για εκκίνηση." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2283,13 +2298,13 @@ msgstr "" "το όνομα του αρχείου εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "Είδωλα TFTP για DECstation" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " @@ -2308,7 +2323,7 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP που περιγράψαμε παραπάνω." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2327,13 +2342,13 @@ msgstr "" "να δοθούν επιλεκτικά με την ακόλουθη σύνταξη:" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " @@ -2373,13 +2388,13 @@ msgstr "" "netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Εκκίνηση με TFTP για Alpha" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " @@ -2403,13 +2418,13 @@ msgstr "" "τέτοιο όνομα με μια από τις δυο αυτές μεθόδους." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "Εκκίνηση με TFTP για SPARC" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " @@ -2443,7 +2458,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσθέσετε στο τέλος το όνομα της υποαρχιτεκτονικής." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " @@ -2458,13 +2473,13 @@ msgstr "" "ψάχνει ο server TFTP." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "Εκκίνηση TFTP για BVM/Motorola" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " @@ -2474,7 +2489,7 @@ msgstr "" "files; στον κατάλογο <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " @@ -2490,13 +2505,13 @@ msgstr "" "περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις ρυθμίσεις για συγκεκριμένα συστήματα." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "Εκκίνηση TFTP για SGI" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " @@ -2511,13 +2526,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> στο αρχείο <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Εκκίνηση TFTP με Broadcom BCM91250A και BCM91480B;" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " @@ -2527,13 +2542,13 @@ msgstr "" "περάσετε την πλήρη διαδρομή για το αρχείο που θα φορτωθεί στο CFE." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "Αυτόματη Εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " @@ -2550,13 +2565,13 @@ msgstr "" "τον ίδιο τον Debian Installer." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "Αυτόματη εγκατάσταση με χρήση του Debian Installer " #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " @@ -2571,7 +2586,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " diff --git a/po/el/post-install.po b/po/el/post-install.po index a995e7cd9..d49298c22 100644 --- a/po/el/post-install.po +++ b/po/el/post-install.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-13 14:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -253,13 +253,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " "user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " "<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" "whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " -"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +"allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" "Από την άλλη αν έχετε μια περιοδική εργασία που (α) χρειάζεται να τρέχει από " "έναν ειδικό χρήστη ή (β) χρειάζεται να τρέχει σε συγκεκριμένες χρονικές " diff --git a/po/el/preparing.po b/po/el/preparing.po index a9adb9c3b..e6b912458 100644 --- a/po/el/preparing.po +++ b/po/el/preparing.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-04 21:24+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1720,16 +1720,16 @@ msgstr "Κατάτμηση σε Windows NT" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " "existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " "Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " "from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " "partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " -"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " -"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " -"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to " +"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have " +"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " "destroy the partition information." msgstr "" "Τα Windows NT χρησιμοποιούν τον τύπο PC-style για τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων. Αν " @@ -1787,15 +1787,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " -"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " -"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " -"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " -"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " -"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " -"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay " +"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post " +"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate " +"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the " +"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually " +"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you " +"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε όμως έναν μεγάλο δίσκο IDE και δεν χρησιμοποιείτε ούτε LBA " "addressing, overlay drivers (που διατίθενται μερικές φορές από κατασκευαστές " @@ -2207,12 +2207,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " "create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " -"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " -"FTP server." +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from " +"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Για συστήματα Mac με δίσκους IDE, θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε το " "<command>Apple Drive Setup</command> για να δημιουργήσετε κενό χώρο για τις " @@ -2228,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "Κατάτμηση από SunOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " "both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " @@ -2237,7 +2238,7 @@ msgid "" "you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " "the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " "that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " -"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 " "(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε άνετα να κάνετε την διαμέριση των δίσκων σας από το SunOS. Μάλιστα, " @@ -3265,17 +3266,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1965 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " "and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " -"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot " "from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " "necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " -"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " -"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " -"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " -"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have " +"to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a " +"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, " +"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" "Πριν κάνετε την πραγματική εγκατάσταση, πρέπει να κάνετε μια σειρά από " "βήματα σχεδιασμού και προετοιμασίας. Η IBM έχει κάνει διαθέσιμη την " @@ -3615,19 +3616,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "Ορατότητα οθόνης σε μηχανήματα OldWorld Powermac" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2164 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " -"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " -"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " -"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " -"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the " +"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such " +"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " "monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " diff --git a/po/el/preseed.po b/po/el/preseed.po index 51e787262..88e748b54 100644 --- a/po/el/preseed.po +++ b/po/el/preseed.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-26 01:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-22 14:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1343,11 +1343,12 @@ msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις καθρέφτη της αρχειοθήκης του #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:726 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " -"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " -"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " +"download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, " +"and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the " +"installed system." msgstr "" "Ανάλογα με την μέθοδο εγκατάστασης που χρησιμοποιείτε, ίσως χρησιμοποιηθεί " "ένας καθρέφτης της αρχειοθήκης τόσο για το \"κατέβασμα\" περισσότερων " @@ -1420,10 +1421,10 @@ msgstr "Διαμέριση" #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " -"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " -"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " -"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " -"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to " +"partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout " +"of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe " +"from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " "currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." msgstr "" "Η χρήση preseeding για την διαμέριση του σκληρού δίσκου περιορίζεται " @@ -1915,9 +1916,9 @@ msgid "" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some " +"other\n" +"# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" @@ -2053,8 +2054,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " "installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" -"classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or " -"space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated " +"by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel " +"command line as well." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen diff --git a/po/el/random-bits.po b/po/el/random-bits.po index 2debbff44..810544f43 100644 --- a/po/el/random-bits.po +++ b/po/el/random-bits.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-09 00:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -780,12 +780,13 @@ msgstr "Ξεκινώντας" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:332 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " -"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " -"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " -"to install X." +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." msgstr "" "Με τα διαθέσιμα *nix εργαλεία κατάτμησης, επανακατατμήστε τον σκληρό σας " "δίσκο όπως απαιτείται, δημιουργώντας τουλάχιστον ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα " @@ -794,13 +795,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστήσετε το περιβάλλον X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 +#: random-bits.xml:340 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " -"system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root " -"partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " "<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" @@ -813,14 +814,14 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων ext2,παραλείψετε την παράμετρο <userinput>-j</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:350 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " "intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" +"# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" -"# swapon /dev/hda5\n" +"# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" "filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " "filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " @@ -838,17 +839,17 @@ msgstr "" "σημείου προσάρτησης είναι αυστηρά αυθαίρετο, δείτε αναφορά σε αυτό παρακάτω." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:362 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" -"# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -860,13 +861,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτούς τους καταλόγους χειροκίνητα πριν προχωρήσετε στο επόμενο στάδιο." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Εγκαθιστώντας με το <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -892,7 +893,7 @@ msgstr "" "και εγκαταστήστε το <command>debootstrap</command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -920,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "για να εγκαταστήσετε τα δυαδικά αρχεία." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -932,13 +933,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv " #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Τρέξτε το <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -956,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -968,15 +969,15 @@ msgstr "" "αντί του ενός http URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:443 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " "<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " -"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" -"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " -"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " -"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</" +"userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, " +"<userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" "Αντικαταστήστε ένα από τα ακόλουθα για την αρχιτεκτονική <replaceable>ARCH</" @@ -988,46 +989,47 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:461 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" -" /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" +" /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του βασικού συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " -"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" -"Τώρα έχετε ένα πραγματικό, αν και σκιώδες, σύστημα Debian στο δίσκο σας. " -"<command>Chroot</command> σε αυτό:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" -msgstr "# LANG=chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Προσαρτήστε τα τμήματα" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:484 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1043,8 +1045,8 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" -"/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" -"/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" @@ -1052,8 +1054,17 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " "the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " -"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /media\n" +"# mkdir cdrom0\n" +"# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# ln -s media/cdrom\n" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " "times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " "customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " @@ -1092,13 +1103,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>, βεβαιωθείτε να προσαρτήσετε το proc πριν συνεχίσετε:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1110,47 +1121,43 @@ msgstr "" "από το chroot κατάλογο:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" -msgstr "Ρύθμιση του πληκτρολογίου" +#: random-bits.xml:524 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Timezone" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση της αφετηρίας" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" -msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε το πληκτρολόγιο τρέξτε:" +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." +msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " -"configured for the next reboot." +"# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" +"# tzconfig" msgstr "" -"Σημειώστε ότι δεν μπορείτε να ορίσετε το πληκτρολόγιο όσο είσαστε στο " -"περιβάλλον chroot, αλλά θα ρυθμιστεί με την επόμενη επανεκκίνηση." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 +#: random-bits.xml:539 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1195,6 +1202,17 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"\n" +"# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +"::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +"fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +"ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +"ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +"ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +"ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " "arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " "file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " @@ -1251,25 +1269,44 @@ msgstr "" "διασύνδεσης (eth0, eth1, etc.) που περιμένετε." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δικτύου" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:581 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" -msgstr "Ρύθμιση της εντοπιότητας" +msgid "" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" +"\n" +"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση του πληκτρολογίου" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:598 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " -"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be " -"configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running " -"<command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets " -"other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization " -"HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" msgstr "" "Για να ρυθμίσετε το locale σας ώστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια γλώσσα " "διαφορετική από τα αγγλικά, εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο υποστήριξης για locale " @@ -1282,18 +1319,36 @@ msgstr "" "διαφορετικά από ASCII ή latin1, παρακαλώ να συμβουλευθείτε το κατάλληλο " "localization HOWTO." +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# aptitude install console-data\n" +"# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" +"Σημειώστε ότι δεν μπορείτε να ορίσετε το πληκτρολόγιο όσο είσαστε στο " +"περιβάλλον chroot, αλλά θα ρυθμιστεί με την επόμενη επανεκκίνηση." + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση ενός Πυρήνα" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:621 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " -"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." @@ -1307,7 +1362,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιώντας το όνομα του αντίστοιχου πακέτου." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1315,14 +1370,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences " +"the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file " +"will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional " +"information about this file, consult its man page which will be available " +"after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης (Boot Loader)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1337,8 +1403,8 @@ msgstr "" "σας Debian chroot για να κάνετε κάτι τέτοιο." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " @@ -1346,8 +1412,8 @@ msgid "" "install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " "<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " "could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " -"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " -"relative to the system you call it from)." +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" "Ελέγξτε το <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> για οδηγίες σχετικά με τη " "ρύθμιση του bootloader. Αν διατηρείτε το σύστημα που χρησιμοποιήσατε για την " @@ -1359,17 +1425,32 @@ msgstr "" "τρέχετε)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:665 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install grub\n" +"# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" +"# update-grub\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Εδώ είναι ένα <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> σαν παράδειγμα:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:679 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"boot=/dev/hda6\n" -"root=/dev/hda6\n" +"boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -1385,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian " #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1405,7 +1486,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα μέσα από το οποίο το τρέχετε)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1436,13 +1517,46 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# tasksel install standard\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Εγκαθιστώντας το &debian; πάνω από Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1457,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" "που να διαθέτει ένα καθρέφτη της αρχειοθήκης του Debian (πχ. στο Διαδίκτυο)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1474,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "" "χώρο διευθύνσεων του δικτύου σας)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1486,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1500,13 +1614,13 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Απαιτήσεις" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1516,13 +1630,13 @@ msgstr "" "οποίον θα εγκατασταθεί το Debian." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "Μέσα εγκατάστασης; δείτε <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1532,7 +1646,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>αφετηρία</emphasis>, που θα λειτουργήσει σαν πύλη." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1544,13 +1658,13 @@ msgstr "" "το καλώδιο και οδηγίες για το πώς να το φτιάξετε οι ίδιοι." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Ρύθμιση της αφετηρίας" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1560,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφετηρίας σαν πύλη στο Διαδίκτυο χρησιμοποιώντας ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1602,13 +1716,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στο σύστημα προορισμού" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1624,13 +1738,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Φόρτωση συνιστωσών του εγκαταστάτη" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1640,13 +1754,13 @@ msgstr "" "καταστήσει διαθέσιμους τους οδηγούς PLIP στο σύστημα εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Ανίχνευση υλικού δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1662,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr "" "δικτύου, ο εγκαταστάτης δεν θα εμφανίσει αυτή τη λίστα." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1674,19 +1788,19 @@ msgstr "" "λίστα. Επιλέξτε τον οδηγό του αρθρώματος <userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δικτύου " #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Αυτόματη ρύθμιση του δικτύου με DHCP: No" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -1694,7 +1808,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1704,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1714,6 +1828,22 @@ msgstr "" "διευθύνσεις που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν και στο σύστημα αφετηρίας (δείτε το αρχείο " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Τώρα έχετε ένα πραγματικό, αν και σκιώδες, σύστημα Debian στο δίσκο σας. " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> σε αυτό:" + +#~ msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +#~ msgstr "# LANG=chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" + +#~ msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +#~ msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε το πληκτρολόγιο τρέξτε:" + +#~ msgid "Configure Locales" +#~ msgstr "Ρύθμιση της εντοπιότητας" + #~ msgid "1392" #~ msgstr "1392 " diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index bd715eab4..8b63c6f59 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-02 23:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -814,22 +814,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"Κατά την εγκατάσταση σε συνθήκες μειωμένης μνήμης, δεν θα είναι διαθέσιμα " -"όλα τα συστατικά. Ένας από τους περιορισμούς είναι ότι δεν θα είστε σε θέση " -"να επιλέξετε γλώσσα εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "Επιλογή Παραμέτρων Τοπικοποίησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -843,7 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" "αποτελούνται από την γλώσσα, την χώρα και το σύνολο τοπικών ρυθμίσεων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -858,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr "" "προεπιλεγμένη γλώσσα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -874,7 +875,7 @@ msgstr "" "σας" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -900,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -921,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσχετίζεται μόνο με μία χώρα, τότε αυτόματα θα επιλεγεί αυτή η χώρα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -936,13 +937,13 @@ msgstr "" "επιπλέον τέτοιων συνόλων τοπικών ρυθμίσεων για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Επιλογή Πληκτρολογίου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -961,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -979,7 +980,7 @@ msgstr "" "πληκτρολογίου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -994,7 +995,7 @@ msgstr "" "παραπέρα εξέλιξη του πυρήνα Linux/MIPS." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1015,13 +1016,13 @@ msgstr "" "είναι ίδιες." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Αναζήτηση Εικόνων τύπου ISO του Εγκαταστάτη Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1036,7 +1037,7 @@ msgstr "" "δουλειά. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1068,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" "στην εγκατάσταση, στην δεύτερη ψάχνει για άλλη εικόνα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1083,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1102,13 +1103,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη δεύτερη κονσόλα χωρίς την παραπάνω επανεκκίνηση. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1129,7 +1130,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1153,7 +1154,7 @@ msgstr "" "εντάξει, προσπαθήστε πάλι. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1178,7 +1179,7 @@ msgstr "" "απαντήσεις από το <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1204,13 +1205,13 @@ msgstr "" "βήμα-βήμα στην ρύθμιση του δικτύου σας." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Διαμέριση και Επιλογή Σημείων Προσάρτησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1229,13 +1230,13 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευές LVM ή RAID." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Διαμέριση των Δίσκων σας" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1247,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "το ζήτημα, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1262,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" "επεξεργασία του πίνακα διαμέρισης</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1274,14 +1275,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1292,7 +1293,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1303,7 +1304,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1315,7 +1316,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1327,7 +1328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1338,7 +1339,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1358,73 +1359,73 @@ msgstr "" "σχήμα), η διαμέριση αυτή θα αποτύχει. " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Ελάχιστος χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1434,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1444,7 +1445,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1458,7 +1459,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμόρφωσης για την χειροκίνητη δημιουργία μιας κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1470,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιηθεί από τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1482,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμορφωθούν και που θα προσαρτηθούν οι διάφορες κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1533,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπάρχει)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1555,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "την χειροκίνητη διαμέριση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1571,13 +1572,13 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων από το νέο σας σύστημα Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Εάν επιλέξετε έναν δίσκο που δεν έχει ούτε τμήματα ούτε ελεύθερο χώρο , θα " "σας προταθεί να δημιουργήσετε έναν νέο πίνακα διαμέρισης (αυτό είναι " @@ -1586,22 +1587,26 @@ msgstr "" "τίτλο <quote>ΕΛΕΎΘΕΡΟΣ ΧΏΡΟΣ</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 +#: using-d-i.xml:928 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Εάν επιλέξετε κάποιο ελεύθερο χώρο, θα σας προταθεί να δημιουργήσετε νέο " "τμήμα. Θα πρέπει να απαντήσετε σε μια γρήγορη σειρά ερωτήσεων σχετικά με το " @@ -1621,17 +1626,17 @@ msgstr "" "<command>προγράμματος κατάτμησης</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "Εάν αποφασίσετε ότι θέλετε να αλλάξετε κάτι για το τμήμα σας, επιλέξτε απλά " "το τμήμα, οπότε θα βρεθείτε στο μενού ρύθμισης τμημάτων. Επειδή εμφανίζεται " @@ -1644,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap. Αυτό το μενού σας επιτρέπει επίσης να διαγράψετε ένα τμήμα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1661,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το προσαρτήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1673,7 +1678,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το δημιουργήσετε. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1690,7 +1695,7 @@ msgstr "" "ή <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1705,13 +1710,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων δημιουργήθηκαν όπως ακριβώς το ζητήσατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Μονάδων Πολλαπλών Δίσκων (Λογισμικό RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1733,7 +1738,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>λογισμικό RAID</firstterm> μετά την διασημότερη παραλλαγή της)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1749,43 +1754,43 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης κλπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1834,55 +1839,55 @@ msgstr "" "Ανακεφαλαιώνοντας:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Τύπος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Ελάχιστες Συσκευές" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Εφεδρική Συσκευή" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Η βλάβη δίσκου ξεπεράστηκε;" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Διαθέσιμος Χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>no</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1890,43 +1895,43 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "προαιρετικό" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Μέγεθος του μικρότερου τμήματος στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1936,18 +1941,18 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον μια)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "Εάν θέλετε πραγματικά να γνωρίσετε όλα τα σχετικά με το Λογισμικό RAID, " "ρίξτε μια ματιά στην ιστοσελίδα <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1964,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1982,7 +1987,7 @@ msgstr "" "με χειροκίνητη εκτέλεση κάποιων βημάτων ρύθμισης ή εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2003,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" "τύπο μονάδας MD που επιλέξατε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2015,7 +2020,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα που θα αποτελέσουν την μονάδα MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2036,7 +2041,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνεχίσετε μέχρι να διορθώσετε το λάθος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2047,7 +2052,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2066,7 +2071,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήμα μεγέθους 100 GB για <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2081,13 +2086,13 @@ msgstr "" "γι’αυτές τα συνήθη χαρακτηριστικά όπως τα σημεία προσάρτησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2104,7 +2109,7 @@ msgstr "" "ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2125,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "" "διάφορους φυσικούς δίσκους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2147,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2164,7 +2169,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2177,7 +2182,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2185,43 +2190,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2229,7 +2234,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2237,17 +2242,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2260,13 +2255,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να τους διαχειριστείτε με τον ίδιο τρόπο)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2280,7 +2275,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2297,7 +2292,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2307,20 +2302,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2331,7 +2326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2341,13 +2336,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2363,13 +2358,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2379,13 +2374,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2397,7 +2392,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2407,25 +2402,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2435,13 +2430,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2453,7 +2448,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2466,13 +2461,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2486,7 +2481,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2495,13 +2490,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2510,25 +2505,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2538,19 +2533,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2560,7 +2555,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2572,7 +2567,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2583,7 +2578,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2598,7 +2593,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2612,7 +2607,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2632,7 +2627,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2645,7 +2640,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2653,13 +2648,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2669,13 +2664,13 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιηθούν για την ρύθμιση του συστήματος που πρόκειται να εγκατασταθεί." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Ρύθμιση της Χρονικής Ζώνης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2689,13 +2684,13 @@ msgstr "" "ερωτηθείτε καθόλου και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει ότι ισχύει αυτή η χρονική ζώνη." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2710,7 +2705,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημμένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2730,7 +2725,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2740,19 +2735,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr " " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Ρύθμιση των Χρηστών και των Κωδικών Πρόσβασης" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2768,7 +2763,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονικό διάστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2785,7 +2780,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούσε κανείς να μαντέψει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2798,13 +2793,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν διαχειριστές συστήματος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός απλού χρήστη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2819,7 +2814,7 @@ msgstr "" "στο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2842,7 +2837,7 @@ msgstr "" "εξοικειωμένοι με τα θέματα αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2856,7 +2851,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον λογαριασμό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2866,13 +2861,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν άλλο λογαριασμό χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2886,21 +2881,15 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή ή δικτυακή σύνδεση, αυτό το στάδιο μπορεί να διαρκέσει για πολύ " "ώρα." -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" "Στη διάρκεια της Βασικής εγκατάστασης, τα μηνύματα για την αποσυμπίεση και " "ρύθμιση των πακέτων κατευθύνονται στο τερματικό <userinput>tty4</userinput>. " @@ -2910,19 +2899,19 @@ msgstr "" "keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" "Tα μηνύματα αποσυμπίεσης/ρύθμισης που δημιουργούνται κατά την βασική " "εγκατάσταση σώζονται στο <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>, αν η " "εγκατάσταση γίνεται σε μια σειριακή κονσόλα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2937,18 +2926,18 @@ msgstr "" "πυρήνων." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετου Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" @@ -2960,29 +2949,30 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματος αν έχετε έναν αργό υπολογιστή ή μια αργή δικτυακή σύνδεση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" "Το κύριο μέσο που οι χρήστες χρησιμοποιούν για την εγκατάσταση πακέτων στο " "σύστημά τους είναι μέσω ενός προγράμματος που ονομάζεται <command>apt-get</" @@ -3002,7 +2992,7 @@ msgstr "" "ωραίο interface.για τον χρήστη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3020,13 +3010,13 @@ msgstr "" "και να το διορθώσετε όπως επιθυμείτε μετά την ολοκήρωση της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3044,7 +3034,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3082,7 +3072,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"καθήκοντα\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3096,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"καθήκοντα\" αυτά σ' αυτό το σημείο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3105,7 +3095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3119,7 +3109,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3131,7 +3121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3143,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστήσει τα πακέτα που έχετε διαλέξει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3154,7 +3144,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3170,13 +3160,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτής." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Πράκτορα Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3193,7 +3183,7 @@ msgstr "" "και εύκολο στην εκμάθηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3209,7 +3199,7 @@ msgstr "" "σημαντικές πληροφορίες μέσω του ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3220,13 +3210,13 @@ msgstr "" "στις δικές σας ανάγκες:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "Διαδικτυακός τόπος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3241,13 +3231,13 @@ msgstr "" "μεταβιβάζετε αλληλογραφία." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "αλληλογραφία που αποστέλλεται μέσω smarthost" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3266,13 +3256,13 @@ msgstr "" "επιλογή αυτή είναι κατάλληλη για χρήστες dial-up." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "Μόνο τοπική παράδοση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3291,13 +3281,13 @@ msgstr "" "βολική για νέους χρήστες καθώς δεν συνοδεύεται από άλλες επιπλέον ερωτήσεις." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "όχι ρύθμιση αυτή τη φορά" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3312,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματός σας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3328,18 +3318,18 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" "Εάν εγκαθιστάτε σε ένα σταθμό εργασίας που δεν έχει σκληρό δίσκο, προφανώς, " @@ -3348,31 +3338,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenBoot έτσι ώστε να έχει ως προεπιλεγμένη την εκκίνηση από το δίκτυο. " "Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Σημειώστε ότι η εκκίνηση πολλαπλών λειτουργικών συστημάτων από ένα μόνο " -"υπολογιστή είναι ακόμα κάτι σαν μαύρη μαγεία. Το παρόν έγγραφο δεν προσπαθεί " -"καθόλου να τεκμηριώσει τους διάφορους φορτωτές εκκίνησης, οι οποίοι " -"ποικίλλουν από αρχιτεκτονική σε αρχιτεκτονική, ακόμα κι από " -"υποαρχιτεκτονική σε υποαρχιτεκτονική. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε τις " -"οδηγίες χρήσης του φορτωτή σας εκκίνησης." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3389,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3407,16 +3380,16 @@ msgstr "" "σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του <command>aboot</command> σε Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3436,13 +3409,13 @@ msgstr "" "το GNU/Linux από δισκέτα. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3459,20 +3432,20 @@ msgstr "" "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3484,7 +3457,7 @@ msgstr "" "ορισμοί επιλογή του debian εγκαταστάτη για αρχάριους όπως και για βετεράνους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3497,7 +3470,7 @@ msgstr "" "βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3508,14 +3481,14 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης θέλετε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3533,7 +3506,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3548,23 +3521,23 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "" "Ο &d-i; σας προσφέρει τρεις επιλογές για το που να εγκαταστήσετε τον φορτωτή " "εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3574,13 +3547,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3592,13 +3565,13 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3617,7 +3590,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3635,15 +3608,15 @@ msgstr "" "παρακαλούμε να διαβάσετε το <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " "on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " @@ -3653,9 +3626,9 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" "Ο φορτωτής εκκίνησης της &architecture; ονομάζεται <quote>elilo</quote>. " "Βασίζεται στον φορτωτή εκκίνησης <quote>lilo</quote> της αρχιτεκτονικής x86 " @@ -3672,7 +3645,7 @@ msgstr "" "συντελεστεί στην πραγματικότητα η φόρτωση και εκκίνηση του πυρήνα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3690,20 +3663,20 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" "Τα κριτήρια για την επιλογή τμήματος είναι το συστήματα αρχείων να είναι " @@ -3716,13 +3689,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης, διαγράφοντας τα πάντα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3753,13 +3726,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3771,13 +3744,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγμένα έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3791,13 +3764,13 @@ msgstr "" "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3812,13 +3785,13 @@ msgstr "" "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3831,13 +3804,13 @@ msgstr "" "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3851,13 +3824,13 @@ msgstr "" "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3902,13 +3875,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3918,13 +3891,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3934,13 +3907,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>arcboot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3950,13 +3923,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3966,13 +3939,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4002,13 +3975,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4019,13 +3992,13 @@ msgstr "" "μητρική αυτό είναι <userinput>3</userinput> " #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4034,7 +4007,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>DELO </command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4044,13 +4017,13 @@ msgstr "" "delo.conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4060,7 +4033,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4071,19 +4044,19 @@ msgstr "" "ρύθμισης, το σωστό είναι να χρησιμοποιήσετε" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4104,13 +4077,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4125,13 +4098,13 @@ msgstr "" "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4148,14 +4121,14 @@ msgstr "" "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4189,13 +4162,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4215,7 +4188,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα και να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την εκκίνηση του GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4238,13 +4211,13 @@ msgstr "" "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4255,13 +4228,13 @@ msgstr "" "μετά την χρήση του &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση της Εγκατάστασης και Επανεκκίνηση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4276,7 +4249,7 @@ msgstr "" "να εισέλθετε στο νέο σας Debian σύστημα. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4292,13 +4265,13 @@ msgstr "" "στην διάρκεια του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Διάφορα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4310,13 +4283,13 @@ msgstr "" "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4329,7 +4302,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4346,44 +4319,46 @@ msgstr "" "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." msgstr "" -"Υπάρχει μια επιλογή στο μενού, η <guimenuitem>Εκτέλεση Κελύφους</" -"guimenuitem>. Εάν αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι διαθέσιμη όταν θα έχετε ανάγκη να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα κέλυφος, πατήστε <keycombo><keycap>Αριστερό Alt</keycap> " -"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (σε πληκτρολόγια Mac, " -"<keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) για να " -"μεταβείτε στη δεύτερη <emphasis>εικονική κονσόλα</emphasis>. Αυτό συνίσταται " -"στο ταυτόχρονο πάτημα του πλήκτρου <keycap>Alt</keycap>, που βρίσκεται στην " -"αριστερά του <keycap>πλήκτρου διαστήματος</keycap>, και του πλήκτρου ειδικών " -"λειτουργιών <keycap>F2</keycap>. Είναι ένα άλλο παράθυρο που εκτελεί ένα " -"τύπο κελύφους Bourne ονομαζόμενο <command>ash</command>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" "Σε αυτό το σημείο ξεκινάτε από το δίσκο RAM, και υπάρχει διαθέσιμο προς " @@ -4398,32 +4373,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τα μενού για να φέρετε σε πέρας οποιαδήποτε εργασία μπορεί να " -"εκτελεστεί από αυτά — το κέλυφος και οι εντολές του υπάρχουν μόνο για " -"την περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά. Συγκεκριμένα, πάντα πρέπει να " -"χρησιμοποιείτε τα μενού, όχι το κέλυφος, για την ενεργοποίηση του τμήματος " -"swap, επειδή το λογισμικό των μενού δεν είναι σε θέση να ανιχνεύσει τις " -"εργασίες που έχετε εκτελέσει μεσώ του κελύφους. Για να επιστρέψετε στο μενού " -"πατήστε τo<keycombo><keycap>Αριστερό Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></" -"keycombo>, η, εάν χρησιμοποιήσατε κάποια επιλογή μενού για να ανοίξετε το " -"κέλυφος, πληκτρολογήστε <command>exit</command>. " +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4442,7 +4423,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4467,7 +4448,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4477,7 +4458,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4501,7 +4482,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4513,7 +4494,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4547,7 +4528,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4566,7 +4547,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4587,7 +4568,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4604,7 +4585,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4615,6 +4596,74 @@ msgstr "" "τερματισμό της σύνδεσης." #~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κατά την εγκατάσταση σε συνθήκες μειωμένης μνήμης, δεν θα είναι διαθέσιμα " +#~ "όλα τα συστατικά. Ένας από τους περιορισμούς είναι ότι δεν θα είστε σε " +#~ "θέση να επιλέξετε γλώσσα εγκατάστασης." + +#~ msgid "Base System Installation" +#~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +#~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +#~ "the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +#~ "subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for " +#~ "more information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Σημειώστε ότι η εκκίνηση πολλαπλών λειτουργικών συστημάτων από ένα μόνο " +#~ "υπολογιστή είναι ακόμα κάτι σαν μαύρη μαγεία. Το παρόν έγγραφο δεν " +#~ "προσπαθεί καθόλου να τεκμηριώσει τους διάφορους φορτωτές εκκίνησης, οι " +#~ "οποίοι ποικίλλουν από αρχιτεκτονική σε αρχιτεκτονική, ακόμα κι από " +#~ "υποαρχιτεκτονική σε υποαρχιτεκτονική. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε " +#~ "τις οδηγίες χρήσης του φορτωτή σας εκκίνησης." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " +#~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a " +#~ "Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. " +#~ "That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the " +#~ "<keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at " +#~ "the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone " +#~ "called <command>ash</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Υπάρχει μια επιλογή στο μενού, η <guimenuitem>Εκτέλεση Κελύφους</" +#~ "guimenuitem>. Εάν αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι διαθέσιμη όταν θα έχετε ανάγκη " +#~ "να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα κέλυφος, πατήστε <keycombo><keycap>Αριστερό Alt</" +#~ "keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (σε πληκτρολόγια Mac, " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) για να " +#~ "μεταβείτε στη δεύτερη <emphasis>εικονική κονσόλα</emphasis>. Αυτό " +#~ "συνίσταται στο ταυτόχρονο πάτημα του πλήκτρου <keycap>Alt</keycap>, που " +#~ "βρίσκεται στην αριστερά του <keycap>πλήκτρου διαστήματος</keycap>, και " +#~ "του πλήκτρου ειδικών λειτουργιών <keycap>F2</keycap>. Είναι ένα άλλο " +#~ "παράθυρο που εκτελεί ένα τύπο κελύφους Bourne ονομαζόμενο <command>ash</" +#~ "command>. " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " +#~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " +#~ "particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate " +#~ "your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've " +#~ "done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type " +#~ "<command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε τα μενού για να φέρετε σε πέρας οποιαδήποτε εργασία μπορεί " +#~ "να εκτελεστεί από αυτά — το κέλυφος και οι εντολές του υπάρχουν " +#~ "μόνο για την περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά. Συγκεκριμένα, πάντα πρέπει " +#~ "να χρησιμοποιείτε τα μενού, όχι το κέλυφος, για την ενεργοποίηση του " +#~ "τμήματος swap, επειδή το λογισμικό των μενού δεν είναι σε θέση να " +#~ "ανιχνεύσει τις εργασίες που έχετε εκτελέσει μεσώ του κελύφους. Για να " +#~ "επιστρέψετε στο μενού πατήστε τo<keycombo><keycap>Αριστερό Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>, η, εάν χρησιμοποιήσατε κάποια επιλογή " +#~ "μενού για να ανοίξετε το κέλυφος, πληκτρολογήστε <command>exit</command>. " + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " #~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " #~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " diff --git a/po/fi/install-methods.po b/po/fi/install-methods.po index b20a2e0d6..4309bb064 100644 --- a/po/fi/install-methods.po +++ b/po/fi/install-methods.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Debian Installation Guide install-methods\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-17 14:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -28,26 +28,88 @@ msgstr "Viralliset &debian; romput" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:13 #, no-c-format -msgid "By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." -msgstr "&debian; on helpointa asentaa virallisilta rompuilta. Romput voi ostaa kauppiaalta (katso <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">Debianin CD-toimittajat</ulink> -sivulta). Jos Debianin romput on jo hankittuna ja romput kelpaavat käynnistysrompuksi asennettavalla tietokoneella, voidaan hypätä suoraan kohtaan <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; paljon vaivaa on nähty jotta useimpien käyttäjien tarvitsemat tiedostot olisivat rompulla. Vaikkakin tarvitaan monta romppua, jotta kaikki asennuspaketit saadaan mahtumaan, on epätodennäköistä, että tarvittaisiin paketteja jotka ovat kolmannella rompulla tai sen jälkeen. Kannattaa huomata myös asennus-DVD, jolla säästää paljon hyllytilaa ja välttyy rompunvaihtotalkoilta." +msgid "" +"By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM " +"Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-" +"vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images " +"from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network " +"connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD " +"page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs " +"are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people " +"need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires " +"several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and " +"above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of " +"space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." +msgstr "" +"&debian; on helpointa asentaa virallisilta rompuilta. Romput voi ostaa " +"kauppiaalta (katso <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">Debianin CD-" +"toimittajat</ulink> -sivulta). Jos Debianin romput on jo hankittuna ja " +"romput kelpaavat käynnistysrompuksi asennettavalla tietokoneella, voidaan " +"hypätä suoraan kohtaan <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; paljon vaivaa on " +"nähty jotta useimpien käyttäjien tarvitsemat tiedostot olisivat rompulla. " +"Vaikkakin tarvitaan monta romppua, jotta kaikki asennuspaketit saadaan " +"mahtumaan, on epätodennäköistä, että tarvittaisiin paketteja jotka ovat " +"kolmannella rompulla tai sen jälkeen. Kannattaa huomata myös asennus-DVD, " +"jolla säästää paljon hyllytilaa ja välttyy rompunvaihtotalkoilta." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:30 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same directories and subdirectories on your CD." -msgstr "Jos tietokone ei tue rompulta käynnistämistä, mutta romput ovat käytettävissä, voidaan käyttää vaihtoehtoista tapaa kuten <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">levykettä,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">nauhaa, emuloitua nauhaa,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">kiintolevyä,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">USB-muistia,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">käynnistystä verkosta,</phrase> tai ytimen lataamista itse rompulta järjestelmän asentimen ensimmäiseen käynnistämiseen. Myöskin muilla tavoin käynnistämiseen tarvittavat tiedostot ovat rompulla; Debianin verkossa olevan asennuspalvelimen ja romppujen hakemistorakenne on samanlainen. Joten kun seuraavassa kerrotaan käynnistämisessä tarvittavien arkiston tiedostojen polkunimiä, löytyvät tiedostot samoista hakemistoista ja alihakemistoista rompulta." +msgid "" +"If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you " +"can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-" +"boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-" +"tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to " +"initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by " +"another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder " +"organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for " +"particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same " +"directories and subdirectories on your CD." +msgstr "" +"Jos tietokone ei tue rompulta käynnistämistä, mutta romput ovat " +"käytettävissä, voidaan käyttää vaihtoehtoista tapaa kuten <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-floppy-boot\">levykettä,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">nauhaa, " +"emuloitua nauhaa,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">kiintolevyä,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">USB-muistia,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-tftp\">käynnistystä verkosta,</phrase> tai ytimen " +"lataamista itse rompulta järjestelmän asentimen ensimmäiseen " +"käynnistämiseen. Myöskin muilla tavoin käynnistämiseen tarvittavat tiedostot " +"ovat rompulla; Debianin verkossa olevan asennuspalvelimen ja romppujen " +"hakemistorakenne on samanlainen. Joten kun seuraavassa kerrotaan " +"käynnistämisessä tarvittavien arkiston tiedostojen polkunimiä, löytyvät " +"tiedostot samoista hakemistoista ja alihakemistoista rompulta." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files it needs from the CD." -msgstr "Kun asennin on käynnistetty, se osaa noutaa kaikki muut tarvitsemansa tiedostot rompulta." +msgid "" +"Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files " +"it needs from the CD." +msgstr "" +"Kun asennin on käynnistetty, se osaa noutaa kaikki muut tarvitsemansa " +"tiedostot rompulta." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:57 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." -msgstr "Jos romppuja ei ole, on asentimen järjestelmätiedostot noudettava netistä ja tallennettava ne <phrase arch=\"s390\">asennusnauhalle</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">levykkeelle tai</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">kiintolevylle tai</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">USB-muistille tai</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">verkkoyhteyden päässä olevalle tietokoneelle</phrase> jotta asennin voidaan käynnistää niiltä." +msgid "" +"If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer " +"system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a " +"connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"Jos romppuja ei ole, on asentimen järjestelmätiedostot noudettava netistä ja " +"tallennettava ne <phrase arch=\"s390\">asennusnauhalle</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">levykkeelle tai</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-disk\">kiintolevylle tai</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"bootable-usb\">USB-muistille tai</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp" +"\">verkkoyhteyden päässä olevalle tietokoneelle</phrase> jotta asennin " +"voidaan käynnistää niiltä." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:83 @@ -58,14 +120,23 @@ msgstr "Tiedostojen noutaminen Debianin asennuspalvelimilta" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:85 #, no-c-format -msgid "To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." -msgstr "Lähimmän (ja siten luultavasti nopeimman) asennuspalvelimen löytää <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Debianin asennuspalvelimien luettelosta</ulink>." +msgid "" +"To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Lähimmän (ja siten luultavasti nopeimman) asennuspalvelimen löytää <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Debianin asennuspalvelimien luettelosta</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:90 #, no-c-format -msgid "When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." -msgstr "Muista noutaa tiedostot Debianin asennuspalvelimelta <emphasis>binäärimuodossa</emphasis>, ei tekstimuodossa tai automaattimuodossa." +msgid "" +"When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files " +"in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"Muista noutaa tiedostot Debianin asennuspalvelimelta " +"<emphasis>binäärimuodossa</emphasis>, ei tekstimuodossa tai " +"automaattimuodossa." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:99 @@ -76,8 +147,18 @@ msgstr "Mistä asennusotokset löytyvät?" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:101 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image and its purpose." -msgstr "Asennuslevyjen otokset löytyvät jokaisesta Debianin asennuspalvelimesta hakemistosta <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — luettelossa <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> on kaikki otokset ja niiden käyttötarkoitus." +msgid "" +"The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/" +"installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image " +"and its purpose." +msgstr "" +"Asennuslevyjen otokset löytyvät jokaisesta Debianin asennuspalvelimesta " +"hakemistosta <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/" +"&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — " +"luettelossa <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</" +"ulink> on kaikki otokset ja niiden käyttötarkoitus." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:113 @@ -88,20 +169,57 @@ msgstr "Alphan asennustiedostot" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:114 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the <filename>MILO</filename> directory as <filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." -msgstr "Haluttaessa käynnistää ARC-konsolin laiteohjelmistosta <command>MILO</command>:n avulla, on lisäksi valmisteltava levy johon on asennettu <command>MILO</command> ja <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> tarjotuista levyotoksista. Katso kohdasta <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> löytyy lisää tietoa Alphan laiteohjelmistosta ja käynnistyslataimista. Levykeotokset <filename>MILO</filename>:n hakemistosta tiedostoina <filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</" +"command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</" +"command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. " +"See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha " +"firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the " +"<filename>MILO</filename> directory as " +"<filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Haluttaessa käynnistää ARC-konsolin laiteohjelmistosta <command>MILO</" +"command>:n avulla, on lisäksi valmisteltava levy johon on asennettu " +"<command>MILO</command> ja <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> tarjotuista " +"levyotoksista. Katso kohdasta <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> löytyy " +"lisää tietoa Alphan laiteohjelmistosta ja käynnistyslataimista. " +"Levykeotokset <filename>MILO</filename>:n hakemistosta tiedostoina " +"<filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:125 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." -msgstr "Harmittavasti näitä <command>MILO</command>:n otoksia ei voitu testata ja ne eivät ehkä toimi kaikilla arkkitehtuurin muunnoksilla. Jos havaitset ettei se toimi, yritä kopioida sopiva komennon <command>MILO</command> suorituskelpoinen versio levykkeelle (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). Huomaa, että nuo <command>MILO</command>-komennot eivät tue ext2:n ominaisuutta <quote>sparse superblocks</quote>, joten niitä ei voi käyttää ytimen lataamiseen juuri luodulta ext2-tiedostojärjestelmältä. Tämän voi kiertää tallentamalla ytimen FAT-osiolle komennon <command>MILO</command> kanssa." +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and " +"might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for " +"you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the " +"floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). " +"Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse " +"superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly " +"generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto " +"the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." +msgstr "" +"Harmittavasti näitä <command>MILO</command>:n otoksia ei voitu testata ja ne " +"eivät ehkä toimi kaikilla arkkitehtuurin muunnoksilla. Jos havaitset ettei " +"se toimi, yritä kopioida sopiva komennon <command>MILO</command> " +"suorituskelpoinen versio levykkeelle (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-" +"alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). Huomaa, että nuo <command>MILO</command>-" +"komennot eivät tue ext2:n ominaisuutta <quote>sparse superblocks</quote>, " +"joten niitä ei voi käyttää ytimen lataamiseen juuri luodulta ext2-" +"tiedostojärjestelmältä. Tämän voi kiertää tallentamalla ytimen FAT-osiolle " +"komennon <command>MILO</command> kanssa." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image for your Alpha platform." -msgstr "<command>MILO</command>:n suorituskelpoiset tiedostot toimivat vain tietyllä laitealustalla. Katso kohdasta <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> sopiva <command>MILO</command>-otos käytettävälle Alpha-koneelle." +msgid "" +"<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=" +"\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image " +"for your Alpha platform." +msgstr "" +"<command>MILO</command>:n suorituskelpoiset tiedostot toimivat vain tietyllä " +"laitealustalla. Katso kohdasta <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> sopiva " +"<command>MILO</command>-otos käytettävälle Alpha-koneelle." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:152 @@ -112,8 +230,16 @@ msgstr "RiscPC:n asennustiedostot" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:153 #, no-c-format -msgid "The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." -msgstr "RiscPC:n asennin käynnistetään ensimmäisen kerran RISC OS:stä. Kaikki tarvittavat tiedostot ovat yhdessä ZIP-arkistossa, &rpc-install-kit;. Nouda tämä tiedosto RISC OS -koneelle, kopioi <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> -komponentit paikalleen ja käynnistä <filename>!dInstall</filename>." +msgid "" +"The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary " +"files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file " +"onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> " +"components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." +msgstr "" +"RiscPC:n asennin käynnistetään ensimmäisen kerran RISC OS:stä. Kaikki " +"tarvittavat tiedostot ovat yhdessä ZIP-arkistossa, &rpc-install-kit;. Nouda " +"tämä tiedosto RISC OS -koneelle, kopioi <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> " +"-komponentit paikalleen ja käynnistä <filename>!dInstall</filename>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:165 @@ -124,8 +250,12 @@ msgstr "Netwinderin asennustiedostot" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:166 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the supplied TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." -msgstr "Netwinderin käynnistää helpoimmin verkosta, mukana tulevaa TFTP-otosta &netwinder-boot-img; käyttämällä." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the supplied " +"TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." +msgstr "" +"Netwinderin käynnistää helpoimmin verkosta, mukana tulevaa TFTP-otosta " +"&netwinder-boot-img; käyttämällä." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:175 @@ -136,8 +266,12 @@ msgstr "CATS:in asennustiedostot" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:176 #, no-c-format -msgid "CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." -msgstr "CATS voidaan käynnistää joko verkosta tai rompulta. Ydin ja initrd saadaan otoksesta &cats-boot-img;." +msgid "" +"CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and " +"initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." +msgstr "" +"CATS voidaan käynnistää joko verkosta tai rompulta. Ydin ja initrd saadaan " +"otoksesta &cats-boot-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:185 @@ -148,8 +282,14 @@ msgstr "NSLU2:n asennustiedostot" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:186 #, no-c-format -msgid "A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This firmware image can be obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." -msgstr "Linksys NSLU2:lle on laiteohjelmisto joka käynnistää automaattisesti Debianin asentimen <classname>debian-installer</classname>. Tämä laiteohjelmiston otos saadaan tiedostosta &nslu2-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically " +"boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This firmware image can be " +"obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." +msgstr "" +"Linksys NSLU2:lle on laiteohjelmisto joka käynnistää automaattisesti " +"Debianin asentimen <classname>debian-installer</classname>. Tämä " +"laiteohjelmiston otos saadaan tiedostosta &nslu2-firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:232 @@ -160,14 +300,28 @@ msgstr "Ytimen valinta" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:234 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." -msgstr "Joillakin laiteperheen m68k muunnoksilla on lukuisia asennusytimiä. Yleensä suositellaan uusimman version kokeilemista ensin. Jos muunnoksen tai tietokoneen on käytettävä version 2.2.x-ydintä, varmista että käytetään otosta joka tukee 2.2.x-ytimiä (katso <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." +msgid "" +"Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we " +"recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine " +"needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that " +"supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-" +"&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." +msgstr "" +"Joillakin laiteperheen m68k muunnoksilla on lukuisia asennusytimiä. Yleensä " +"suositellaan uusimman version kokeilemista ensin. Jos muunnoksen tai " +"tietokoneen on käytettävä version 2.2.x-ydintä, varmista että käytetään " +"otosta joka tukee 2.2.x-ytimiä (katso <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-" +"&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:243 #, no-c-format -msgid "All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel parameter &ramdisksize;." -msgstr "Kaikki laiteperneen m68k ytimien 2.2.x kanssa käytettävät otokset vaativat ytimen parametrin &ramdisksize;." +msgid "" +"All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel " +"parameter &ramdisksize;." +msgstr "" +"Kaikki laiteperneen m68k ytimien 2.2.x kanssa käytettävät otokset vaativat " +"ytimen parametrin &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:261 @@ -178,8 +332,24 @@ msgstr "IPL-nauhan luominen" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:263 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." -msgstr "Jos käynnistäminen (IPL) rompulta ei ole mahdollista eikä VM ole käytössä, on ensin luotava IPL-nauha. Ohjeet tähän löytyvät luvusta 3.4.3 Redbookista <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink>. Tiedostot jotka on (tässä järjestyksessä) kirjoitettava nauhalle ovat: <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> ja <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. Tiedostot voi noutaa alihakemistosta <filename>tape</filename>, katso kohdasta <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to " +"create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux " +"for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files " +"you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</" +"filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> " +"sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Jos käynnistäminen (IPL) rompulta ei ole mahdollista eikä VM ole käytössä, " +"on ensin luotava IPL-nauha. Ohjeet tähän löytyvät luvusta 3.4.3 Redbookista " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> " +"Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink>. Tiedostot " +"jotka on (tässä järjestyksessä) kirjoitettava nauhalle ovat: " +"<filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> ja " +"<filename>initrd.debian</filename>. Tiedostot voi noutaa alihakemistosta " +"<filename>tape</filename>, katso kohdasta <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:287 @@ -190,38 +360,75 @@ msgstr "Levykkeiden luominen levyotoksista" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:288 #, no-c-format -msgid "Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." -msgstr "Käynnistyslevykkeitä käytetään tavallisesti viimeisenä konstina asentimen käynnistämiseen laitteilla, joita ei voi käynnistää rompulta tai muilla tavoin." +msgid "" +"Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the " +"installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." +msgstr "" +"Käynnistyslevykkeitä käytetään tavallisesti viimeisenä konstina asentimen " +"käynnistämiseen laitteilla, joita ei voi käynnistää rompulta tai muilla " +"tavoin." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:293 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy drives." -msgstr "Kuulemma asentimen käynnistäminen levykkeeltä ei toimi Mac USB-levykeasemilta." +msgid "" +"Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Kuulemma asentimen käynnistäminen levykkeeltä ei toimi Mac USB-" +"levykeasemilta." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k Macs." -msgstr "Asentimen käynnistämistä levykkeeltä ei tueta Amigalla tai 68k Maceillä." +msgid "" +"Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k " +"Macs." +msgstr "" +"Asentimen käynnistämistä levykkeeltä ei tueta Amigalla tai 68k Maceillä." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:303 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data from the file onto the floppy." -msgstr "Levyotokset ovat tiedostoja, joissa on levykkeen koko sisältö <emphasis>käsittelemättömässä</emphasis> muodossa. Levyotoksia kuten <filename>boot.img</filename> ei voi suoraan kopioida levykkeelle. Tarvitaan tätä tarkoitusta varten tehty ohjelma kirjoittamaan levyotos levykkeelle <emphasis>käsittelemättömässä</emphasis> muodossa. Näin on meneteltävä, koska otokset ovat levyn käsittelemättömiä sisältöjä; tiedosto on kirjoitettava levykkeelle sektori kerrallaan." +msgid "" +"Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in " +"<emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</" +"filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is " +"used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> " +"mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the " +"disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data " +"from the file onto the floppy." +msgstr "" +"Levyotokset ovat tiedostoja, joissa on levykkeen koko sisältö " +"<emphasis>käsittelemättömässä</emphasis> muodossa. Levyotoksia kuten " +"<filename>boot.img</filename> ei voi suoraan kopioida levykkeelle. Tarvitaan " +"tätä tarkoitusta varten tehty ohjelma kirjoittamaan levyotos levykkeelle " +"<emphasis>käsittelemättömässä</emphasis> muodossa. Näin on meneteltävä, " +"koska otokset ovat levyn käsittelemättömiä sisältöjä; tiedosto on " +"kirjoitettava levykkeelle sektori kerrallaan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different platforms." -msgstr "Levykkeiden tekemiseen levyotoksista on useita tapoja. Tässä luvussa kerrotaan miten levyotoksista tehdään levykkeitä eri laitealustoilla." +msgid "" +"There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This " +"section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different " +"platforms." +msgstr "" +"Levykkeiden tekemiseen levyotoksista on useita tapoja. Tässä luvussa " +"kerrotaan miten levyotoksista tehdään levykkeitä eri laitealustoilla." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:320 #, no-c-format -msgid "No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." -msgstr "Tehtiinpä levykkeet millä tavalla tahansa, on kirjoittamisen jälkeen muistettava pistää levykkeiden kirjoitussuojaus päälle, jottei niiden päälle kirjoita vahingossa." +msgid "" +"No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember " +"to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to " +"ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." +msgstr "" +"Tehtiinpä levykkeet millä tavalla tahansa, on kirjoittamisen jälkeen " +"muistettava pistää levykkeiden kirjoitussuojaus päälle, jottei niiden päälle " +"kirjoita vahingossa." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:328 @@ -233,25 +440,88 @@ msgstr "Levyotosten kirjoittaminen Linuxissa tai Unixissa" #: install-methods.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" - "$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" - "</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the manual page)</phrase>." +"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably " +"need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy " +"drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one " +"of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> " +"for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</" +"filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be " +"different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is " +"<filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the " +"prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the " +"disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and " +"the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some " +"systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive " +"<phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the " +"manual page)</phrase>." msgstr "" -"Jotta levyotostiedostoja voisi kirjoittaa levykkeille, tarvitaan luultavasti pääkäyttäjän oikeudet järjestelmään. Aseta hyvä tyhjä levyke levykeasemaan. Käytä seuraavaksi komentoa <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ dd if=<replaceable>tiedostonnimi</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> missä <replaceable>tiedostonnimi</replaceable> on yksi tiedosto jossa on levykkeen otos (katso kohdasta <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> mikä tiedosto <replaceable>tiedostonnimi</replaceable> pitäisi olla). <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> on yleinen levykeaseman laitenimi, se saattaa olla jotain muuta työasemallasi <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(Solariksessa se on <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. Komento saattaa palata kehoitteeseen ennen kuin Unix on kirjoittanut levykkeen lopppuun asti, joten tarkkaile levykeaseman merkkivaloa ja varmistu valon sammuneen ja levykkeen lakanneen pyörimästä ennen kuin poistat sen asemasta. Joissakin järjestelmissä on käytettävä komentoa, joka työntää levykkeen ulos asemasta <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(Solariksessa käytetään komentoa <command>eject</command>, katso man-sivua)</phrase>." +"Jotta levyotostiedostoja voisi kirjoittaa levykkeille, tarvitaan luultavasti " +"pääkäyttäjän oikeudet järjestelmään. Aseta hyvä tyhjä levyke levykeasemaan. " +"Käytä seuraavaksi komentoa <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>tiedostonnimi</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 " +"conv=sync ; sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> missä <replaceable>tiedostonnimi</replaceable> " +"on yksi tiedosto jossa on levykkeen otos (katso kohdasta <xref linkend=" +"\"downloading-files\"/> mikä tiedosto <replaceable>tiedostonnimi</" +"replaceable> pitäisi olla). <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> on yleinen " +"levykeaseman laitenimi, se saattaa olla jotain muuta työasemallasi <phrase " +"arch=\"sparc\">(Solariksessa se on <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. " +"Komento saattaa palata kehoitteeseen ennen kuin Unix on kirjoittanut " +"levykkeen lopppuun asti, joten tarkkaile levykeaseman merkkivaloa ja " +"varmistu valon sammuneen ja levykkeen lakanneen pyörimästä ennen kuin " +"poistat sen asemasta. Joissakin järjestelmissä on käytettävä komentoa, joka " +"työntää levykkeen ulos asemasta <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(Solariksessa " +"käytetään komentoa <command>eject</command>, katso man-sivua)</phrase>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:353 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where <replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system administrator. </phrase>" -msgstr "Jotkin järjestelmät yrittävät liittää levykkeen automaattisesti kun se asetetaan asemaan. Tämä ominaisuus on ehkä otettava pois käytöstä ennen kuin työasema sallii levykkeen kirjoittamisen <emphasis>käsittelemättömässä</emphasis> muodossa. Harmittavasti on käyttöjärjestelmäkohtaista miten tämä saadaan pois käytöstä. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> Solariksesssa voidaan volume management kiertää ja päästä siten käyttämään levykeasemaa suoraan. Varmikstu ensin levykeen olevan liitetty automaattisesti (komennolla <command>volcheck</command> tai tiedostojenhallinnan vastaavalla toiminnolla). Käytä sitten komentoa <command>dd</command> kuten yllä, mutta <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> tilalle kirjoitetaan <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>levykkeen_nimi</replaceable></filename>, missä <replaceable>levykkeen_nimi</replaceable> on se nimi joka levykkeelle annettiin kun se alustettiin (nimeämättömän levykkeen nimeksi tulee <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). Muiden järjestelmien käyttäjien on parasta kysyä järjestelmän ylläpitäjältä.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it " +"in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation " +"will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. " +"Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating " +"system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume " +"management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy " +"is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command " +"in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form " +"given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/" +"rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where " +"<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given " +"when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name " +"<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system " +"administrator. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Jotkin järjestelmät yrittävät liittää levykkeen automaattisesti kun se " +"asetetaan asemaan. Tämä ominaisuus on ehkä otettava pois käytöstä ennen kuin " +"työasema sallii levykkeen kirjoittamisen <emphasis>käsittelemättömässä</" +"emphasis> muodossa. Harmittavasti on käyttöjärjestelmäkohtaista miten tämä " +"saadaan pois käytöstä. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> Solariksesssa voidaan volume " +"management kiertää ja päästä siten käyttämään levykeasemaa suoraan. " +"Varmikstu ensin levykeen olevan liitetty automaattisesti (komennolla " +"<command>volcheck</command> tai tiedostojenhallinnan vastaavalla " +"toiminnolla). Käytä sitten komentoa <command>dd</command> kuten yllä, mutta " +"<filename>/dev/fd0</filename> tilalle kirjoitetaan <filename>/vol/rdsk/" +"<replaceable>levykkeen_nimi</replaceable></filename>, missä " +"<replaceable>levykkeen_nimi</replaceable> on se nimi joka levykkeelle " +"annettiin kun se alustettiin (nimeämättömän levykkeen nimeksi tulee " +"<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). Muiden järjestelmien käyttäjien on " +"parasta kysyä järjestelmän ylläpitäjältä.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:374 #, no-c-format -msgid "If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The <command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to install it." -msgstr "Jos kirjoitetaan levyke powerpc-Linuxilla, se on poistettava asemasta. Ohjelma <command>eject</command> tekee sen mukavasti; ohjelma on ehkä asennettava." +msgid "" +"If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The " +"<command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to " +"install it." +msgstr "" +"Jos kirjoitetaan levyke powerpc-Linuxilla, se on poistettava asemasta. " +"Ohjelma <command>eject</command> tekee sen mukavasti; ohjelma on ehkä " +"asennettava." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:392 @@ -262,26 +532,50 @@ msgstr "Levyotosten kirjoittaminen DOS:ssa, Windowsissa tai OS/2:ssa" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the following programs to copy images to floppies." -msgstr "Jos käytettävissä on i386- tai amd64-kone, voidaan otokset kirjoittaa levykkeille seuraavilla ohjelmilla." +msgid "" +"If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the " +"following programs to copy images to floppies." +msgstr "" +"Jos käytettävissä on i386- tai amd64-kone, voidaan otokset kirjoittaa " +"levykkeille seuraavilla ohjelmilla." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:399 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." -msgstr "Ohjelmia <command>rawrite1</command> ja <command>rawrite2</command> voidaan käyttää MS-DOS:ssa. Ohjelmia käytettäessä on ensin varmistuttava, että on käynnistetty DOS. Ohjelmien <emphasis>ei pitäisikään</emphasis> toimia Windowsin DOS-ikkunassa tai kaksoisnapsauttamalla niitä Windowsin tiedostoselaimessa." +msgid "" +"The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can " +"be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are " +"booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in " +"Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." +msgstr "" +"Ohjelmia <command>rawrite1</command> ja <command>rawrite2</command> voidaan " +"käyttää MS-DOS:ssa. Ohjelmia käytettäessä on ensin varmistuttava, että on " +"käynnistetty DOS. Ohjelmien <emphasis>ei pitäisikään</emphasis> toimia " +"Windowsin DOS-ikkunassa tai kaksoisnapsauttamalla niitä Windowsin " +"tiedostoselaimessa." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:407 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio.dll in the same directory." -msgstr "Ohjelma <command>rwwrtwin</command> toimii Windowseissa 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP ja luultavasti uudemmissa versioissa. Sitä käytettäessä on diskio.dll purettava samaan hakemistoon." +msgid "" +"The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, " +"ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio." +"dll in the same directory." +msgstr "" +"Ohjelma <command>rwwrtwin</command> toimii Windowseissa 95, NT, 98, 2000, " +"ME, XP ja luultavasti uudemmissa versioissa. Sitä käytettäessä on diskio.dll " +"purettava samaan hakemistoon." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:413 #, no-c-format -msgid "These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/tools</filename> directory." -msgstr "Nämä työkalut löytyvät virallisilta Debian-rompuilta hakemistosta <filename>/tools</filename>." +msgid "" +"These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/" +"tools</filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"Nämä työkalut löytyvät virallisilta Debian-rompuilta hakemistosta <filename>/" +"tools</filename>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:426 @@ -292,8 +586,15 @@ msgstr "Levyotosten kirjoittaminen Atari-järjestelmissä" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:427 #, no-c-format -msgid "You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at the TOS program command line dialog box." -msgstr "Ohjelma &rawwrite.ttp; löytyy samasta hakemistota kuin levykeotokset. Käynnistä ohjelma kaksoisnapsauttamalla ohjelman kuvaketta, ja kirjoita halutun levykeotostiedoston nimi TOS-ohjelman komentorivin valintaikkunaan." +msgid "" +"You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy " +"disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and " +"type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at " +"the TOS program command line dialog box." +msgstr "" +"Ohjelma &rawwrite.ttp; löytyy samasta hakemistota kuin levykeotokset. " +"Käynnistä ohjelma kaksoisnapsauttamalla ohjelman kuvaketta, ja kirjoita " +"halutun levykeotostiedoston nimi TOS-ohjelman komentorivin valintaikkunaan." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:438 @@ -304,8 +605,18 @@ msgstr "Levykeotosten kirjoittaminen Macihtosh-järjestelmissä" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:439 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system and modules, later in the process." -msgstr "MacOS:ssä ei ole sovellusta joka kirjoittaisi otostiedostoja levykkeille (siinä ei olisi järkeä, koska Macintoshilla näitä levykkeitä ei voi käyttää asennusjärjestelmän käynnistämiseen tai ytimen moduulien asentamiseen). Näitä tiedostoja kuitenkin tarvitaan myöhemmin käyttöjärjestelmän ja moduulien asentamiseen." +msgid "" +"There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there " +"would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the " +"installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). " +"However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system " +"and modules, later in the process." +msgstr "" +"MacOS:ssä ei ole sovellusta joka kirjoittaisi otostiedostoja levykkeille " +"(siinä ei olisi järkeä, koska Macintoshilla näitä levykkeitä ei voi käyttää " +"asennusjärjestelmän käynnistämiseen tai ytimen moduulien asentamiseen). " +"Näitä tiedostoja kuitenkin tarvitaan myöhemmin käyttöjärjestelmän ja " +"moduulien asentamiseen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:457 @@ -316,56 +627,124 @@ msgstr "Levykeotosten kirjoittaminen MacOS:ssä" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:458 #, no-c-format -msgid "An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write the file image to it." -msgstr "Saatavilla on AppleScript-sovellus, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, kirjoittamaan levykkeitä annetuista levykeotostiedostoista. Se voidaan noutaa osoitteesta <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. Sitä käytetään purkamalla (unstuff) se työpöydälle. Sitten levykeotostiedosto vedetään sen kuvakkeeseen. Applescriptin on oltava asennettuna ja merkittynä käyttöön extensions managerissa. Disk Copy pyytää varmistusta levykkeen pyyhkimiseen ja levykeotostiedoston kirjoittamiseen." +msgid "" +"An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available " +"for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be " +"downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/" +"debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on " +"your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have " +"Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will " +"ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write " +"the file image to it." +msgstr "" +"Saatavilla on AppleScript-sovellus, <application>Make Debian Floppy</" +"application>, kirjoittamaan levykkeitä annetuista levykeotostiedostoista. Se " +"voidaan noutaa osoitteesta <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/" +"sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. Sitä käytetään " +"purkamalla (unstuff) se työpöydälle. Sitten levykeotostiedosto vedetään sen " +"kuvakkeeseen. Applescriptin on oltava asennettuna ja merkittynä käyttöön " +"extensions managerissa. Disk Copy pyytää varmistusta levykkeen pyyhkimiseen " +"ja levykeotostiedoston kirjoittamiseen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." -msgstr "Voidaan käyttää myös suoraan MacOS:n apuohjelmaa <command>Disk Copy</command>, tai ilmaisohjelmaa <command>suntar</command>. Tiedosto <filename>root.bin</filename> on esimerkki levykeotoksesta. Tee levyke levykeotoksesta jollain seuraavista tavoista näillä apuohjelmilla." +msgid "" +"You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or " +"the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</" +"filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following " +"methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." +msgstr "" +"Voidaan käyttää myös suoraan MacOS:n apuohjelmaa <command>Disk Copy</" +"command>, tai ilmaisohjelmaa <command>suntar</command>. Tiedosto " +"<filename>root.bin</filename> on esimerkki levykeotoksesta. Tee levyke " +"levykeotoksesta jollain seuraavista tavoista näillä apuohjelmilla." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:480 #, no-c-format msgid "Writing Disk Images with <command>Disk Copy</command>" -msgstr "Levykeotosten kirjoittaminen apuohjelmalla <command>Disk Copy</command>" +msgstr "" +"Levykeotosten kirjoittaminen apuohjelmalla <command>Disk Copy</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:481 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." -msgstr "Jos levykeotos luodaan tiedostoista jotka olivat alunperin virallisisilla &debian; -rompuilla, on kentillä Type ja Creator jo oikea arvo. Seuraavat <command>Creator-Changer</command>-vaiheet ovat tarpeen vain jos otostiedostot noudettiin Debianin asennuspalvelimelta." +msgid "" +"If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the " +"official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. " +"The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if " +"you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." +msgstr "" +"Jos levykeotos luodaan tiedostoista jotka olivat alunperin virallisisilla " +"&debian; -rompuilla, on kentillä Type ja Creator jo oikea arvo. Seuraavat " +"<command>Creator-Changer</command>-vaiheet ovat tarpeen vain jos " +"otostiedostot noudettiin Debianin asennuspalvelimelta." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:490 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." -msgstr "Hanki <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> ja avaa sillä tiedosto <filename>root.bin</filename>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> " +"and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." +msgstr "" +"Hanki <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> " +"ja avaa sillä tiedosto <filename>root.bin</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:497 #, no-c-format -msgid "Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive for these fields." -msgstr "Muuta kenttään Creator arvo <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), ja kenttään Type arvo <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). Nämä kentät ovat aakkoslajit erottavia." +msgid "" +"Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type " +"to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive " +"for these fields." +msgstr "" +"Muuta kenttään Creator arvo <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), ja " +"kenttään Type arvo <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). Nämä " +"kentät ovat aakkoslajit erottavia." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:504 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and <quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally mounted." -msgstr "<emphasis>Tärkeää:</emphasis> Käytä Finderissa <userinput>Get Info</userinput>:a näyttämään Finderin tiedot levykeotoksesta, ja pistä <quote>X</quote> valintaruutuun <userinput>File Locked</userinput>, jotta MacOs ei voi poistaa käynnistyslohkoja jos otos vahingossa liitetään." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</" +"userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and " +"<quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that " +"MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally " +"mounted." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tärkeää:</emphasis> Käytä Finderissa <userinput>Get Info</" +"userinput>:a näyttämään Finderin tiedot levykeotoksesta, ja pistä <quote>X</" +"quote> valintaruutuun <userinput>File Locked</userinput>, jotta MacOs ei voi " +"poistaa käynnistyslohkoja jos otos vahingossa liitetään." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:513 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Hanki <command>Disk Copy</command>; jos käytössä on MacOS-järjestelmä tai MacOS-romppu, sovellus luultavasti on jo käytettävissä, muussa tapauksessa etsi osoitteesta <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it " +"will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-" +"diskcopy;\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Hanki <command>Disk Copy</command>; jos käytössä on MacOS-järjestelmä tai " +"MacOS-romppu, sovellus luultavasti on jo käytettävissä, muussa tapauksessa " +"etsi osoitteesta <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:520 #, no-c-format -msgid "Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." -msgstr "Käynnistä <command>Disk Copy</command>, ja valitse <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Valitse sitten <emphasis>locked</emphasis> otostiedosto valintaikkunassa. Se pyytää asettamaan levykkeen asemaan, sitten varmistusta levykkeen pyyhkimiselle. Kun on valmista pitäisi sen työntää levyke ulos." +msgid "" +"Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the " +"resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really " +"want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." +msgstr "" +"Käynnistä <command>Disk Copy</command>, ja valitse <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>. Valitse sitten <emphasis>locked</emphasis> otostiedosto " +"valintaikkunassa. Se pyytää asettamaan levykkeen asemaan, sitten varmistusta " +"levykkeen pyyhkimiselle. Kun on valmista pitäisi sen työntää levyke ulos." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:535 @@ -376,32 +755,59 @@ msgstr "Levykeotosten kirjoittaminen komennolla <command>suntar</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:539 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> menu." -msgstr "Hanki <command>suntar</command> osoitteesta <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Käynnistä ohjelma <command>suntar</command> ja valitse <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> valikosta <userinput>Special</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </" +"ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select " +"<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Hanki <command>suntar</command> osoitteesta <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;" +"\"> </ulink>. Käynnistä ohjelma <command>suntar</command> ja valitse " +"<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> valikosta <userinput>Special</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:547 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." -msgstr "Aseta levyke asemaan pyynnön mukaan, paina sitten &enterkey; (aloita sektorista 0)." +msgid "" +"Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." +msgstr "" +"Aseta levyke asemaan pyynnön mukaan, paina sitten &enterkey; (aloita " +"sektorista 0)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:553 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." -msgstr "Valitse tiedosto <filename>root.bin</filename> tiedostonavausvalintaikkunassa." +msgid "" +"Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." +msgstr "" +"Valitse tiedosto <filename>root.bin</filename> " +"tiedostonavausvalintaikkunassa." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:558 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try another." -msgstr "Kun levyke on onnistuttu luomaan, valitaan <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Mikäli levykettä kirjoitettaessa tulee virheitä, heitä levyke roskiin ja yritä toisella levykkeellä." +msgid "" +"After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If " +"there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try " +"another." +msgstr "" +"Kun levyke on onnistuttu luomaan, valitaan <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</" +"guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Mikäli levykettä " +"kirjoitettaessa tulee virheitä, heitä levyke roskiin ja yritä toisella " +"levykkeellä." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:566 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will helpfully ruin it." -msgstr "Ennen kuin luotua levykettä käytetään, <emphasis>muistetaan pistää kirjoitussuoja päälle</emphasis>! Muuten MacOS avuliaasti pilaa levykkeen, jos epähuomiossa liittää sen MacOS:ssä." +msgid "" +"Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</" +"emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will " +"helpfully ruin it." +msgstr "" +"Ennen kuin luotua levykettä käytetään, <emphasis>muistetaan pistää " +"kirjoitussuoja päälle</emphasis>! Muuten MacOS avuliaasti pilaa levykkeen, " +"jos epähuomiossa liittää sen MacOS:ssä." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:585 @@ -412,14 +818,30 @@ msgstr "Tiedostojen valmistelu käynnistettäessä USB-muistilta" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:587 #, no-c-format -msgid "To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-storage kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) and try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you may have to turn off its write protection switch." -msgstr "USB-muistin valmisteluun tarvitaan järjestelmä, jossa GNU/Linux on jo toiminnassa ja jossa USB on tuettu. Olisi varmistuttava ytimen moduulin usb-storage olevan ladattuna (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) ja yritettävä selvittää, mikä on USB-muistia vastaava SCSI-laitetiedosto (tässä esimerkissä tiedosto <filename>/dev/sda</filename>). Kun muistille kirjoitetaan, on sen kirjoitussuoja ehkä otettava pois päältä." +msgid "" +"To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already " +"running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-storage " +"kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) and " +"try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this " +"example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you " +"may have to turn off its write protection switch." +msgstr "" +"USB-muistin valmisteluun tarvitaan järjestelmä, jossa GNU/Linux on jo " +"toiminnassa ja jossa USB on tuettu. Olisi varmistuttava ytimen moduulin usb-" +"storage olevan ladattuna (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) ja " +"yritettävä selvittää, mikä on USB-muistia vastaava SCSI-laitetiedosto (tässä " +"esimerkissä tiedosto <filename>/dev/sda</filename>). Kun muistille " +"kirjoitetaan, on sen kirjoitussuoja ehkä otettava pois päältä." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:597 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." -msgstr "Huomaa, että USB-muistin olisi oltava kooltaan vähintään 256 Mt (pienempikin koko riittää jos noudatat ohjetta <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups " +"are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Huomaa, että USB-muistin olisi oltava kooltaan vähintään 256 Mt (pienempikin " +"koko riittää jos noudatat ohjetta <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:605 @@ -430,8 +852,16 @@ msgstr "Tiedostojen kopiointi — helppo tapa" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:606 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to extract it directly to your USB stick:" -msgstr "Tarjolla on kaikki-yhdessä-tiedostossa -paketti <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, jossa on kaikki asentimen tiedostot (myös ydin) sekä <command>SYSLINUX</command> ja sen asetustiedosto. Se on vain purettava suoraan USB-muistille:" +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to " +"extract it directly to your USB stick:" +msgstr "" +"Tarjolla on kaikki-yhdessä-tiedostossa -paketti <filename>hd-media/boot.img." +"gz</filename>, jossa on kaikki asentimen tiedostot (myös ydin) sekä " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command> ja sen asetustiedosto. Se on vain purettava " +"suoraan USB-muistille:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:613 @@ -442,8 +872,19 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:615 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly to that:" -msgstr "Tarjolla on kaikki-yhdessä-tiedostossa -paketti <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, jossa on kaikki asentimen tiedostot (myös ydin) sekä <command>yaboot</command> ja sen asetustiedosto. Luo tyyppiä \"Apple_Bootstrap\" oleva osio USB-muistille komennon <command>mac-fdisk</command> komennolla <userinput>C</userinput> ja pura otos suoraan siihen:" +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " +"<command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of " +"type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly " +"to that:" +msgstr "" +"Tarjolla on kaikki-yhdessä-tiedostossa -paketti <filename>hd-media/boot.img." +"gz</filename>, jossa on kaikki asentimen tiedostot (myös ydin) sekä " +"<command>yaboot</command> ja sen asetustiedosto. Luo tyyppiä " +"\"Apple_Bootstrap\" oleva osio USB-muistille komennon <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command> komennolla <userinput>C</userinput> ja pura otos suoraan siihen:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:624 @@ -454,14 +895,33 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:627 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." -msgstr "Tämä tapa tuhoaa kaikki tiedot laiteelta. Varmistu käyttäväsi USB-muistin oikeaa laitenimeä." +msgid "" +"Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure " +"that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." +msgstr "" +"Tämä tapa tuhoaa kaikki tiedot laiteelta. Varmistu käyttäväsi USB-muistin " +"oikeaa laitenimeä." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:633 #, no-c-format -msgid "After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"x86\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"x86\">a FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." -msgstr "Tämän jälkeen liitetään USB-muisti (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"x86\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), jossa on nyt <phrase arch=\"x86\">FAT-tiedostojärjestelmä</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">HFS-tiedostojärjestelmä</phrase>, ja kopioidaan Debianin netinst tai businesscard ISO-otos siihen. Huomaa, että tiedoston nimen loppuna on oltava <filename>.iso</filename>. Irrota muisti (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) ja homma on valmis." +msgid "" +"After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=" +"\"x86\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</" +"replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"x86\">a " +"FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> " +"on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please " +"note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the " +"stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." +msgstr "" +"Tämän jälkeen liitetään USB-muisti (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"x86" +"\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</" +"replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), jossa on nyt <phrase arch=\"x86\">FAT-" +"tiedostojärjestelmä</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">HFS-" +"tiedostojärjestelmä</phrase>, ja kopioidaan Debianin netinst tai " +"businesscard ISO-otos siihen. Huomaa, että tiedoston nimen loppuna on oltava " +"<filename>.iso</filename>. Irrota muisti (<userinput>umount /mnt</" +"userinput>) ja homma on valmis." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:649 @@ -472,8 +932,12 @@ msgstr "Tiedostojen kopiointi — joustava tapa" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:650 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you should use the following method to put the files on your stick." -msgstr "Jos USB-muistin sisältöä halutaan muokata tai halutaan tietää tarkemmin mitä tapahtuu, olisi tiedostot kopioitava muistille seuraavalla tavalla." +msgid "" +"If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you " +"should use the following method to put the files on your stick." +msgstr "" +"Jos USB-muistin sisältöä halutaan muokata tai halutaan tietää tarkemmin mitä " +"tapahtuu, olisi tiedostot kopioitava muistille seuraavalla tavalla." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:662 install-methods.xml:754 @@ -484,102 +948,212 @@ msgstr "USB-muistin osiointi suoritinperheellä &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:663 #, no-c-format -msgid "We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, instead of the entire device." -msgstr "Nyt näytetään miten käytetään USB-muistin ensimmäistä osiota eikä koko muistia." +msgid "" +"We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, " +"instead of the entire device." +msgstr "" +"Nyt näytetään miten käytetään USB-muistin ensimmäistä osiota eikä koko " +"muistia." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to create a FAT16 partition, and then create the filesystem using: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." +"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you " +"probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do " +"that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to " +"create a FAT16 partition, and then create the filesystem using: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" -"Koska useimmissa USB-muisteissa on tehtaan jäljiltä yksi FAT16-osio, ei liene tarpeen tehdä osioita uudestaan tai formatoida muistia. Jos niin kuitenkin on tehtävä, tee FAT16-osio komennolla <command>cfdisk</command> tai millä tahansa osiointityökalulla, ja luo osiolle sitten tiedostojärjestelmä seuraavasti:<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Koska useimmissa USB-muisteissa on tehtaan jäljiltä yksi FAT16-osio, ei " +"liene tarpeen tehdä osioita uudestaan tai formatoida muistia. Jos niin " +"kuitenkin on tehtävä, tee FAT16-osio komennolla <command>cfdisk</command> " +"tai millä tahansa osiointityökalulla, ja luo osiolle sitten " +"tiedostojärjestelmä seuraavasti:<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Varmistu käyttäväsi USB-muistin oikeaa laitenimeä. Komento <command>mkdosfs</command> sisältyy Debianin pakettiin <classname>dosfstools</classname>." +"</screen></informalexample> Varmistu käyttäväsi USB-muistin oikeaa " +"laitenimeä. Komento <command>mkdosfs</command> sisältyy Debianin pakettiin " +"<classname>dosfstools</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:682 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "Ytimen käynnistämiseksi USB-muistilta käynnistettäessä tallennetaan muistille käynnistyslatain. Vaikkakin minkä tahansa käynnistyslataimen (esim. <command>LILO</command>) pitäisi toimia, on kätevintä käyttää <command>SYSLINUX</command>:ia, koska se käyttää FAT16-osiota ja sen asetuksia voidaan muuttaa tekstiedostoa muokkaamalla. Mitä tahansa FAT-tiedostojärjestelmää tukevaa käyttöjärjestelmää voidaan käyttää käynnistyslataimen asetustiedoston muuttamiseen." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</" +"command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, " +"since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Ytimen käynnistämiseksi USB-muistilta käynnistettäessä tallennetaan " +"muistille käynnistyslatain. Vaikkakin minkä tahansa käynnistyslataimen " +"(esim. <command>LILO</command>) pitäisi toimia, on kätevintä käyttää " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command>:ia, koska se käyttää FAT16-osiota ja sen " +"asetuksia voidaan muuttaa tekstiedostoa muokkaamalla. Mitä tahansa FAT-" +"tiedostojärjestelmää tukevaa käyttöjärjestelmää voidaan käyttää " +"käynnistyslataimen asetustiedoston muuttamiseen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader code." +"To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, " +"install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</" +"classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</" +"command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates " +"the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader " +"code." msgstr "" -"<command>SYSLINUX</command> saadaan tallennettua FAT-16-osioon USB-muistille asentamalla paketit <classname>syslinux</classname> ja <classname>mtools</classname> järjestelmään, ja antamalla komento: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<command>SYSLINUX</command> saadaan tallennettua FAT-16-osioon USB-muistille " +"asentamalla paketit <classname>syslinux</classname> ja <classname>mtools</" +"classname> järjestelmään, ja antamalla komento: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Tarkista taas huolellisesti, että laitenimi on oikein. Osion on oltava liitettynä kun <command>SYSLINUX</command> käynnistetään. Komento kirjoittaa osioon käynnistyssektorin ja luo tiedoston <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> jossa on käynnistyslataimen koodi." +"</screen></informalexample> Tarkista taas huolellisesti, että laitenimi on " +"oikein. Osion on oltava liitettynä kun <command>SYSLINUX</command> " +"käynnistetään. Komento kirjoittaa osioon käynnistyssektorin ja luo tiedoston " +"<filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> jossa on käynnistyslataimen koodi." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:705 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS (8.3) file names." -msgstr "Liitä osio (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) ja kopioi seuraavat tiedostot Debianin asennuspalvelimelta muistille: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (ytimen ohjelmatiedosto) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (käynnistysmuistilevyn levyotos) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (SYSLINUXin asetustiedosto) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Valinnaisia ytimen moduuleita </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Jos tiedostojen nimiä halutaan muuttaa, on huomattava ettei <command>SYSLINUX</command> osaa käsitellä muita kuin DOS:n (8.3) tiedostonimiä." +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " +"the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk " +"image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> " +"(SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional " +"kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the " +"files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS " +"(8.3) file names." +msgstr "" +"Liitä osio (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) ja kopioi seuraavat " +"tiedostot Debianin asennuspalvelimelta muistille: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (ytimen ohjelmatiedosto) </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> " +"(käynnistysmuistilevyn levyotos) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"<filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (SYSLINUXin asetustiedosto) </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> Valinnaisia ytimen moduuleita </para></listitem> " +"</itemizedlist> Jos tiedostojen nimiä halutaan muuttaa, on huomattava ettei " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command> osaa käsitellä muita kuin DOS:n (8.3) " +"tiedostonimiä." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "default vmlinuz\n" - "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." +"The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"default vmlinuz\n" +"append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." msgstr "" -"Asetustiedostossa <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> olisi oltava seuraavat kaksi riviä: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Asetustiedostossa <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> olisi oltava seuraavat " +"kaksi riviä: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Huomaa että parametrin <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> arvoa voidaan joutua kasvattamaan käynnistettävän otoksen mukaan." +"</screen></informalexample> Huomaa että parametrin <userinput>ramdisk_size</" +"userinput> arvoa voidaan joutua kasvattamaan käynnistettävän otoksen mukaan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" - "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." +"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware " +"can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac " +"systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new " +"partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new " +"partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> " +"command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map " +"itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" -"Useimmat USB-muistit eivät tehtaan jäljiltä ole sellaisia että Open Firmware osaisi käynnistää niiltä, joten muistille on tehtävä uudet osiot. Mac-järjestelmillä käytetään komentoa <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, tehdään uusi osiotaulu komennolla <userinput>i</userinput>, ja luodaan uusi osio tyypiltää Apple_Bootstrap komennolla <userinput>C</userinput>. (Huomaa, että ensimmäinen \"osio\" on aina osiotaulu itse.) Kirjoita sitten <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Useimmat USB-muistit eivät tehtaan jäljiltä ole sellaisia että Open Firmware " +"osaisi käynnistää niiltä, joten muistille on tehtävä uudet osiot. Mac-" +"järjestelmillä käytetään komentoa <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, " +"tehdään uusi osiotaulu komennolla <userinput>i</userinput>, ja luodaan uusi " +"osio tyypiltää Apple_Bootstrap komennolla <userinput>C</userinput>. (Huomaa, " +"että ensimmäinen \"osio\" on aina osiotaulu itse.) Kirjoita sitten " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Varmista käyttäväsi oikeaa laitenimä USB-muistille. Komento <command>hformat</command> on Debianin paketissa <classname>hfsutils</classname>." +"</screen></informalexample> Varmista käyttäväsi oikeaa laitenimä USB-" +"muistille. Komento <command>hformat</command> on Debianin paketissa " +"<classname>hfsutils</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:771 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "Ytimen käynnistämiseksi USB-muistilta käynnistettäessä tallennetaan muistille käynnistyslatain. Käynnistyslatain <command>yaboot</command> voidaan asentaa HFS-tiedostojärjestelmään ja sen asetuksia voidaan muuttaa tekstitiedostoa muokkaamalla. Mitä tahansa HFS-tiedostojärjestelmää tukevaa käyttöjärjestelmää voidaan käyttää käynnistyslataimen asetustiedoston muuttamiseen." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be " +"installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Ytimen käynnistämiseksi USB-muistilta käynnistettäessä tallennetaan " +"muistille käynnistyslatain. Käynnistyslatain <command>yaboot</command> " +"voidaan asentaa HFS-tiedostojärjestelmään ja sen asetuksia voidaan muuttaa " +"tekstitiedostoa muokkaamalla. Mitä tahansa HFS-tiedostojärjestelmää tukevaa " +"käyttöjärjestelmää voidaan käyttää käynnistyslataimen asetustiedoston " +"muuttamiseen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" - "$ hmount /dev/sda2\n" - "$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" - "$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" - "$ hattrib -b :\n" - "$ humount\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix utilities." +"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</" +"command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to " +"install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</" +"classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ hmount /dev/sda2\n" +"$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" +"$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" +"$ hattrib -b :\n" +"$ humount\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. " +"This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS " +"utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having " +"done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix " +"utilities." msgstr "" -"Vakiona <command>yaboot</command>:n kanssa tuleva komento <command>ybin</command> ei vielä ymmärrä USB-massamuisteja, joten <command>yaboot</command> on asennettava itse paketin <classname>hfsutils</classname> työkaluilla. Kirjoita <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Vakiona <command>yaboot</command>:n kanssa tuleva komento <command>ybin</" +"command> ei vielä ymmärrä USB-massamuisteja, joten <command>yaboot</command> " +"on asennettava itse paketin <classname>hfsutils</classname> työkaluilla. " +"Kirjoita <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hmount /dev/sda2\n" "$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" "$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" "$ hattrib -b :\n" "$ humount\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Varmistu taas, että käytetään oikeaa laitenimeä. Osio ei saa olla liitettynä muuanne tätä tehtäessä. Tässä tallennetaan osioon käynnistyslatain, ja merkitään se HFS:n työkaluilla siten että Open Firmware käynnistää sen. Kun tämä on tehty, voidaan muu osa USB-muistista valmistella tavallisilla Unixin työkaluilla." +"</screen></informalexample> Varmistu taas, että käytetään oikeaa laitenimeä. " +"Osio ei saa olla liitettynä muuanne tätä tehtäessä. Tässä tallennetaan " +"osioon käynnistyslatain, ja merkitään se HFS:n työkaluilla siten että Open " +"Firmware käynnistää sen. Kun tämä on tehty, voidaan muu osa USB-muistista " +"valmistella tavallisilla Unixin työkaluilla." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:796 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" -msgstr "Liitä osio (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) ja kopioi Debianin asennuspalvelimesta seuraavat tiedsotot USB-muistille:" +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " +"the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" +msgstr "" +"Liitä osio (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) ja kopioi Debianin " +"asennuspalvelimesta seuraavat tiedsotot USB-muistille:" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:802 @@ -615,20 +1189,24 @@ msgstr "Valinnaisia ytimen moduuleita" #: install-methods.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "default=install\n" - "root=/dev/ram\n" - "\n" - "message=/boot.msg\n" - "\n" - "image=/vmlinux\n" - " label=install\n" - " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" - " initrd-size=10000\n" - " read-only\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." -msgstr "" -"Asetustiedostossa <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> tulisi olla seuraavat rivit: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"default=install\n" +"root=/dev/ram\n" +"\n" +"message=/boot.msg\n" +"\n" +"image=/vmlinux\n" +" label=install\n" +" initrd=/initrd.gz\n" +" initrd-size=10000\n" +" read-only\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." +msgstr "" +"Asetustiedostossa <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> tulisi olla seuraavat " +"rivit: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" "root=/dev/ram\n" "\n" @@ -639,7 +1217,8 @@ msgstr "" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" " initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Huomaa, että parametrin <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> arvoa voidaan joutua kasvattamaan asennettavan otoksen mukaan." +"</screen></informalexample> Huomaa, että parametrin <userinput>initrd-size</" +"userinput> arvoa voidaan joutua kasvattamaan asennettavan otoksen mukaan." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:845 @@ -650,20 +1229,44 @@ msgstr "ISO-otoksen lisääminen" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:846 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer will look for a Debian ISO image on the stick as its source for additional data needed for the installation. So your next step is to copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full CD image) onto your stick (be sure to select one that fits). The file name of the image must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." -msgstr "Asennin etsii muistilta Debianin ISO-otosta jossa on lisää asennuksessa tarvittavaa tietoa. Seuraavaksi on siis kopioitava Debianin ISO-otos (businesscard, netinst tai jopa täysi romppuotos) USB-muistille (muista valita otos joka mahtuu). Otostiedoston nimen lopussa on oltava <filename>.iso</filename>." +msgid "" +"The installer will look for a Debian ISO image on the stick as its source " +"for additional data needed for the installation. So your next step is to " +"copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full CD image) onto " +"your stick (be sure to select one that fits). The file name of the image " +"must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Asennin etsii muistilta Debianin ISO-otosta jossa on lisää asennuksessa " +"tarvittavaa tietoa. Seuraavaksi on siis kopioitava Debianin ISO-otos " +"(businesscard, netinst tai jopa täysi romppuotos) USB-muistille (muista " +"valita otos joka mahtuu). Otostiedoston nimen lopussa on oltava <filename>." +"iso</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:854 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." -msgstr "Edellinen vaihe tietenkin ohitetaan, jos asennetaan verkosta käyttämättä ISO-otosta. Lisäksi on käytettävä käynnistysmuistilevyn levyotosta hakemistosta <filename>netboot</filename> eikä hakemistosta <filename>hd-media</filename>, koska tiedostossa <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> ei ole verkkotukea." +msgid "" +"If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you " +"will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the " +"initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of " +"the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/" +"initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." +msgstr "" +"Edellinen vaihe tietenkin ohitetaan, jos asennetaan verkosta käyttämättä ISO-" +"otosta. Lisäksi on käytettävä käynnistysmuistilevyn levyotosta hakemistosta " +"<filename>netboot</filename> eikä hakemistosta <filename>hd-media</" +"filename>, koska tiedostossa <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> ei ole " +"verkkotukea." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:863 #, no-c-format -msgid "When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." -msgstr "Kun on valmista, irrotetaan USB-muisti (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) ja pistetään kirjoitussuoja päälle." +msgid "" +"When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</" +"userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." +msgstr "" +"Kun on valmista, irrotetaan USB-muisti (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) " +"ja pistetään kirjoitussuoja päälle." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:873 @@ -674,8 +1277,14 @@ msgstr "Käynnistäminen USB-muistilta" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:874 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" -msgstr "Jos tietokone ei käynnisty USB-muistilta, on muistilla ehkä kelvoton pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR). Tämä korjataan komennolla <command>install-mbr</command> joka on paketissa <classname>mbr</classname>:" +msgid "" +"If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain " +"an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-" +"mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" +msgstr "" +"Jos tietokone ei käynnisty USB-muistilta, on muistilla ehkä kelvoton " +"pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR). Tämä korjataan komennolla <command>install-mbr</" +"command> joka on paketissa <classname>mbr</classname>:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:881 @@ -692,56 +1301,115 @@ msgstr "Tiedostojen valmistelu käynnistettäessä kiintolevyltä" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:893 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." -msgstr "Asennin voidaan käynnistää käyttämällä koneessa jo olevalle kiintolevyn osiolle tallennettuja käynnistystiedostoja, joko toisesta käyttöjärjestelmästä tai käynnistämällä käynnistyslatain suoraan BIOS:sta." +msgid "" +"The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard " +"drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by " +"invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." +msgstr "" +"Asennin voidaan käynnistää käyttämällä koneessa jo olevalle kiintolevyn " +"osiolle tallennettuja käynnistystiedostoja, joko toisesta " +"käyttöjärjestelmästä tai käynnistämällä käynnistyslatain suoraan BIOS:sta." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:899 #, no-c-format -msgid "A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy disks." -msgstr "Kokonaan ja <quote>pelkästään verkosta</quote> tapahtuva asennus on tehtävissä tällä tavalla. Tällöin vältetään kaikki vaihdettaviin taltioihin liittyvä sählinki, kuten romppuotosten etsiminen ja polttaminen tai liian lukuisten ja epäluotettavien levykkeiden kanssa tappeleminen." +msgid "" +"A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this " +"technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and " +"burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy " +"disks." +msgstr "" +"Kokonaan ja <quote>pelkästään verkosta</quote> tapahtuva asennus on " +"tehtävissä tällä tavalla. Tällöin vältetään kaikki vaihdettaviin taltioihin " +"liittyvä sählinki, kuten romppuotosten etsiminen ja polttaminen tai liian " +"lukuisten ja epäluotettavien levykkeiden kanssa tappeleminen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:906 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an NTFS file system." -msgstr "Asennin ei osaa käynnistää NTFS-tiedostojärjestelmälle tallennetuista tiedostoista." +msgstr "" +"Asennin ei osaa käynnistää NTFS-tiedostojärjestelmälle tallennetuista " +"tiedostoista." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:910 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System 8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the installation files you download." -msgstr "Asennin ei osaa käynnistää HFS+-tiedostojärjestelmälle tallennetuista tiedostoista. MacOS System 8.1 ja uudemmat saattavat käyttää HFS+-tiedostojärjestelmiä; NewWorld PowerMacit käyttävät kaikki HFS+:aa. Voit tarkistaa onko käytetty tiedostojärjestelmä HFS+ valitsemalla kyseiselle levyniteelle <userinput>Get Info</userinput>. HFS-tiedostojärjestelmien kohdalla näkyy <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, kun taas HFS+-tiedostojärjestelmin kohdalla on <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. Tiedostojen vaihtamiseksi MacOS:n ja Linuxin välilä on oltava HFS-osio, erityisesti noudettavien asennustiedostojen kopioimiseen." +msgid "" +"The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System " +"8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To " +"determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get " +"Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as " +"<userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say " +"<userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in " +"order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the " +"installation files you download." +msgstr "" +"Asennin ei osaa käynnistää HFS+-tiedostojärjestelmälle tallennetuista " +"tiedostoista. MacOS System 8.1 ja uudemmat saattavat käyttää HFS+-" +"tiedostojärjestelmiä; NewWorld PowerMacit käyttävät kaikki HFS+:aa. Voit " +"tarkistaa onko käytetty tiedostojärjestelmä HFS+ valitsemalla kyseiselle " +"levyniteelle <userinput>Get Info</userinput>. HFS-tiedostojärjestelmien " +"kohdalla näkyy <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, kun taas HFS+-" +"tiedostojärjestelmin kohdalla on <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. " +"Tiedostojen vaihtamiseksi MacOS:n ja Linuxin välilä on oltava HFS-osio, " +"erityisesti noudettavien asennustiedostojen kopioimiseen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:921 #, no-c-format -msgid "Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an <quote>OldWorld</quote> model." -msgstr "Laitemallin mukaan (<quote>NewWorld</quote> tai <quote>OldWorld</quote>) käytetään eri ohjelmia kiintolevylle tallennetun asennusjärjestelmän käynnistämiseen." +msgid "" +"Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, " +"depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an " +"<quote>OldWorld</quote> model." +msgstr "" +"Laitemallin mukaan (<quote>NewWorld</quote> tai <quote>OldWorld</quote>) " +"käytetään eri ohjelmia kiintolevylle tallennetun asennusjärjestelmän " +"käynnistämiseen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:930 #, no-c-format -msgid "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Kiintolevylle tallennetun asentimen käynnistäminen sovelluksilla <command>LILO</command> tai <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</" +"command>" +msgstr "" +"Kiintolevylle tallennetun asentimen käynnistäminen sovelluksilla " +"<command>LILO</command> tai <command>GRUB</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:932 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." -msgstr "Tässä luvussa selitetään kuinka käynnistysvalikkoon lisätään tai jopa korvataan koneessa oleva Linux-asennus käyttämällä sovelluksia <command>LILO</command> tai <command>GRUB</command>. " +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux " +"installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." +msgstr "" +"Tässä luvussa selitetään kuinka käynnistysvalikkoon lisätään tai jopa " +"korvataan koneessa oleva Linux-asennus käyttämällä sovelluksia " +"<command>LILO</command> tai <command>GRUB</command>. " #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:938 #, no-c-format -msgid "At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-system by the kernel." -msgstr "Käynnistyksen aikana molemmat käynnistylataimet tukevat ei vain ytimen vaan myös levyotoksen lataamista muistiin. Ydin voi käyttää tätä muistilevyä juuritiedostojärjestelmänä." +msgid "" +"At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the " +"kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-" +"system by the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Käynnistyksen aikana molemmat käynnistylataimet tukevat ei vain ytimen vaan " +"myös levyotoksen lataamista muistiin. Ydin voi käyttää tätä muistilevyä " +"juuritiedostojärjestelmänä." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:944 #, no-c-format -msgid "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." -msgstr "Kopioi seuraavat tiedostot Debianin asennuspalvelimelta sopivaan kohtaan kiintolevylle, esimerkiksi hakemistoon <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgid "" +"Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location " +"on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Kopioi seuraavat tiedostot Debianin asennuspalvelimelta sopivaan kohtaan " +"kiintolevylle, esimerkiksi hakemistoon <filename>/boot/newinstall/</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:951 @@ -758,8 +1426,12 @@ msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (muistilevyn levyotos)" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:963 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." -msgstr "Tee lopuksi käynnistyslataimen asetukset jatkamalla kohtaan <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." +msgid "" +"Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd" +"\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Tee lopuksi käynnistyslataimen asetukset jatkamalla kohtaan <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-initrd\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:973 @@ -770,14 +1442,55 @@ msgstr "Kiintolevylle tallennetun asentimen käynnistäminen OldWorld Maceilla" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:974 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. <application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is required on that model." -msgstr "Levyke <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> käynnistää Linux-asennuksen ohjelmalla <application>miBoot</application>, <application>miBoot</application>ia ei kovin helposti voi käyttää kiintolevyltä käynnistämiseen. MacOS:stä käynnistettävä <application>BootX</application> tukee käynnistämistä kiintolevylle tallennetuista tiedostoista. <application>BootX</application>ää voi käyttää myös MacOS:n ja Linuxin kaksoiskäynnistämiseen jahka Debianin asennus on valmis. Näyttää siltä, että mallissa Performa 6360 <command>quik</command> ei osaa tehdä kiintolevyä käynnistyväksi. Niinpä <application>BootX</application> on pakollinen tuolla mallilla." +msgid "" +"The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</" +"application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</" +"application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. " +"<application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from " +"files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be " +"used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is " +"complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> " +"cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is " +"required on that model." +msgstr "" +"Levyke <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> käynnistää Linux-asennuksen " +"ohjelmalla <application>miBoot</application>, <application>miBoot</" +"application>ia ei kovin helposti voi käyttää kiintolevyltä käynnistämiseen. " +"MacOS:stä käynnistettävä <application>BootX</application> tukee " +"käynnistämistä kiintolevylle tallennetuista tiedostoista. " +"<application>BootX</application>ää voi käyttää myös MacOS:n ja Linuxin " +"kaksoiskäynnistämiseen jahka Debianin asennus on valmis. Näyttää siltä, että " +"mallissa Performa 6360 <command>quik</command> ei osaa tehdä kiintolevyä " +"käynnistyväksi. Niinpä <application>BootX</application> on pakollinen tuolla " +"mallilla." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:987 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use <application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the active System Folder." -msgstr "Nouda ja pura (unstuff) <application>BootX</application>-jakelu, joka on saatavilla osoitteesta <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, tai hakemistosta <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> Debianin http/ftp-asennuspalvelimilla ja virallisilla Debian-rompuilla. Käytä <application>Stuffit Expander</application>ia sen purkamiseen arkistosta. Paketissa on tyhjä kansio nimeltä <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Nouda <filename>linux.bin</filename> ja <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> kansiosta <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename>, ja tallenna ne kansioon <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Sijoita sitten kansio <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> käytössä olevaan System-kansioon." +msgid "" +"Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, " +"available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the " +"<filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> " +"directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use " +"<application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. " +"Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</" +"filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk." +"image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</" +"filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " +"folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the " +"active System Folder." +msgstr "" +"Nouda ja pura (unstuff) <application>BootX</application>-jakelu, joka on " +"saatavilla osoitteesta <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, tai " +"hakemistosta <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</" +"filename> Debianin http/ftp-asennuspalvelimilla ja virallisilla Debian-" +"rompuilla. Käytä <application>Stuffit Expander</application>ia sen " +"purkamiseen arkistosta. Paketissa on tyhjä kansio nimeltä <filename>Linux " +"Kernels</filename>. Nouda <filename>linux.bin</filename> ja " +"<filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> kansiosta <filename>disks-powerpc/" +"current/powermac</filename>, ja tallenna ne kansioon <filename>Linux " +"Kernels</filename>. Sijoita sitten kansio <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " +"käytössä olevaan System-kansioon." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1007 @@ -788,14 +1501,37 @@ msgstr "Kiintolevylle tallennetun asentimen käynnistäminen NewWorld Maceilla" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1008 #, no-c-format -msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." -msgstr "NewWorld PowerMacit tukevat käynnistystä verkosta tai ISO9660-rompulta, sekä ELF-ohjelmatiedostojen lataamista suoraan kiintolevyltä. Nämä koneet käynnistävät Linuxin suoraan <command>yaboot</command>:lla, joka tukee ytimen ja muistilevyn lataamista suoraan ext2-osiolta, sekä kaksoiskäynnistystä MacOS:n kanssa. Asentimen käynnistäminen kiintolevyltä on erityisen sovelias uusilla koneilla joissa ei ole levykeasemaa. <command>BootX</command> ei ole tuettu eikä sitä saa käyttää NewWorld PowerMaceilla." +msgid "" +"NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as " +"well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines " +"will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports " +"loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as " +"dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly " +"appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</" +"command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." +msgstr "" +"NewWorld PowerMacit tukevat käynnistystä verkosta tai ISO9660-rompulta, sekä " +"ELF-ohjelmatiedostojen lataamista suoraan kiintolevyltä. Nämä koneet " +"käynnistävät Linuxin suoraan <command>yaboot</command>:lla, joka tukee " +"ytimen ja muistilevyn lataamista suoraan ext2-osiolta, sekä " +"kaksoiskäynnistystä MacOS:n kanssa. Asentimen käynnistäminen kiintolevyltä " +"on erityisen sovelias uusilla koneilla joissa ei ole levykeasemaa. " +"<command>BootX</command> ei ole tuettu eikä sitä saa käyttää NewWorld " +"PowerMaceilla." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1019 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging each file to the hard drive icon)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kopioi</emphasis> (älä siirrä) seuraavat neljä aiemmin Debianin asennuspalvelimelta noudettua tiedostoa kiintolevyn juurihakemistoon (voidaan tehdä vetämällä jokainen tiedosto <keycap>option</keycap>-pohjassa kiintolevyn kuvakkeeseen." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you " +"downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your " +"hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging " +"each file to the hard drive icon)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kopioi</emphasis> (älä siirrä) seuraavat neljä aiemmin Debianin " +"asennuspalvelimelta noudettua tiedostoa kiintolevyn juurihakemistoon " +"(voidaan tehdä vetämällä jokainen tiedosto <keycap>option</keycap>-pohjassa " +"kiintolevyn kuvakkeeseen." #. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1029 @@ -824,14 +1560,24 @@ msgstr "yaboot.conf" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1049 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." -msgstr "Kirjoita muistiin sen MacOS-osion numero johon nämä tiedostot sijoitetaan. Jos käytettävissä on MacOS:n komento <command>pdisk</command>, voidaan sen komennolla <command>L</command> tarkistaa osion numero. Tämä osion numero tarvitaan Open Firmwaren komennossa kun asenninta käynnistetään." +msgid "" +"Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place " +"these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can " +"use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You " +"will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open " +"Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"Kirjoita muistiin sen MacOS-osion numero johon nämä tiedostot sijoitetaan. " +"Jos käytettävissä on MacOS:n komento <command>pdisk</command>, voidaan sen " +"komennolla <command>L</command> tarkistaa osion numero. Tämä osion numero " +"tarvitaan Open Firmwaren komennossa kun asenninta käynnistetään." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1057 #, no-c-format msgid "To boot the installer, proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." -msgstr "Käynnistä asennin jatkamalla kohtaan <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Käynnistä asennin jatkamalla kohtaan <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1070 @@ -842,100 +1588,254 @@ msgstr "Tiedostojen valmistelu verkosta käynnistämiseen TFTP:llä" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1071 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine configured to support booting of your specific machine." -msgstr "Jos tietokone on kytketty paikallisverkkoon, se voidaan ehkä käynnistää verkosta toisella koneella olevista tiedostoista TFTP:tä käyttäen. Jos asennusjärjestelmä käynnistetään toiselta koneelta, on käynnistystiedostot tallennettava toisella koneella tiettyihin paikkoihin, ja sen asetukset tehtävä siten, että asennettavan koneen käynnistämistä tuetaan." +msgid "" +"If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to " +"boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to " +"boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need " +"to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine " +"configured to support booting of your specific machine." +msgstr "" +"Jos tietokone on kytketty paikallisverkkoon, se voidaan ehkä käynnistää " +"verkosta toisella koneella olevista tiedostoista TFTP:tä käyttäen. Jos " +"asennusjärjestelmä käynnistetään toiselta koneelta, on käynnistystiedostot " +"tallennettava toisella koneella tiettyihin paikkoihin, ja sen asetukset " +"tehtävä siten, että asennettavan koneen käynnistämistä tuetaan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 -#, no-c-format -msgid "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." -msgstr "On asennettava TFTP-palvelin, ja useille koneille tarvitaan BOOTP-palvelin <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\"> tai RARP-palvelin</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\"> tai DHCP-palvelin</phrase>." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." +msgstr "" +"On asennettava TFTP-palvelin, ja useille koneille tarvitaan BOOTP-palvelin " +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\"> tai RARP-palvelin</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-dhcp\"> tai DHCP-palvelin</phrase>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP. </phrase>" -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) on yksi tapa kertoa asiakaskoneelle sen IP-osoite. Toinen tapa on BOOTP-protokolla. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP on IP-protokolla, joka kertoo tietokoneelle sen IP-osoitteen ja verkosta löytyvän käynnistysotoksen sijainnin. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Viekä yksi tapa on käytettävissä VMEbus-järjestelmillä: IP-osoite voidaan tallentaa käynnistys-ROMiin. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) on joustavampi alaspäin yhteensopiva BOOTP:n laajennus. Joissakin järjestelmissä verkkoasetukset voidaan tehdä DHCP:llä.</phrase>" +#: install-methods.xml:1086 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " +"(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible " +"extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " +"(RARP) on yksi tapa kertoa asiakaskoneelle sen IP-osoite. Toinen tapa on " +"BOOTP-protokolla. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP on IP-" +"protokolla, joka kertoo tietokoneelle sen IP-osoitteen ja verkosta löytyvän " +"käynnistysotoksen sijainnin. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Viekä yksi " +"tapa on käytettävissä VMEbus-järjestelmillä: IP-osoite voidaan tallentaa " +"käynnistys-ROMiin. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">DHCP " +"(Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) on joustavampi alaspäin yhteensopiva " +"BOOTP:n laajennus. Joissakin järjestelmissä verkkoasetukset voidaan tehdä " +"DHCP:llä.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to boot using BOOTP." -msgstr "PowerPC:n käyttäjien olisi NewWorld Power Macintosh -koneilla käytettävä DHCP:tä eikä BOOTP:tä. Jotkin uusimmat mallit eivät osaa käynnistyä BOOTP:llä." +msgid "" +"For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " +"idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to " +"boot using BOOTP." +msgstr "" +"PowerPC:n käyttäjien olisi NewWorld Power Macintosh -koneilla käytettävä " +"DHCP:tä eikä BOOTP:tä. Jotkin uusimmat mallit eivät osaa käynnistyä BOOTP:" +"llä." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM console." -msgstr "Toisin kuin Open Firmware jota käytetään Sparc- ja PowerPC-koneilla, <emphasis>ei</emphasis> SRM-konsoli käytä RARP:ia IP-osoitteensa hakemiseen, ja niin ollen on Alpha on käynnistettävä BOOTP:llä<footnote> <para> Alpha-järjestelmät voidaan käynnistää myös verkosta käyttämällä DECNet MOP:ia (Maintenance Operations Protocol), mutta sitä ei käsitellä tässä. Luultavasti lähin OpenVMS-operaattori auttaa ilomielin js on pakottava tarve käynnistää Linux Alphalla MOP:llä. </para> </footnote>. Verkkoliitäntöjen IP-asetukset voidaan myös kirjoittaa suoraan SRM-konsolissa." +msgid "" +"Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " +"console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and " +"therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> " +"Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance " +"Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local " +"OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning " +"need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can " +"also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM " +"console." +msgstr "" +"Toisin kuin Open Firmware jota käytetään Sparc- ja PowerPC-koneilla, " +"<emphasis>ei</emphasis> SRM-konsoli käytä RARP:ia IP-osoitteensa hakemiseen, " +"ja niin ollen on Alpha on käynnistettävä BOOTP:llä<footnote> <para> Alpha-" +"järjestelmät voidaan käynnistää myös verkosta käyttämällä DECNet MOP:ia " +"(Maintenance Operations Protocol), mutta sitä ei käsitellä tässä. " +"Luultavasti lähin OpenVMS-operaattori auttaa ilomielin js on pakottava tarve " +"käynnistää Linux Alphalla MOP:llä. </para> </footnote>. Verkkoliitäntöjen IP-" +"asetukset voidaan myös kirjoittaa suoraan SRM-konsolissa." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." -msgstr "Jotkin vanhat HPPA-koneet (esim. 715/75) käyttävät RBOOTD:tä eikä BOOTP:tä. Debianissa on saatavilla paketti <classname>rbootd</classname>." +msgid "" +"Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " +"is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Jotkin vanhat HPPA-koneet (esim. 715/75) käyttävät RBOOTD:tä eikä BOOTP:tä. " +"Debianissa on saatavilla paketti <classname>rbootd</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." -msgstr "Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) siirtää käynnistyslevyn otoksen asiakaskoneelle. Periaatteessa voidaan käyttää mitä tahansa nämä protokollat toteuttavaa palvelinta millä tahansa laitealustalla. Tämän luvun esimerkeissä näytetään käyttöjärjestelmissä SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (eli Solaris) ja GNU/Linux käytettävät komennot." +msgid "" +"The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " +"the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements " +"these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall " +"provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) siirtää käynnistyslevyn otoksen " +"asiakaskoneelle. Periaatteessa voidaan käyttää mitä tahansa nämä protokollat " +"toteuttavaa palvelinta millä tahansa laitealustalla. Tämän luvun " +"esimerkeissä näytetään käyttöjärjestelmissä SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (eli " +"Solaris) ja GNU/Linux käytettävät komennot." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a &debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." -msgstr "Käytettäesssä TFTP-käynnistyksessä Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) -menetelmää, tarvitaan <userinput>tsize</userinput>:a tukeva TFTP-palvelin. &debian;-palvelimella paketit <classname>atftpd</classname> ja <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> kelpaavat; suositellaan pakettia <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." +msgid "" +"To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " +"will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a " +"&debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</" +"classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Käytettäesssä TFTP-käynnistyksessä Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) -" +"menetelmää, tarvitaan <userinput>tsize</userinput>:a tukeva TFTP-palvelin. " +"&debian;-palvelimella paketit <classname>atftpd</classname> ja " +"<classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> kelpaavat; suositellaan pakettia " +"<classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "RARP-palvelimen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." -msgstr "RARP:n asetuksia varten on tiedettävä asennettavien asiakaskoneiden Ethernet-osoitteet (eli Mac-osoitteet). Jos nämä osoitteet eivät ole tiedosssa, voidaan <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> katsoa se OpenROM:n ensimmäisistä käynnistysviesteistä, käytä OpenBootin komentoa <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput>, tai </phrase> käynnistää <quote>Rescue</quote>-tilaan (esim. hätäkäynnistyslevykkeeltä) ja komentaa <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." +msgid "" +"To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " +"address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this " +"information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial " +"OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> " +"command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the " +"rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"RARP:n asetuksia varten on tiedettävä asennettavien asiakaskoneiden Ethernet-" +"osoitteet (eli Mac-osoitteet). Jos nämä osoitteet eivät ole tiedosssa, " +"voidaan <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> katsoa se OpenROM:n ensimmäisistä " +"käynnistysviesteistä, käytä OpenBootin komentoa <userinput>.enet-addr</" +"userinput>, tai </phrase> käynnistää <quote>Rescue</quote>-tilaan (esim. " +"hätäkäynnistyslevykkeeltä) ja komentaa <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, no-c-format -msgid "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, you use the <command>rarpd</command> program. You need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. Issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." -msgstr "RARP-palvelimella jossa käytetään Linux-ydintä 2.4 tai 2.6, tai käyttöjärjestelmää Solaris/SunOS, käytetään ohjelmaa <command>rarpd</command>. On varmistuttava, että asiakaskoneen Ethernet-laiteosoite on mainittu <quote>ethers</quote>-tietokannassa (joko tiedostossa <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> tai NIS/NIS+:n kautta) ja <quote>hosts</quote>-tietokannassa. Sitten on käynnistettävä RARP-taustaprosessi. Anna (pääkäyttäjänä) komento: <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> useimmissa Linux-järjestelmissä ja käyttöjärjestelmässä SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> joissakin muissa Linux-järjestelmissä tai <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> käyttöjärjestelmässä SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." +msgid "" +"On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " +"you use the <command>rarpd</command> program. You need to ensure that the " +"Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</" +"quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via " +"NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start " +"the RARP daemon. Issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</" +"userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/" +"sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/" +"etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." +msgstr "" +"RARP-palvelimella jossa käytetään Linux-ydintä 2.4 tai 2.6, tai " +"käyttöjärjestelmää Solaris/SunOS, käytetään ohjelmaa <command>rarpd</" +"command>. On varmistuttava, että asiakaskoneen Ethernet-laiteosoite on " +"mainittu <quote>ethers</quote>-tietokannassa (joko tiedostossa <filename>/" +"etc/ethers</filename> tai NIS/NIS+:n kautta) ja <quote>hosts</quote>-" +"tietokannassa. Sitten on käynnistettävä RARP-taustaprosessi. Anna " +"(pääkäyttäjänä) komento: <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> " +"useimmissa Linux-järjestelmissä ja käyttöjärjestelmässä SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), " +"<userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> joissakin muissa Linux-" +"järjestelmissä tai <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> " +"käyttöjärjestelmässä SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "BOOTP-palvelimen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 -#, no-c-format -msgid "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU <command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the <classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages respectively." -msgstr "GNU/Linuxille on saatavilla kaksi BOOTP-palvelinta. Ensimmäinen on CMU <command>bootpd</command>. Toinen on itse asiassa DHCP-palvelin: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. &debian;issa ne sisältyvät paketteihin <classname>bootp</classname> ja <classname>dhcp</classname>." +#: install-methods.xml:1193 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " +"<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linuxille on saatavilla kaksi BOOTP-palvelinta. Ensimmäinen on CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command>. Toinen on itse asiassa DHCP-palvelin: ISC " +"<command>dhcpd</command>. &debian;issa ne sisältyvät paketteihin " +"<classname>bootp</classname> ja <classname>dhcp</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "client:\\\n" - " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" - " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" - " ip=192.168.1.90:\\\n" - " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" - " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" - " ha=0123456789AB:\n" - "</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The <quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type <userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" +"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " +"relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can " +"run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/" +"etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server " +"does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the " +"good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, " +"and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</" +"filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</" +"command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. " +"Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"client:\\\n" +" hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" +" bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" +" ip=192.168.1.90:\\\n" +" sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" +" sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" +" ha=0123456789AB:\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</" +"quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The " +"<quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via " +"TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=" +"\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type " +"<userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</" +"userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" msgstr "" -"Käytettäessä CMU <command>bootpd</command>:tä, on ensin poistettava kommenttimerkki asiaankuuluvalta riviltä (tai lisättävä rivi) tiedostossa <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. &debian;issa tämä voidaan tehdä komennoilla <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput> ja sitten <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>. Siltä varalta ettei käytettävässä BOOTP-palvelimessa ole Debiania, rivin pitäisi näyttää tällaiselta: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Käytettäessä CMU <command>bootpd</command>:tä, on ensin poistettava " +"kommenttimerkki asiaankuuluvalta riviltä (tai lisättävä rivi) tiedostossa " +"<filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. &debian;issa tämä voidaan tehdä " +"komennoilla <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput> ja sitten " +"<userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>. Siltä varalta ettei " +"käytettävässä BOOTP-palvelimessa ole Debiania, rivin pitäisi näyttää " +"tällaiselta: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nyt on tehtävä tiedosto <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>. Tiedostossa on sama tuttu ja kryptinen muoto kuin vanhassa kunnon BSD:n tiedostoissa <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, ja <filename>disktab</filename>. Katso tiedoston <filename>bootptab</filename> man-sivulta lisätietoja. CMU <command>bootpd</command>:tä varten on tiedettävä asiakaskoneen Ethernetosoite (MAC). Tässä on esimerkki tiedostosta <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Nyt on tehtävä tiedosto <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename>. Tiedostossa on sama tuttu ja kryptinen muoto kuin vanhassa kunnon " +"BSD:n tiedostoissa <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</" +"filename>, ja <filename>disktab</filename>. Katso tiedoston " +"<filename>bootptab</filename> man-sivulta lisätietoja. CMU <command>bootpd</" +"command>:tä varten on tiedettävä asiakaskoneen Ethernetosoite (MAC). Tässä " +"on esimerkki tiedostosta <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -943,47 +1843,80 @@ msgstr "" " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" " ha=0123456789AB:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> On muutettava ainakin riviä <quote>ha</quote>, joka määrittää asiakaskoneen MAC-osoitteen. Rivi <quote>bf</quote> määrittää tiedoston, joka asiakaskoneen on noudettava TFTP:llä; katso tarkempaa tietoa kohdasta <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/>. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> SGI-koneilla voidaan käynnistää komentotulkki ja kirjoittaa <userinput>printenv</userinput>. Muuttujan <userinput>eaddr</userinput> arvo on koneen MAC-osoite. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> On muutettava ainakin riviä <quote>ha</quote>, " +"joka määrittää asiakaskoneen MAC-osoitteen. Rivi <quote>bf</quote> määrittää " +"tiedoston, joka asiakaskoneen on noudettava TFTP:llä; katso tarkempaa tietoa " +"kohdasta <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/>. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> SGI-" +"koneilla voidaan käynnistää komentotulkki ja kirjoittaa <userinput>printenv</" +"userinput>. Muuttujan <userinput>eaddr</userinput> arvo on koneen MAC-" +"osoite. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 -#, no-c-format -msgid "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Tähän verrattuna BOOTP:n asetusten tekeminen ISC <command>dhcpd</command>:llä on todella helppoa, koska se käsittelee BOOTP-asiakkaat DHCP-asiakkaiden erikoistapauksena. Joissakin suoritinperheissä on käytettävä monimutkaisia asetuksia asiakkaiden käynnistämiseen BOOTP:llä. Jos koneesi on joku niistä, lue <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Muussa tapauksessa luultavasti riittää direktiivin <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> lisääminen asiakaskoneen aliverkon asetusten lohkoon ja <command>dhcpd</command>:n käynnistäminen uudelleen komennolla <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +#: install-methods.xml:1234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " +"easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " +"clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " +"clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" +"\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " +"block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Tähän verrattuna BOOTP:n asetusten tekeminen ISC <command>dhcpd</command>:" +"llä on todella helppoa, koska se käsittelee BOOTP-asiakkaat DHCP-asiakkaiden " +"erikoistapauksena. Joissakin suoritinperheissä on käytettävä monimutkaisia " +"asetuksia asiakkaiden käynnistämiseen BOOTP:llä. Jos koneesi on joku niistä, " +"lue <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Muussa tapauksessa luultavasti riittää " +"direktiivin <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> lisääminen asiakaskoneen " +"aliverkon asetusten lohkoon ja <command>dhcpd</command>:n käynnistäminen " +"uudelleen komennolla <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP-palvelimen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" - "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" - "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" - "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" - "default-lease-time 600;\n" - "max-lease-time 7200;\n" - "server-name \"servername\";\n" - "\n" - "subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" - " range 192.168.1.200 192.168.1.253;\n" - " option routers 192.168.1.1;\n" - "}\n" - "\n" - "host clientname {\n" - " filename \"/tftpboot/tftpboot.img\";\n" - " server-name \"servername\";\n" - " next-server servername;\n" - " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" - " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" - "}\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." -msgstr "" -"Eräs vapaa DHCP-palvelin on ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. &debian;issa se on saatavilla paketissa <classname>dhcp</classname>. Tässä on esimerkki sen asetustiedostosta (tavallisesti tiedosto <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" +"option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" +"option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" +"default-lease-time 600;\n" +"max-lease-time 7200;\n" +"server-name \"servername\";\n" +"\n" +"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" +" range 192.168.1.200 192.168.1.253;\n" +" option routers 192.168.1.1;\n" +"}\n" +"\n" +"host clientname {\n" +" filename \"/tftpboot/tftpboot.img\";\n" +" server-name \"servername\";\n" +" next-server servername;\n" +" hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" +" fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" +"}" +msgstr "" +"Eräs vapaa DHCP-palvelin on ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. &debian;issa se on " +"saatavilla paketissa <classname>dhcp</classname>. Tässä on esimerkki sen " +"asetustiedostosta (tavallisesti tiedosto <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1003,61 +1936,84 @@ msgstr "" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Huomaa: uusi (ja suositeltava) paketti <classname>dhcp3</classname> käyttää tiedostoa <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Huomaa: uusi (ja suositeltava) paketti " +"<classname>dhcp3</classname> käyttää tiedostoa <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd." +"conf</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, as well as the server name and client hardware address. The <replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file which will be retrieved via TFTP." -msgstr "Tässä esimerkissa on yksi palvelin, <replaceable>servername</replaceable>, joka tekee kaikki DHCP-palvelimen, TFTP-palvelimen ja verkon yhdyskäytävän työt. Asetuksen domain-name arvoa joudut lähes varmasti muuttamaan, samoin kuin palvelimen nimen ja asiakaskoneen MAC-osoitteen. Asetuksen <replaceable>filename</replaceable> on oltava TFTP:llä noudettavan tiedoston nimi." +msgid "" +"In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " +"which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network " +"gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, " +"as well as the server name and client hardware address. The " +"<replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file " +"which will be retrieved via TFTP." +msgstr "" +"Tässä esimerkissa on yksi palvelin, <replaceable>servername</replaceable>, " +"joka tekee kaikki DHCP-palvelimen, TFTP-palvelimen ja verkon yhdyskäytävän " +"työt. Asetuksen domain-name arvoa joudut lähes varmasti muuttamaan, samoin " +"kuin palvelimen nimen ja asiakaskoneen MAC-osoitteen. Asetuksen " +"<replaceable>filename</replaceable> on oltava TFTP:llä noudettavan tiedoston " +"nimi." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Kun <command>dhcpd</command>:n asetustiedosto on muokattu, käynnistetään se uudestaan komennolla <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +#: install-methods.xml:1275 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Kun <command>dhcpd</command>:n asetustiedosto on muokattu, käynnistetään se " +"uudestaan komennolla <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "PXE-käynnistyksen käyttöönotto DHCP-asetuksissa" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" - "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" - "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" - "\n" - "default-lease-time 600;\n" - "max-lease-time 7200;\n" - "\n" - "allow booting;\n" - "allow bootp;\n" - "\n" - "# The next paragraph needs to be modified to fit your case\n" - "subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" - " range 192.168.1.200 192.168.1.253;\n" - " option broadcast-address 192.168.1.255;\n" - "# the gateway address which can be different\n" - "# (access to the internet for instance)\n" - " option routers 192.168.1.1;\n" - "# indicate the dns you want to use\n" - " option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.3;\n" - "}\n" - "\n" - "group {\n" - " next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" - " host tftpclient {\n" - "# tftp client hardware address\n" - " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" - " filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" - " }\n" - "}\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." -msgstr "" -"Tässä on toinen esimerkki tiedostosta <filename>dhcp.conf</filename>. Tässä käytetään TFTP:n käynnistystapaa Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE).<informalexample><screen>\n" +#: install-methods.xml:1284 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" +"boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" +"\n" +"default-lease-time 600;\n" +"max-lease-time 7200;\n" +"\n" +"allow booting;\n" +"allow bootp;\n" +"\n" +"# The next paragraph needs to be modified to fit your case\n" +"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" +" range 192.168.1.200 192.168.1.253;\n" +" option broadcast-address 192.168.1.255;\n" +"# the gateway address which can be different\n" +"# (access to the internet for instance)\n" +" option routers 192.168.1.1;\n" +"# indicate the dns you want to use\n" +" option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.3;\n" +"}\n" +"\n" +"group {\n" +" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" +" host tftpclient {\n" +"# tftp client hardware address\n" +" hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" +" filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" +" }\n" +"}\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " +"<filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see " +"<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." +msgstr "" +"Tässä on toinen esimerkki tiedostosta <filename>dhcp.conf</filename>. Tässä " +"käytetään TFTP:n käynnistystapaa Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE)." +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" @@ -1085,216 +2041,465 @@ msgstr "" " filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Huomaa, että PXE-käynnistyksessa asiakkaan tiedostonimi <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> on käynnistyslatain eikä ytimen ohjelmatiedosto (katso <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." +"</screen></informalexample> Huomaa, että PXE-käynnistyksessa asiakkaan " +"tiedostonimi <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> on käynnistyslatain eikä ytimen " +"ohjelmatiedosto (katso <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "TFTP-palvelimen käyttöönotto" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that <command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up correctly by default when they are installed." +"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " +"<command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having " +"something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up " +"correctly by default when they are installed." msgstr "" -"Jotta TFTP-palvelin saataisiin toimintakuntoon, on ensin varmistettava <command>tftpd</command>:n olevan käytettävissä. Tavallisesti se otetaan käyttöön kirjoittamalla tämän tapaista tiedostoon <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Jotta TFTP-palvelin saataisiin toimintakuntoon, on ensin varmistettava " +"<command>tftpd</command>:n olevan käytettävissä. Tavallisesti se otetaan " +"käyttöön kirjoittamalla tämän tapaista tiedostoon <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</" +"filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Debianin paketit tekevät tämän asetuksen yleensä oikein kun ne asennetaan." +"</screen></informalexample> Debianin paketit tekevät tämän asetuksen yleensä " +"oikein kun ne asennetaan." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format -msgid "Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Lue tuo tiedosto ja muista <command>in.tftpd</command>:n parametrina oleva hakemisto; sitä tarvitaan tuonnempana. Valitsin <userinput>-l</userinput> käynnistää joissakin <command>in.tftpd</command>:n versioissa kaikkien pyyntöjen lokkaamisen järjestelmän lokeihin; tästä on hyötyä käynnistyksen vianjäljityksessä. Jos tiedostoa <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> on jouduttu muuttamaan, on käynnissä olevalle <command>inetd</command>-prosessille huomautettava muutoksesta. Debian-koneella komennetaan <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; muilla koneilla etsitään prosessin <command>inetd</command> numero ja komennetaan <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of " +"<command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is " +"useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that " +"below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " +"has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" +"userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" +"command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Lue tuo tiedosto ja muista <command>in.tftpd</command>:n parametrina oleva " +"hakemisto; sitä tarvitaan tuonnempana. Valitsin <userinput>-l</userinput> " +"käynnistää joissakin <command>in.tftpd</command>:n versioissa kaikkien " +"pyyntöjen lokkaamisen järjestelmän lokeihin; tästä on hyötyä käynnistyksen " +"vianjäljityksessä. Jos tiedostoa <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> on " +"jouduttu muuttamaan, on käynnissä olevalle <command>inetd</command>-" +"prosessille huomautettava muutoksesta. Debian-koneella komennetaan " +"<userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; muilla koneilla etsitään " +"prosessin <command>inetd</command> numero ja komennetaan <userinput>kill -" +"HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your server: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" - "</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the SGI's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" - "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" - "</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux TFTP server uses." +"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " +"GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your " +"server: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" +"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the " +"SGI's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets " +"are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will " +"stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in " +"the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" +"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux " +"TFTP server uses." msgstr "" -"Asennettaessa Debiania SGI:n koneelle kun TFTP-palvelin on GNU/Linux-kone jossa on Linux 2.4, on palvelimella tehtävä seuraavat asetukset:<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Asennettaessa Debiania SGI:n koneelle kun TFTP-palvelin on GNU/Linux-kone " +"jossa on Linux 2.4, on palvelimella tehtävä seuraavat asetukset:" +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Tämä ottaa Path MTU discoveryn pois päältä, muuten SGI:n PROM ei osaa noutaa ydintä. Lisäksi on varmistuttava TFTP-paketteja lähetettävän portista, jonka numero on enintään 32767, tai nouto pysähtyy ensimmäisen paketin jälkeen. Taaskin se on Linux 2.4.X joka löytää tämän vian PROM:sta, ja se voidaan välttää asetuksella<informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Tämä ottaa Path MTU discoveryn pois päältä, " +"muuten SGI:n PROM ei osaa noutaa ydintä. Lisäksi on varmistuttava TFTP-" +"paketteja lähetettävän portista, jonka numero on enintään 32767, tai nouto " +"pysähtyy ensimmäisen paketin jälkeen. Taaskin se on Linux 2.4.X joka löytää " +"tämän vian PROM:sta, ja se voidaan välttää " +"asetuksella<informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" -"</screen></informalexample> jolla säädetään aluetta jolta Linuxin TFTP-palvelimen valitsee käyttämänsä lähdeporttit." +"</screen></informalexample> jolla säädetään aluetta jolta Linuxin TFTP-" +"palvelimen valitsee käyttämänsä lähdeporttit." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "Siirretään TFTP-otokset paikalleen" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." -msgstr "Seuraavaksi on tarvittava TFTP-käynnistysotos (kohdasta <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>) tallennettava <command>tftpd</command>:n käynnistysotosten hakemistoon. Yleensä tämä hakemisto on <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Tuosta tiedostosta on tehtävä linkki tiedostoon jota <command>tftpd</command> käyttää tietyn asiakkaan käynnistämiseen. Harmittavasti tiedoston nimen määrää TFTP-asiakas, eikä nimeämiskäytännölle ole kunnollisia standardeja." +#: install-methods.xml:1364 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +msgstr "" +"Seuraavaksi on tarvittava TFTP-käynnistysotos (kohdasta <xref linkend=" +"\"where-files\"/>) tallennettava <command>tftpd</command>:n " +"käynnistysotosten hakemistoon. Yleensä tämä hakemisto on <filename>/" +"tftpboot</filename>. Tuosta tiedostosta on tehtävä linkki tiedostoon jota " +"<command>tftpd</command> käyttää tietyn asiakkaan käynnistämiseen. " +"Harmittavasti tiedoston nimen määrää TFTP-asiakas, eikä nimeämiskäytännölle " +"ole kunnollisia standardeja." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format -msgid "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the <command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. <command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP directory." -msgstr "NewWorld Power Macintosh -koneilla on käynnistyslatain <command>yaboot</command> asetettava TFTP:n käynnistysotokseksi. <command>Yaboot</command> noutaa sitten ytimen ja muistilevyn otokset TFTP:llä. Käynnistettäessä verkosta käytetään tiedostoa <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Vaihda tiedoston nimeksi <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> TFTP-hakemistossa." +msgid "" +"On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " +"<command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. " +"<command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images " +"via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</" +"filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"NewWorld Power Macintosh -koneilla on käynnistyslatain <command>yaboot</" +"command> asetettava TFTP:n käynnistysotokseksi. <command>Yaboot</command> " +"noutaa sitten ytimen ja muistilevyn otokset TFTP:llä. Käynnistettäessä " +"verkosta käytetään tiedostoa <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. " +"Vaihda tiedoston nimeksi <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> TFTP-hakemistossa." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "Käytettäessä PXE-käynnistystä on kaikki mitä pitäisi tarvittaman tar-arkistossa <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Pura vaan tämä arkisto <command>tftpd</command>:n käynnistysotosten hakemistoon. Varmista, että dhcp-palvelimen asetuksissa on <command>tftpd</command>:lle välitettävän käynnistettävän tiedoston nimenä <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename>." +#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgstr "" +"Käytettäessä PXE-käynnistystä on kaikki mitä pitäisi tarvittaman tar-" +"arkistossa <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Pura vaan tämä " +"arkisto <command>tftpd</command>:n käynnistysotosten hakemistoon. Varmista, " +"että dhcp-palvelimen asetuksissa on <command>tftpd</command>:lle " +"välitettävän käynnistettävän tiedoston nimenä <filename>/pxelinux.0</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "Käytettäessä PXE-käynnistystä on kaikki mitä pitäisi tarvittaman tar-arkistossa <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Pura vaan tämä arkisto <command>tftpd</command>:n käynnistysotosten hakemistoon. Varmista, että dhcp-palvelimen asetuksissa on <command>tftpd</command>:lle välitettävän käynnistettävän tiedoston nimenä <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename>." +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/" +"elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgstr "" +"Käytettäessä PXE-käynnistystä on kaikki mitä pitäisi tarvittaman tar-" +"arkistossa <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Pura vaan tämä " +"arkisto <command>tftpd</command>:n käynnistysotosten hakemistoon. Varmista, " +"että dhcp-palvelimen asetuksissa on <command>tftpd</command>:lle " +"välitettävän käynnistettävän tiedoston nimenä <filename>/debian-installer/" +"ia64/elilo.efi</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "DECstationin TFTP-otokset" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, no-c-format -msgid "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is <filename><replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP setups described above." -msgstr "DECstationeille on TFTP-otoksia jokaiselle suoritinarkkitehtuurille. Otoksessa on sekä ydin että asennin yhdessä tiedostossa. Nimeämiskäytäntö on <filename><replaceable>suoritinarkkitehtuuri</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</filename>. Kopioi haluttu tftp-otostiedosto tiedostoksi <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> jos käytät yllä olleita esimerkkejä BOOTP/DHCP-asetukista." +msgid "" +"For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " +"contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is " +"<filename><replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</" +"filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/" +"tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP " +"setups described above." +msgstr "" +"DECstationeille on TFTP-otoksia jokaiselle suoritinarkkitehtuurille. " +"Otoksessa on sekä ydin että asennin yhdessä tiedostossa. Nimeämiskäytäntö " +"on <filename><replaceable>suoritinarkkitehtuuri</replaceable>/netboot-boot." +"img</filename>. Kopioi haluttu tftp-otostiedosto tiedostoksi <userinput>/" +"tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> jos käytät yllä olleita esimerkkejä BOOTP/" +"DHCP-asetukista." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format -msgid "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can optionally be appended with the following syntax:" -msgstr "DECstationin laiteohjelmisto käynnistyy TFTP:llä komennolla <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, missä <replaceable>#</replaceable> on sen TurboChannel-laitteen numero josta käynnistetään. Useimmilla DECstationeila numero on <quote>3</quote>. Mikäli BOOTP/DHCP-palvelin ei välitä tiedoston nimeä tai on välitettävä lisäparametreja, voidaan ne haluttaessa lisätä seuraavaan tapaan:" +msgid "" +"The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</" +"replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On " +"most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not " +"supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can " +"optionally be appended with the following syntax:" +msgstr "" +"DECstationin laiteohjelmisto käynnistyy TFTP:llä komennolla <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, missä <replaceable>#</" +"replaceable> on sen TurboChannel-laitteen numero josta käynnistetään. " +"Useimmilla DECstationeila numero on <quote>3</quote>. Mikäli BOOTP/DHCP-" +"palvelin ei välitä tiedoston nimeä tai on välitettävä lisäparametreja, " +"voidaan ne haluttaessa lisätä seuraavaan tapaan:" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/tiedoston_nimi param1=arvo1 param2=arvo2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " +"booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an " +"<computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests " +"during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. " +"The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the " +"DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by " +"running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine " +"acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by " +"entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that " +"can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also " +"firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the " +"different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." msgstr "" -"Useissa DECstationeitten laiteohjelmiston versiossa on verkosta käynnistämiseen liittyvä vika: nouto alkaa, mutta pysähtyy jonkin ajan kuluttua virheeseen <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. Syitä tähän voi olla useita: \n" +"Useissa DECstationeitten laiteohjelmiston versiossa on verkosta " +"käynnistämiseen liittyvä vika: nouto alkaa, mutta pysähtyy jonkin ajan " +"kuluttua virheeseen <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. Syitä tähän " +"voi olla useita: \n" "\n" -"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> Laiteohjelmisto ei vastaa ARP-pyyntöihin TFTP-siiron aikana. Tämä johtaa ARP-aikakatkaisuun ja siirto pysähtyy. Ratkaisuna on lisätä DECstation Ethernet-kortin MAC-osoite TFTP-palvelimen ARP-tauluun. Tämä tehdään pääkäyttäjänä komennolla <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> TFTP-palvelimella. DECstationin MAC-osoite nähdään komennolla <command>cnfg</command> DECstationin laiteohjelmiston kehotteessa. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Laiteohjelmisto rajoittaa TFTP:llä käynnistettävien tiedostojen koon. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> On olemassa myös laiteohjelmiston versioita jotka eivät osaa lainkaan käynnistää TFTP:llä. Katsaus erilaisiin laiteohjelmiston versioihin löytyy NetBSD:n seittisivustolta: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> Laiteohjelmisto ei vastaa ARP-pyyntöihin TFTP-" +"siiron aikana. Tämä johtaa ARP-aikakatkaisuun ja siirto pysähtyy. Ratkaisuna " +"on lisätä DECstation Ethernet-kortin MAC-osoite TFTP-palvelimen ARP-tauluun. " +"Tämä tehdään pääkäyttäjänä komennolla <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-" +"address</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> " +"TFTP-palvelimella. DECstationin MAC-osoite nähdään komennolla <command>cnfg</" +"command> DECstationin laiteohjelmiston kehotteessa. </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Laiteohjelmisto rajoittaa TFTP:llä käynnistettävien " +"tiedostojen koon. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> On olemassa myös " +"laiteohjelmiston versioita jotka eivät osaa lainkaan käynnistää TFTP:llä. " +"Katsaus erilaisiin laiteohjelmiston versioihin löytyy NetBSD:n " +"seittisivustolta: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list." +"html#proms\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Alphan käynnistys TFTP:llä" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format -msgid "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a filename by either one of these methods." -msgstr "Alphalla on määritettävä tiedoston nimi (suhteellisena polkuna käynnistysotosten hakemistoon) käyttämällä parametria <userinput>-file</userinput> SRM:n komennolle <userinput>boot</userinput>, tai asettamalla ympäristömuuttuja <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput>. Toinen tapa on välittää tiedoston nimi BOOTP:n kautta (käytä direktiiviä <userinput>filename</userinput> ISC:n <command>dhcpd</command>:ssä). Toisin kuin Open Firmwaressa, SRM:ssä <emphasis>ei ole mitään oletusnimeä</emphasis> tiedostolle, joten tiedoston nimi <emphasis>on määritettävä</emphasis> jommalla kummalla näistä tavoista." +msgid "" +"On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " +"image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM " +"<userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</" +"userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given " +"via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</" +"userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default " +"filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a " +"filename by either one of these methods." +msgstr "" +"Alphalla on määritettävä tiedoston nimi (suhteellisena polkuna " +"käynnistysotosten hakemistoon) käyttämällä parametria <userinput>-file</" +"userinput> SRM:n komennolle <userinput>boot</userinput>, tai asettamalla " +"ympäristömuuttuja <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput>. Toinen tapa on välittää " +"tiedoston nimi BOOTP:n kautta (käytä direktiiviä <userinput>filename</" +"userinput> ISC:n <command>dhcpd</command>:ssä). Toisin kuin Open " +"Firmwaressa, SRM:ssä <emphasis>ei ole mitään oletusnimeä</emphasis> " +"tiedostolle, joten tiedoston nimi <emphasis>on määritettävä</emphasis> " +"jommalla kummalla näistä tavoista." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "SPARC:n käynnistys TFTP:llä" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as <quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just <filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" - "$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" - "</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture name." +"Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your " +"system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename " +"would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also " +"subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just " +"<filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the " +"hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a " +"shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" +"</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to " +"change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture " +"name." msgstr "" -"Jotkin SPARC-suoritinperheet lisäävät suoritinarkkitehtuurin nimen, kuten <quote>SUN4M</quote> tai <quote>SUN4C</quote>, tiedoston nimeen. Niinpä, jos järjestelmän suoritinarkkitehtuuri on SUN4C ja sen IP on 192.168.1.3, tiedoston nimi olisi <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. Joissakin suoritinarkkitehtuuressa asiakaskoneen etsimän tiedoston nimi on kuitenkin vain <filename>asiakaskoneen-ip-heksana</filename>. Helppo tapa nähdä IP-osoite heksana on kirjoittaa seuraava komento komentotulkissa (olettaen että koneelle tarkoitettu IP-osoite on 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Jotkin SPARC-suoritinperheet lisäävät suoritinarkkitehtuurin nimen, kuten " +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> tai <quote>SUN4C</quote>, tiedoston nimeen. Niinpä, jos " +"järjestelmän suoritinarkkitehtuuri on SUN4C ja sen IP on 192.168.1.3, " +"tiedoston nimi olisi <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. Joissakin " +"suoritinarkkitehtuuressa asiakaskoneen etsimän tiedoston nimi on kuitenkin " +"vain <filename>asiakaskoneen-ip-heksana</filename>. Helppo tapa nähdä IP-" +"osoite heksana on kirjoittaa seuraava komento komentotulkissa (olettaen että " +"koneelle tarkoitettu IP-osoite on 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Oikean tiedoston nimen saa muuttamalla kaikki kirjaimet isoiksi ja tarvittaessa liittämällä loppuun suoritinarkkitehtuurin nimen." +"</screen></informalexample> Oikean tiedoston nimen saa muuttamalla kaikki " +"kirjaimet isoiksi ja tarvittaessa liittämällä loppuun suoritinarkkitehtuurin " +"nimen." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that the TFTP server looks in." -msgstr "Joissakin sparc-järjestelmissä voidaan OpenPROM:n käynnistyskomennolla järjestelmä pakottaa käyttämään tiettyä tiedoston nimeä. Komento olisi <userinput>boot net minun-sparc.image</userinput>. Tiedoston on silti oltava hakemistossa josta TFTP-palvelin sitä etsii." +msgid "" +"You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " +"adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot " +"net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that " +"the TFTP server looks in." +msgstr "" +"Joissakin sparc-järjestelmissä voidaan OpenPROM:n käynnistyskomennolla " +"järjestelmä pakottaa käyttämään tiettyä tiedoston nimeä. Komento olisi " +"<userinput>boot net minun-sparc.image</userinput>. Tiedoston on silti oltava " +"hakemistossa josta TFTP-palvelin sitä etsii." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "BVM/Motorolan käynnistys TFTP:llä" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format -msgid "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." -msgstr "BVM ja Motorola VMEbus -järjestelmissä kopioi tiedostot &bvme6000-tftp-files; hakemistoon <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." +msgid "" +"For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " +"<filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." +msgstr "" +"BVM ja Motorola VMEbus -järjestelmissä kopioi tiedostot &bvme6000-tftp-" +"files; hakemistoon <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration information." -msgstr "Tee seuraavaksi käynnistys-ROM:essa tai BOOTP-palvelimella asetukset siten, että TFTP-palvelimelta ladataan ensimmäiseksi tiedostot <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> tai <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename>. Katso suoritinarkkitehtuurin tiedostosta <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> lisää järjestelmäkohtaisia asetustietoja." +msgid "" +"Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " +"<filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> " +"files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> " +"file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Tee seuraavaksi käynnistys-ROM:essa tai BOOTP-palvelimella asetukset siten, " +"että TFTP-palvelimelta ladataan ensimmäiseksi tiedostot <filename>tftplilo." +"bvme</filename> tai <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename>. Katso " +"suoritinarkkitehtuurin tiedostosta <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> lisää " +"järjestelmäkohtaisia asetustietoja." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "SGI:n käynnistys TFTP:llä" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." -msgstr "SGI:n koneilla <command>bootpd</command> noutaa TFTP-tiedoston nimen. Se annetaan joko rivillä <userinput>bf=</userinput> tiedostossa <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> tai direktiivissä <userinput>filename=</userinput> tiedostossa <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " +"name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> " +"in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</" +"userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"SGI:n koneilla <command>bootpd</command> noutaa TFTP-tiedoston nimen. Se " +"annetaan joko rivillä <userinput>bf=</userinput> tiedostossa <filename>/etc/" +"bootptab</filename> tai direktiivissä <userinput>filename=</userinput> " +"tiedostossa <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A:n ja BCM91480B:n käynnistys TFTP:llä" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, no-c-format -msgid "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." -msgstr "DHCP:n asetuksia ei tarvitse tehdä tavallisesta poikkeavalla tavalla, koska annetaan CFE:hen ladattavan tiedoston koko polkunimi." +msgid "" +"You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " +"full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." +msgstr "" +"DHCP:n asetuksia ei tarvitse tehdä tavallisesta poikkeavalla tavalla, koska " +"annetaan CFE:hen ladattavan tiedoston koko polkunimi." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "Automaattinen asennus" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." -msgstr "Asennettaessa useita tietokoneita on mahdollista tehdä täysin automaattiset asennukset. Tähän tarkoitettuja Debian-paketteja ovat <classname>fai</classname> (joka käyttää asennuspalvelinta), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, ja Debianin asennin itse." +msgid "" +"For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " +"installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</" +"classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</" +"classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" +"classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." +msgstr "" +"Asennettaessa useita tietokoneita on mahdollista tehdä täysin automaattiset " +"asennukset. Tähän tarkoitettuja Debian-paketteja ovat <classname>fai</" +"classname> (joka käyttää asennuspalvelinta), <classname>replicator</" +"classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" +"classname>, ja Debianin asennin itse." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "Automaattinen asennus Debianin asentimella" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the installation process." -msgstr "Debianin asennin tukee automaattista asennusta valmiiden vastausten tiedostoilla. Valmiiden vastausten tiedosto voidaan ladata verkosta tai vaihdettavalta taltiolta, ja sillä saadaan annettua vastaukset asennusprosessin aikana kysyttyihin kysymyksiin." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " +"files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from " +"removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process." +msgstr "" +"Debianin asennin tukee automaattista asennusta valmiiden vastausten " +"tiedostoilla. Valmiiden vastausten tiedosto voidaan ladata verkosta tai " +"vaihdettavalta taltiolta, ja sillä saadaan annettua vastaukset " +"asennusprosessin aikana kysyttyihin kysymyksiin." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, no-c-format -msgid "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "Kaikki ohjeet valmiista vastauksista mukaan lukien toimiva esimerkki jota voi muokata on <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." - +msgid "" +"Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " +"edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Kaikki ohjeet valmiista vastauksista mukaan lukien toimiva esimerkki jota " +"voi muokata on <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." diff --git a/po/fi/post-install.po b/po/fi/post-install.po index aebd70eff..127aad98a 100644 --- a/po/fi/post-install.po +++ b/po/fi/post-install.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Debian Installation guide post-install\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-10 04:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " "user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " "<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" "whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " -"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +"allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" "Toisaalta, jos ajastettu tehtävä on (a) suoritettava tietyn käyttäjän " "oikeuksilla tai (b) suoritettava tiettyinä aikoina tai toistettava " diff --git a/po/fi/preparing.po b/po/fi/preparing.po index cc56b9ef0..32b128ef2 100644 --- a/po/fi/preparing.po +++ b/po/fi/preparing.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Debian Installation Guide preparing\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-11 16:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1645,16 +1645,16 @@ msgstr "Osiointi Windows NT:ssä" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " "existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " "Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " "from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " "partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " -"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " -"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " -"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to " +"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have " +"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " "destroy the partition information." msgstr "" "Windows NT käyttää PC-tyylistä osiotaulua. Jos levyllä olevia FAT- tai NTFS-" @@ -1708,15 +1708,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " -"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " -"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " -"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " -"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " -"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " -"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay " +"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post " +"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate " +"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the " +"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually " +"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you " +"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" "Mutta jos käytetään isoa IDE-levyä eikä ole LBA-osoitteita, overlay-ajuria " "(joita kiintolevyvalmistajat joskus toimittavat) tai uutta (jälkeen 1988) " @@ -2103,12 +2103,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " "create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " -"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " -"FTP server." +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from " +"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "IDE-levyjä käyttäville Maceille on käyttämätön tila Linuxia varten tehtävä " "sovelluksella <command>Apple Drive Setup</command>, ja osiointi on " @@ -2123,7 +2124,7 @@ msgstr "Osiointi SunOS:stä" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " "both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " @@ -2132,7 +2133,7 @@ msgid "" "you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " "the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " "that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " -"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 " "(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" "Osiointi SunOS:stä onnistuu oikein hyvin; itse asiassa suositellaan " @@ -3117,17 +3118,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1965 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " "and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " -"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot " "from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " "necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " -"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " -"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " -"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " -"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have " +"to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a " +"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, " +"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" "Ennen varsinaisen asennuksen aloittamista, on tehtävä joitakin suunnittelu- " "ja valmisteluvaiheita. IBM:ltä on saatavilla ohjeet koko prosessista, ts. " @@ -3449,19 +3450,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "Näyttöpulmia OldWorld Powermaceissa" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2164 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " -"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " -"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " -"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " -"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the " +"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such " +"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " "monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " diff --git a/po/fi/preseed.po b/po/fi/preseed.po index b5c3fbdbb..ed48a7a3a 100644 --- a/po/fi/preseed.po +++ b/po/fi/preseed.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-26 01:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-10 16:39+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1407,11 +1407,12 @@ msgstr "Asennuspalvelimen asetukset" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:726 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " -"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " -"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " +"download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, " +"and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the " +"installed system." msgstr "" "Käytettävästä asennustavasta riippuen asennuspalvelimelta voidaan sekä " "noutaa lisää asentimen osia ja peruskokoonpano, että tehdä tiedosto " @@ -1476,13 +1477,13 @@ msgstr "Osiointi" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:756 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " -"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " -"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " -"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " -"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to " +"partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout " +"of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe " +"from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " "currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." msgstr "" "Valmiiden vastausten käyttämistä levyn osioinnissa rajoittaa se, mitä " @@ -2017,7 +2018,7 @@ msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen asennus" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:888 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" @@ -2028,9 +2029,9 @@ msgid "" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some " +"other\n" +"# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" @@ -2158,12 +2159,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:943 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " "installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" -"classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or " -"space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated " +"by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel " +"command line as well." msgstr "" "Jos tehtävien asentamien pakettien lisäksi halutaan asentaa yksittäisiä " "paketteja, voidaan käyttää parametria <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. " diff --git a/po/fi/random-bits.po b/po/fi/random-bits.po index 31aafbd32..ffa4eeb4f 100644 --- a/po/fi/random-bits.po +++ b/po/fi/random-bits.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Debian Installation Guide random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-15 17:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -454,7 +454,10 @@ msgid "" "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " "standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " "installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." -msgstr "Peruskokoonpanon asennus ja kaikki vakiopaketit i386-arkkitehtuurilla oletusarvona olevaa 2.6-ydintä käyttäen vie 585 Mt levytilaa. Suppea perusasennus vie 365 Mt, jos standard-tehtävää ei valita." +msgstr "" +"Peruskokoonpanon asennus ja kaikki vakiopaketit i386-arkkitehtuurilla " +"oletusarvona olevaa 2.6-ydintä käyttäen vie 585 Mt levytilaa. Suppea " +"perusasennus vie 365 Mt, jos standard-tehtävää ei valita." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:196 @@ -702,7 +705,8 @@ msgstr "<entry>32</entry>" msgid "" "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " "environment." -msgstr "Tehtävä <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> asentaa sekä GNOME-työpöytäympäristön." +msgstr "" +"Tehtävä <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> asentaa sekä GNOME-työpöytäympäristön." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:290 @@ -771,12 +775,13 @@ msgstr "Alkuunpääsy" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:332 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " -"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " -"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " -"to install X." +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." msgstr "" "Koneessa jo olevan *unix-järjestelmän osiontityökaluilla osioidaan " "tarvittaessa kiintolevy. On tehtävä ainakin yksi tiedostojärjestelmä ja " @@ -784,13 +789,13 @@ msgstr "" "asennukselle, tai ainakin 300 Mt jos asennetaan X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:340 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " -"system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root " -"partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " "<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" @@ -802,14 +807,14 @@ msgstr "" "jätetään <userinput>-j</userinput> pois." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:350 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " "intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" +"# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" -"# swapon /dev/hda5\n" +"# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" "filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " "filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " @@ -826,17 +831,17 @@ msgstr "" "mikä tahansa hakemisto, mutta nimeä käytetään myöhemmin." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:362 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" -"# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -848,13 +853,13 @@ msgstr "" "kohtaan." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Asennetaan <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -879,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -906,7 +911,7 @@ msgstr "" "pääkäyttäjän oikeuksia." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -918,13 +923,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /kokonainen-polkunimi/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Suoritetaan <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -941,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr "" "README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -953,15 +958,15 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:443 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " "<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " -"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" -"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " -"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " -"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</" +"userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, " +"<userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" "Korvaa komennossa <command>debootstrap</command> <replaceable>ARCH</" @@ -973,46 +978,47 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:461 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" -" /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" +" /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" " /mnt/debinst http://ftp.fi.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " -"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" -"Nyt levyllä on oikea vaikkakin niukahko Debian-järjestelmä. Se käynnistetään " -"<command>chroot</command>-eristettynä:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" -msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Liitetään osiot" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:484 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1028,8 +1034,8 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" -"/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" -"/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" @@ -1037,8 +1043,17 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " "the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " -"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /media\n" +"# mkdir cdrom0\n" +"# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# ln -s media/cdrom\n" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " "times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " "customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " @@ -1076,13 +1091,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>, varmistu että proc on liitetty ennen jatkamista:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1094,48 +1109,44 @@ msgstr "" "ulkopuolelta:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" -msgstr "Näppäimistön asetukset" +#: random-bits.xml:524 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Timezone" +msgstr "Lähdekoneen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" -msgstr "Näppäimistön asetukset tehdään komentamalla:" +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." +msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " -"configured for the next reboot." +"# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" +"# tzconfig" msgstr "" -"Huomaa ettei näppäimistön asetuksia saa käyttöön kun ollaan chroot-" -"eristettynä, mutta ne tulevat käyttöön seuraavassa käynnistyksessä." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Verkon asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:539 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1179,14 +1190,30 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"\n" +"# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +"::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +"fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +"ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +"ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +"ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +"ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " "arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " "file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " "with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgstr "" -"Verkon asetukset tehdään muokkaamalla tiedostoja <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> ja <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Verkon asetukset tehdään muokkaamalla tiedostoja <filename>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +"hostname</filename> ja <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Tässä on muutamia yksinkertaisia esimerkkejä hakemistosta <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Tässä on muutamia yksinkertaisia esimerkkejä " +"hakemistosta <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "######################################################################\n" "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" @@ -1212,36 +1239,61 @@ msgstr "" "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Tiedostoon <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> kirjoitetaan nimipalvelimet ja hakuasetuksia: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Tiedostoon <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> " +"kirjoitetaan nimipalvelimet ja hakuasetuksia: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Yksinkertainen <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Yksinkertainen <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +"filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "search hqdom.local\\000\n" "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Kirjoita järjestelmän konenimi (2 - 63 merkkiä): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Kirjoita järjestelmän konenimi (2 - 63 merkkiä): " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianinKonenimi > /etc/hostname\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Jos verkkoliitäntöjä on useita, olisi ajurimoduulien nimet järjestettävä tiedostossa <filename>/etc/modules</filename> haluttuun järjestykseen. Näin on jokainen liitäntä käynnistyksessä tunnetulla nimellä (eth0, eth1, etc.)." +"</screen></informalexample> Jos verkkoliitäntöjä on useita, olisi " +"ajurimoduulien nimet järjestettävä tiedostossa <filename>/etc/modules</" +"filename> haluttuun järjestykseen. Näin on jokainen liitäntä käynnistyksessä " +"tunnetulla nimellä (eth0, eth1, etc.)." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" -msgstr "Maa-asetukset" +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "Verkon asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:581 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" +"\n" +"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" +msgstr "Näppäimistön asetukset" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:598 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " -"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be " -"configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running " -"<command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets " -"other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization " -"HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" msgstr "" "Maa-asetukset saadaan englannin lisäksi muidenkin kielien mukaiseksi " "asentamalla paketti <classname>locales</classname> ja tekemällä sen " @@ -1254,18 +1306,36 @@ msgstr "" "kuin otetaan käyttöön muita kuin ASCII- tai Latin1-merkistöjä käyttävä maa-" "asetus, olisi luettava vastaava maa-asetusten HOWTO-ohje." +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# aptitude install console-data\n" +"# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" +"Huomaa ettei näppäimistön asetuksia saa käyttöön kun ollaan chroot-" +"eristettynä, mutta ne tulevat käyttöön seuraavassa käynnistyksessä." + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Asennetaan ydin" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:621 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " -"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." @@ -1277,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> Valittu ydin asennetaan asennuspaketin nimellä." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1286,14 +1356,25 @@ msgstr "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" "replaceable>" +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences " +"the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file " +"will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional " +"information about this file, consult its man page which will be available " +"after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1308,8 +1389,8 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> Debianin chroot-eristyksen sisällä." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " @@ -1317,8 +1398,8 @@ msgid "" "install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " "<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " "could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " -"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " -"relative to the system you call it from)." +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" "Komennoilla <userinput>info grub</userinput> tai <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> löytyy ohjeita käynnistyslataimen asetuksista. Jos järjestelmä " @@ -1331,18 +1412,33 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmästä jossa se käynnistettiin." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:665 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install grub\n" +"# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" +"# update-grub\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "" "Tässä on tiedoston <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> perusversio malliksi:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:679 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"boot=/dev/hda6\n" -"root=/dev/hda6\n" +"boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -1358,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1378,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistettiin.\"" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1408,13 +1504,46 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>ide0:</userinput> eikä <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# tasksel install standard\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "&debian;:in asennus käyttäen Parallel Line IP:tä (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1429,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr "" "Internetissä). " #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1445,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr "" "paikallisverkon osoiteavaruuteen)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1456,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistetty asennettuun järjestelmään (katso <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1469,13 +1598,13 @@ msgstr "" "Yleisimmät arvot ovat <literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Vaatimukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1485,13 +1614,13 @@ msgstr "" "asennetaan" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "Asennustaltio; katso <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1501,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr "" "kytketty Internettiin ja toimii yhdyskäytävänä." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1513,13 +1642,13 @@ msgstr "" "kaapelin itse." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Lähdekoneen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1530,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr "" "portin kautta." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1572,13 +1701,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Asennetaan kohdekone" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1604,13 +1733,13 @@ msgstr "" "kuten seuraavassa kerrotaan." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Ladattavat asentimen osat" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1620,13 +1749,13 @@ msgstr "" "jälkeen PLIP-ajurit ovat käytettävissä asennusjärjestelmässä." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Tunnista verkkolaitteisto" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1641,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "kohdekoneessa ei ole verkkoliitäntää." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1653,19 +1782,19 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Tee verkkoasetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Haetaanko verkkoasetukset automaattisesti DHCP:llä?" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -1673,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP-osoite: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1683,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1692,6 +1821,22 @@ msgstr "" "Nimipalvelinten osoitteet: voidaan käyttää samoja kuin yhdyskäytäväkone " "(katso tiedostosta <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyt levyllä on oikea vaikkakin niukahko Debian-järjestelmä. Se " +#~ "käynnistetään <command>chroot</command>-eristettynä:" + +#~ msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +#~ msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" + +#~ msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +#~ msgstr "Näppäimistön asetukset tehdään komentamalla:" + +#~ msgid "Configure Locales" +#~ msgstr "Maa-asetukset" + #~ msgid "1392" #~ msgstr "1392" diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po index 2f7a4ef79..4ae291a0d 100644 --- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-15 17:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -760,21 +760,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"Muistin määrän ollessa rajoitettu eivät kaikki asentimen osat ole " -"käytettävissä. Eräs rajoitus on, ettei asennuksen kieltä voi valita." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "Maa-asetuston valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -787,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" "koostuu kielen, maan ja maa-asetusten valinnasta. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -800,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" "valitulle kielelle ei ole käytettävissä, asennin käyttää englantia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -814,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr "" "apuna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -837,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>locales</classname>-paketti jätetään asentamatta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -857,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr "" "kieltä puhutaan vain yhdessä maassa, maa valitaan automaattisesti." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -871,13 +873,13 @@ msgstr "" "muodostettavaksi asennettuun järjestelmään." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Näppäimistön valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -894,7 +896,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>kbdconfig</command> pääkäyttäjänä kun asennus on valmis). " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -910,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F10</keycap> -näppäimet ylärivissä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -924,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" "tulla muutos Linux/MIPS-ydintä kehitettäessä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -943,13 +945,13 @@ msgstr "" "\" useimmissa Mac-näppäimistöissä). Asetteluilla ei ole muuta eroa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Etsitään Debianin asentimen ISO-otosta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -963,7 +965,7 @@ msgstr "" "juuri tämän." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -993,7 +995,7 @@ msgstr "" "otoksen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1007,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1025,13 +1027,13 @@ msgstr "" "tämän ilman uudelleenkäynnistystä toisella konsolilla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Verkkoasetusten teko" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1051,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr "" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1073,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "" "uudelleen jos kaiken pitäisi toimia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1097,7 +1099,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/> mukaisesti." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1118,13 +1120,13 @@ msgstr "" "etc/network/interfaces</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Osioiden teko ja liitoskohtien valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1142,13 +1144,13 @@ msgstr "" "levyniteiden hallinta LVM tai RAID-laitteet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Levyosioiden teko" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1159,7 +1161,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarkempaa tietoa luetaan <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1173,7 +1175,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Tee levyosiot itse</guimenuitem> valikosta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1190,14 +1192,14 @@ msgstr "" "crypt</quote>-tukea </para> </footnote>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "(salattu) LVM ei ehkä ole käytettävissä kaikille suoritinperheille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1213,7 +1215,7 @@ msgstr "" "(henkilökohtaisille) tiedoille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1229,7 +1231,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutta saattaa viedä jonkin aikaa, levyn koosta riippuen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1247,7 +1249,7 @@ msgstr "" "levylle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1264,7 +1266,7 @@ msgstr "" "poiketa totutusta. Levyjen kokoja voi käyttää apuna levyjen tunnistamisessa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1279,7 +1281,7 @@ msgstr "" "asti; (salattua) LVM:ää käytettäessä peruminen ei ole mahdollista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1297,73 +1299,73 @@ msgstr "" "noin 1 Gt tilaa (riippuu mallineesta), ohjattu osiointi ei toimi." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Osioinnin mallineet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Vähimmäistila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Tehdyt osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Kaikki tiedostot yhdessä levyosiossa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Erillinen /home-osio" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Erilliset /home-, /usr-, /var- ja /tmp-osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 Gt</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1373,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1386,7 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "" "luodaan LVM-osion sisälle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1400,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekemiseksi EFI-käynnistysosioksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1411,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr "" "ilman tiedostojärjestelmää aboot-käynnistyslataimelle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1423,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "niiden liitoskohdat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1474,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollisista vaihtoehdoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1494,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehtäessä osiot itse." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1509,13 +1511,13 @@ msgstr "" "asennettavassa Debian-järjestelmässä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Mikäli valittu levy on käyttämätön jossa ei ole osioita eikä vapaata tilaa, " "tarjotaan tehtäväksi uusi osiotaulu (välttämätöntä jotta uusia osioita voi " @@ -1523,22 +1525,26 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>VAPAA TILA</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Valittaessa jokin vapaa tila tarjotaan luotavaksi uusi osio. Asennin kysyy " "koon, tyypin (ensisijainen tai looginen) ja paikan (vapaan tilan alussa vai " @@ -1554,17 +1560,17 @@ msgstr "" "command> aloitusruutuun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "Osion asetuksia muuttavaan valikkoon pääsee valitsemalla osio. Tämä on sama " "ruutu kuin uutta osiota tehtäessä, joten muutettavat asetuksetkin ovat " @@ -1574,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "poistaa tästä valikosta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1590,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "" "suostu jatkamaan ennen kuin tämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1602,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr "" "kuin nämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1618,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" "tai <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1632,13 +1638,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmät luodaan valitulla tavalla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Monilevylaitteen asetukset (ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1658,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1672,43 +1678,43 @@ msgstr "" "voi tehdä tiedostojärjestelmän, määrätä liitoskohdan, jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1762,97 +1768,97 @@ msgstr "" "Yhteenvetona:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tyyppi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Levyjä vähintään" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Varalevy" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Toipuuko levyrikosta?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Käytettävissä oleva tila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ei</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Pienimmän osion koko kertaa pakan levyjen määrä" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "haluttaessa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>kyllä</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Pakan pienimmän osion koko" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1861,17 +1867,17 @@ msgstr "" "Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä yhdellä)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "Kaikki ohjelmallisesti toteutetusta RAIDista löytyy ohjeesta <ulink url=" "\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1887,7 +1893,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1905,7 +1911,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen vaiheita komentotulkista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1927,7 +1933,7 @@ msgstr "" "riippuu MD-laitteelle valitusta tyypistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1939,7 +1945,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1957,7 +1963,7 @@ msgstr "" "virhe; asennin ei päästä jatkamaan ennen kuin levyjen määrät täsmäävät." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1967,7 +1973,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainakin <emphasis>kolme</emphasis> levyosiota. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1985,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr "" "100 Gt <filename>/home</filename>-osio)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2000,13 +2006,13 @@ msgstr "" "esimerkiksi liitoskohdat." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Loogisten levyniteiden hallintaohjelman (LVM) asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2022,7 +2028,7 @@ msgstr "" "symbolisilla linkeillä jne." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2042,7 +2048,7 @@ msgstr "" "se muodostuu) voi olla osia jotka ovat eri fyysisillä kiintolevyllä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2062,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> ei vielä ole luettu siihen kannattaisi tutustua." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2079,7 +2085,7 @@ msgstr "" "levynide LVM:lle</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2099,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mahdolliset toiminnot ovat:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2109,43 +2115,43 @@ msgstr "" "n rakenteen, loogisten levyniteiden nimet, koot ja muuta" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Luo levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Luo looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Poista levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Poista looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kasvata levynideryhmää" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Pienennä levynideryhmää" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2155,7 +2161,7 @@ msgstr "" "pääruutuun" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2165,21 +2171,7 @@ msgstr "" "loogisia levyniteitä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" -"Tässä valikossa voidaan myös poistaa LVM kiintolevyltä ennen kuin valitaan " -"<quote>Opastettu osioiden teko LVM:ää käyttäen</quote>. Ohjattu osioiden " -"teko LVM:ää käyttäen ei ole mahdollista jos levyhideryhmiä jo on, mutta ne " -"poistamalla saadaan aloitettua puhtaalta pöydältä." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2191,13 +2183,13 @@ msgstr "" "olisi samalla tavalla käsiteltäväkin)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Salattujen levyniteiden asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2218,7 +2210,7 @@ msgstr "" "oikeaa salausavainta levyn sisältö näyttää satunnaiselta mössöltä. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2246,7 +2238,7 @@ msgstr "" "osiolta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2259,13 +2251,13 @@ msgstr "" "suorituskyky, salausmenetelmä ja avaimen pituus." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." @@ -2279,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksia osiolle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2295,7 +2287,7 @@ msgstr "" "suositellaan jos ei ole pakottavaa syytä muuhun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2309,13 +2301,13 @@ msgstr "" "valittu tietoturvasyistä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Salausmenetelmä: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2339,13 +2331,13 @@ msgstr "" "vakiosalausmenetelmäksi 2000-luvulla." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Avaimen koko: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2358,13 +2350,13 @@ msgstr "" "Salausmenetelmä määrää käytettävissä olevat avaimien pituudet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-menetelmä: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2383,7 +2375,7 @@ msgstr "" "hahmoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2398,25 +2390,25 @@ msgstr "" "käyttää uudempia salausmenetelmiä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Tunnuslause</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Tässä valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Tunnuslause" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2430,13 +2422,13 @@ msgstr "" "kysyttävästä tunnuslauseesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Satunnainen avain" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2454,7 +2446,7 @@ msgstr "" "ihmisen ikä.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2473,13 +2465,13 @@ msgstr "" "on mahdotonta (käynnistettäessä suspendin jälkeen)." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Tiedot pyyhitään: <userinput>kyllä</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2500,7 +2492,7 @@ msgstr "" "taltion päälle olisi kirjoitettu montakin kertaa. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2512,13 +2504,13 @@ msgstr "" "vaihtuu näyttämään seuraavat valitsimet:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Salaus: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2531,25 +2523,25 @@ msgstr "" "pituudesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2563,19 +2555,19 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen aikana)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua satunnaisavaimista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua tiedon pyyhkimisestä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2588,7 +2580,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>tunnuslauseiden</emphasis> käyttö salausavaimina levyosioille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2606,7 +2598,7 @@ msgstr "" "Isoilla osiolla tämä saattaa kestää hyvän tovin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2622,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr "" "lemmikkien nimiä, perheenjäsenten tai sukulaisten nimiä jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2646,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" "tunnuslausetta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2669,7 +2661,7 @@ msgstr "" "salattaville osioille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2702,7 +2694,7 @@ msgstr "" "vaihdettava tiedostojärjestelmien tyyppiä jos oletusarvot eivät kelpaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2721,7 +2713,7 @@ msgstr "" "kohdassa <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2729,13 +2721,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Kun osiointi on halutunlainen voidaan asennusta jatkaa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Järjestelmän asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2745,13 +2737,13 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Tehdään aikavyöhykkeen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2764,13 +2756,13 @@ msgstr "" "näytetä ja tuo aikavyöhyke otetaan käyttöön." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Kello aikaan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2783,7 +2775,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttöjärjestelmien perusteella onko kello maailmanajassa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2802,7 +2794,7 @@ msgstr "" "paikallinen aika.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2815,19 +2807,19 @@ msgstr "" "jälkeen asettaa laitekellon aika." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Käyttäjät ja salasanat" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Asetetaan pääkäyttäjän salasana" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2840,7 +2832,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmän ylläpitoon, ja vain kun se on välttämätöntä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2856,7 +2848,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilötietoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2868,13 +2860,13 @@ msgstr "" "muille kuin järjestelmän ylläpitäjille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Luo tavallisen käyttäjän tunnus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2888,7 +2880,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilökohtaisena kirjautumistunnuksena." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2908,7 +2900,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos ei ole tehnyt ylläpitoa aiemmin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2921,7 +2913,7 @@ msgstr "" "etunimi onkin oletusarvo. Lopuksi kirjoitetaan käyttäjälle salasana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2931,13 +2923,13 @@ msgstr "" "komentoa <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2950,21 +2942,15 @@ msgstr "" "koko perusjärjestelmä. Jos tietokone tai nettiyhteys on hidas, tässä saattaa " "kulua toinenkin tovi." -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" "Perusjärjestelmän asennuksen aikana ilmoitukset pakettien purkamisesta ja " "asetuksista ohjataan laitteelle <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Tähän " @@ -2973,19 +2959,19 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" "Perusjärjestelmän asennuksen ilmoitukset purkamisesta ja asetuksista " "ohjataan tiedostoon <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> kun asennukseen " "käytetään sarjapäätettä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2998,18 +2984,18 @@ msgstr "" "pienempää prioriteettia ydin voidaan valita luettelosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Asennetaan lisää ohjelmia" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" @@ -3020,29 +3006,30 @@ msgstr "" "verkkoyhteys on hidas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Tehdään apt:n asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" "Eniten käytetty tapa paketien asentamiseen on komento <command>apt-get</" "command> joka tulee ohjelmapaketissa <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> " @@ -3059,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttöliittymään." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3076,13 +3063,13 @@ msgstr "" "kun asennus on valmis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Ohjelmien valinta ja asentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3099,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr "" "nopeasti valmiiksi erilaisiin tehtäviin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3133,7 +3120,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävien tilatarpeet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3145,7 +3132,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3157,7 +3144,7 @@ msgstr "" "työpöytäympäristöjen, kuten esimerkiksi KDE, valintaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3180,7 +3167,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennustavalla." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3199,7 +3186,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3211,7 +3198,7 @@ msgstr "" "muodostuvat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3221,7 +3208,7 @@ msgstr "" "välilyöntinäppäimellä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3235,13 +3222,13 @@ msgstr "" "pyytävät ne käyttäjältä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Sähköpostit välittävän ohjelman (MTA) asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3257,7 +3244,7 @@ msgstr "" "oppia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3272,7 +3259,7 @@ msgstr "" "ilmoituksia sähköpostilla." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3282,13 +3269,13 @@ msgstr "" "Valitse parhaiten omiin tarpeisiin sopiva:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "Internetiin kytketty kone" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3302,13 +3289,13 @@ msgstr "" "vastaanotetaan tai välitetään." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "lähetys smarthostin kautta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3326,13 +3313,13 @@ msgstr "" "Tämä valinta sopii soittoyhteyttä käyttäville." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "vain paikallinen sähköpostien toimitus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3351,13 +3338,13 @@ msgstr "" "lisäkysymystä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "ei tehdä asetuksia nyt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3371,7 +3358,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmän lähettämiä tärkeitä viestejä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3386,18 +3373,18 @@ msgstr "" "command>:stä löytyy hakemistosta <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistymään kiintolevyltä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" "Asennettaessa levytöntä työasemaa ei koneen levyltä käynnistäminen " @@ -3405,30 +3392,14 @@ msgstr "" "\">Kannattanee määritellä OpenBoot käyttämään oletusarvona " "verkkokäynnistystä; katso <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Huomaa useiden käyttöjärjestelmien käynnistämisen samalla koneella olevan " -"yhä hieman kikkailua. Tämä ohje ei yritäkään kuvata kaikkia erilaisia " -"käynnistysohjelmia, joka laitearkkitehtuurille on omansa ja jopa " -"arkkitehtuurin muunnoksillekin. Käytettävän alkulatausohjelman ohjeista " -"olisi etsittävä lisätietoa." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Etsitään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3443,7 +3414,7 @@ msgstr "" "myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen Debianin lisäksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3459,16 +3430,16 @@ msgstr "" "alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan <command>aboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3487,13 +3458,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistettävä levykkeeltä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>palo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3509,19 +3480,19 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa KORJAAMUT ( tarvitaan lisätietoja )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>GRUB</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3533,7 +3504,7 @@ msgstr "" "että vanhoille parroille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3545,7 +3516,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3555,13 +3526,13 @@ msgstr "" "päävalikkoon valitsemaan haluttu käynnistyslatain." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>LILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3578,7 +3549,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3591,23 +3562,23 @@ msgstr "" "lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "" "&d-i; näyttää kolme vaihtoehtoa käynnistyslataimen <command>LILO</command> " "asennusapaikaksi:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3615,13 +3586,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Komento <command>LILO</command> ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "uusi Debianin osio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3633,13 +3604,13 @@ msgstr "" "toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Muu valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3663,7 +3634,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3680,14 +3651,14 @@ msgstr "" "kohdasta <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>ELILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " "on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " @@ -3697,9 +3668,9 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" "Arkkitehtuurin &architecture; käynnistyslatain on <quote>elilo</quote>. Se " "on tehty x86-arkkitehtuurin <quote>lilo</quote> mallina ja käyttää " @@ -3714,7 +3685,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään Linux-ytimen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3731,20 +3702,20 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Valitse oikea levyosio!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" "Osion valintaperusteena on FAT-tiedostojärjestelmä ja " @@ -3756,13 +3727,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-osion sisältö" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3802,13 +3773,13 @@ msgstr "" "niitä kertyy järjestelmää päivitettäessä tai asetuksia muokattaessa." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3823,13 +3794,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostoihin." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3843,13 +3814,13 @@ msgstr "" "valinta." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3864,13 +3835,13 @@ msgstr "" "hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3882,13 +3853,13 @@ msgstr "" "elilo</filename> suoritetaan seuraavan kerran." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3902,13 +3873,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> osoitettu tiedosto hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>arcboot</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3953,13 +3924,13 @@ msgstr "" "sitten <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3969,13 +3940,13 @@ msgstr "" "yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "levy" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3983,13 +3954,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>arcboot</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3998,13 +3969,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4014,13 +3985,13 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>delo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4051,13 +4022,13 @@ msgstr "" "varusohjelmiston kehotteeseen." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4067,20 +4038,20 @@ msgstr "" "on <userinput>3</userinput> yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>DELO</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4089,13 +4060,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4105,7 +4076,7 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4115,19 +4086,19 @@ msgstr "" "ja käynnistetäään oletuskokoonpano, riittää käyttää" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Yaboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4147,13 +4118,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Quik</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4168,13 +4139,13 @@ msgstr "" "Computingin klooneille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>zipl</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4190,13 +4161,13 @@ msgstr "" "sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>SILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4227,13 +4198,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris-asennuksen rinnalle." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Jatketaan ilman käynnistyslatainta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4252,7 +4223,7 @@ msgstr "" "koska GNU/Linux käynnistetään sen kautta.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4273,13 +4244,13 @@ msgstr "" "osio." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Päätetään asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4289,13 +4260,13 @@ msgstr "" "Pääasiassa siistitään työn jälkiä jotka &d-i; jätti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Päätetään asennus ja käynnistetään" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4309,7 +4280,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4324,13 +4295,13 @@ msgstr "" "aikana." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Sekalaista" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4341,13 +4312,13 @@ msgstr "" "ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Asentimen lokien tallentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4359,7 +4330,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4375,43 +4346,46 @@ msgstr "" "tai liittää lokit asennusraporttiin." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Komentotulkin käyttö ja lokien lukeminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." msgstr "" -"Valikossa on kohta <guimenuitem>Käynnistä komentotulkki</guimenuitem>. Jos " -"valikko ei ole näkyvissä kun komentotulkkia pitäisi käyttää, näppäilemällä " -"<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (Mac-" -"näppäimistöllä <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" -"keycombo>) vaihdetaan <emphasis>virtuaalikonsoli</emphasis> kakkoseen. Eli " -"painetaan <keycap>välilyönti</keycap>-näppäimen vasemmalla puolella olevaa " -"<keycap>Alt</keycap>-näppäintä ja funktionäppäintä <keycap>F2</keycap> " -"samaan aikaan. Virtuaalikonsoli on toinen ruutu jossa toimii Bourne-" -"komentotulkin klooni nimeltä <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" "Tässä vaiheessa on käynnistetty muistilevyltä ja Unix-komentoja on " @@ -4425,30 +4399,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" -"Käytä valikoita aina kun toiminto niistä löyty — komentotulkki ja " -"ohjelmat ovat vain siltä varalta että jotain menee pieleen. Erityisesti " -"olisi aina käytettävä valikoita eikä komentotulkkia sivutusosion " -"käyttöönottoon, koska valikko-ohjattu käyttöliittymä ei huomaa tätä jo " -"tehdyn komentotulkista. Näppäilyllä <keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap> " -"<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> pääsee takaisin valikkoon, tai komennolla " -"<command>exit</command> jos komentotulkki käynnistettiin valikosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Etäasennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4465,7 +4447,7 @@ msgstr "" "tämän osan voi automatisoida, katso <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4487,7 +4469,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4497,7 +4479,7 @@ msgstr "" "tultua tehdyksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4519,7 +4501,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoturvallisesti <quote>etäasennuksen tekevälle henkilölle</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4531,7 +4513,7 @@ msgstr "" "toinen asentimen osa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4563,7 +4545,7 @@ msgstr "" "on vahvistettava se oikeaksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4580,7 +4562,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostosta <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> ja yrittää uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4600,7 +4582,7 @@ msgstr "" "useampia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4616,7 +4598,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmä toimii huonosti." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4624,3 +4606,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Vielä huomautus: jos SSH-istunto on käynnissä X-pääteikkunassa, ei ikkunan " "kokoa saa muuttaa koska se katkaisee yhteyden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muistin määrän ollessa rajoitettu eivät kaikki asentimen osat ole " +#~ "käytettävissä. Eräs rajoitus on, ettei asennuksen kieltä voi valita." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from " +#~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</" +#~ "quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already " +#~ "are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tässä valikossa voidaan myös poistaa LVM kiintolevyltä ennen kuin " +#~ "valitaan <quote>Opastettu osioiden teko LVM:ää käyttäen</quote>. Ohjattu " +#~ "osioiden teko LVM:ää käyttäen ei ole mahdollista jos levyhideryhmiä jo " +#~ "on, mutta ne poistamalla saadaan aloitettua puhtaalta pöydältä." + +#~ msgid "Base System Installation" +#~ msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +#~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +#~ "the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +#~ "subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for " +#~ "more information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Huomaa useiden käyttöjärjestelmien käynnistämisen samalla koneella olevan " +#~ "yhä hieman kikkailua. Tämä ohje ei yritäkään kuvata kaikkia erilaisia " +#~ "käynnistysohjelmia, joka laitearkkitehtuurille on omansa ja jopa " +#~ "arkkitehtuurin muunnoksillekin. Käytettävän alkulatausohjelman ohjeista " +#~ "olisi etsittävä lisätietoa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " +#~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a " +#~ "Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. " +#~ "That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the " +#~ "<keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at " +#~ "the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone " +#~ "called <command>ash</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valikossa on kohta <guimenuitem>Käynnistä komentotulkki</guimenuitem>. " +#~ "Jos valikko ei ole näkyvissä kun komentotulkkia pitäisi käyttää, " +#~ "näppäilemällä <keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></" +#~ "keycombo> (Mac-näppäimistöllä <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) vaihdetaan <emphasis>virtuaalikonsoli</" +#~ "emphasis> kakkoseen. Eli painetaan <keycap>välilyönti</keycap>-näppäimen " +#~ "vasemmalla puolella olevaa <keycap>Alt</keycap>-näppäintä ja " +#~ "funktionäppäintä <keycap>F2</keycap> samaan aikaan. Virtuaalikonsoli on " +#~ "toinen ruutu jossa toimii Bourne-komentotulkin klooni nimeltä " +#~ "<command>ash</command>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " +#~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " +#~ "particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate " +#~ "your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've " +#~ "done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type " +#~ "<command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Käytä valikoita aina kun toiminto niistä löyty — komentotulkki ja " +#~ "ohjelmat ovat vain siltä varalta että jotain menee pieleen. Erityisesti " +#~ "olisi aina käytettävä valikoita eikä komentotulkkia sivutusosion " +#~ "käyttöönottoon, koska valikko-ohjattu käyttöliittymä ei huomaa tätä jo " +#~ "tehdyn komentotulkista. Näppäilyllä <keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> pääsee takaisin valikkoon, tai komennolla " +#~ "<command>exit</command> jos komentotulkki käynnistettiin valikosta." diff --git a/po/hu/install-methods.po b/po/hu/install-methods.po index ceaa66507..01a3b75d4 100644 --- a/po/hu/install-methods.po +++ b/po/hu/install-methods.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-25 11:36+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <debian-l10n-hungarian@lists.debian>\n" @@ -31,26 +31,79 @@ msgstr "Hivatalos &debian; CD-ROM készletek" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:13 #, no-c-format -msgid "By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." -msgstr "A &debian; legegyszerűbb telepítése a Hivatalos Debian CD-ROM Készlet segítségével lehetséges. Ez boltban is megvásárolható (lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD-forgalmazók oldalát</ulink>). A CD-ROM képek letölthetők egy Debian tükörről is, így egy közepes hálózati kapcsolattal és egy CD-íróval a CD-ROM készlet egyénileg is elkészíthető." +msgid "" +"By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM " +"Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-" +"vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images " +"from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network " +"connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD " +"page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs " +"are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people " +"need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires " +"several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and " +"above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of " +"space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." +msgstr "" +"A &debian; legegyszerűbb telepítése a Hivatalos Debian CD-ROM Készlet " +"segítségével lehetséges. Ez boltban is megvásárolható (lásd a <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD-forgalmazók oldalát</ulink>). A CD-ROM képek " +"letölthetők egy Debian tükörről is, így egy közepes hálózati kapcsolattal és " +"egy CD-íróval a CD-ROM készlet egyénileg is elkészíthető." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:30 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same directories and subdirectories on your CD." -msgstr "Ha a géped nem támogatja a CD lemezről indítást, noha van CD készleted, más módszerek is léteznek például: <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">flopi lemez,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">szalag, emulált szalag,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">merevlemez,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb tár,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">hálózati indítás,</phrase> vagy a kernel kézi betöltése a CD lemezről a rendszer telepítő indításához. A más módszerű indításhoz szükséges fájlok is rajta vannak a CD lemezen; a Debian hálózati archívum és a CD mappa-szervezése egyezik. Így, mikor alább az indításhoz szükséges archívum fájl ösvényeket látod, e fájlok a CD egyező könyvtáraiban és alkönyvtáraiban vannak." +msgid "" +"If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you " +"can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-" +"boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-" +"tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to " +"initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by " +"another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder " +"organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for " +"particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same " +"directories and subdirectories on your CD." +msgstr "" +"Ha a géped nem támogatja a CD lemezről indítást, noha van CD készleted, más " +"módszerek is léteznek például: <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot" +"\">flopi lemez,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">szalag, emulált szalag,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">merevlemez,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb tár,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-" +"tftp\">hálózati indítás,</phrase> vagy a kernel kézi betöltése a CD lemezről " +"a rendszer telepítő indításához. A más módszerű indításhoz szükséges fájlok " +"is rajta vannak a CD lemezen; a Debian hálózati archívum és a CD mappa-" +"szervezése egyezik. Így, mikor alább az indításhoz szükséges archívum fájl " +"ösvényeket látod, e fájlok a CD egyező könyvtáraiban és alkönyvtáraiban " +"vannak." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files it needs from the CD." +msgid "" +"Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files " +"it needs from the CD." msgstr "Mihelyst a telepítő elindult, minden fájlt megtalál a CD lemezen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:57 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." -msgstr "Ha nincs CD-készleted, le kell töltened a telepítő rendszer fájlokat és elhelyezni őket <phrase arch=\"s390\">a telepítő szalagon</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">flopi lemezen vagy</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">merevlemezen vagy</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb táron vagy</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">egy kapcsolódó gépen</phrase> így erről indítható a telepítő." +msgid "" +"If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer " +"system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a " +"connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"Ha nincs CD-készleted, le kell töltened a telepítő rendszer fájlokat és " +"elhelyezni őket <phrase arch=\"s390\">a telepítő szalagon</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">flopi lemezen vagy</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-disk\">merevlemezen vagy</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"bootable-usb\">usb táron vagy</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp" +"\">egy kapcsolódó gépen</phrase> így erről indítható a telepítő." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:83 @@ -61,14 +114,23 @@ msgstr "Fájlok letöltése a Debian Tükrökről" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:85 #, no-c-format -msgid "To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." -msgstr "A legközelebbi (és alighanem leggyorsabb) tükör megtalálásához lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Debian tükrök</ulink> listáját." +msgid "" +"To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"A legközelebbi (és alighanem leggyorsabb) tükör megtalálásához lásd a <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Debian tükrök</ulink> listáját." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:90 #, no-c-format -msgid "When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." -msgstr "Fájlok letöltésekor egy Debian tükörről ügyelj, hogy az mindig <emphasis>bináris</emphasis> módban történjen, ne szöveges vagy automata módban." +msgid "" +"When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files " +"in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"Fájlok letöltésekor egy Debian tükörről ügyelj, hogy az mindig " +"<emphasis>bináris</emphasis> módban történjen, ne szöveges vagy automata " +"módban." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:99 @@ -79,8 +141,18 @@ msgstr "A telepítő képek fellelése" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:101 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image and its purpose." -msgstr "A telepítő képek minden Debian tükrön a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> könyvtárban vannak — a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> fájl felsorolja őket és céljaikat." +msgid "" +"The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/" +"installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image " +"and its purpose." +msgstr "" +"A telepítő képek minden Debian tükrön a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/" +"images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/" +"images/</ulink> könyvtárban vannak — a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> fájl felsorolja őket és " +"céljaikat." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:113 @@ -91,19 +163,37 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:114 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the <filename>MILO</filename> directory as <filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</" +"command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</" +"command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. " +"See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha " +"firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the " +"<filename>MILO</filename> directory as " +"<filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:125 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and " +"might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for " +"you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the " +"floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). " +"Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse " +"superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly " +"generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto " +"the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image for your Alpha platform." +msgid "" +"<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=" +"\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image " +"for your Alpha platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -115,7 +205,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:153 #, no-c-format -msgid "The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." +msgid "" +"The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary " +"files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file " +"onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> " +"components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -127,7 +221,9 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:166 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the supplied TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the supplied " +"TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -139,7 +235,9 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:176 #, no-c-format -msgid "CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." +msgid "" +"CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and " +"initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -151,7 +249,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:186 #, no-c-format -msgid "A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This firmware image can be obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically " +"boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This firmware image can be " +"obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -163,13 +264,20 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:234 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." +msgid "" +"Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we " +"recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine " +"needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that " +"supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-" +"&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:243 #, no-c-format -msgid "All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel parameter &ramdisksize;." +msgid "" +"All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel " +"parameter &ramdisksize;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -181,7 +289,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:263 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to " +"create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux " +"for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files " +"you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</" +"filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> " +"sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -193,38 +309,72 @@ msgstr "Flopik készítése lemez képekből" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:288 #, no-c-format -msgid "Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." -msgstr "A flopi lemezek a végső esetek a telepítő indítására azon gépeken, melyek nem tudnak CD-lemezekről vagy más módon indulni." +msgid "" +"Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the " +"installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." +msgstr "" +"A flopi lemezek a végső esetek a telepítő indítására azon gépeken, melyek " +"nem tudnak CD-lemezekről vagy más módon indulni." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:293 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy drives." -msgstr "A telepítő a Mac USB flopi meghajtók nem tudják flopi lemezről indítani." +msgid "" +"Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"A telepítő a Mac USB flopi meghajtók nem tudják flopi lemezről indítani." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k Macs." -msgstr "A telepítő indítása flopi lemezről nem támogatott Amiga gépeken vagy 68k Maceken." +msgid "" +"Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k " +"Macs." +msgstr "" +"A telepítő indítása flopi lemezről nem támogatott Amiga gépeken vagy 68k " +"Maceken." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:303 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data from the file onto the floppy." -msgstr "A lemez képek egy flopi lemez teljes tartalmát tárolják <emphasis>nyers</emphasis> formában. Ezek, például a <filename>boot.img</filename> flopi lemezekre másolása módja nem a szokásos. <emphasis>Nyers</emphasis> módban írjuk ki őket különleges programokkal. Ez szükséges, mert e képek a lemez nyers leképezései; ezért az adatoknak <emphasis>szektor másolás</emphasis> útján kell a flopira kerülniük." +msgid "" +"Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in " +"<emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</" +"filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is " +"used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> " +"mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the " +"disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data " +"from the file onto the floppy." +msgstr "" +"A lemez képek egy flopi lemez teljes tartalmát tárolják <emphasis>nyers</" +"emphasis> formában. Ezek, például a <filename>boot.img</filename> flopi " +"lemezekre másolása módja nem a szokásos. <emphasis>Nyers</emphasis> módban " +"írjuk ki őket különleges programokkal. Ez szükséges, mert e képek a lemez " +"nyers leképezései; ezért az adatoknak <emphasis>szektor másolás</emphasis> " +"útján kell a flopira kerülniük." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different platforms." -msgstr "Különböző technikák vannak flopik írására lemez képekből. E szakasz leírja ezeket a különböző platformokon." +msgid "" +"There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This " +"section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different " +"platforms." +msgstr "" +"Különböző technikák vannak flopik írására lemez képekből. E szakasz leírja " +"ezeket a különböző platformokon." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:320 #, no-c-format -msgid "No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." -msgstr "Bármely módszerrel teszed ezt, miután megírtad őket, érdemes írás-védő füleiket átváltani véletlen felülírásuk ellen." +msgid "" +"No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember " +"to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to " +"ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." +msgstr "" +"Bármely módszerrel teszed ezt, miután megírtad őket, érdemes írás-védő " +"füleiket átváltani véletlen felülírásuk ellen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:328 @@ -236,25 +386,84 @@ msgstr "Lemez képek írása Linux vagy Unix rendszerből" #: install-methods.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the manual page)</phrase>." -msgstr "" -"Flopi lemez képek írásához flopi lemezekre, valószínűleg root hozzáférésre lesz szükség a rendszeren. Tégy egy jó, üres flopit a flopi meghajtóba. Ezután használd ezt a parancsot:<informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ dd if=<replaceable>fájlnév</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample>ahol a <replaceable>fájlnév</replaceable> a flopi lemez képek egyike (lásd a <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> részt, hogy milyen <replaceable>fájlnév</replaceable> kell). A <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> a flopi lemez eszköz egy általánosan használt neve, mely eltérhet az adott gépen <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(, Solaris rendszeren <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. A parancs lehet, hogy visszaadja a beviteli jelet, mielőtt a Unix befejezi a flopi lemez írását, ezért nézd a flopi lámpáját, győződj meg, hogy kialudt és a lemez forgása leállt, mielőtt kiveszed a meghajtóból. Egyes rendszereken egy parancs futtatható a flopi kiadására a meghajtóból <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(, Solaris rendszeren használd az <command>eject</command> parancsot, lásd a kézikönyv oldalt)</phrase>." +"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably " +"need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy " +"drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one " +"of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> " +"for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</" +"filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be " +"different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is " +"<filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the " +"prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the " +"disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and " +"the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some " +"systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive " +"<phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the " +"manual page)</phrase>." +msgstr "" +"Flopi lemez képek írásához flopi lemezekre, valószínűleg root hozzáférésre " +"lesz szükség a rendszeren. Tégy egy jó, üres flopit a flopi meghajtóba. " +"Ezután használd ezt a parancsot:<informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>fájlnév</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample>ahol a <replaceable>fájlnév</replaceable> a flopi " +"lemez képek egyike (lásd a <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> részt, hogy " +"milyen <replaceable>fájlnév</replaceable> kell). A <filename>/dev/fd0</" +"filename> a flopi lemez eszköz egy általánosan használt neve, mely eltérhet " +"az adott gépen <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(, Solaris rendszeren <filename>/dev/" +"fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. A parancs lehet, hogy visszaadja a beviteli " +"jelet, mielőtt a Unix befejezi a flopi lemez írását, ezért nézd a flopi " +"lámpáját, győződj meg, hogy kialudt és a lemez forgása leállt, mielőtt " +"kiveszed a meghajtóból. Egyes rendszereken egy parancs futtatható a flopi " +"kiadására a meghajtóból <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(, Solaris rendszeren " +"használd az <command>eject</command> parancsot, lásd a kézikönyv oldalt)</" +"phrase>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:353 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where <replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system administrator. </phrase>" -msgstr "Egyes rendszerek automatikusan csatolják a flopi lemezt, mikor beteszed a meghajtóba. Ezt ki kell kapcsolni a flopi <emphasis>nyers módban</emphasis> írásához. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> Solaris rendszeren a kötet kezelés állításával kapható nyers hozzá.férés a flopihoz Először győződj meg a flopi automatikusan csatolt voltáról (használd a <command>volcheck</command> vagy a fájlkezelő megfelelő parancsát). Majd használd a <command>dd</command> parancsot a fenti formában, csak cseréld a <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> nevet erre: <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_név</replaceable></filename>, ahol a <replaceable>floppy_név</replaceable> a flopi lemez formázáskor adott neve (a névtelen flopi alap neve <filename>névtelen_floppy</filename>). Más rendszereken a rendszergazda minden apró részletet tud. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it " +"in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation " +"will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. " +"Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating " +"system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume " +"management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy " +"is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command " +"in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form " +"given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/" +"rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where " +"<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given " +"when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name " +"<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system " +"administrator. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Egyes rendszerek automatikusan csatolják a flopi lemezt, mikor beteszed a " +"meghajtóba. Ezt ki kell kapcsolni a flopi <emphasis>nyers módban</emphasis> " +"írásához. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> Solaris rendszeren a kötet kezelés " +"állításával kapható nyers hozzá.férés a flopihoz Először győződj meg a flopi " +"automatikusan csatolt voltáról (használd a <command>volcheck</command> vagy " +"a fájlkezelő megfelelő parancsát). Majd használd a <command>dd</command> " +"parancsot a fenti formában, csak cseréld a <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> " +"nevet erre: <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_név</replaceable></" +"filename>, ahol a <replaceable>floppy_név</replaceable> a flopi lemez " +"formázáskor adott neve (a névtelen flopi alap neve " +"<filename>névtelen_floppy</filename>). Más rendszereken a rendszergazda " +"minden apró részletet tud. </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:374 #, no-c-format -msgid "If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The <command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to install it." -msgstr "Flopi írásakor powerpc Linuxon, ki kell adni azt. Az <command>eject</command> parancs megteszi ezt; legyen telepítve." +msgid "" +"If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The " +"<command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to " +"install it." +msgstr "" +"Flopi írásakor powerpc Linuxon, ki kell adni azt. Az <command>eject</" +"command> parancs megteszi ezt; legyen telepítve." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:392 @@ -265,26 +474,49 @@ msgstr "Lemez képek írása DOSban, Windows vagy OS/2 alatt" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the following programs to copy images to floppies." -msgstr "i386 vagy amd64 gépen az alábbi programok egyikét használhatod flopi-képek kiírásához." +msgid "" +"If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the " +"following programs to copy images to floppies." +msgstr "" +"i386 vagy amd64 gépen az alábbi programok egyikét használhatod flopi-képek " +"kiírásához." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:399 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." -msgstr "A <command>rawrite1</command> és <command>rawrite2</command> programok MS-DOSban használhatók. E programok használatához, győződj meg, hogy DOSban vagy. E programok használata DOS dobozból Windowsban, vagy e programok indítása Windows Explorerból <emphasis>nem</emphasis> működik." +msgid "" +"The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can " +"be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are " +"booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in " +"Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." +msgstr "" +"A <command>rawrite1</command> és <command>rawrite2</command> programok MS-" +"DOSban használhatók. E programok használatához, győződj meg, hogy DOSban " +"vagy. E programok használata DOS dobozból Windowsban, vagy e programok " +"indítása Windows Explorerból <emphasis>nem</emphasis> működik." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:407 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio.dll in the same directory." -msgstr "Az <command>rwwrtwin</command> megy w95, NT, 98, 2k, ME, XP és még az újabb 2k3, sőt talán még a legújabb verziókkal is. Használatához szükséged lesz a diskio.dll fájlra is, csomagold ki ugyanabba a könyvtárba." +msgid "" +"The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, " +"ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio." +"dll in the same directory." +msgstr "" +"Az <command>rwwrtwin</command> megy w95, NT, 98, 2k, ME, XP és még az újabb " +"2k3, sőt talán még a legújabb verziókkal is. Használatához szükséged lesz a " +"diskio.dll fájlra is, csomagold ki ugyanabba a könyvtárba." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:413 #, no-c-format -msgid "These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/tools</filename> directory." -msgstr "Ezek az eszközök a Hivatalos Debian CD-ROM lemezek <filename>/tools</filename> könyvtárában is megtalálhatók." +msgid "" +"These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/" +"tools</filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"Ezek az eszközök a Hivatalos Debian CD-ROM lemezek <filename>/tools</" +"filename> könyvtárában is megtalálhatók." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:426 @@ -295,7 +527,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:427 #, no-c-format -msgid "You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at the TOS program command line dialog box." +msgid "" +"You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy " +"disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and " +"type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at " +"the TOS program command line dialog box." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -307,7 +543,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:439 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system and modules, later in the process." +msgid "" +"There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there " +"would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the " +"installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). " +"However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system " +"and modules, later in the process." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -319,13 +560,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:458 #, no-c-format -msgid "An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write the file image to it." +msgid "" +"An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available " +"for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be " +"downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/" +"debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on " +"your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have " +"Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will " +"ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write " +"the file image to it." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." +msgid "" +"You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or " +"the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</" +"filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following " +"methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -337,37 +590,59 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:481 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." +msgid "" +"If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the " +"official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. " +"The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if " +"you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:490 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." +msgid "" +"Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> " +"and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:497 #, no-c-format -msgid "Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive for these fields." +msgid "" +"Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type " +"to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive " +"for these fields." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:504 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and <quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally mounted." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</" +"userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and " +"<quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that " +"MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally " +"mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:513 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it " +"will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-" +"diskcopy;\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:520 #, no-c-format -msgid "Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." +msgid "" +"Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the " +"resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really " +"want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -379,31 +654,44 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:539 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> menu." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </" +"ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select " +"<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> " +"menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:547 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." +msgid "" +"Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:553 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." +msgid "" +"Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:558 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try another." +msgid "" +"After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If " +"there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try " +"another." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:566 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will helpfully ruin it." +msgid "" +"Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</" +"emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will " +"helpfully ruin it." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -415,14 +703,30 @@ msgstr "Fájlok előkészítése USB tároló indításhoz" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:587 #, no-c-format -msgid "To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-storage kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) and try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you may have to turn off its write protection switch." -msgstr "Egy USB tároló előkészítése egy USB támogató, GNU/Linux alatt futó rendszerrel lehetséges. Győződj meg, hogy az usb-storage modul be van-e töltve (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) és tudd, hogy az USB tár mely SCSI eszközön került leképezésre (e példában a szokásos <filename>/dev/sda</filename> eszközre hivatkozunk). Természetesen a tároló írás-védője legyen kikapcsolva." +msgid "" +"To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already " +"running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-storage " +"kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) and " +"try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this " +"example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you " +"may have to turn off its write protection switch." +msgstr "" +"Egy USB tároló előkészítése egy USB támogató, GNU/Linux alatt futó " +"rendszerrel lehetséges. Győződj meg, hogy az usb-storage modul be van-e " +"töltve (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) és tudd, hogy az USB " +"tár mely SCSI eszközön került leképezésre (e példában a szokásos <filename>/" +"dev/sda</filename> eszközre hivatkozunk). Természetesen a tároló írás-védője " +"legyen kikapcsolva." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:597 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." -msgstr "A tároló mérete legalább 256 MB legyen (a kisebb telepítések is lehetségesek a <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/> rész szerint)." +msgid "" +"Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups " +"are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"A tároló mérete legalább 256 MB legyen (a kisebb telepítések is lehetségesek " +"a <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/> rész szerint)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:605 @@ -433,8 +737,15 @@ msgstr "Fájlok másolása — a könnyű mód" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:606 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to extract it directly to your USB stick:" -msgstr "Van egy minden-egyben <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> fájl, benne az összes telepítő fájl (a kernel is), a <command>SYSLINUX</command> és beállító fájlja. Csak ki kell bontani az USB tárra:" +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to " +"extract it directly to your USB stick:" +msgstr "" +"Van egy minden-egyben <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> fájl, benne " +"az összes telepítő fájl (a kernel is), a <command>SYSLINUX</command> és " +"beállító fájlja. Csak ki kell bontani az USB tárra:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:613 @@ -445,8 +756,19 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:615 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly to that:" -msgstr "Van egy minden-egyben <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> fájl, benne az összes telepítő fájl (a kernel is), a <command>yaboot</command> és beállító fájlja. Készíts egy \"Apple_Bootstrap\" partíciót az USB táron a <command>mac-fdisk</command> <userinput>C</userinput> parancsával és bontsd ki rá a képet így:" +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " +"<command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of " +"type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly " +"to that:" +msgstr "" +"Van egy minden-egyben <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> fájl, benne " +"az összes telepítő fájl (a kernel is), a <command>yaboot</command> és " +"beállító fájlja. Készíts egy \"Apple_Bootstrap\" partíciót az USB táron a " +"<command>mac-fdisk</command> <userinput>C</userinput> parancsával és bontsd " +"ki rá a képet így:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:624 @@ -457,14 +779,32 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:627 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." -msgstr "E módszer töröl minden korábbit az eszközön. Figyelj oda, hogy a helyes eszköz-nevet használod." +msgid "" +"Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure " +"that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." +msgstr "" +"E módszer töröl minden korábbit az eszközön. Figyelj oda, hogy a helyes " +"eszköz-nevet használod." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:633 #, no-c-format -msgid "After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"x86\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"x86\">a FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." -msgstr "Ezután csatold fel az USB tárolót (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"x86\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), melyen most <phrase arch=\"x86\">egy FAT fájlrendszer</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">egy HFS fájlrendszer</phrase> van, és másolj rá egy Debian netinst vagy businesscard ISO képet. A fájl neve <filename>.iso</filename> maradjon. Csatold le (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) és kész." +msgid "" +"After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=" +"\"x86\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</" +"replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"x86\">a " +"FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> " +"on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please " +"note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the " +"stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." +msgstr "" +"Ezután csatold fel az USB tárolót (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"x86" +"\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</" +"replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), melyen most <phrase arch=\"x86\">egy FAT " +"fájlrendszer</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">egy HFS fájlrendszer</phrase> " +"van, és másolj rá egy Debian netinst vagy businesscard ISO képet. A fájl " +"neve <filename>.iso</filename> maradjon. Csatold le (<userinput>umount /mnt</" +"userinput>) és kész." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:649 @@ -475,12 +815,15 @@ msgstr "Fájlok másolása — a rugalmas mód" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:650 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you should use the following method to put the files on your stick." -msgstr "Ha nagyobb rugalmasságot akarsz vagy követni pontosan az eseményeket, az alábbi módszer is használható." +msgid "" +"If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you " +"should use the following method to put the files on your stick." +msgstr "" +"Ha nagyobb rugalmasságot akarsz vagy követni pontosan az eseményeket, az " +"alábbi módszer is használható." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:662 -#: install-methods.xml:754 +#: install-methods.xml:662 install-methods.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "USB stick partitioning on &arch-title;" msgstr "USB tár particionálása &arch-title; gépen" @@ -488,91 +831,175 @@ msgstr "USB tár particionálása &arch-title; gépen" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:663 #, no-c-format -msgid "We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, instead of the entire device." -msgstr "Bemutatjuk egy memória tár 1. partíciójának használatát az egész eszköz helyett." +msgid "" +"We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, " +"instead of the entire device." +msgstr "" +"Bemutatjuk egy memória tár 1. partíciójának használatát az egész eszköz " +"helyett." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to create a FAT16 partition, and then create the filesystem using: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you " +"probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do " +"that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to " +"create a FAT16 partition, and then create the filesystem using: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." -msgstr "" -"Mivel bármilyen furcsa a legtöbb USB memórián eleve egy FAT16 partíció van, így nem biztos, hogy újra kell particionálnod, vagy formázni azt. Ha viszont ezt szeretnéd, használd a <command>cfdisk</command> vagy bármely más particionáló eszközt FAT16 partíció létrehozásához, majd hozd létre a fájlrendszert így: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." +msgstr "" +"Mivel bármilyen furcsa a legtöbb USB memórián eleve egy FAT16 partíció van, " +"így nem biztos, hogy újra kell particionálnod, vagy formázni azt. Ha viszont " +"ezt szeretnéd, használd a <command>cfdisk</command> vagy bármely más " +"particionáló eszközt FAT16 partíció létrehozásához, majd hozd létre a " +"fájlrendszert így: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Figyelj, hogy helyesen add meg az eszköz nevét. Az <command>mkdosfs</command> a <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian csomagban van." +"</screen></informalexample> Figyelj, hogy helyesen add meg az eszköz nevét. " +"Az <command>mkdosfs</command> a <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian " +"csomagban van." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:682 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "Hogy a kernel elinduljon az USB tárról indítás után, egy boot betöltőt teszünk rá. Noha bármely boot betöltő (például <command>LILO</command>) működik, a <command>SYSLINUX</command> kényelmes, mert FAT16 partíciót használ és pusztán egy szöveges fájl szerkesztésével állítható. Minden FAT fájlrendszert támogató operációs rendszer használható a boot betöltő beállításainak módosítására." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</" +"command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, " +"since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Hogy a kernel elinduljon az USB tárról indítás után, egy boot betöltőt " +"teszünk rá. Noha bármely boot betöltő (például <command>LILO</command>) " +"működik, a <command>SYSLINUX</command> kényelmes, mert FAT16 partíciót " +"használ és pusztán egy szöveges fájl szerkesztésével állítható. Minden FAT " +"fájlrendszert támogató operációs rendszer használható a boot betöltő " +"beállításainak módosítására." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, " +"install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</" +"classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader code." -msgstr "" -"A <command>SYSLINUX</command> FAT16 partícióra helyezéséhez az USB tárra, telepítsd a <classname>syslinux</classname> és <classname>mtools</classname> csomagokat, majd tedd ezt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</" +"command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates " +"the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader " +"code." +msgstr "" +"A <command>SYSLINUX</command> FAT16 partícióra helyezéséhez az USB tárra, " +"telepítsd a <classname>syslinux</classname> és <classname>mtools</classname> " +"csomagokat, majd tedd ezt: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Figyelj az eszköz nevének helyes voltára. A partíció ne legyen csatolva a <command>SYSLINUX</command> indításakor. E művelet egy boot szektort ír a partícióra és létrehozza a boot betöltő kódot tartalmazó <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> fájlt." +"</screen></informalexample> Figyelj az eszköz nevének helyes voltára. A " +"partíció ne legyen csatolva a <command>SYSLINUX</command> indításakor. E " +"művelet egy boot szektort ír a partícióra és létrehozza a boot betöltő kódot " +"tartalmazó <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> fájlt." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:705 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS (8.3) file names." -msgstr "Csatold a partíciót (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) és másold az alábbi fájlokat a Debian archívumból az eszközre: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel bináris) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (kezdő ramlemez kép) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (SYSLINUX beállító fájl) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Esetleges kernel modulok </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Ha átnevezel fájlokat, ne feledd, hogy a <command>SYSLINUX</command> csak DOS (8.3) neveket dolgoz fel." +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " +"the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk " +"image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> " +"(SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional " +"kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the " +"files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS " +"(8.3) file names." +msgstr "" +"Csatold a partíciót (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) és másold " +"az alábbi fájlokat a Debian archívumból az eszközre: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel bináris) </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (kezdő ramlemez " +"kép) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> " +"(SYSLINUX beállító fájl) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Esetleges " +"kernel modulok </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Ha átnevezel fájlokat, ne " +"feledd, hogy a <command>SYSLINUX</command> csak DOS (8.3) neveket dolgoz fel." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." msgstr "" -"A <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> beállító fájl az alábbi 2 sort tartalmazza: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"A <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> beállító fájl az alábbi 2 sort " +"tartalmazza: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ne feledd, hogy a <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> paraméter növelése szükséges lehet, az indító képnek megfelelően." +"</screen></informalexample> Ne feledd, hogy a <userinput>ramdisk_size</" +"userinput> paraméter növelése szükséges lehet, az indító képnek megfelelően." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware " +"can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac " +"systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new " +"partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new " +"partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> " +"command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map " +"itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:771 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be " +"installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</" +"command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to " +"install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</" +"classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hmount /dev/sda2\n" "$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" "$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" "$ hattrib -b :\n" "$ humount\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix utilities." +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. " +"This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS " +"utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having " +"done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix " +"utilities." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:796 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " +"the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -609,7 +1036,8 @@ msgstr "" #: install-methods.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" "root=/dev/ram\n" "\n" @@ -620,7 +1048,9 @@ msgid "" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" " initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -632,20 +1062,42 @@ msgstr "ISO kép hozzáadása" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:846 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer will look for a Debian ISO image on the stick as its source for additional data needed for the installation. So your next step is to copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full CD image) onto your stick (be sure to select one that fits). The file name of the image must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." -msgstr "A telepítő Debian ISO képet keres a telepítéshez szükséges további adatokhoz. Így a következő lépés egy Debian ISO kép (businesscard, netinst vagy akár egy teljes CD kép) másolása az USB tárra (mely ráfér). A fájl nevének vége maradjon <filename>.iso</filename>." +msgid "" +"The installer will look for a Debian ISO image on the stick as its source " +"for additional data needed for the installation. So your next step is to " +"copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full CD image) onto " +"your stick (be sure to select one that fits). The file name of the image " +"must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." +msgstr "" +"A telepítő Debian ISO képet keres a telepítéshez szükséges további " +"adatokhoz. Így a következő lépés egy Debian ISO kép (businesscard, netinst " +"vagy akár egy teljes CD kép) másolása az USB tárra (mely ráfér). A fájl " +"nevének vége maradjon <filename>.iso</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:854 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." -msgstr "Ha hálózatról telepítenél ISO kép használata nélkül, természetesem kihagyhatod az előző lépést. Ekkor az indító ramdisk forrása a <filename>netboot</filename> könyvtár legyen a <filename>hd-media</filename> helyett, mert <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> nem támogat hálózatot." +msgid "" +"If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you " +"will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the " +"initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of " +"the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/" +"initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." +msgstr "" +"Ha hálózatról telepítenél ISO kép használata nélkül, természetesem " +"kihagyhatod az előző lépést. Ekkor az indító ramdisk forrása a " +"<filename>netboot</filename> könyvtár legyen a <filename>hd-media</filename> " +"helyett, mert <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> nem támogat hálózatot." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:863 #, no-c-format -msgid "When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." -msgstr "Mikor kész vagy, csatold le az USB tárolót (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) és esetleg tedd írásvédetté." +msgid "" +"When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</" +"userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." +msgstr "" +"Mikor kész vagy, csatold le az USB tárolót (<userinput>umount /mnt</" +"userinput>) és esetleg tedd írásvédetté." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:873 @@ -656,8 +1108,14 @@ msgstr "Az USB tár indítása" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:874 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" -msgstr "Ha a rendszer elutasítja az indítást az eszközről, az alighanem érvénytelen MBR-t tartalmaz. Javításához használd az <command>install-mbr</command> parancsot az <classname>mbr</classname> csomagból:" +msgid "" +"If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain " +"an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-" +"mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" +msgstr "" +"Ha a rendszer elutasítja az indítást az eszközről, az alighanem érvénytelen " +"MBR-t tartalmaz. Javításához használd az <command>install-mbr</command> " +"parancsot az <classname>mbr</classname> csomagból:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:881 @@ -674,14 +1132,27 @@ msgstr "Fájlok előkészítése merevlemez indításhoz" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:893 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." -msgstr "A telepítő egy létező merevlemez partíción lévő indító fájlokkal is indulhat, úgy más operációs rendszerből futtatva, mint egy boot betöltő BIOS általi közvetlen meghívásával." +msgid "" +"The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard " +"drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by " +"invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." +msgstr "" +"A telepítő egy létező merevlemez partíción lévő indító fájlokkal is " +"indulhat, úgy más operációs rendszerből futtatva, mint egy boot betöltő BIOS " +"általi közvetlen meghívásával." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:899 #, no-c-format -msgid "A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy disks." -msgstr "Egy teljes, <quote>csak hálózat</quote> módú telepítés így lehetséges. Ez elkerüli a mozgó média bonyodalmait, mint CD találás és írás vagy több, megbízhatatlan flopi lemezzel küzdés." +msgid "" +"A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this " +"technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and " +"burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy " +"disks." +msgstr "" +"Egy teljes, <quote>csak hálózat</quote> módú telepítés így lehetséges. Ez " +"elkerüli a mozgó média bonyodalmait, mint CD találás és írás vagy több, " +"megbízhatatlan flopi lemezzel küzdés." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:906 @@ -692,38 +1163,68 @@ msgstr "A telepítő nem indít NTFS fájlrendszeren lévő fájlokról." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:910 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System 8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the installation files you download." +msgid "" +"The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System " +"8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To " +"determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get " +"Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as " +"<userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say " +"<userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in " +"order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the " +"installation files you download." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:921 #, no-c-format -msgid "Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an <quote>OldWorld</quote> model." +msgid "" +"Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, " +"depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an " +"<quote>OldWorld</quote> model." msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:930 #, no-c-format -msgid "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Merevlemez telepítő indítás <command>LILO</command> vagy <command>GRUB</command> használatával" +msgid "" +"Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</" +"command>" +msgstr "" +"Merevlemez telepítő indítás <command>LILO</command> vagy <command>GRUB</" +"command> használatával" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:932 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." -msgstr "E szakasz leírja, hogy adj még egyet egy létező linux telepítéshez, vagy akár cseréld azt a <command>LILO</command> vagy <command>GRUB</command> használatával." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux " +"installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." +msgstr "" +"E szakasz leírja, hogy adj még egyet egy létező linux telepítéshez, vagy " +"akár cseréld azt a <command>LILO</command> vagy <command>GRUB</command> " +"használatával." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:938 #, no-c-format -msgid "At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-system by the kernel." -msgstr "Indításkor, e 2 betöltő nem csak a kernel, de egy lemez kép memóriába töltését is támogatja. Ez a RAM lemez a kernel által gyökér fájl-rendszerként használható." +msgid "" +"At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the " +"kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-" +"system by the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Indításkor, e 2 betöltő nem csak a kernel, de egy lemez kép memóriába " +"töltését is támogatja. Ez a RAM lemez a kernel által gyökér fájl-" +"rendszerként használható." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:944 #, no-c-format -msgid "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." -msgstr "Másold az alábbi fájlokat a Debian archívumokból egy alkalmas helyre a merevlemezre, például ide: <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgid "" +"Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location " +"on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Másold az alábbi fájlokat a Debian archívumokból egy alkalmas helyre a " +"merevlemezre, például ide: <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:951 @@ -740,8 +1241,12 @@ msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ramlemez kép)" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:963 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." -msgstr "Végül állítsd be a boot betöltőt e folytatáshoz: <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." +msgid "" +"Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd" +"\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Végül állítsd be a boot betöltőt e folytatáshoz: <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd" +"\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:973 @@ -752,13 +1257,33 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:974 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. <application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is required on that model." +msgid "" +"The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</" +"application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</" +"application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. " +"<application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from " +"files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be " +"used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is " +"complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> " +"cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is " +"required on that model." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:987 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use <application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the active System Folder." +msgid "" +"Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, " +"available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the " +"<filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> " +"directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use " +"<application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. " +"Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</" +"filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk." +"image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</" +"filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " +"folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the " +"active System Folder." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -770,13 +1295,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1008 #, no-c-format -msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." +msgid "" +"NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as " +"well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines " +"will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports " +"loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as " +"dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly " +"appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</" +"command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1019 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging each file to the hard drive icon)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you " +"downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your " +"hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging " +"each file to the hard drive icon)." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename @@ -806,7 +1342,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1049 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." +msgid "" +"Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place " +"these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can " +"use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You " +"will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open " +"Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -824,88 +1365,189 @@ msgstr "Fájlok előkészítése TFTP hálózati indításhoz" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1071 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine configured to support booting of your specific machine." -msgstr "Ha géped egy helyi hálózatra kötött, alkalom nyílhat indítására a hálózaton át másik gépről TFTP használatával. Ha a telepítő rendszert másik gépről indítanád, az indító fájlokat adott helyre kell tenni azon és a be kell állítani rajta, hogy támogassa az adott géped indítását." +msgid "" +"If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to " +"boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to " +"boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need " +"to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine " +"configured to support booting of your specific machine." +msgstr "" +"Ha géped egy helyi hálózatra kötött, alkalom nyílhat indítására a hálózaton " +"át másik gépről TFTP használatával. Ha a telepítő rendszert másik gépről " +"indítanád, az indító fájlokat adott helyre kell tenni azon és a be kell " +"állítani rajta, hogy támogassa az adott géped indítását." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 -#, no-c-format -msgid "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." -msgstr "Be kell állítanod egy TFTP kiszolgálót, és sok géphez egy BOOTP kiszolgálót <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, vagy RARP kiszolgálót</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, vagy DHCP kiszolgálót</phrase>." - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP. </phrase>" -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">A fordított címfeloldó protokoll (RARP) egy mód az ügyfél számára közölni, milyen IP-címet használjon. Egy másik mód a BOOTP protokoll. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">A BOOTP egy IP protokoll mely megmondja egy gép IP-címét és, hogy hol éri el a hálózaton az indító képet. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Még egy mód van VMEbus rendszereken: az IP-cím kézzel beállítható az indító ROM területén. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">A DHCP (Dinamikus gazda konfiguráló Protokoll) a BOOTP egy sokkal rugalmasabb, visszafelé-kompatibilis kiterjesztése. Egyes rendszerek csak DHCP módon állíthatók be. </phrase>" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." +msgstr "" +"Be kell állítanod egy TFTP kiszolgálót, és sok géphez egy BOOTP kiszolgálót " +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, vagy RARP kiszolgálót</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, vagy DHCP kiszolgálót</phrase>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1086 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " +"(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible " +"extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">A fordított címfeloldó protokoll (RARP) " +"egy mód az ügyfél számára közölni, milyen IP-címet használjon. Egy másik mód " +"a BOOTP protokoll. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">A BOOTP " +"egy IP protokoll mely megmondja egy gép IP-címét és, hogy hol éri el a " +"hálózaton az indító képet. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Még egy mód van " +"VMEbus rendszereken: az IP-cím kézzel beállítható az indító ROM területén. </" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">A DHCP (Dinamikus gazda " +"konfiguráló Protokoll) a BOOTP egy sokkal rugalmasabb, visszafelé-" +"kompatibilis kiterjesztése. Egyes rendszerek csak DHCP módon állíthatók be. " +"</phrase>" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to boot using BOOTP." +msgid "" +"For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " +"idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to " +"boot using BOOTP." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM console." +msgid "" +"Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " +"console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and " +"therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> " +"Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance " +"Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local " +"OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning " +"need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can " +"also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM " +"console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." +msgid "" +"Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " +"is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." -msgstr "A Triviális fájl átviteli protokoll (TFTP) arra jó, hogy átadja az indító képet az ügyfélnek. Elméletileg bármely kiszolgáló bármely platformon, mely megvalósítja e protokollokat használható. A példákban SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (más nevén Solaris), és GNU/Linux parancsokat adunk." +msgid "" +"The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " +"the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements " +"these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall " +"provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"A Triviális fájl átviteli protokoll (TFTP) arra jó, hogy átadja az indító " +"képet az ügyfélnek. Elméletileg bármely kiszolgáló bármely platformon, mely " +"megvalósítja e protokollokat használható. A példákban SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x " +"(más nevén Solaris), és GNU/Linux parancsokat adunk." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a &debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." -msgstr "A TFTP indítás indítás-előtti futtatási környezet (PXE) módja használatához <userinput>tsize</userinput> támogató TFTP kiszolgáló kell. Egy &debian; kiszolgálón az <classname>atftpd</classname> és <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> csomagok ilyenek; a <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>-t ajánljuk." +msgid "" +"To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " +"will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a " +"&debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</" +"classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." +msgstr "" +"A TFTP indítás indítás-előtti futtatási környezet (PXE) módja használatához " +"<userinput>tsize</userinput> támogató TFTP kiszolgáló kell. Egy &debian; " +"kiszolgálón az <classname>atftpd</classname> és <classname>tftpd-hpa</" +"classname> csomagok ilyenek; a <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>-t ajánljuk." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." +msgid "" +"To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " +"address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this " +"information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial " +"OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> " +"command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the " +"rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</" +"userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, no-c-format -msgid "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, you use the <command>rarpd</command> program. You need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. Issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." +msgid "" +"On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " +"you use the <command>rarpd</command> program. You need to ensure that the " +"Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</" +"quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via " +"NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start " +"the RARP daemon. Issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</" +"userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/" +"sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/" +"etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "BOOTP kiszolgáló beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 -#, no-c-format -msgid "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU <command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the <classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages respectively." -msgstr "2 BOOTP kiszolgáló van GNU/Linux alatt. Az 1. a CMU <command>bootpd</command>. A másik egy DHCP kiszolgáló, az ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. A &debian; rendszerben ezek a <classname>bootp</classname> és <classname>dhcp</classname> csomagokban vannak." +#: install-methods.xml:1193 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " +"<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." +msgstr "" +"2 BOOTP kiszolgáló van GNU/Linux alatt. Az 1. a CMU <command>bootpd</" +"command>. A másik egy DHCP kiszolgáló, az ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. A " +"&debian; rendszerben ezek a <classname>bootp</classname> és <classname>dhcp</" +"classname> csomagokban vannak." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " +"relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can " +"run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/" +"etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server " +"does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the " +"good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, " +"and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</" +"filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</" +"command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. " +"Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -913,11 +1555,28 @@ msgid "" " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" " ha=0123456789AB:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The <quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type <userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" -msgstr "" -"A CMU <command>bootpd</command> használatához a <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> megfelelő sora kell. A &debian; rendszeren így érdemes: <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, majd <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>. Csak arra az esetre mutatjuk, ha a BOOTP kiszolgáló nem Debian rendszert futtatna, a kérdéses sor így áll össze: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</" +"quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The " +"<quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via " +"TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=" +"\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type " +"<userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</" +"userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"A CMU <command>bootpd</command> használatához a <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</" +"filename> megfelelő sora kell. A &debian; rendszeren így érdemes: " +"<userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, majd <userinput>/etc/" +"init.d/inetd reload</userinput>. Csak arra az esetre mutatjuk, ha a BOOTP " +"kiszolgáló nem Debian rendszert futtatna, a kérdéses sor így áll össze: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Most létre kell hozni a <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> fájlt. A régi jó BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, és <filename>disktab</filename> fájlokban megszokott formájú. Lásd a <filename>bootptab</filename> kézikönyv oldalt több adatért. A CMU <command>bootpd</command> parancshoz tudni kell az ügyfél hardver (MAC) címét. Itt egy példa <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Most létre kell hozni a <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename> fájlt. A régi jó BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, " +"<filename>termcap</filename>, és <filename>disktab</filename> fájlokban " +"megszokott formájú. Lásd a <filename>bootptab</filename> kézikönyv oldalt " +"több adatért. A CMU <command>bootpd</command> parancshoz tudni kell az " +"ügyfél hardver (MAC) címét. Itt egy példa <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -925,25 +1584,55 @@ msgstr "" " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" " ha=0123456789AB:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Legalább a <quote>ha</quote> opciót cserélni kell, mely megadja az ügyfél hardver címét. A <quote>bf</quote> lehetőség megadja az ügyfél által a TFTP-n elérendő fájlt; lásd ezt: <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> több részletért. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> SGI gépeken lépj be a parancs monitorba és írd be ezt: <userinput>printenv</userinput>. Az <userinput>eaddr</userinput> változó értéke a gép MAC címe. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> Legalább a <quote>ha</quote> opciót cserélni " +"kell, mely megadja az ügyfél hardver címét. A <quote>bf</quote> lehetőség " +"megadja az ügyfél által a TFTP-n elérendő fájlt; lásd ezt: <xref linkend=" +"\"tftp-images\"/> több részletért. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> SGI gépeken lépj " +"be a parancs monitorba és írd be ezt: <userinput>printenv</userinput>. Az " +"<userinput>eaddr</userinput> változó értéke a gép MAC címe. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 -#, no-c-format -msgid "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Az ISC <command>dhcpd</command> BOOTP beállítása még egyszerűbb, mert a BOOTP ügyfeleket mérsékelten különleges esetű DHCP ügyfeleknek tekinti. Néhány architektúra összetett beállítást igényel az ügyfelek BOOTP indításához. Ebben az esetben olvasd el a <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/> részt. Amúgy minden bizonnyal könnyen eljutsz az <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> beállításig az adott ügyfél gépet tartalmazó alhálózatot beállító szakaszban, majd indítsd újra a <command>dhcpd</command>-t a szokásos módon: <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +#: install-methods.xml:1234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " +"easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " +"clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " +"clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" +"\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " +"block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Az ISC <command>dhcpd</command> BOOTP beállítása még egyszerűbb, mert a " +"BOOTP ügyfeleket mérsékelten különleges esetű DHCP ügyfeleknek tekinti. " +"Néhány architektúra összetett beállítást igényel az ügyfelek BOOTP " +"indításához. Ebben az esetben olvasd el a <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/> részt. " +"Amúgy minden bizonnyal könnyen eljutsz az <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> " +"beállításig az adott ügyfél gépet tartalmazó alhálózatot beállító " +"szakaszban, majd indítsd újra a <command>dhcpd</command>-t a szokásos módon: " +"<userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "Egy DHCP kiszolgáló beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -962,10 +1651,12 @@ msgid "" " next-server servername;\n" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" -"}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"}" msgstr "" -"Egy szabad DHCP kiszolgáló az ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. A &debian; rendszerben a <classname>dhcp</classname> csomagban van. Itt egy példa beállító fájl (általában <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Egy szabad DHCP kiszolgáló az ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. A &debian; " +"rendszerben a <classname>dhcp</classname> csomagban van. Itt egy példa " +"beállító fájl (általában <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -985,31 +1676,48 @@ msgstr "" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Az új (és javasolt) <classname>dhcp3</classname> csomag a <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename> fájlt használja." +"</screen></informalexample> Az új (és javasolt) <classname>dhcp3</classname> " +"csomag a <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename> fájlt használja." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, as well as the server name and client hardware address. The <replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file which will be retrieved via TFTP." -msgstr "E példában a <replaceable>servername</replaceable> nevű kiszolgáló végzi a DHCP és TFTP kiszolgáló és hálózati átjáró munkáját. Természetesen be kell állítani a tartomány-név opciókat, a kiszolgáló nevét és az ügyfél hardver címét. A <replaceable>filename</replaceable> opció a TFTP-n át elérendő fájl neve." - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "A <command>dhcpd</command> beállító fájl szerkesztése után, indítsd újra a szokásos <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput> paranccsal." +msgid "" +"In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " +"which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network " +"gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, " +"as well as the server name and client hardware address. The " +"<replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file " +"which will be retrieved via TFTP." +msgstr "" +"E példában a <replaceable>servername</replaceable> nevű kiszolgáló végzi a " +"DHCP és TFTP kiszolgáló és hálózati átjáró munkáját. Természetesen be kell " +"állítani a tartomány-név opciókat, a kiszolgáló nevét és az ügyfél hardver " +"címét. A <replaceable>filename</replaceable> opció a TFTP-n át elérendő fájl " +"neve." + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1275 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"A <command>dhcpd</command> beállító fájl szerkesztése után, indítsd újra a " +"szokásos <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput> paranccsal." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "PXE indítás bekapcsolása a DHCP beállításban" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1284 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" +"boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" @@ -1030,16 +1738,19 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "\n" "group {\n" -" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" -" host tftpclient {\n" +" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" +" host tftpclient {\n" "# tftp client hardware address\n" " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" -" filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" +" filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " +"<filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see " +"<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." msgstr "" -"Itt egy másik, indítás-előtti futtatási környezet (PXE) TFTP módot használó <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> példa. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Itt egy másik, indítás-előtti futtatási környezet (PXE) TFTP módot használó " +"<filename>dhcp.conf</filename> példa. <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" @@ -1067,206 +1778,374 @@ msgstr "" " filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> A PXE indítás számára a <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> ügyfél fájl neve egy boot betöltő, nem egy kernel kép (lásd az alábbi <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> részt)." +"</screen></informalexample> A PXE indítás számára a <filename>pxelinux.0</" +"filename> ügyfél fájl neve egy boot betöltő, nem egy kernel kép (lásd az " +"alábbi <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> részt)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "TFTP kiszolgáló bekapcsolása" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that <command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " +"<command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having " +"something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up correctly by default when they are installed." +"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up " +"correctly by default when they are installed." msgstr "" -"A TFTP kiszolgáló indításához először győződj meg a <command>tftpd</command> bekapcsolt voltáról. Ehhez a <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> fájlban általában ilyen sor szerepel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"A TFTP kiszolgáló indításához először győződj meg a <command>tftpd</command> " +"bekapcsolt voltáról. Ehhez a <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> fájlban " +"általában ilyen sor szerepel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> A Debian csomagok általában ezt helyesen beállítják telepítésükkor." +"</screen></informalexample> A Debian csomagok általában ezt helyesen " +"beállítják telepítésükkor." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format -msgid "Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Nézz e fájlba és jegyezd meg az <command>in.tftpd</command> argumentumában adott könyvtárat; ez kell alább. A <userinput>-l</userinput> az <command>in.tftpd</command> egyes verzióiban az összes kérés rendszer-naplóba naplózását kapcsolja be; ez hasznos indítási hibák vizsgálatára. A <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> módosításakor értesíteni kell a futó <command>inetd</command> folymatot, hogy a fájl változott. Egy Debian gépen ez ilyen egyszerű: <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; más gépeken keresd meg az <command>inetd</command> PID-et, és futtasd ezt: <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of " +"<command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is " +"useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that " +"below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " +"has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" +"userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" +"command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Nézz e fájlba és jegyezd meg az <command>in.tftpd</command> argumentumában " +"adott könyvtárat; ez kell alább. A <userinput>-l</userinput> az <command>in." +"tftpd</command> egyes verzióiban az összes kérés rendszer-naplóba naplózását " +"kapcsolja be; ez hasznos indítási hibák vizsgálatára. A <filename>/etc/" +"inetd.conf</filename> módosításakor értesíteni kell a futó <command>inetd</" +"command> folymatot, hogy a fájl változott. Egy Debian gépen ez ilyen " +"egyszerű: <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; más gépeken " +"keresd meg az <command>inetd</command> PID-et, és futtasd ezt: " +"<userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your server: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " +"GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your " +"server: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the SGI's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the " +"SGI's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets " +"are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will " +"stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in " +"the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux TFTP server uses." +"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux " +"TFTP server uses." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "TFTP képek helyükre tétele" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." -msgstr "Most tedd a TFTP indító képet a <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> szerint a <command>tftpd</command> indító kép könyvtárba. Általában e könyvtár a <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Innen egy láncot kell csinálni arra fájlra, melyet a <command>tftpd</command> egy adott ügyfél indítására használ majd. Sajnos, a fájl nevét a TFTP ügyfél határozza meg és erre nincs erős szabvány." +#: install-methods.xml:1364 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +msgstr "" +"Most tedd a TFTP indító képet a <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> szerint a " +"<command>tftpd</command> indító kép könyvtárba. Általában e könyvtár a " +"<filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Innen egy láncot kell csinálni arra fájlra, " +"melyet a <command>tftpd</command> egy adott ügyfél indítására használ majd. " +"Sajnos, a fájl nevét a TFTP ügyfél határozza meg és erre nincs erős szabvány." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format -msgid "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the <command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. <command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP directory." +msgid "" +"On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " +"<command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. " +"<command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images " +"via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</" +"filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP " +"directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "A PXE indításhoz az egyetlen tennivaló a <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> beállítása. Egyszerűen bontsd ki a <command>tftpd</command> indító kép könyvtárba. Ellenőrizd, hogy a dhcp kiszolgáló a <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename>-t adja át <command>tftpd</command> számára, mint az indító fájl neve." +#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgstr "" +"A PXE indításhoz az egyetlen tennivaló a <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</" +"filename> beállítása. Egyszerűen bontsd ki a <command>tftpd</command> indító " +"kép könyvtárba. Ellenőrizd, hogy a dhcp kiszolgáló a <filename>/pxelinux.0</" +"filename>-t adja át <command>tftpd</command> számára, mint az indító fájl " +"neve." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "A PXE indításhoz az egyetlen tennivaló a <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> beállítása. Egyszerűen bontsd ki a <command>tftpd</command> indító kép könyvtárba. Ellenőrizd, hogy a dhcp kiszolgáló a <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename>-t adja át <command>tftpd</command> számára, mint az indító fájl neve." +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/" +"elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgstr "" +"A PXE indításhoz az egyetlen tennivaló a <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</" +"filename> beállítása. Egyszerűen bontsd ki a <command>tftpd</command> indító " +"kép könyvtárba. Ellenőrizd, hogy a dhcp kiszolgáló a <filename>/debian-" +"installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename>-t adja át <command>tftpd</command> " +"számára, mint az indító fájl neve." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, no-c-format -msgid "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is <filename><replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP setups described above." +msgid "" +"For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " +"contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is " +"<filename><replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</" +"filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/" +"tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP " +"setups described above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format -msgid "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can optionally be appended with the following syntax:" +msgid "" +"The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</" +"replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On " +"most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not " +"supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can " +"optionally be appended with the following syntax:" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " +"booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an " +"<computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests " +"during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. " +"The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the " +"DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by " +"running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine " +"acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by " +"entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that " +"can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also " +"firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the " +"different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format -msgid "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a filename by either one of these methods." +msgid "" +"On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " +"image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM " +"<userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</" +"userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given " +"via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</" +"userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default " +"filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a " +"filename by either one of these methods." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as <quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just <filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n" -"' 10 0 0 4\n" -"</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture name." +"Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your " +"system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename " +"would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also " +"subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just " +"<filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the " +"hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a " +"shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" +"</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to " +"change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture " +"name." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that the TFTP server looks in." +msgid "" +"You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " +"adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot " +"net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that " +"the TFTP server looks in." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format -msgid "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." +msgid "" +"For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " +"<filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration information." +msgid "" +"Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " +"<filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> " +"files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> " +"file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration " +"information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " +"name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> " +"in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</" +"userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A és BCM91480B TFTP indítás" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, no-c-format -msgid "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." -msgstr "Nem kell a DHCP-t különleges módon beállítani, mert a CFE számára átadjuk a betöltendő fájl teljes útvonalát." +msgid "" +"You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " +"full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." +msgstr "" +"Nem kell a DHCP-t különleges módon beállítani, mert a CFE számára átadjuk a " +"betöltendő fájl teljes útvonalát." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "Automata telepítés" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." -msgstr "Több gépre telepítésre teljesen automata telepítés is végezhető. Az erre szolgáló Debian csomagok a <classname>fai</classname> (mely egy telepítő kiszolgálót használ), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, és a Debian Telepítő maga." +msgid "" +"For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " +"installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</" +"classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</" +"classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" +"classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." +msgstr "" +"Több gépre telepítésre teljesen automata telepítés is végezhető. Az erre " +"szolgáló Debian csomagok a <classname>fai</classname> (mely egy telepítő " +"kiszolgálót használ), <classname>replicator</classname>, " +"<classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, és " +"a Debian Telepítő maga." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "Automata telepítés a Debian Telepítő használatával" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the installation process." -msgstr "A Debian Telepítő támogatja az automata telepítéseket elő-beállító fájlokon át. Egy elő-beállító fájl a hálózatról vagy cserélhető médiáról tölthető le és a telepítő folyamat kérdéseinek megválaszolására használására használható." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " +"files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from " +"removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process." +msgstr "" +"A Debian Telepítő támogatja az automata telepítéseket elő-beállító fájlokon " +"át. Egy elő-beállító fájl a hálózatról vagy cserélhető médiáról tölthető le " +"és a telepítő folyamat kérdéseinek megválaszolására használására használható." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, no-c-format -msgid "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "Erről dokumentáció és működő példa a <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/> részben található." - +msgid "" +"Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " +"edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Erről dokumentáció és működő példa a <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/> " +"részben található." diff --git a/po/hu/post-install.po b/po/hu/post-install.po index 519f811eb..c2c626f6e 100644 --- a/po/hu/post-install.po +++ b/po/hu/post-install.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-30 09:59+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <debian-l10n-hungarian@lists.debian>\n" @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " "user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " "<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" "whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " -"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +"allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" "Illetve, ha van egy cron feladatot, amit speciális (a) felhasználóként (b) " "időpontban vagy gyakorisággal kell futtatnod, használd a <filename>/etc/" diff --git a/po/hu/preparing.po b/po/hu/preparing.po index 80e67414a..bcc54ea0e 100644 --- a/po/hu/preparing.po +++ b/po/hu/preparing.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-27 11:17+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <debian-l10n-hungarian@lists.debian>\n" @@ -1615,16 +1615,16 @@ msgstr "Particionálás Windows NT-ben" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " "existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " "Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " "from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " "partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " -"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " -"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " -"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to " +"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have " +"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " "destroy the partition information." msgstr "" "A Windows NT PC-stílusú partíciós táblát használ. Ha létező FAT vagy NTFS " @@ -1675,15 +1675,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " -"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " -"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " -"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " -"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " -"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " -"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay " +"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post " +"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate " +"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the " +"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually " +"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you " +"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" "Ha nagy IDE lemezed van, és nem használsz sem LBA címzést, sem átfedő " "meghajtókat (a merevlemez-gyártók gyakran mellékelik) sem új (1998 utáni) " @@ -2035,8 +2035,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " "create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " -"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " -"FTP server." +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from " +"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -2056,7 +2057,7 @@ msgid "" "you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " "the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " "that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " -"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 " "(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" @@ -2773,13 +2774,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " "and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " -"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot " "from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " "necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " -"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " -"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " -"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " -"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have " +"to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a " +"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, " +"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -3017,7 +3018,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 #, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -3025,10 +3026,9 @@ msgstr "" #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " -"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " -"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " -"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " -"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the " +"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such " +"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " "monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " diff --git a/po/hu/random-bits.po b/po/hu/random-bits.po index 111fd2364..68fdae8f7 100644 --- a/po/hu/random-bits.po +++ b/po/hu/random-bits.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-09 11:19+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -707,32 +707,33 @@ msgstr "" #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " -"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " -"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " -"to install X." +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 +#: random-bits.xml:340 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " -"system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root " -"partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " "<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 +#: random-bits.xml:350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " "intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" +"# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" -"# swapon /dev/hda5\n" +"# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" "filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " "filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " @@ -740,15 +741,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 +#: random-bits.xml:362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" -"# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -757,13 +758,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -778,7 +779,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -794,7 +795,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -803,13 +804,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -820,7 +821,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -829,54 +830,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 +#: random-bits.xml:443 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " "<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " -"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" -"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " -"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " -"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</" +"userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, " +"<userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 +#: random-bits.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" -" /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" +" /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " -"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 +#: random-bits.xml:484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -893,8 +897,8 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" -"/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" -"/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" @@ -902,8 +906,17 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " "the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " -"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /media\n" +"# mkdir cdrom0\n" +"# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# ln -s media/cdrom\n" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " "times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " "customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " @@ -911,13 +924,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -926,45 +939,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 +#: random-bits.xml:524 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" +msgid "Setting Timezone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " -"configured for the next reboot." +"# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" +"# tzconfig" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 +#: random-bits.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1009,6 +1020,17 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"\n" +"# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +"::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +"fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +"ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +"ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +"ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +"ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " "arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " "file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " @@ -1016,60 +1038,106 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:581 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" +"\n" +"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " -"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be " -"configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running " -"<command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets " -"other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization " -"HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# aptitude install console-data\n" +"# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:621 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " -"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences " +"the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file " +"will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional " +"information about this file, consult its man page which will be available " +"after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1079,7 +1147,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1088,22 +1156,37 @@ msgid "" "install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " "<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " "could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " -"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " -"relative to the system you call it from)." +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:665 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install grub\n" +"# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" +"# update-grub\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 +#: random-bits.xml:679 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"boot=/dev/hda6\n" -"root=/dev/hda6\n" +"boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -1112,7 +1195,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1124,7 +1207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1142,13 +1225,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# tasksel install standard\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1158,7 +1274,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1169,7 +1285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1178,7 +1294,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1188,13 +1304,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1202,13 +1318,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1216,7 +1332,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1225,13 +1341,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1239,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1263,13 +1379,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1285,13 +1401,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1299,13 +1415,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1315,7 +1431,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1324,26 +1440,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1351,7 +1467,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " diff --git a/po/hu/using-d-i.po b/po/hu/using-d-i.po index 07d7da5ef..d59531763 100644 --- a/po/hu/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/hu/using-d-i.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-05 10:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -753,21 +753,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"Alacsony memóriájú telepítéskor nem minden összetevő elérhető. A " -"korlátozások egyike, hogy a telepítő mindenképpen angolul fut." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "A helyi beállítási lehetőségek kiválasztása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -781,7 +783,7 @@ msgstr "" "beállításokból állnak." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -794,7 +796,7 @@ msgstr "" "nyelven, a telepítő az angolt használja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -808,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" "kijelölésében." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -830,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" "kerül telepítésre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -850,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr "" "társított, ez önműködően kiválasztásra kerül." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -864,13 +866,13 @@ msgstr "" "rendszeren." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Billentyűzet választása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -886,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>kbdconfig</command> parancsot rendszergazdaként)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -902,7 +904,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> és <keycap>F10</keycap> közti billentyűk is vannak a legfelső sorban." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -912,7 +914,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -925,13 +927,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "A Debian Telepítő ISO kép keresése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -945,7 +947,7 @@ msgstr "" "összetevő pontosan ezt biztosítja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -974,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr "" "képet keres." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -986,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" "végezzen-e átfogóbb keresést. Ekkor az egész fájlrendszert átnézi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1003,13 +1005,13 @@ msgstr "" "indítanak újra, hanem megnézik a 2. konzolon." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Hálózat beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1028,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> kézikönyv oldalt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1049,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" "tudod, hogy ehhez minden működik, próbáld újra." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1072,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"needed-info\"/> szerint." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1093,13 +1095,13 @@ msgstr "" "interfaces</filename> szerkesztésével." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Particionálás és csatolási pont választás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1117,13 +1119,13 @@ msgstr "" "LVM vagy RAID eszközök beállítása." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Lemezek particionálása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1135,7 +1137,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1149,7 +1151,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Kézi</guimenuitem> pontot a menüből." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1166,14 +1168,14 @@ msgstr "" "beállítja a kernel <quote>dm-crypt</quote> támogatást. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "Nem minden architektúrán lehetséges (titkosított) LVM használata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1189,7 +1191,7 @@ msgstr "" "biztonságát nyújtja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1204,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" "nyomait is törli), de a lemez méretétől függően eltart egy ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1221,7 +1223,7 @@ msgstr "" "kéri, mielőtt lemezre írná őket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1238,7 +1240,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutatott méretek is segíthetnek azonosítani őket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1254,7 +1256,7 @@ msgstr "" "(titkosított) LVM használatakor ez nem lehetséges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1271,73 +1273,73 @@ msgstr "" "választott sémától függően) az irányított particionálás elvetésre kerül." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Particionáló séma" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minimum hely" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Létrehozott partíciók" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Minden fájl 1 partíción" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, csere" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Önálló /home partíció" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, csere" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Önálló /home, /usr, /var és /tmp partíció" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1347,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, csere" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1360,7 +1362,7 @@ msgstr "" "partíció kivételével, az LVM partíción belül jön létre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1370,7 +1372,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1379,7 +1381,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1390,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" "táblát, benne a leendő formázási és csatolási információkat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1440,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr "" "lehetséges változatot mutat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1460,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "alább írt kézi particionálás szerint." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1475,13 +1477,13 @@ msgstr "" "szakasz további részeiben." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Partíciókat vagy szabad helyet nem tartalmazó lemeznél új partíciós tábla " "létrehozása is kiválasztható (ez szükséges lehet, mert adott esetben csak " @@ -1489,22 +1491,26 @@ msgstr "" "jelenik meg a választott lemezen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Szabad hely választásakor új partíciók létrehozására nyílik mód. Meg kell " "adni méretüket, típusukat, helyüket (a szabad hely eleje vagy vége). Ezután " @@ -1519,17 +1525,17 @@ msgstr "" "command> fő képernyőjéhez." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "Egy partíció módosításához egyszerűen válaszd ki azt, ez a partíció beállító " "menübe visz. Ez azonos az új partíció létrehozásakor kapott menüvel, így " @@ -1540,7 +1546,7 @@ msgstr "" "partíció." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1555,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer csatolására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1564,7 +1570,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1580,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1594,13 +1600,13 @@ msgstr "" "kért módon történő létrehozásának megerősítését." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Több-lemezes eszköz beállítása (szoftver RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1619,7 +1625,7 @@ msgstr "" "után <firstterm>szoftver RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1633,43 +1639,43 @@ msgstr "" "csatolható, és így tovább)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1705,98 +1711,98 @@ msgstr "" "para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Összefoglalva:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Típus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Legkisebb eszköz-szám" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Tartalék eszköz" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Túlél lemez hibát?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Elérhető hely" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nem</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" "A legkisebb partíció mérete szorozva a RAID tömbben lévő eszközök számával" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "lehet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>igen</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "A RAID tömbben lévő legkisebb partíció mérete" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1806,17 +1812,17 @@ msgstr "" "száma -1" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "Teljes leírás a szoftver RAID tömbről itt: <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-" "howto;\">Szoftver RAID HOGYAN</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1831,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr "" "fizikai kötet</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1847,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "" "megoldhatják." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1868,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr "" "következők a választott MD típustól függenek." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1879,7 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "" "listája, és az egyetlen feladat a leendő MD-t alkotó partíciók kijelölése." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1896,7 +1902,7 @@ msgstr "" "az előbb megadott számmal. Ne aggódj! A &d-i; figyelmeztet hiba esetén." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1906,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1924,7 +1930,7 @@ msgstr "" "partíció)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1938,13 +1944,13 @@ msgstr "" "például csatolási pontok társítására." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Logikai kötet-kezelő (LVM) beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1960,7 +1966,7 @@ msgstr "" "így tovább kellett kezelni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1979,7 +1985,7 @@ msgstr "" "közt is átnyúlhatnak." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2000,7 +2006,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink> leírást." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2017,7 +2023,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2036,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr "" "lehetséges műveleteket mutatja. A lehetséges műveletek:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2046,43 +2052,43 @@ msgstr "" "eszköz struktúrát, a logikai kötetek neveit, méreteit és egyebeket" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport létrehozása" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Logikai kötet létrehozása" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport törlése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Logikai kötet törlése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport bővítése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport csökkentése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2092,7 +2098,7 @@ msgstr "" "képernyőhöz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2102,21 +2108,7 @@ msgstr "" "kötetek létrehozására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" -"E menü használható egy létező LVM beállítás törlésére is a merevlemezről az " -"<quote>Irányított particionálás LVM használatával</quote> választás előtt. " -"Az irányított particionálás LVM használatával nem lehetséges már létező " -"kötet csoportok esetén, de törlésükkel ez tisztán elindítható." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2128,13 +2120,13 @@ msgstr "" "is kezelhetők)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Titkosított kötetek beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2156,7 +2148,7 @@ msgstr "" "adatok véletlen karaktereknek tűnnek." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2184,7 +2176,7 @@ msgstr "" "betöltése." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2198,13 +2190,13 @@ msgstr "" "hosszán múlik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." @@ -2218,7 +2210,7 @@ msgstr "" "módosul és különböző titkosító lehetőségeket ad a partícióhoz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2234,7 +2226,7 @@ msgstr "" "ok, ajánlott az alap használata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2248,13 +2240,13 @@ msgstr "" "lettek kiválasztva." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2279,13 +2271,13 @@ msgstr "" "érzékeny adatok védelmére a XXI. században." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Kulcs méret: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2298,13 +2290,13 @@ msgstr "" "teljesítményre. Az elérhető kulcs méretek a titkosítástól függenek." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2316,7 +2308,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2326,25 +2318,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2354,13 +2346,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2372,7 +2364,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2385,13 +2377,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2405,7 +2397,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2414,13 +2406,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2429,25 +2421,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosító kulcs: <userinput>Kulcsfájl (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Itt adható meg a titkosító kulcs típusa e partícióhoz." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Kulcsfájl (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2461,19 +2453,19 @@ msgstr "" "egy ilyen megadására)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Lásd a véletlen kulcsok szakaszt fent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Lásd az adatok törlése szakaszt fent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2487,7 +2479,7 @@ msgstr "" "állíthatók be." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2504,7 +2496,7 @@ msgstr "" "egy új partíciós tábla írását. A nagy partíciókon ez eltart egy ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2520,7 +2512,7 @@ msgstr "" "rokonok nevei és így tovább)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2543,7 +2535,7 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer számára." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2565,7 +2557,7 @@ msgstr "" "titkosítandó partíciónál megismételhető." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2597,7 +2589,7 @@ msgstr "" "kötetekhez és módosítani fájlrendszer típusukat, ha nem tetszik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2616,7 +2608,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2624,13 +2616,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Ha a partíciós séma megfelel, folyatható a telepítés." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "A rendszer beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2640,13 +2632,13 @@ msgstr "" "telepítendő rendszer beállításaihoz használ majd." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Időzóna beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2659,13 +2651,13 @@ msgstr "" "rendszer nem kérdez semmit és ezt az időzónát feltételezi." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Óra beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2678,7 +2670,7 @@ msgstr "" "például a telepített más operációs rendszerek alapján." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2697,7 +2689,7 @@ msgstr "" "elrontsa a rendszert.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2710,19 +2702,19 @@ msgstr "" "pontatlan vagy előzőleg nem az UTC szerint lett beállítva." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Felhasználók és jelszavaik felvétele" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "A root jelszó beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2736,7 +2728,7 @@ msgstr "" "ekkor is csak a lehető legrövidebb ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2752,7 +2744,7 @@ msgstr "" "használatát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2764,13 +2756,13 @@ msgstr "" "ha egy gépet másokkal felügyelsz." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Egy szokásos felhasználó létrehozása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2784,7 +2776,7 @@ msgstr "" "bejelentkezésre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2804,7 +2796,7 @@ msgstr "" "elolvasol egyet, ha ez új neked." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2818,7 +2810,7 @@ msgstr "" "fiókhoz tartozó jelszót." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2828,13 +2820,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>adduser</command> parancsot." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Az alaprendszer telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2846,21 +2838,15 @@ msgstr "" "mert ez végzi a teljes alaprendszer letöltését, ellenőrzését és kibontását. " "Lassú gép vagy hálózati kapcsolat esetén eltart egy kis ideig." -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "Alaprendszer telepítés" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" "Az Alaprendszer telepítése során, a csomag kicsomagoló és beállító üzenetek " "a <userinput>tty4</userinput> terminálra kerülnek. Ez a " @@ -2869,19 +2855,19 @@ msgstr "" "Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> használható." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" "Az alaprendszer telepítésekor keletkező kibontó/beállító üzenetek a " "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> fájlba kerülnek, ha a telepítés soros " "konzolon át történik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2894,18 +2880,18 @@ msgstr "" "az elérhető kernelek egy listából választhatók." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "További szoftverek telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" @@ -2916,29 +2902,30 @@ msgstr "" "hálózat esetén." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Az apt beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" "A Debian tipikus felhasználói főleg az <classname>apt</classname> csomag " "<command>apt-get</command> programját használják csomagok telepítésére a " @@ -2955,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr "" "keresése és állapotok ellenőrzése) szép felhasználói felületen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2972,13 +2959,13 @@ msgstr "" "után is szerkeszthetők." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Szoftverek kiválasztása és telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2995,7 +2982,7 @@ msgstr "" "összpontosít, hogy gyorsan beállítsa a gépet különböző feladatok elvégzésére." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3028,7 +3015,7 @@ msgstr "" "igényét." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3041,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr "" "hogy egyáltalán ne telepíts semmit ezen a módon." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3053,7 +3040,7 @@ msgstr "" "Xfce vagy Kde választását." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3074,7 +3061,7 @@ msgstr "" "lemezek használata esetén működik ez a módszer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3093,7 +3080,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3105,7 +3092,7 @@ msgstr "" "melyek a választott feladatok részei." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3115,7 +3102,7 @@ msgstr "" "feladat kijelölésének váltásához." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3129,13 +3116,13 @@ msgstr "" "során." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Levél továbbító szolgáltatás beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3150,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, mert ez elég kicsi, rugalmas és könnyen átlátható." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3164,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr "" "…) a fontos üzeneteket email használatával küldi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3174,13 +3161,13 @@ msgstr "" "megfelelőt:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "internet site" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3194,13 +3181,13 @@ msgstr "" "melyekről elfogadsz leveleket, vagy melyek számára továbbítod őket." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "levél küldése smarthost segítségével" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3218,13 +3205,13 @@ msgstr "" "felhasználóknak kedvező." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "csak helyi kézbesítés" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3242,13 +3229,13 @@ msgstr "" "kényelmes, mert nem kérdez." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "beállítás elhalasztása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3262,7 +3249,7 @@ msgstr "" "fontos üzeneteit." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3277,18 +3264,18 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename> alatt található." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "A rendszer indíthatóvá tétele" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" "Lemez-nélküli munka-állomás telepítésekor a helyi lemezről indítás " @@ -3296,29 +3283,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenBootot be kell állítani az alap hálózati indításhoz; lásd a <xref " "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> részt.</phrase>" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Több operációs rendszer egy gépről indítása néha még mindig fekete mágia " -"lehet. E dokumentum nem akarja leírni az összes boot kezelőt sem, mely " -"architektúrák sőt sokszor akár al-architektúrák közt is eltér. Több " -"információért lásd a boot kezelőd dokumentációját." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Más operációs rendszerek érzékelése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3333,7 +3305,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian mellett." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3349,16 +3321,16 @@ msgstr "" "dokumentációját." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3369,13 +3341,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3386,19 +3358,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( több adat kell )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Grub</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3410,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr "" "egyaránt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3422,7 +3394,7 @@ msgstr "" "a grub kézikönyvet teljes információért." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3432,13 +3404,13 @@ msgstr "" "válaszd a kívánt boot betöltőt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>LILO</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3454,7 +3426,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOGYAN</ulink> is hasznos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3468,23 +3440,23 @@ msgstr "" "számára kézzel kell majd hozzáadni a bejegyzést a menüben a telepítés után." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "" "A &d-i; 3 lehetséges helyet ad a <command>LILO</command> boot betöltő " "telepítésére." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mester Boot Rekord (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3494,13 +3466,13 @@ msgstr "" "irányítását." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "új Debian partíció" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3512,13 +3484,13 @@ msgstr "" "szolgál." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Más választás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3536,7 +3508,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3553,13 +3525,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"reactivating-win\"/> részt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3570,13 +3542,13 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3588,31 +3560,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3630,13 +3602,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3645,13 +3617,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3661,13 +3633,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3677,13 +3649,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3692,13 +3664,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3708,13 +3680,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3739,13 +3711,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3753,13 +3725,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3767,13 +3739,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3781,13 +3753,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3795,13 +3767,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3818,13 +3790,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3832,20 +3804,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3853,13 +3825,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3867,7 +3839,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3875,19 +3847,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3900,13 +3872,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3916,13 +3888,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3938,13 +3910,13 @@ msgstr "" "több <command>ZIPL</command> adatért." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>SILO</command> boot betöltő telepítése merevlemezre" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3973,13 +3945,13 @@ msgstr "" "ha e GNU/Linux rendszeredet egy SunOS/Solaris mellé telepíted." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Folytatás boot betöltő nélkül" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3997,7 +3969,7 @@ msgstr "" "megtartása és használata a GNU/Linux indításához.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4018,13 +3990,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename> fájlrendszer adatai." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "A telepítés befejezése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4034,13 +4006,13 @@ msgstr "" "feladatai utáni rendrakásból áll." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "A telepítés befejezése és az újraindítás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4054,7 +4026,7 @@ msgstr "" "rendszerre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4068,13 +4040,13 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer számára választott DASD eszközről." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Egyebek" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4085,13 +4057,13 @@ msgstr "" "folyamatnak, de nehezebb helyzetekhez készen állnak a felhasználó segítésére." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Telepítő naplók mentése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4103,7 +4075,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> könyvtárba." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4119,42 +4091,46 @@ msgstr "" "jelentésbe." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "A héj használata és a naplók megtekintése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." msgstr "" -"Van egy <guimenuitem>Héj futtatása</guimenuitem> pont a menüben. Ha épp " -"nincs előtted a menü, a <keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</" -"keycap></keycombo> (Mac billentyűzeten, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> " -"<keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) billentyűkkel érhető el a 2. " -"<emphasis>virtuális konzol</emphasis>. Ez az <keycap>Alt</keycap> billentyű, " -"mely a <keycap>szóköz</keycap> mellett balra van és az <keycap>F2</keycap> " -"billentyű egyidejű leütését jelenti. Ez egy <command>ash</command> Bourne " -"héj klónt futtat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" "Most egy RAM lemezből indítottunk és a szokásos eszközök közül csak egy " @@ -4167,29 +4143,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" -"Lehetőleg minden feladatot a menükből oldj meg — a héj és a rajta " -"kiadható parancsok csak hibák esetére vannak. Többek közt mindig a menüt " -"használd, ne a héjat, a csere-partíció aktiválásához, mert a menü szoftver " -"nem tudja érzékelni, hogy ezt megtetted a héjból. A <keycombo><keycap>Bal " -"Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> visszatér a menükhöz, de ha " -"onnan indítottál héjat, használd az <command>exit</command> parancsot." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Telepítés hálózatról" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4206,7 +4191,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> részben írtak szerint.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4227,7 +4212,7 @@ msgstr "" "távolról SSH-n át</guimenuitem> új menüelem jelzi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4237,7 +4222,7 @@ msgstr "" "után." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4258,7 +4243,7 @@ msgstr "" "távolról folytató személy</quote> számára." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4270,7 +4255,7 @@ msgstr "" "kiválasztható." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4302,7 +4287,7 @@ msgstr "" "gép ujjlenyomata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4321,7 +4306,7 @@ msgstr "" "kapcsolódsz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4340,7 +4325,7 @@ msgstr "" "folyamatban használható, de héjakhoz több is." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4355,7 +4340,7 @@ msgstr "" "telepített rendszeren." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4365,6 +4350,77 @@ msgstr "" "ablakát, mert lebonthatja a kapcsolatot." #~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alacsony memóriájú telepítéskor nem minden összetevő elérhető. A " +#~ "korlátozások egyike, hogy a telepítő mindenképpen angolul fut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from " +#~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</" +#~ "quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already " +#~ "are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "E menü használható egy létező LVM beállítás törlésére is a merevlemezről " +#~ "az <quote>Irányított particionálás LVM használatával</quote> választás " +#~ "előtt. Az irányított particionálás LVM használatával nem lehetséges már " +#~ "létező kötet csoportok esetén, de törlésükkel ez tisztán elindítható." + +#~ msgid "Base System Installation" +#~ msgstr "Alaprendszer telepítés" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +#~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +#~ "the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +#~ "subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for " +#~ "more information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Több operációs rendszer egy gépről indítása néha még mindig fekete mágia " +#~ "lehet. E dokumentum nem akarja leírni az összes boot kezelőt sem, mely " +#~ "architektúrák sőt sokszor akár al-architektúrák közt is eltér. Több " +#~ "információért lásd a boot kezelőd dokumentációját." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " +#~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a " +#~ "Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. " +#~ "That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the " +#~ "<keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at " +#~ "the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone " +#~ "called <command>ash</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Van egy <guimenuitem>Héj futtatása</guimenuitem> pont a menüben. Ha épp " +#~ "nincs előtted a menü, a <keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +#~ "keycap></keycombo> (Mac billentyűzeten, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) billentyűkkel érhető el a 2. " +#~ "<emphasis>virtuális konzol</emphasis>. Ez az <keycap>Alt</keycap> " +#~ "billentyű, mely a <keycap>szóköz</keycap> mellett balra van és az " +#~ "<keycap>F2</keycap> billentyű egyidejű leütését jelenti. Ez egy " +#~ "<command>ash</command> Bourne héj klónt futtat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " +#~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " +#~ "particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate " +#~ "your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've " +#~ "done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type " +#~ "<command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lehetőleg minden feladatot a menükből oldj meg — a héj és a rajta " +#~ "kiadható parancsok csak hibák esetére vannak. Többek közt mindig a menüt " +#~ "használd, ne a héjat, a csere-partíció aktiválásához, mert a menü " +#~ "szoftver nem tudja érzékelni, hogy ezt megtetted a héjból. A " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> " +#~ "visszatér a menükhöz, de ha onnan indítottál héjat, használd az " +#~ "<command>exit</command> parancsot." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using " #~ "preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding " #~ "<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when " diff --git a/po/ko/install-methods.po b/po/ko/install-methods.po index bef42b726..791da5bb3 100644 --- a/po/ko/install-methods.po +++ b/po/ko/install-methods.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-17 20:27-0400\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -727,11 +727,11 @@ msgid "" "resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really " "want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." msgstr "" -"<command>Disk Copy</command>를 실행하고, 메뉴에서 <menuchoice> <guimenu>" -"Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -"를 선택하십시오. 그리고 나타나는 대화 상자에서 <emphasis>잠긴 (locked)</emphasis> " -"이미지 파일을 선택하십시오. 플로피를 넣으라고 물어보고, 정말로 플로피를 지울 " -"지 물어봅니다. 다 마치면 플로피를 꺼낼 것입니다." +"<command>Disk Copy</command>를 실행하고, 메뉴에서 <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>를 선택하십시오. 그리고 나타나는 대화 상자에서 <emphasis>잠긴 " +"(locked)</emphasis> 이미지 파일을 선택하십시오. 플로피를 넣으라고 물어보고, " +"정말로 플로피를 지울 지 물어봅니다. 다 마치면 플로피를 꺼낼 것입니다." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:535 @@ -1565,30 +1565,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " -"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." msgstr "" "TFTP 서버를 설정해야 합니다. 그리고 많은 기계에서 BOOTP 서버<phrase " "condition=\"supports-rarp\"> 아니면 RARP 서버</phrase><phrase condition=" "\"supports-dhcp\">, 아니면 DHCP 서버</phrase>를 설정해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1086 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " "(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " -"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " -"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase " -"arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " -"address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=" -"\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more " -"flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be " -"configured via DHCP. </phrase>" +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible " +"extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Reverse Address Resolution Protocol은 " "(RARP) 어떤 클라이언트에게 어떤 IP 주소를 사용해야 하는 지 알려주는 한 방법입" @@ -1602,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " @@ -1614,7 +1613,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " @@ -1637,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " @@ -1648,7 +1647,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " @@ -1662,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr "" "서 사용하는 명령을 예로 듭니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " @@ -1677,13 +1676,13 @@ msgstr "" "권장합니다." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "RARP 서버 준비하기" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " @@ -1702,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig eth0</userinput> 명령을 이용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " @@ -1714,23 +1713,31 @@ msgid "" "userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/" "sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/" "etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." -msgstr "리눅스 2.4 혹은 2.6 커널을 사용하는 RARP 서버 시스템이나 Solaris/SunOS에서는 <command>rarpd</command> 프로그램을 사용합니다. 클라이언트에 대한 이더넷 하드웨어 주소를 <quote>ethers</quote> 데이터베이스에 넣어야 합니다(<filename>/etc/ethers</filename> 파일이나 NIS/NIS+를 이용). 그 다음에 RARP 데몬을 시작합니다. 다음 명령을 (root로) 실행합니다: 대부분 리눅스 시스템이나 SunOS5(Solaris 2)에서는 <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>, 기타 리눅스 시스템에서는 <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput>, SunOS4(Solaris 1)에서는 <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"리눅스 2.4 혹은 2.6 커널을 사용하는 RARP 서버 시스템이나 Solaris/SunOS에서는 " +"<command>rarpd</command> 프로그램을 사용합니다. 클라이언트에 대한 이더넷 하드" +"웨어 주소를 <quote>ethers</quote> 데이터베이스에 넣어야 합니다(<filename>/" +"etc/ethers</filename> 파일이나 NIS/NIS+를 이용). 그 다음에 RARP 데몬을 시작합" +"니다. 다음 명령을 (root로) 실행합니다: 대부분 리눅스 시스템이나 SunOS5" +"(Solaris 2)에서는 <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>, 기타 리눅스 시스" +"템에서는 <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput>, SunOS4(Solaris 1)에서" +"는 <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "BOOTP 서버 준비하기" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1193 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " "<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " "<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " -"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages " -"respectively." +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux용 BOOTP 서버는 두 가지가 있습니다. 하나는 CMU <command>bootpd</" "command>이고,다른 프로그램은 실제로 DHCP서버인, ISC <command>dhcpd</command>" @@ -1738,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>라는 꾸러미로 포함되어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " @@ -1800,17 +1807,17 @@ msgstr "" "면 됩니다. <userinput>eaddr</userinput> 변수의 값이 MAC 주소입니다. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " "easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " "clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " "clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" -"\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply " "adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " "block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" -"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "반대로, ISC <command>dhcpd</command> 설정은 정말 쉽습니다. BOOTP 클라이언트" "를 DHCP 클라이언트의 일종의 특별한 케이스로 취급하기 때문입니다. 일부 아키텍" @@ -1821,19 +1828,25 @@ msgstr "" "<command>dhcpd</command>를 다시 시작하면 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " -"this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a " -"sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" -"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1852,9 +1865,7 @@ msgid "" " next-server servername;\n" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" -"}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</" -"classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"}" msgstr "" "자유 소프트웨어 DHCP 서버로 ISC <command>dhcpd</command>가 있습니다. &debian;" "에서 ISC <command>dhcpd</command>는 <classname>dhcp</classname> 꾸러미 안에 " @@ -1883,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "" "꾸러미는 <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename> 파일을 사용합니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " @@ -1900,25 +1911,25 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1275 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " -"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "<command>dhcpd</command> 설정 파일을 편집한 다음에, <userinput>/etc/init.d/" "dhcpd restart</userinput> 명령으로 <command>dhcpd</command>를 다시 시작하십시" "오." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "DHCP 설정에서 PXE 부팅하게 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1284 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" "boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1942,11 +1953,11 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "\n" "group {\n" -" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" -" host tftpclient {\n" +" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" +" host tftpclient {\n" "# tftp client hardware address\n" " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" -" filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" +" filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " @@ -1987,13 +1998,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> 부분 참고)" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "TFTP Server 사용하기" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " @@ -2012,14 +2023,27 @@ msgstr "" "이런 설정이 들어갑니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " -"of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</" -"userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to " -"log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot " -"errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of " +"<command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is " +"useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that " +"below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " "have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " "has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" "userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" @@ -2037,7 +2061,7 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput> 명령을 실행합니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " @@ -2067,21 +2091,20 @@ msgstr "" "를 조정합니다." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "TFTP 이미지를 적당한 위치에 옮기기" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1364 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" -"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, " -"this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a " -"link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for " -"booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by " -"the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." msgstr "" "그 다음에, 필요한 TFTP 부팅 이미지를 <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>에 쓰여 " "있는 것처럼 <command>tftpd</command> 부팅 이미지 디렉토리에 복사해 놓으십시" @@ -2091,7 +2114,7 @@ msgstr "" "하고, 어떤 표준도 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " @@ -2108,13 +2131,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>로 이름을 바꾸십시오." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " "<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " "tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " -"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " "<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" "PXE 부팅의 경우, 필요한 모든 것이 <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</" @@ -2124,7 +2147,7 @@ msgstr "" "시오." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2140,13 +2163,13 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP 서버에 설정하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "DECstation TFTP 이미지" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " @@ -2163,7 +2186,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> 파일로 복사하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2181,13 +2204,13 @@ msgstr "" "다:" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename 파라미터1=값1 파라미터2=값2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " @@ -2224,13 +2247,13 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Alpha TFTP 부팅" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " @@ -2252,13 +2275,13 @@ msgstr "" "정해야 합니다</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "SPARC TFTP 부팅" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " @@ -2288,7 +2311,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " @@ -2301,13 +2324,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>. 파일은 TFTP 서버가 찾는 디렉토리 안에 들어 있어야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "BVM/Motorola TFTP 부팅" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " @@ -2317,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr "" "tftpboot/</filename> 디렉토리에 복사하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " @@ -2332,13 +2355,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> 파일을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "SGI TFTP 부팅" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " @@ -2352,13 +2375,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>filename=</userinput> 옵션으로 지정합니다." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A과 BCM91480B TFTP 부팅" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " @@ -2368,13 +2391,13 @@ msgstr "" "없습니다." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "자동 설치" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " @@ -2390,13 +2413,13 @@ msgstr "" "할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "데비안 설치 프로그램을 이용한 자동 설치" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " @@ -2409,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. 이 파일 안에는 설치 과정에서 나오는 질문에 대한 대답들이 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " diff --git a/po/ko/post-install.po b/po/ko/post-install.po index feaf89a45..3d357f0f1 100644 --- a/po/ko/post-install.po +++ b/po/ko/post-install.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-07 19:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -230,13 +230,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " "user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " "<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" "whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " -"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +"allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" "한편, (1) 특정 사용자로 실행해야 할 CRON 작업이 있거나, (2) 특정 시간이나 특" "정 주기로 실행해야 하는 작업이 있으면, <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>을 사" diff --git a/po/ko/preparing.po b/po/ko/preparing.po index ae2969c28..54b052ca0 100644 --- a/po/ko/preparing.po +++ b/po/ko/preparing.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-08 23:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1597,16 +1597,16 @@ msgstr "Windows NT에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " "existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " "Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " "from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " "partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " -"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " -"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " -"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to " +"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have " +"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " "destroy the partition information." msgstr "" "Windows NT는 PC 방식 파티션 테이블을 사용합니다. 기존 FAT 혹은 NTFS 파티션을 " @@ -1656,15 +1656,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " -"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " -"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " -"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " -"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " -"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " -"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay " +"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post " +"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate " +"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the " +"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually " +"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you " +"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" "큰 IDE 디스크에서, LBA 주소나 오버레이 드라이버나 (하드 디스크 제조사에서 제" "공하기도 함) 큰 디스크 접근 확장 기능을 지원하는 새로운 (1998년 후) BIOS를 사" @@ -2039,12 +2039,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " "create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " -"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " -"FTP server." +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from " +"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "IDE 기반 Mac의 경우, <command>Apple Drive Setup</command>을 이용해 리눅스 파" "티션을 위한 빈 공간을 만들어야 합니다. 그리고 리눅스에서 나머지 파티션을 하거" @@ -2058,7 +2059,7 @@ msgstr "SunOS에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " "both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " @@ -2067,7 +2068,7 @@ msgid "" "you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " "the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " "that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " -"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 " "(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" "SunOS에서 파티션하는 건 문제가 없습니다. 실제로 SunOS와 데비안을 같은 기계에" @@ -3012,17 +3013,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1965 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " "and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " -"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot " "from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " "necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " -"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " -"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " -"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " -"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have " +"to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a " +"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, " +"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" "실제 설치를 하기 전에, 약간의 설계와 준비 단계를 거쳐야 합니다. IBM에서 나온 " "문서에서 전체 과정에 대해 다룹니다. 예를 들어 설치 미디어를 준비하고 그 미디" @@ -3334,19 +3335,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "OldWorld PowerMac에서 디스플레이 보기" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2164 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " -"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " -"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " -"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " -"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the " +"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such " +"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " "monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " diff --git a/po/ko/preseed.po b/po/ko/preseed.po index e6191a3f4..45f2951dd 100644 --- a/po/ko/preseed.po +++ b/po/ko/preseed.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-26 01:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-12 21:31+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1277,11 +1277,12 @@ msgstr "미러 사이트 설정" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:726 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " -"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " -"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " +"download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, " +"and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the " +"installed system." msgstr "" "사용하는 설치 방법에 따라서, 미러 사이트는 설치 프로그램의 추가 구성 요소, 베" "이스 시스템을 내려받는 데 이용할 수도 있고, 설치를 끝낸 시스템에서 " @@ -1350,10 +1351,10 @@ msgstr "파티션하기" #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " -"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " -"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " -"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " -"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to " +"partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout " +"of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe " +"from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " "currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." msgstr "" "하드디스크 파티션에 사용하는 미리 설정은 <classname>partman-auto</classname>" @@ -1817,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr "부트 로더 설치" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:888 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" @@ -1828,9 +1829,9 @@ msgid "" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some " +"other\n" +"# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" @@ -1956,12 +1957,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:943 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " "installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" -"classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or " -"space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated " +"by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel " +"command line as well." msgstr "" "task로 설치한 꾸러미 외에 꾸러미를 더 설치하려면, <classname>pkgsel/include</" "classname> 파라미터를 사용하면 됩니다. 이 파라미터의 값은 쉼표로 구분할 수 있" diff --git a/po/ko/random-bits.po b/po/ko/random-bits.po index ce9cd0237..f134e853b 100644 --- a/po/ko/random-bits.po +++ b/po/ko/random-bits.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-07 19:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -768,25 +768,26 @@ msgstr "시작하기" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:332 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " -"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " -"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " -"to install X." +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." msgstr "" "기존 유닉스용 파티션 도구를 이용해 하드 드라이브를 필요한 대로 다시 파티션하" "십시오. 최소한 파일 시스템 한 개를 스왑으로 만드십시오. 콘솔만 설치하는 경우" "는 최소 150MB의 공간이 필요하고 X를 설치한다면 최소 300MB가 필요합니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:340 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " -"system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root " -"partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " "<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" @@ -798,14 +799,14 @@ msgstr "" "j</userinput> 옵션을 빼십시오." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:350 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " "intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" +"# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" -"# swapon /dev/hda5\n" +"# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" "filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " "filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " @@ -821,17 +822,17 @@ msgstr "" "트 위치 이름은 마음대로 정한 것이고, 아래에서 계속 사용합니다." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:362 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" -"# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -842,13 +843,13 @@ msgstr "" "로 넘어가기 전에 그 디렉토리를 수동으로 만들어서 마운트해야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "<command>debootstrap</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -872,7 +873,7 @@ msgstr "" "오. 그리고 <command>debootstrap</command>을 내려 받고 설치하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -898,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" "한이 필요할 것입니다." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -910,13 +911,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "<command>debootstrap</command> 실행" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -932,7 +933,7 @@ msgstr "" "org/misc/README.mirror\"></ulink>에 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -944,15 +945,15 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:443 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " "<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " -"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" -"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " -"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " -"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</" +"userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, " +"<userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" "<command>debootstrap</command> 명령에서 <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable>를 다" @@ -963,46 +964,47 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>s390</userinput>, <userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:461 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" -" /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" +" /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설정" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " -"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" -"이제 디스크에 작지만 진짜 데비안 시스템이 들어 있습니다. 이 데비안 시스템으" -"로 <command>chroot</command>하십시오:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" -msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "파티션 마운트하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:484 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1018,8 +1020,8 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" -"/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" -"/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" @@ -1027,8 +1029,17 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " "the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " -"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /media\n" +"# mkdir cdrom0\n" +"# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# ln -s media/cdrom\n" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " "times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " "customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " @@ -1066,13 +1077,13 @@ msgstr "" "오." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1084,48 +1095,44 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" -msgstr "키보드 설정" +#: random-bits.xml:524 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Timezone" +msgstr "소스 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" -msgstr "키보드를 설정하려면:" +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." +msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " -"configured for the next reboot." +"# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" +"# tzconfig" msgstr "" -"키보드는 chroot 안에 있을 때 설정할 수 없다는 데 유의하십시오. 다음에 다시 시" -"작한 다음에 설정합니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "네트워크 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:539 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1169,6 +1176,17 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"\n" +"# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +"::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +"fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +"ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +"ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +"ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +"ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " "arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " "file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " @@ -1223,25 +1241,44 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" -msgstr "로케일 설정하기" +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "네트워크 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:581 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" +"\n" +"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" +msgstr "키보드 설정" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:598 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " -"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be " -"configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running " -"<command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets " -"other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization " -"HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" msgstr "" "영어가 아닌 언어를 사용할 때 로케일을 설정하려면 <classname>locales</" "classname> 지원 꾸러미를 설치하고 그 꾸러미를 설정하십시오: " @@ -1253,18 +1290,36 @@ msgstr "" "를 설정해야 합니다. ASCII 혹은 latin1 이외의 문자셋을 사용하는 로케일을 사용" "하려면 그 전에 적당한 지역화 HOWTO를 참고하십시오." +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# aptitude install console-data\n" +"# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" +"키보드는 chroot 안에 있을 때 설정할 수 없다는 데 유의하십시오. 다음에 다시 시" +"작한 다음에 설정합니다." + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "커널 설치" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:621 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " -"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." @@ -1276,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 그리고 꾸러미 이름을 하나 골라서 설치하십시오." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1285,14 +1340,25 @@ msgstr "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" "replaceable>" +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences " +"the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file " +"will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional " +"information about this file, consult its man page which will be available " +"after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1306,8 +1372,8 @@ msgstr "" "을 데비안 chroot 안에서 사용하면 부트로더를 설치할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " @@ -1315,8 +1381,8 @@ msgid "" "install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " "<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " "could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " -"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " -"relative to the system you call it from)." +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" "<userinput>info grub</userinput> 혹은 <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> 명" "령으로 부트로더 설정 방법을 미리 알아보십시오. 데비안을 설치할 때 사용했던 기" @@ -1328,17 +1394,32 @@ msgstr "" "일을 사용하게 됩니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:665 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install grub\n" +"# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" +"# update-grub\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "다음은 기본적인 <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> 예제입니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:679 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"boot=/dev/hda6\n" -"root=/dev/hda6\n" +"boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -1354,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1372,7 +1453,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> 파일을 사용하게 됩니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1402,13 +1483,46 @@ msgstr "" "을 <userinput>hd:</userinput> 대신에 써야 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# tasksel install standard\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "병렬 라인 IP를 (PLIP) 이용해 &debian; 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1422,7 +1536,7 @@ msgstr "" "어 인터넷에) 연결되어 있어야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1437,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr "" "에서 이 IP 주소는 사용하지 말아야 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1448,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있습니다. (<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> 참고)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1461,13 +1575,13 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "요구 사항" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1475,13 +1589,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "데비안을 설치할 <emphasis>타겟</emphasis>이라고 하는 타겟 컴퓨터." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "시스템 설치 미디어. <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/> 참고." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1491,7 +1605,7 @@ msgstr "" "합니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1503,13 +1617,13 @@ msgstr "" "시오." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "소스 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1519,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr "" "예제입니다." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1562,13 +1676,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "타겟 설치" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1593,13 +1707,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 아래는 설치 단계에서 입력해야 할 사항들입니다." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "CD에서 설치 프로그램 구성 요소 읽어들이기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1609,13 +1723,13 @@ msgstr "" "치 시스템에서 PLIP 드라이버를 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "네트워크 하드웨어 검색" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1629,7 +1743,7 @@ msgstr "" "은 표시하지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1640,26 +1754,26 @@ msgstr "" "의 모듈을 설치합니다. <userinput>plip</userinput> 모듈을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "네트워크 설정" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "DHCP로 네트워크 자동 설정: 아니오" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "IP 주소: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1669,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1678,6 +1792,22 @@ msgstr "" "네임서버 주소: 소스에서 사용한 같은 주소를 입력합니다. (<filename>/etc/" "resolv.conf</filename> 파일 참고)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "이제 디스크에 작지만 진짜 데비안 시스템이 들어 있습니다. 이 데비안 시스템" +#~ "으로 <command>chroot</command>하십시오:" + +#~ msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +#~ msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" + +#~ msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +#~ msgstr "키보드를 설정하려면:" + +#~ msgid "Configure Locales" +#~ msgstr "로케일 설정하기" + #~ msgid "1392" #~ msgstr "1392" diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index 86f27d0c6..e82016bf8 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-08 23:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -749,21 +749,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"적은 메모리에서 설치할 때는, 모든 구성 요소를 사용할 수 없습니다. 그 부족한 " -"점 중의 하나는 설치에 사용할 언어를 마음대로 선택할 수 없다는 점입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "지역화 옵션 선택" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -775,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 모두 적용됩니다. 지역화 옵션은 언어, 국가, 로케일로 이루어져 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -788,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" "영어를 사용합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -802,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr "" "키보드를 선택하는데 사용됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -823,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname> 꾸러미를 설치하지 않고 지역화 기능이 없게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -843,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "" "그 국가를 선택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -856,13 +858,13 @@ msgstr "" "러 개 추가로 만들어 놓도록 할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "키보드 선택하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -879,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 실행하십시오.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -894,7 +896,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F10</keycap> 키가 위에 붙어 있는 키보드를 말합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -907,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" "따라 이 부분은 앞으로 달라질 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -926,13 +928,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 두 키보드 배치에서 그 외의 부분은 비슷합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "데비안 설치 프로그램 ISO 이미지 찾기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -946,7 +948,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -974,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 끝나고, 아니면 다른 이미지를 찾습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -987,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" "게 아니라, 모든 파일 시스템을 뒤져봅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1004,13 +1006,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 다시 시작하지 않고 두 번째 콘솔에서 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "네트워크 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1030,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> 맨 페이지를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1051,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr "" "시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1074,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "" "으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1097,13 +1099,13 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "파티션하기 및 마운트 위치 선택" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1120,13 +1122,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "디스크 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1137,7 +1139,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1151,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" "</guimenuitem>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1169,14 +1171,14 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1193,7 +1195,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1204,7 +1206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1216,7 +1218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1228,7 +1230,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1239,7 +1241,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1257,73 +1259,73 @@ msgstr "" "최소 용량은 다릅니다) 단계에 따른 파티션은 실패합니다." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "파티션 방식" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "최소 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "만들 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "한 파티션에 파일 모두" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "별도 /home 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "별도 /home, /usr, /var, /tmp 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1333,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1346,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1359,7 +1361,7 @@ msgstr "" "EFI 부팅 파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1370,7 +1372,7 @@ msgstr "" "않은 파티션이 디스크 맨 앞 부분에 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1382,7 +1384,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1432,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" "내하는 것 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1451,7 +1453,7 @@ msgstr "" "만들어 준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동으로 고칠 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1466,35 +1468,39 @@ msgstr "" "사용할 지에 대해 다룹니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "파티션도 없고 빈 공간도 없는 새 디스크라면, 새로운 파티션 테이블을 만들게 됩" "니다. (그래야 새 파티션을 만들 수 있습니다.) 그 다음에 <quote>빈 공간</quote>" "이라는 줄이 해당 디스크 이름 아래에 나타납니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "빈 공간을 선택하면, 새 파티션을 만들 지 물어봅니다. 크기, 종류 (주 파티션 아" "니면 논리 파티션), 위치에 (빈 공간에서 처음 아니면 끝) 대해 답해야 합니다. 그" @@ -1508,17 +1514,17 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택하고 <command>partman</command>의 주 화면으로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "파티션에서 뭔가 바꾸려고 한다면, 해당 파티션을 선택하십시오. 그러면 파티션 설" "정 메뉴가 나타납니다. 새 파티션을 만들 때와 같은 화면이기 때문에, 여기서도 마" @@ -1528,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" "지워 버릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1543,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" "기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1555,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1570,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, 아니면 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1583,13 +1589,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 요약이 나타나고 이대로 파일 시스템을 만들지 확인합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "멀티디스크 장치 설정하기 (소프트웨어 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1609,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr "" "다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1623,43 +1629,43 @@ msgstr "" "포맷하고 마운트 위치를 지정하고 따위를 할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1693,97 +1699,97 @@ msgstr "" "속도가 느립니다. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 요약하면:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "장치 최소 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "예비 장치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "디스크가 망가져도 버티는지?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "사용 가능 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>아니오</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x 장치 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "옵션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>예</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1791,17 +1797,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 빼기 1)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "소프트웨어 RAID의 모든 것을 알고 싶으시면, <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>를 읽어 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1816,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1833,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "" "피해갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1854,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택했냐에 따라 달라집니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1865,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 파티션을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1883,7 +1889,7 @@ msgstr "" "렸다고 해도, 개수가 맞을 때까지는 &d-i;가 다음으로 진행하지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1893,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1911,7 +1917,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1925,13 +1931,13 @@ msgstr "" "같은 속성을 부여할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "논리 볼륨 관리자 (LVM) 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1946,7 +1952,7 @@ msgstr "" "해야 했던 경험이 있을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1965,7 +1971,7 @@ msgstr "" "러 개의 물리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1984,7 +1990,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -1999,7 +2005,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>LVM의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2017,7 +2023,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있는 동작만 표시합니다. 가능한 동작은:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2027,43 +2033,43 @@ msgstr "" "의 크기 등을 표시합니다" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 지우기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 지우기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 늘이기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 줄이기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2073,7 +2079,7 @@ msgstr "" "갑니다" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2082,21 +2088,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴에서 이 옵션을 이용해 볼륨 그룹을 만들고 그 안에 논리 볼륨을 만드십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" -"이 메뉴를 이용해 <quote>LVM을 사용해 단계에 따른 파티션</quote>을 하기 전에 " -"현재 LVM 설정을 하드 디스크에서 지울 수 있습니다. 이미 볼륨 그룹이 정의되어 " -"있으면, LVM을 사용해 단계에 따른 파티션을 할 수 없지만, 볼륨 그룹을 지우면 처" -"음부터 다시 시작할 수 있습니다." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2108,13 +2100,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 됩니다.)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "암호화 볼륨 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2134,7 +2126,7 @@ msgstr "" "른 열쇠글을 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2159,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "" "가능합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2172,13 +2164,13 @@ msgstr "" "도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." @@ -2191,7 +2183,7 @@ msgstr "" "티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2207,7 +2199,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값을 사용하길 권합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2220,13 +2212,13 @@ msgstr "" "본값은 이미 보안을 염두에 두고 결정되어 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2250,13 +2242,13 @@ msgstr "" "으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "키 크기: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2269,13 +2261,13 @@ msgstr "" "다. 사용할 수 있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV 알고리즘: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2292,7 +2284,7 @@ msgstr "" "화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2306,25 +2298,25 @@ msgstr "" "만 사용하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>열쇠글</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "열쇠글" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2337,13 +2329,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">LUKS</ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "랜덤한 키" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2360,7 +2352,7 @@ msgstr "" "작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2378,13 +2370,13 @@ msgstr "" "된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "데이터 지우기: <userinput>예</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2404,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" "고 믿고 있습니다. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2415,13 +2407,13 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택하면, 메뉴가 다음 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2433,25 +2425,25 @@ msgstr "" "참고하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>키파일 (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "암호화키 파일 (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2464,19 +2456,19 @@ msgstr "" "바른 열쇠글을 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 열쇠글을 물어봅니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "위의 랜덤한 키에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "위의 데이터 지우기에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2489,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용한 볼륨만 설정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2506,7 +2498,7 @@ msgstr "" "릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2521,7 +2513,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있으면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2543,7 +2535,7 @@ msgstr "" "드 배치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2564,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2593,7 +2585,7 @@ msgstr "" "(기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2611,7 +2603,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2619,13 +2611,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "파티션 방법이 마음에 들면, 설치를 계속하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "시스템 준비 중" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2635,13 +2627,13 @@ msgstr "" "해 질문은 몇 가지 더 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "시간대 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2654,13 +2646,13 @@ msgstr "" "택합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "시계 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2673,7 +2665,7 @@ msgstr "" "있는 지를 알아 봅니다. 이 경우 이 질문을 하지 않을 수도 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2691,7 +2683,7 @@ msgstr "" "시간대를 선택하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2704,19 +2696,19 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "사용자 및 열쇠글 설정" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "root 열쇠글 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2730,7 +2722,7 @@ msgstr "" "은 시간 동안만 사용되어야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2745,7 +2737,7 @@ msgstr "" "용은 피하시길 바랍니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2757,13 +2749,13 @@ msgstr "" "알려주어서는 안됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "일반 사용자 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2776,7 +2768,7 @@ msgstr "" "인에서 root 계정을 사용하면 <emphasis>안됩니다</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2795,7 +2787,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 이에 대한 책을 한 권 정도 읽어 보세요." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2808,7 +2800,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 기본 값이 될 것 입니다. 마지막으로 이 계정에 대한 열쇠글을 입력하세요." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2818,13 +2810,13 @@ msgstr "" "명령을 사용하세요." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2837,21 +2829,15 @@ msgstr "" "모하는단계이기도 합니다. 컴퓨터가 느리거나 네트워크 연결이 느리다면 시간이 " "좀 걸릴 수 있습니다." -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" "베이스 설치 중에 꾸러미를 풀고 설정하면서 나오는 메세지는 <userinput>tty4</" "userinput>에서 표시합니다. 이 터미널은 <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 Alt</" @@ -2860,18 +2846,18 @@ msgstr "" "keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" "시리얼 콘솔을 통해서 설치하는 경우에는, 베이스 설치할 때 압축 풀고/설정하는 " "메세지는 <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> 파일에 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2884,18 +2870,18 @@ msgstr "" "여러가지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "추가적인 소프트웨어를 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" @@ -2906,29 +2892,30 @@ msgstr "" "다 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "apt 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" "사용자들이 주로 <classname>apt</classname> 꾸러미의 <command>apt-get</" "command>를 사용하여 시스템에 꾸러미를 설치합니다. <footnote> <para>참고로 꾸" @@ -2943,7 +2930,7 @@ msgstr "" "상태 확인 등의 기능을 사용자 인터페이스에 내장하고 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2959,13 +2946,13 @@ msgstr "" "정이끝난 후 이 파일의 내용을 살펴보고 수정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "소프트웨어를 선택하고 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2982,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3015,7 +3002,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3027,7 +3014,7 @@ msgstr "" "시점에서 태스크를 하나도 선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3036,7 +3023,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3050,7 +3037,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3062,7 +3049,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3073,7 +3060,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command>는 선택된 꾸러미를 설치할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3083,7 +3070,7 @@ msgstr "" "택하고 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3096,13 +3083,13 @@ msgstr "" "자에게서 필요한 정보가 있을 경우 도중에 사용자에게 질문하기도 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "메일 배달 에이전트(Mail Transport Agent) 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3118,7 +3105,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3132,7 +3119,7 @@ msgstr "" "몇 시스템 유틸리티들은 당신에게 중요한 공지를 이메일을 통해 보낼 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3142,13 +3129,13 @@ msgstr "" "다. 가장 당신의 환경과 유사한 것을 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "인터넷 사이트" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3161,13 +3148,13 @@ msgstr "" "등 기본적인 질문을 물어볼 것입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "스마트호스트에 의한 메일 보내기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3185,13 +3172,13 @@ msgstr "" "게 적합합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "로컬 배달" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3208,13 +3195,13 @@ msgstr "" "에 새로운 사용자에게도 편리합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "지금 설정 안함" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3228,7 +3215,7 @@ msgstr "" "오는 중요한 메시지들을 놓칠 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3243,18 +3230,18 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>에서 찾을 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" "디스크 없는 워크스테이션에 설치하는 경우에는, 로컬 디스크에서 부팅하는 건 물" @@ -3262,29 +3249,14 @@ msgstr "" "네트워크를 통해 부팅하도록 OpenBoot를 설정할 수도 있습니다. <xref linkend=" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"한 컴퓨터에서 여러 개의 운영 체제를 부팅하는 건 아직까지도 매우 복잡한 기술입" -"니다. 이 문서에서는 모든 부팅 관리자에 대해 다루려고 하지도 않습니다. 부팅 관" -"리자는 아키텍처마다 다르고 서브 아키텍처마다도 다릅니다. 자세한 정보는 부팅 " -"관리자의 문서를 참고하십시오." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "다른 운영 체제 찾기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3299,7 +3271,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있도록 설정할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3314,16 +3286,16 @@ msgstr "" "세한 사항을 찾아보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>aboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3341,13 +3313,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 설치하지 말고 플로피로 GNU/리눅스를 부팅해야 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3363,19 +3335,19 @@ msgstr "" "문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3387,7 +3359,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3399,7 +3371,7 @@ msgstr "" "한 정보를 보려면 GRUB 매뉴얼을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3409,13 +3381,13 @@ msgstr "" "음에, 쓰고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3431,7 +3403,7 @@ msgstr "" "mini-HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3444,23 +3416,23 @@ msgstr "" "뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "" "&d-i;에서는 <command>LILO</command>를 설치할 위치로 세 가지중의 하나를 선택합" "니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3469,13 +3441,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 방법으로 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 책임지게 됩니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "새 데비안 파티션" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3486,13 +3458,13 @@ msgstr "" "새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치되어 보조 부트로더로서 동작합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3510,7 +3482,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 및 <filename>/dev/discs</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3527,14 +3499,14 @@ msgstr "" "하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " "on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " @@ -3544,9 +3516,9 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" "&architecture; 부트로더는 <quote>elilo</quote>라고 합니다. x86 아키텍처용 부" "트로더인 <quote>LILO</quote>를 모델로 만들어졌고 비슷한 설정 파일을 사용합니" @@ -3560,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 일을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3576,20 +3548,20 @@ msgstr "" "은 디스크의 파티션입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" "파티션을 고르는 기준은 <emphasis>부팅</emphasis> 플래그가 있는 FAT 포맷된 파" @@ -3599,13 +3571,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 동안 해당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3634,13 +3606,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 파일 시스템에는 다른 파일이 들어갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3652,13 +3624,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 파일이름을 바꾼 것입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3672,13 +3644,13 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3692,13 +3664,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3710,13 +3682,13 @@ msgstr "" "어진다는 사실을 알리는 내용이 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3730,13 +3702,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3778,13 +3750,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3794,13 +3766,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3808,13 +3780,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3822,13 +3794,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3838,13 +3810,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3872,13 +3844,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3888,20 +3860,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>입니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command>를 설치한 하드 디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3909,13 +3881,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3925,7 +3897,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3935,19 +3907,19 @@ msgstr "" "본 설정으로 부팅하는 경우, 다음을 사용하면 충분합니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3966,13 +3938,13 @@ msgstr "" "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>Quik</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3986,13 +3958,13 @@ msgstr "" "환품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4008,13 +3980,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4044,13 +4016,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4067,7 +4039,7 @@ msgstr "" "지하면서 기존 운영체제에서 GNU/리눅스를 부팅하는 경우에 사용합니다.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4088,13 +4060,13 @@ msgstr "" "시스템의 디스크 및 파티션도 알아야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "설치 마치기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4104,13 +4076,13 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i;를 정리하는 작업들입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "설치 마치기 및 다시 시작하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4123,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr "" "작업을 다 마친 다음에, 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4137,13 +4109,13 @@ msgstr "" "팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4154,13 +4126,13 @@ msgstr "" "하지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "설치 로그 저장" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4171,7 +4143,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4186,42 +4158,46 @@ msgstr "" "로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." -msgstr "" -"메뉴에 <guimenuitem>쉘 실행</guimenuitem> 항목이 있습니다. 쉘을 사용해야 하는" -"데 메뉴가 없으면, <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></" -"keycombo>를 눌러 (Mac 키보드에서는 <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> " -"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>) 두 번째 <emphasis>가상 터미널</emphasis>로 전" -"환합니다. <keycap>스페이스바</keycap> 왼쪽에 있는 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 키와 " -"<keycap>F2</keycap> 펑션 키를 동시에 누르는 걸 말합니다. 이 가상 터미널은 완" -"전히 별도의 창으로 <command>ash</command>이라고 하는 본쉘 호환 쉘이 동작합니" -"다." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" "이 시점에서는 램디스크에서 부팅했기때문에, 제한적인 유닉스 유틸리티만 사용할 " @@ -4234,29 +4210,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" -"어떤 작업을 수행할 때 메뉴로 할 수 있으면 메뉴로 하십시오. 쉘과 명령어들은 무" -"언가 잘못되었을 경우를 대비한 것 뿐입니다. 특히 스왑 파티션을 활성화할 때는 " -"쉘이 아니라 꼭 메뉴를 사용해야 합니다. 쉘에서 스왑 파티션을 활성화해도 메뉴 " -"소프트웨어에서는 알지 못하기 때문입니다. <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 Alt</keycap> " -"<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>을 누르면 메뉴로 돌아가고, 메뉴에서 쉘을 실행" -"한 경우에는 <command>exit</command> 명령을 실행하면 메뉴로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4273,7 +4258,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4294,7 +4279,7 @@ msgstr "" "목이 새로 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4304,7 +4289,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4324,7 +4309,7 @@ msgstr "" "치할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4335,7 +4320,7 @@ msgstr "" "주 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 주 메뉴에서 다른 구성 요소를 선택하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4365,7 +4350,7 @@ msgstr "" "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4382,7 +4367,7 @@ msgstr "" "당 줄을 지우고 다시 연결하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4401,7 +4386,7 @@ msgstr "" "야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4416,7 +4401,7 @@ msgstr "" "발생할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4426,6 +4411,77 @@ msgstr "" "를 바꾸지 말아야 합니다." #~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "적은 메모리에서 설치할 때는, 모든 구성 요소를 사용할 수 없습니다. 그 부족" +#~ "한 점 중의 하나는 설치에 사용할 언어를 마음대로 선택할 수 없다는 점입니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from " +#~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</" +#~ "quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already " +#~ "are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "이 메뉴를 이용해 <quote>LVM을 사용해 단계에 따른 파티션</quote>을 하기 전" +#~ "에 현재 LVM 설정을 하드 디스크에서 지울 수 있습니다. 이미 볼륨 그룹이 정의" +#~ "되어 있으면, LVM을 사용해 단계에 따른 파티션을 할 수 없지만, 볼륨 그룹을 " +#~ "지우면 처음부터 다시 시작할 수 있습니다." + +#~ msgid "Base System Installation" +#~ msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +#~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +#~ "the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +#~ "subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for " +#~ "more information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "한 컴퓨터에서 여러 개의 운영 체제를 부팅하는 건 아직까지도 매우 복잡한 기" +#~ "술입니다. 이 문서에서는 모든 부팅 관리자에 대해 다루려고 하지도 않습니다. " +#~ "부팅 관리자는 아키텍처마다 다르고 서브 아키텍처마다도 다릅니다. 자세한 정" +#~ "보는 부팅 관리자의 문서를 참고하십시오." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " +#~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a " +#~ "Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. " +#~ "That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the " +#~ "<keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at " +#~ "the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone " +#~ "called <command>ash</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "메뉴에 <guimenuitem>쉘 실행</guimenuitem> 항목이 있습니다. 쉘을 사용해야 " +#~ "하는데 메뉴가 없으면, <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +#~ "keycap></keycombo>를 눌러 (Mac 키보드에서는 <keycombo><keycap>Option</" +#~ "keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>) 두 번째 <emphasis>가상 터미널</" +#~ "emphasis>로 전환합니다. <keycap>스페이스바</keycap> 왼쪽에 있는 " +#~ "<keycap>Alt</keycap> 키와 <keycap>F2</keycap> 펑션 키를 동시에 누르는 걸 " +#~ "말합니다. 이 가상 터미널은 완전히 별도의 창으로 <command>ash</command>이라" +#~ "고 하는 본쉘 호환 쉘이 동작합니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " +#~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " +#~ "particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate " +#~ "your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've " +#~ "done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type " +#~ "<command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "어떤 작업을 수행할 때 메뉴로 할 수 있으면 메뉴로 하십시오. 쉘과 명령어들" +#~ "은 무언가 잘못되었을 경우를 대비한 것 뿐입니다. 특히 스왑 파티션을 활성화" +#~ "할 때는 쉘이 아니라 꼭 메뉴를 사용해야 합니다. 쉘에서 스왑 파티션을 활성화" +#~ "해도 메뉴 소프트웨어에서는 알지 못하기 때문입니다. <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 " +#~ "Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>을 누르면 메뉴로 돌아가고, 메뉴" +#~ "에서 쉘을 실행한 경우에는 <command>exit</command> 명령을 실행하면 메뉴로 " +#~ "돌아갑니다." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " #~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " #~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " diff --git a/po/ml/administrivia.po b/po/ml/administrivia.po index 2674eb4a7..871b0ccfa 100644 --- a/po/ml/administrivia.po +++ b/po/ml/administrivia.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-25 21:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-04 17:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -29,25 +29,44 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:11 #, no-c-format -msgid "This manual was created for Sarge's debian-installer, based on the Woody installation manual for boot-floppies, which was based on earlier Debian installation manuals, and on the Progeny distribution manual which was released under GPL in 2003." +msgid "" +"This manual was created for Sarge's debian-installer, based on the Woody " +"installation manual for boot-floppies, which was based on earlier Debian " +"installation manuals, and on the Progeny distribution manual which was " +"released under GPL in 2003." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:18 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document is written in DocBook XML. Output formats are generated by various programs using information from the <classname>docbook-xml</classname> and <classname>docbook-xsl</classname> packages." +msgid "" +"This document is written in DocBook XML. Output formats are generated by " +"various programs using information from the <classname>docbook-xml</" +"classname> and <classname>docbook-xsl</classname> packages." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to increase the maintainability of this document, we use a number of XML features, such as entities and profiling attributes. These play a role akin to variables and conditionals in programming languages. The XML source to this document contains information for each different architecture — profiling attributes are used to isolate certain bits of text as architecture-specific." +msgid "" +"In order to increase the maintainability of this document, we use a number " +"of XML features, such as entities and profiling attributes. These play a " +"role akin to variables and conditionals in programming languages. The XML " +"source to this document contains information for each different architecture " +"— profiling attributes are used to isolate certain bits of text as " +"architecture-specific." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:34 #, no-c-format -msgid "Translators can use this paragraph to acknowledge the people responsible for the translation of the manual. Translation teams are advised to just mention the coordinator and maybe major contributors and thank everybody else in a phrase like \"all translators and reviewers from the translation team for {your language} at {your l10n mailinglist}\". See build/lang-options/README on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"about-langteam\"." +msgid "" +"Translators can use this paragraph to acknowledge the people responsible for " +"the translation of the manual. Translation teams are advised to just mention " +"the coordinator and maybe major contributors and thank everybody else in a " +"phrase like \"all translators and reviewers from the translation team for " +"{your language} at {your l10n mailinglist}\". See build/lang-options/README " +"on how to enable this paragraph. Its condition is \"about-langteam\"." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -59,19 +78,46 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems or suggestions regarding this document, you should probably submit them as a bug report against the package <classname>debian-installer-manual</classname>. See the <classname>reportbug</classname> package or read the online documentation of the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Debian Bug Tracking System</ulink>. It would be nice if you could check the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;debian-installer-manual\">open bugs against debian-installer-manual</ulink> to see whether your problem has already been reported. If so, you can supply additional corroboration or helpful information to <email><replaceable>XXXX</replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</email>, where <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> is the number for the already-reported bug." +msgid "" +"If you have problems or suggestions regarding this document, you should " +"probably submit them as a bug report against the package " +"<classname>installation-guide</classname>. See the <classname>reportbug</" +"classname> package or read the online documentation of the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"bts;\">Debian Bug Tracking System</ulink>. It would be nice if you could " +"check the <ulink url=\"&url-bts;installation-guide\">open bugs against " +"installation-guide</ulink> to see whether your problem has already been " +"reported. If so, you can supply additional corroboration or helpful " +"information to <email><replaceable>XXXX</replaceable>@bugs.debian.org</" +"email>, where <replaceable>XXXX</replaceable> is the number for the already-" +"reported bug." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "Better yet, get a copy of the DocBook source for this document, and produce patches against it. The DocBook source can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-websvn;\">debian-installer WebSVN</ulink>. If you're not familiar with DocBook, don't worry: there is a simple cheatsheet in the manuals directory that will get you started. It's like html, but oriented towards the meaning of the text rather than the presentation. Patches submitted to the debian-boot mailing list (see below) are welcomed. For instructions on how to check out the sources via SVN, see <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> from the source root directory." +msgid "" +"Better yet, get a copy of the DocBook source for this document, and produce " +"patches against it. The DocBook source can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"d-i-websvn;\">debian-installer WebSVN</ulink>. If you're not familiar with " +"DocBook, don't worry: there is a simple cheatsheet in the manuals directory " +"that will get you started. It's like html, but oriented towards the meaning " +"of the text rather than the presentation. Patches submitted to the debian-" +"boot mailing list (see below) are welcomed. For instructions on how to check " +"out the sources via SVN, see <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-readme;\">README</ulink> " +"from the source root directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:82 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please do <emphasis>not</emphasis> contact the authors of this document directly. There is also a discussion list for &d-i;, which includes discussions of this manual. The mailing list is <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email>. Instructions for subscribing to this list can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debian Mailing List Subscription</ulink> page; or you can browse the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-list-archives;\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> online." +msgid "" +"Please do <emphasis>not</emphasis> contact the authors of this document " +"directly. There is also a discussion list for &d-i;, which includes " +"discussions of this manual. The mailing list is <email>debian-boot@lists." +"debian.org</email>. Instructions for subscribing to this list can be found " +"at the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debian Mailing List " +"Subscription</ulink> page; or you can browse the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"list-archives;\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> online." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -83,25 +129,47 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:101 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document was originally written by Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, Igor Grobman, James Treacy, and Adam Di Carlo. Sebastian Ley wrote the Installation Howto. Many, many Debian users and developers contributed to this document. Particular note must be made of Michael Schmitz (m68k support), Frank Neumann (original author of the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-old-amiga-install;\">Amiga install manual</ulink>), Arto Astala, Eric Delaunay/Ben Collins (SPARC information), Tapio Lehtonen, and Stéphane Bortzmeyer for numerous edits and text. We have to thank Pascal Le Bail for useful information about booting from USB memory sticks. Miroslav Kuře has documented a lot of the new functionality in Sarge's debian-installer." +msgid "" +"This document was originally written by Bruce Perens, Sven Rudolph, Igor " +"Grobman, James Treacy, and Adam Di Carlo. Sebastian Ley wrote the " +"Installation Howto. Many, many Debian users and developers contributed to " +"this document. Particular note must be made of Michael Schmitz (m68k " +"support), Frank Neumann (original author of the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-old-" +"amiga-install;\">Amiga install manual</ulink>), Arto Astala, Eric Delaunay/" +"Ben Collins (SPARC information), Tapio Lehtonen, and Stéphane Bortzmeyer for " +"numerous edits and text. We have to thank Pascal Le Bail for useful " +"information about booting from USB memory sticks. Miroslav Kuře has " +"documented a lot of the new functionality in Sarge's debian-installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:116 #, no-c-format -msgid "Extremely helpful text and information was found in Jim Mintha's HOWTO for network booting (no URL available), the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha FAQ</ulink>, amongst others. The maintainers of these freely available and rich sources of information must be recognized." +msgid "" +"Extremely helpful text and information was found in Jim Mintha's HOWTO for " +"network booting (no URL available), the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" +"\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</" +"ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors " +"FAQ</ulink>, the <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-faq;\">Linux/Alpha FAQ</ulink>, " +"amongst others. The maintainers of these freely available and rich sources " +"of information must be recognized." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "The section on chrooted installations in this manual (<xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>) was derived in part from documents copyright Karsten M. Self." +msgid "" +"The section on chrooted installations in this manual (<xref linkend=\"linux-" +"upgrade\"/>) was derived in part from documents copyright Karsten M. Self." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: administrivia.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "The section on installations over plip in this manual (<xref linkend=\"plip\"/>) was based on the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> by Gilles Lamiral." +msgid "" +"The section on installations over plip in this manual (<xref linkend=\"plip" +"\"/>) was based on the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-" +"HOWTO</ulink> by Gilles Lamiral." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -115,4 +183,3 @@ msgstr "" #, no-c-format msgid "All trademarks are property of their respective trademark owners." msgstr "" - diff --git a/po/ml/boot-installer.po b/po/ml/boot-installer.po index 67f53a68e..725be0d46 100644 --- a/po/ml/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/ml/boot-installer.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-29 17:16+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-26 01:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -35,55 +35,95 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" +msgid "" +"Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system " +"is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used " +"on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:31 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX, and Linux operating systems." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem " +"specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 " +"UNIX, and Linux operating systems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating environment for Windows NT." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the " +"Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating " +"environment for Windows NT." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:47 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." +msgid "" +"From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and " +"ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning " +"scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:54 #, no-c-format -msgid "ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by <command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing Linux." +msgid "" +"ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by " +"<command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition " +"tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. " +"In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may " +"prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing " +"Linux." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:63 #, no-c-format -msgid "Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for SRM installations." +msgid "" +"Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> " +"Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem " +"Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </" +"para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the " +"BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for " +"SRM installations." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:76 #, no-c-format -msgid "GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; &release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both " +"console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based " +"systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if " +"you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device " +"requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able " +"to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; " +"&release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you " +"can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:87 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when possible." +msgid "" +"Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha " +"systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no " +"longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM " +"firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when " +"possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:95 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." +msgid "" +"The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console " +"combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). " +"The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry @@ -105,7 +145,11 @@ msgid "alcor" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:115 boot-installer.xml:118 boot-installer.xml:124 boot-installer.xml:130 boot-installer.xml:133 boot-installer.xml:136 boot-installer.xml:139 boot-installer.xml:145 boot-installer.xml:148 boot-installer.xml:151 boot-installer.xml:160 boot-installer.xml:169 boot-installer.xml:184 boot-installer.xml:187 +#: boot-installer.xml:115 boot-installer.xml:118 boot-installer.xml:124 +#: boot-installer.xml:130 boot-installer.xml:133 boot-installer.xml:136 +#: boot-installer.xml:139 boot-installer.xml:145 boot-installer.xml:148 +#: boot-installer.xml:151 boot-installer.xml:160 boot-installer.xml:169 +#: boot-installer.xml:184 boot-installer.xml:187 #, no-c-format msgid "ARC or SRM" msgstr "" @@ -123,7 +167,9 @@ msgid "book1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:121 boot-installer.xml:127 boot-installer.xml:142 boot-installer.xml:154 boot-installer.xml:163 boot-installer.xml:166 boot-installer.xml:172 boot-installer.xml:178 boot-installer.xml:181 +#: boot-installer.xml:121 boot-installer.xml:127 boot-installer.xml:142 +#: boot-installer.xml:154 boot-installer.xml:163 boot-installer.xml:166 +#: boot-installer.xml:172 boot-installer.xml:178 boot-installer.xml:181 #, no-c-format msgid "SRM only" msgstr "" @@ -287,58 +333,102 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:200 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, <command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance " +"of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, " +"<command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. " +"See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</" +"ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:209 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when Debian supports MILO-based installs again." +msgid "" +"The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included " +"here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when " +"Debian supports MILO-based installs again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:215 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance " +"of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux " +"loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in " +"memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is " +"the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</" +"command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed " +"for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC " +"support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) " +"<ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:231 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which " +"runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-" +"srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</" +"command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:238 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "SRM -> aboot\n" - "SRM -> MILO\n" - "ARC -> MILO\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." +"Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's " +"console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"SRM -> aboot\n" +"SRM -> MILO\n" +"ARC -> MILO\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available " +"for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), " +"and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix " +"license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you " +"use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, " +"unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:253 #, no-c-format -msgid "The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk (using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." +msgid "" +"The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products " +"contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</" +"quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to " +"switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once " +"SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk " +"(using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, " +"we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:264 #, no-c-format -msgid "As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." +msgid "" +"As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision " +"of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not " +"supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-" +"jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before " +"installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink " +"url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:999 boot-installer.xml:1490 boot-installer.xml:1985 boot-installer.xml:2067 boot-installer.xml:2156 boot-installer.xml:2500 boot-installer.xml:2596 +#: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:999 boot-installer.xml:1490 +#: boot-installer.xml:1985 boot-installer.xml:2067 boot-installer.xml:2156 +#: boot-installer.xml:2500 boot-installer.xml:2596 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting with TFTP" msgstr "" @@ -347,37 +437,54 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:284 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" - ">>> show dev\n" - "ewa0.0.0.9.0 EWA0 08-00-2B-86-98-65\n" - "ewb0.0.0.11.0 EWB0 08-00-2B-86-98-54\n" - "ewc0.0.0.2002.0 EWC0 00-06-2B-01-32-B0\n" - "</screen></informalexample> You first need to set the boot protocol: <informalexample><screen>\n" - ">>> set ewa0_protocols bootp\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Then check the medium type is correct: <informalexample><screen>\n" - ">>> set ewa0_mode <replaceable>mode</replaceable>\n" - "</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with <userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." +"In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> " +"prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</" +"userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> show dev\n" +"ewa0.0.0.9.0 EWA0 08-00-2B-86-98-65\n" +"ewb0.0.0.11.0 EWB0 08-00-2B-86-98-54\n" +"ewc0.0.0.2002.0 EWC0 00-06-2B-01-32-B0\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You first need to set the boot protocol: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> set ewa0_protocols bootp\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Then check the medium type is correct: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> set ewa0_mode <replaceable>mode</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with " +"<userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:302 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: <informalexample><screen>\n" - ">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" - "</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel parameters as included in the netboot image." +"Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" +"</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel " +"parameters as included in the netboot image." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:311 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the <userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" +msgid "" +"If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the " +"<userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done " +"using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</" +"userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their " +"corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying " +"additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that " +"are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</" +"userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 console=ttyS0"" +msgid "" +">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 " +"console=ttyS0"" msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -390,9 +497,10 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Type <informalexample><screen>\n" - ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" - "</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-ROM drive in SRM notation." +"Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-" +"ROM drive in SRM notation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -404,7 +512,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:342 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." +msgid "" +"To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name " +"(see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload." +"exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo" +"\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</" +"replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS " +"Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>" +"\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -417,26 +532,41 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:359 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" - ">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" - "</screen></informalexample> possibly replacing <filename>dva0</filename> with the actual device name. Usually, <filename>dva0</filename> is the floppy; type <informalexample><screen>\n" - ">>> show dev\n" - "</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel boot." +"At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following " +"command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" +"</screen></informalexample> possibly replacing <filename>dva0</filename> " +"with the actual device name. Usually, <filename>dva0</filename> is the " +"floppy; type <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> show dev\n" +"</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to " +"boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</" +"command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</" +"command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel " +"boot." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" - ">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" - "</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." +"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</" +"command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 " +"load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" +"</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, " +"the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux " +"boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel " +"parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:388 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See <xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</" +"command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See " +"<xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -448,7 +578,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:400 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the newly created entry." +msgid "" +"In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot " +"loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the " +"newly created entry." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -460,16 +593,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:410 #, no-c-format -msgid "MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press space during MILO countdown." +msgid "" +"MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to " +"Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press " +"space during MILO countdown." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:416 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply additional parameters), you can use a command like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "MILO> boot fd0:linux.bin.gz root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 <!-- arguments -->\n" - "</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> command would give you a brief MILO command reference." +"If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply " +"additional parameters), you can use a command like this: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"MILO> boot fd0:linux.bin.gz root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 <!-- arguments -->\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a " +"floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the " +"appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> " +"command would give you a brief MILO command reference." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -479,21 +620,30 @@ msgid "Booting from TFTP" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:1005 boot-installer.xml:1508 boot-installer.xml:1991 boot-installer.xml:2506 boot-installer.xml:2602 +#: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:1005 boot-installer.xml:1508 +#: boot-installer.xml:1991 boot-installer.xml:2506 boot-installer.xml:2602 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." +msgid "" +"Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a " +"TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:1010 boot-installer.xml:1513 boot-installer.xml:1996 boot-installer.xml:2511 boot-installer.xml:2607 +#: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:1010 boot-installer.xml:1513 +#: boot-installer.xml:1996 boot-installer.xml:2511 boot-installer.xml:2607 #, no-c-format -msgid "Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server instead of a BOOTP server." +msgid "" +"Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server " +"instead of a BOOTP server." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:1015 boot-installer.xml:1518 boot-installer.xml:2001 boot-installer.xml:2516 boot-installer.xml:2612 +#: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:1015 boot-installer.xml:1518 +#: boot-installer.xml:2001 boot-installer.xml:2516 boot-installer.xml:2612 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref " +"linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -505,40 +655,66 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:460 #, no-c-format -msgid "Netwinders have two network interfaces: A 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card (which is generally referred to as <literal>eth0</literal>) and a 100Mbps Tulip card. There may be problems loading the image via TFTP using the 100Mbps card so it is recommended that you use the 10Mbps interface (the one labeled with <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." +msgid "" +"Netwinders have two network interfaces: A 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card " +"(which is generally referred to as <literal>eth0</literal>) and a 100Mbps " +"Tulip card. There may be problems loading the image via TFTP using the " +"100Mbps card so it is recommended that you use the 10Mbps interface (the one " +"labeled with <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system, and version 2.3.3 is recommended. Unfortunately, firmware files are currently not available for download because of license issues. If this situation changes, you may find new images at <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system, and version " +"2.3.3 is recommended. Unfortunately, firmware files are currently not " +"available for download because of license issues. If this situation changes, " +"you may find new images at <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "When you boot your Netwinder you have to interrupt the boot process during the countdown. This allows you to set a number of firmware settings needed in order to boot the installer. First of all, start by loading the default settings: <informalexample><screen>\n" - " NeTTrom command-> load-defaults\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Furthermore, you must configure the network, either with a static address: <informalexample><screen>\n" - " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 flash\n" - " NeTTrom command-> setenv eth0_ip 192.168.0.10/24\n" - "</screen></informalexample> where 24 is the number of set bits in the netmask, or a dynamic address: <informalexample><screen>\n" - " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 dhcp\n" - "</screen></informalexample> You may also need to configure the <userinput>route1</userinput> settings if the TFTP server is not on the local subnet. Following these settings, you have to specify the TFTP server and the location of the image. You can then store your settings to flash. <informalexample><screen>\n" - " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpserver 192.168.0.1\n" - " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpfile boot.img\n" - " NeTTrom command-> save-all\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Now you have to tell the firmware that the TFTP image should be booted: <informalexample><screen>\n" - " NeTTrom command-> setenv kernconfig tftp\n" - " NeTTrom command-> setenv rootdev /dev/ram\n" - "</screen></informalexample> If you use a serial console to install your Netwinder, you need to add the following setting: <informalexample><screen>\n" - " NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram console=ttyS0,115200\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Alternatively, for installations using a keyboard and monitor you have to set: <informalexample><screen>\n" - " NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram\n" - "</screen></informalexample> You can use the <command>printenv</command> command to review your environment settings. After you have verified that the settings are correct, you can load the image: <informalexample><screen>\n" - " NeTTrom command-> boot\n" - "</screen></informalexample> In case you run into any problems, a <ulink url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detailed HOWTO</ulink> is available." +"When you boot your Netwinder you have to interrupt the boot process during " +"the countdown. This allows you to set a number of firmware settings needed " +"in order to boot the installer. First of all, start by loading the default " +"settings: <informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> load-defaults\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Furthermore, you must configure the network, " +"either with a static address: <informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 flash\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv eth0_ip 192.168.0.10/24\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where 24 is the number of set bits in the " +"netmask, or a dynamic address: <informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 dhcp\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You may also need to configure the " +"<userinput>route1</userinput> settings if the TFTP server is not on the " +"local subnet. Following these settings, you have to specify the TFTP server " +"and the location of the image. You can then store your settings to flash. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpserver 192.168.0.1\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpfile boot.img\n" +" NeTTrom command-> save-all\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Now you have to tell the firmware that the TFTP " +"image should be booted: <informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv kernconfig tftp\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv rootdev /dev/ram\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you use a serial console to install your " +"Netwinder, you need to add the following setting: <informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram " +"console=ttyS0,115200\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Alternatively, for installations using a " +"keyboard and monitor you have to set: <informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You can use the <command>printenv</command> " +"command to review your environment settings. After you have verified that " +"the settings are correct, you can load the image: <informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> boot\n" +"</screen></informalexample> In case you run into any problems, a <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detailed HOWTO</" +"ulink> is available." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -550,7 +726,9 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:530 #, no-c-format -msgid "On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone prompt." +msgid "" +"On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone " +"prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -560,33 +738,55 @@ msgid "Booting from CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:716 boot-installer.xml:1127 boot-installer.xml:1948 boot-installer.xml:2288 boot-installer.xml:2642 +#: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:716 boot-installer.xml:1127 +#: boot-installer.xml:1948 boot-installer.xml:2288 boot-installer.xml:2642 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, great! Simply <phrase arch=\"x86\"> configure your system for booting off a CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." +msgid "" +"The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you " +"have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, " +"great! Simply <phrase arch=\"x86\"> configure your system for booting off a " +"CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert " +"your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:727 boot-installer.xml:1138 boot-installer.xml:1959 boot-installer.xml:2299 boot-installer.xml:2653 +#: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:727 boot-installer.xml:1138 +#: boot-installer.xml:1959 boot-installer.xml:2299 boot-installer.xml:2653 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for you." +msgid "" +"Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be " +"inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard " +"way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter " +"and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for " +"you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:735 boot-installer.xml:1146 boot-installer.xml:1967 boot-installer.xml:2307 boot-installer.xml:2661 +#: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:735 boot-installer.xml:1146 +#: boot-installer.xml:1967 boot-installer.xml:2307 boot-installer.xml:2661 #, no-c-format -msgid "Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation system at the CD-ROM drive." +msgid "" +"Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian " +"system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a " +"different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating " +"system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation " +"system at the CD-ROM drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:743 boot-installer.xml:1154 boot-installer.xml:1975 boot-installer.xml:2315 boot-installer.xml:2669 +#: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:743 boot-installer.xml:1154 +#: boot-installer.xml:1975 boot-installer.xml:2315 boot-installer.xml:2669 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:580 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command <command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" +msgid "" +"To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command " +"<command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -598,13 +798,20 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:595 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will automatically start when you reboot your machines." +msgid "" +"There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a " +"flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will " +"automatically start when you reboot your machines." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:601 #, no-c-format -msgid "In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and follow the steps precisely." +msgid "" +"In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your " +"warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there " +"are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and " +"follow the steps precisely." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -628,7 +835,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:620 #, no-c-format -msgid "Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will then boot straight into the installer." +msgid "" +"Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</" +"literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have " +"previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> " +"button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will " +"then boot straight into the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -641,9 +853,29 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the installer won't be able to find it." +"You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to " +"upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. " +"First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the " +"small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/" +"status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately " +"release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 " +"ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay " +"before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></" +"listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/" +"wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have " +"problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the " +"new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of " +"your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the " +"whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically " +"reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the " +"installer won't be able to find it." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -655,11 +887,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:694 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware via the network." +msgid "" +"There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/" +"all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware " +"via the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:710 boot-installer.xml:1121 boot-installer.xml:1936 boot-installer.xml:2282 boot-installer.xml:2636 +#: boot-installer.xml:710 boot-installer.xml:1121 boot-installer.xml:1936 +#: boot-installer.xml:2282 boot-installer.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a CD-ROM" msgstr "" @@ -667,65 +903,97 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:848 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:851 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the " +"needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:856 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding kernel <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/linux</filename>. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot the installer, although you should do so with care." +msgid "" +"If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download " +"everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/" +"debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding kernel " +"<filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/linux</filename>. This will allow " +"you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot the installer, although " +"you should do so with care." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:866 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive (make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, without needing the network." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive " +"unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd." +"gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive " +"(make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The " +"installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, " +"without needing the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:875 #, no-c-format -msgid "For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" +msgid "" +"For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things " +"in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to " +"load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use " +"a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is " +"a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "image=/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz\n" - " label=newinstall\n" - " initrd=/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" - " root=/dev/ram0\n" - " append=\"ramdisk_size=12000\"" +"image=/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz\n" +" label=newinstall\n" +" initrd=/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" +" root=/dev/ram0\n" +" append=\"ramdisk_size=12000\"" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:896 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and reboot." +msgid "" +"For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</" +"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and " +"reboot." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your <filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "title New Install\n" - "kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" - "initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" - "</screen></informalexample> and reboot." +"The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your " +"<filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " +"directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"title New Install\n" +"kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" +"initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" +"</screen></informalexample> and reboot." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:916 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." +msgid "" +"Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to " +"be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be " +"no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -737,11 +1005,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:928 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" +"select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB " +"stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system " +"should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> " +"prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:941 boot-installer.xml:2048 boot-installer.xml:2542 boot-installer.xml:2690 +#: boot-installer.xml:941 boot-installer.xml:2048 boot-installer.xml:2542 +#: boot-installer.xml:2690 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Floppies" msgstr "" @@ -749,43 +1023,70 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:942 boot-installer.xml:2550 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." +msgid "" +"You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created " +"floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:949 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." +msgid "" +"To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy " +"drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:955 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt." +msgid "" +"For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, " +"you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done " +"with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that " +"the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive " +"is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter " +"<userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:965 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." +msgid "" +"Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the " +"machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are " +"installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you " +"don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:974 #, no-c-format -msgid "The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." +msgid "" +"The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that " +"introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:980 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." +msgid "" +"Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message " +"<computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by " +"<computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a " +"screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More " +"information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref " +"linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:989 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically launched." +msgid "" +"After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the " +"root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. " +"The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically " +"launched." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -803,7 +1104,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1030 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS to boot from the network." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE " +"boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> " +"re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS " +"to boot from the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -815,13 +1120,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1042 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot functionality." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot " +"functionality." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1047 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. Please refer to this document." +msgid "" +"Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. " +"Please refer to this document." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -833,7 +1142,9 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1056 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> " +"provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -846,21 +1157,45 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:1066 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "Press F1 for help, or ENTER to boot:\n" - "</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press &enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." +"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical " +"screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Press F1 for help, or ENTER to boot:\n" +"</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press " +"&enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific " +"boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1078 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." +msgid "" +"Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be " +"useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</" +"keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type " +"the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space " +"before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1087 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing the system via a remote management device that provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in the help text." +msgid "" +"If you are installing the system via a remote management device that " +"provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the " +"initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not " +"see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of " +"Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's " +"<quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press " +"F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape " +"sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> " +"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</" +"keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. " +"Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes " +"will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from " +"using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want " +"to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in " +"the help text." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -872,31 +1207,72 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1164 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The <emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of packages without needing access to the network." +msgid "" +"There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The " +"<emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will " +"fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in " +"order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. " +"The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a " +"base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in " +"order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . " +"The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of " +"packages without needing access to the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1180 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more conventional systems." +msgid "" +"The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware " +"Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows " +"little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot " +"Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted " +"disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a " +"system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a " +"full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This " +"means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk " +"partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more " +"conventional systems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1196 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the <command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the " +"<command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's " +"kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also " +"contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system " +"reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1205 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." +msgid "" +"Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and " +"starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the " +"installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. " +"Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering " +"the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the " +"partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the " +"system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI " +"partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1217 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second option." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware " +"initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an " +"option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been " +"loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. " +"There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option " +"Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. " +"Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not " +"available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second " +"option." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -908,7 +1284,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1237 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the shell prompt." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first " +"menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a " +"countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the " +"systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in " +"order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, " +"you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the " +"shell prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -920,37 +1303,62 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1256 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system initialization." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system " +"initialization." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1262 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow " +"keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1268 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice that the device and controller information should be the same." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys " +"and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices " +"probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the " +"label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media " +"Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice " +"that the device and controller information should be the same." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1279 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." +msgid "" +"You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select " +"your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you " +"choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately " +"start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable " +"portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1290 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." +msgid "" +"You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like " +"Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this " +"line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start " +"the boot load sequence." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1302 #, no-c-format -msgid "These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." +msgid "" +"These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for " +"you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot " +"kernel and options." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -962,43 +1370,73 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1313 #, no-c-format -msgid "If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called <command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with the following steps:" +msgid "" +"If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when " +"the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called " +"<command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with " +"the following steps:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1324 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system initialization." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system " +"initialization." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1330 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable devices and display them to the console before displaying its command prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." +msgid "" +"Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and " +"press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable " +"devices and display them to the console before displaying its command " +"prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device " +"name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other " +"recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the " +"shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1344 #, no-c-format -msgid "Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>." +msgid "" +"Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most " +"likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with " +"bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable></filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1351 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press <command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now display the partition number as its prompt." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press " +"<command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now " +"display the partition number as its prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1358 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will " +"start the boot load sequence." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1365 #, no-c-format -msgid "As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." +msgid "" +"As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will " +"display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can " +"also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</" +"command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel " +"and options." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1010,31 +1448,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1381 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the ttyS0 device are preconfigured." +msgid "" +"You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a " +"serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option " +"containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, " +"choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud " +"serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your " +"serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the " +"ttyS0 device are preconfigured." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1392 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI shell." +msgid "" +"In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate " +"as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting " +"is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI " +"shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1399 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." +msgid "" +"If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device " +"or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for " +"one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console " +"over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into " +"the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1410 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." +msgid "" +"Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This " +"setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a " +"significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing " +"the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text " +"Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for " +"instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1419 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the installation." +msgid "" +"If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel " +"and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as " +"soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1046,49 +1510,85 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1430 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen explains the common command line options." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with " +"a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from " +"the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. " +"There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the " +"appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen " +"explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen " +"explains the common command line options." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1442 #, no-c-format -msgid "Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will select and start the install:" +msgid "" +"Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description " +"of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You " +"should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional " +"parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text " +"window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will " +"be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you " +"encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those " +"same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will " +"select and start the install:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1460 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your needs with the arrow keys." +msgid "" +"Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your " +"needs with the arrow keys." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1465 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such as serial console settings) are specified." +msgid "" +"Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be " +"displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such " +"as serial console settings) are specified." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1472 #, no-c-format -msgid "Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first screen of the Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The " +"kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first " +"screen of the Debian Installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1481 +#: boot-installer.xml:1481 boot-installer.xml:1617 #, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." +msgid "" +"Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " +"up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1492 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." +msgid "" +"Booting an IA-64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only " +"difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager " +"can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the " +"installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed " +"thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages " +"of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1526 #, no-c-format -msgid "Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver <command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." +msgid "" +"Network booting an IA-64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. " +"On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver " +"<command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in " +"the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1101,37 +1601,52 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "host mcmuffin {\n" - " hardware ethernet 00:30:6e:1e:0e:83;\n" - " fixed-address 10.0.0.21;\n" - " filename \"debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi\";\n" - "}\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</command> running on the client." +"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an IA-64 system looks something " +"like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"host mcmuffin {\n" +" hardware ethernet 00:30:6e:1e:0e:83;\n" +" fixed-address 10.0.0.21;\n" +" filename \"debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi\";\n" +"}\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</" +"command> running on the client." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1548 #, no-c-format -msgid "Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include <filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." +msgid "" +"Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used " +"as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include " +"<filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This " +"will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree " +"containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "# cd /var/lib/tftp\n" - "# tar xvfz /home/user/netboot.tar.gz\n" - "./\n" - "./debian-installer/\n" - "./debian-installer/ia64/\n" - "[...]" +"# cd /var/lib/tftp\n" +"# tar xvfz /home/user/netboot.tar.gz\n" +"./\n" +"./debian-installer/\n" +"./debian-installer/ia64/\n" +"[...]" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1558 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the <classname>elilo</classname> package for details." +msgid "" +"The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</" +"filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you " +"need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-" +"installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different " +"config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP " +"address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of " +"<filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the " +"<classname>elilo</classname> package for details." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1143,19 +1658,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1576 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." +msgid "" +"To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and " +"entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You " +"should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi" +"()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose " +"the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be " +"booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</" +"userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options " +"menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option " +"you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to " +"a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1608 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will start the Debian Installer." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1617 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and " +"processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds " +"with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and " +"when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will " +"start the Debian Installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1167,25 +1693,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1632 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses tmpfs." +msgid "" +"Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x " +"or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux " +"kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x " +"linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses " +"tmpfs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1640 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the &ramdisksize; kernel parameter." +msgid "" +"If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the " +"&ramdisksize; kernel parameter." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1645 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel parameters." +msgid "" +"Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel " +"parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1650 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's &arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " +"&arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1197,13 +1734,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1668 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not " +"bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1674 #, no-c-format -msgid "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " +"you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1215,13 +1757,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1684 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref " +"linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-" +"floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1691 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " +"you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1233,7 +1780,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1701 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." +msgid "" +"The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=" +"\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/" +">), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1245,13 +1795,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1712 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not " +"bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1719 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as <userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system will run faster if you do not specify it." +msgid "" +"If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include " +"the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two " +"such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</" +"userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as " +"<userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but " +"which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is " +"only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system " +"will run faster if you do not specify it." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1263,7 +1824,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1735 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies " +"(see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1275,7 +1840,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1746 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive " +"(see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom " +"is not bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1287,25 +1855,41 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1763 boot-installer.xml:2361 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for some systems it is the only supported method of installation." +msgid "" +"Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for " +"some systems it is the only supported method of installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1769 boot-installer.xml:2367 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed " +"downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files" +"\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1778 #, no-c-format -msgid "At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel (see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." +msgid "" +"At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, " +"three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel " +"(see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/" +"MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1786 #, no-c-format -msgid "The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, <filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The <filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the <filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." +msgid "" +"The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, " +"<filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These " +"ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The " +"<filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer " +"packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file " +"of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the " +"<filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1317,13 +1901,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1808 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory." +msgid "" +"In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by " +"double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the " +"<filename>debian</filename> directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1814 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer " +"program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the " +"screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black " +"screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel " +"debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to " +"read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program " +"should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1335,13 +1930,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1830 #, no-c-format -msgid "At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program options dialog box." +msgid "" +"At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking " +"on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</" +"filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program " +"options dialog box." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1837 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program " +"has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen " +"will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with " +"white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging " +"information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but " +"that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start " +"automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1353,37 +1959,73 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1853 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is <emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." +msgid "" +"You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is " +"<emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for " +"booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key " +"down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for " +"loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions " +"and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be " +"left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1864 #, no-c-format -msgid "Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." +msgid "" +"Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have " +"the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is " +"an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=" +"\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1873 #, no-c-format -msgid "At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the <filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk (<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." +msgid "" +"At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-" +"clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the " +"<filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> " +"booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in " +"the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. " +"Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk " +"(<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> " +"directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right " +"corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1888 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> " +"<guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the " +"<guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the " +"text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</" +"guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1897 #, no-c-format -msgid "Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." +msgid "" +"Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start " +"the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1904 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information " +"into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few " +"seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, " +"displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may " +"scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of " +"seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can " +"continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1401,19 +2043,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1925 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue " +"below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1937 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM booting is the BVME6000." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM " +"booting is the BVME6000." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2009 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO <prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 terminal emulation:" +msgid "" +"After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO " +"<prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to " +"boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 " +"terminal emulation:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -1437,19 +2087,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2037 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." +msgid "" +"You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use " +"vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2049 #, no-c-format -msgid "For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the recommended method." +msgid "" +"For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the " +"recommended method." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2054 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." +msgid "" +"Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a " +"SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1462,15 +2118,19 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:2071 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "After entering the command monitor use <informalexample><screen>\n" - "bootp():\n" - "</screen></informalexample> on SGI machines to boot linux and to begin installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" - "unsetenv netaddr\n" - "</screen></informalexample> in the command monitor to do this." +"After entering the command monitor use <informalexample><screen>\n" +"bootp():\n" +"</screen></informalexample> on SGI machines to boot linux and to begin " +"installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have " +"to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"unsetenv netaddr\n" +"</screen></informalexample> in the command monitor to do this." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2090 boot-installer.xml:2139 boot-installer.xml:2194 boot-installer.xml:2233 +#: boot-installer.xml:2090 boot-installer.xml:2139 boot-installer.xml:2194 +#: boot-installer.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "" @@ -1479,11 +2139,19 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:2091 boot-installer.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "On the Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards, you have to load the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian installer. In most cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but it is also possible to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you can enter the following command on the CFE prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "ifconfig eth0 -auto\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Once you have obtained an IP address, you can load SiByl with the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "boot 192.168.1.1:/boot/sibyl\n" - "</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." +"On the Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards, you have to load " +"the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian " +"installer. In most cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but " +"it is also possible to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you " +"can enter the following command on the CFE prompt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"ifconfig eth0 -auto\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Once you have obtained an IP address, you can " +"load SiByl with the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot 192.168.1.1:/boot/sibyl\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in " +"this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. " +"Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1495,16 +2163,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2118 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</command> command in the command monitor." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</" +"command> command in the command monitor." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2123 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via <command>append</command>:" +"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and " +"name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/" +"dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via " +"<command>append</command>:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen @@ -1516,7 +2189,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2140 boot-installer.xml:2234 #, no-c-format -msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> variable." +msgid "" +"You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, " +"you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP " +"server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> " +"variable." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1528,25 +2205,43 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2160 #, no-c-format -msgid "Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There are the following two installation methods:" +msgid "" +"Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to " +"install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</" +"filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the " +"right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the " +"network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There " +"are the following two installation methods:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2170 #, no-c-format -msgid "Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the installation." +msgid "" +"Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network " +"via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and " +"other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you " +"connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the " +"installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2179 #, no-c-format -msgid "Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation this way. This option is not available on Qube 2700 (Qube1) machines since they have no serial port." +msgid "" +"Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial " +"port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation " +"this way. This option is not available on Qube 2700 (Qube1) machines since " +"they have no serial port." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2222 #, no-c-format -msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." +msgid "" +"You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the " +"<filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add " +"your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1558,13 +2253,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2251 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh session is needed on S/390." +msgid "" +"In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh " +"session is needed on S/390." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2256 #, no-c-format -msgid "The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system by starting an ssh session which will launch the standard installation system." +msgid "" +"The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several " +"network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system " +"by starting an ssh session which will launch the standard installation " +"system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1576,25 +2277,44 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2268 #, no-c-format -msgid "On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more information about S/390-specific boot parameters." +msgid "" +"On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can " +"either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-" +"devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more " +"information about S/390-specific boot parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2322 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM " +"booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</" +"keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> " +"keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2331 #, no-c-format -msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then point the installer to the CD for the needed files." +msgid "" +"OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers " +"relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-" +"software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have " +"floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then " +"point the installer to the CD for the needed files." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2340 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" +msgid "" +"If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-" +"ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware " +"command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the " +"path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen @@ -1630,7 +2350,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2386 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut down MacOS and launch the installer." +msgid "" +"If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to " +"boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> " +"application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and " +"select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the " +"chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may " +"need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending " +"on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut " +"down MacOS and launch the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1643,11 +2371,27 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and <keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type <informalexample><screen>\n" - "0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" - "</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" - "boot:\n" - "</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." +"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, " +"<filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and " +"<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS " +"partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and " +"immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and " +"<keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be " +"presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" +"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the " +"partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were " +"placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few " +"more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot:\n" +"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type " +"either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</" +"userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> " +"argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</" +"userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1665,34 +2409,62 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2447 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/" +">. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the " +"Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage " +"devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</" +"keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref " +"linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2459 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." +msgid "" +"You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device " +"tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out " +"automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</" +"userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices " +"and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, " +"paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</" +"filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and " +"<filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:tbxi\n" - "</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. <command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with <command>hattrib -b</command>." +"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the " +"installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:" +"tbxi\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the " +"Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image " +"earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open " +"Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. " +"<command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with " +"<command>hattrib -b</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2485 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, " +"or just hit &enterkey;." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2491 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." +msgid "" +"This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some " +"NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, " +"as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -1704,31 +2476,51 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2528 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command <command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot <replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>,<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot " +"monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command " +"<command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways " +"of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2543 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not supported for booting." +msgid "" +"Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is " +"generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not " +"equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not " +"supported for booting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2555 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the power-on button." +msgid "" +"To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it " +"in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the " +"power-on button." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2561 #, no-c-format -msgid "For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." +msgid "" +"For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in " +"the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot " +"from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine " +"will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2568 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." +msgid "" +"After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert " +"the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically " +"launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1740,44 +2532,73 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2580 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument <userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." +msgid "" +"Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears " +"skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument " +"<userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for " +"most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to " +"<userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2620 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." +msgid "" +"On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine " +"which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use " +"the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP " +"server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:" +"dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older " +"OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le" +"()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2676 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc 10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." +msgid "" +"Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command " +"which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the " +"secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual " +"device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special " +"command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc " +"10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2691 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "To boot from floppy on a Sparc, use <informalexample><screen>\n" - "Stop-A -> OpenBoot: \"boot floppy\"\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is <computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are not supported." +"To boot from floppy on a Sparc, use <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Stop-A -> OpenBoot: \"boot floppy\"\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) " +"architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is " +"<computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label " +"package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the " +"IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are " +"not supported." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2703 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from " +"booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP " +"update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://" +"sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as <informalexample><screen>\n" - "Fatal error: Cannot read partition\n" - "Illegal or malformed device name\n" - "</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is simply not supported on your machine." +"If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Fatal error: Cannot read partition\n" +"Illegal or malformed device name\n" +"</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is " +"simply not supported on your machine." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1789,46 +2610,83 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2723 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with <quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more information." +msgid "" +"If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with " +"<quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which " +"holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2742 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases you'll have to help the kernel a bit." +msgid "" +"Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make " +"sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel " +"can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases " +"you'll have to help the kernel a bit." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2749 #, no-c-format -msgid "If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." +msgid "" +"If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot " +"parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works " +"correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any " +"special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2756 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, " +"including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of " +"the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "When the kernel boots, a message <informalexample><screen>\n" - "Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k available\n" - "</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. <replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." +"When the kernel boots, a message <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k " +"available\n" +"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. " +"<replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in " +"kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have " +"installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</" +"replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is " +"set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, " +"or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</" +"userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2781 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will " +"autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</" +"phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached " +"to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to " +"pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> " +"argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your " +"serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2794 #, no-c-format -msgid "For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or <filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to <filename>ttya</filename>." +msgid "" +"For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or " +"<filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</" +"envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to " +"<filename>ttya</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1840,7 +2698,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2806 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." +msgid "" +"The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -1852,19 +2714,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2824 #, no-c-format -msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" +msgid "" +"This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " +"form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2829 #, no-c-format -msgid "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the installer adjusts the priority as needed." +msgid "" +"The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " +"means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium " +"and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the " +"installer adjusts the priority as needed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2836 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing without fuss." +msgid "" +"If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " +"will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the " +"installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages " +"are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot " +"method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation " +"system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing " +"without fuss." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -1876,7 +2751,20 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2851 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default frontend is <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is available on default install media. On architectures which support it, the graphical installer uses the <userinput>gtk</userinput> frontend." +msgid "" +"This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " +"installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> " +"</listitem> </itemizedlist> The default frontend is " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial " +"console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is " +"available on default install media. On architectures which support it, the " +"graphical installer uses the <userinput>gtk</userinput> frontend." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -1888,7 +2776,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2881 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot process.)" +msgid "" +"Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " +"be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at " +"strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot " +"process.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput @@ -1936,7 +2828,9 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." +msgid "" +"Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " +"debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -1948,13 +2842,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2921 #, no-c-format -msgid "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" +msgid "" +"The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " +"installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</" +"userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2927 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " +"floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -1966,13 +2865,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2938 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." +msgid "" +"Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " +"number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can " +"disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. " +"Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or " +"a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2948 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." +msgid "" +"The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " +"disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been " +"reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -1990,7 +2898,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2962 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is <emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput> or <userinput>fb=true</userinput> for short." +msgid "" +"Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " +"<emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result " +"in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like " +"those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the " +"installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=true</userinput> or <userinput>fb=true</userinput> for short." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2002,7 +2916,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2977 #, no-c-format -msgid "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, icons, etc.). What themes are available differs per frontend. Currently both the newt and gtk frontends only have a <quote>dark</quote> theme that was designed for visually impaired users. Set the theme by booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput> or <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " +"icons, etc.). What themes are available differs per frontend. Currently both " +"the newt and gtk frontends only have a <quote>dark</quote> theme that was " +"designed for visually impaired users. Set the theme by booting with " +"parameter <userinput>debian-installer/theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></" +"userinput> or <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2014,11 +2934,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2991 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if that causes problems." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " +"that causes problems." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3000 boot-installer.xml:3153 +#: boot-installer.xml:3000 boot-installer.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "" @@ -2026,13 +2948,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3001 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case the DHCP probe fails." +msgid "" +"By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " +"DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change " +"the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case " +"the DHCP probe fails." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3008 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." +msgid "" +"If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " +"because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the " +"network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2044,7 +2974,9 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3020 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " +"that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2056,7 +2988,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3031 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>url</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " +"the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " +"<userinput>url</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2068,7 +3003,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3042 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>file</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " +"install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " +"<userinput>file</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2080,7 +3018,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3053 #, no-c-format -msgid "Delay questions that are normally asked before preseeding is possible until after the network is configured. Short form: <userinput>auto=true</userinput> See <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> for details about using this to automate installs." +msgid "" +"Delay questions that are normally asked before preseeding is possible until " +"after the network is configured. Short form: <userinput>auto=true</" +"userinput> See <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> for details about using this " +"to automate installs." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2092,13 +3034,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3065 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy style drives cannot reload media automatically." +msgid "" +"By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " +"used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not " +"automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for " +"example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user " +"is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy " +"style drives cannot reload media automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3074 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " +"aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically " +"boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2122,7 +3073,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3095 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), users can switch the mouse to left-handed operation by setting this parameter to <userinput>true</userinput>." +msgid "" +"For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), users can switch the mouse to " +"left-handed operation by setting this parameter to <userinput>true</" +"userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2134,7 +3088,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3105 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in directfb is disabled by default. To enable it, set this parameter to <userinput>true</userinput> when booting the installer." +msgid "" +"For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " +"directfb is disabled by default. To enable it, set this parameter to " +"<userinput>true</userinput> when booting the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2146,7 +3103,9 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3116 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " +"performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -2158,7 +3117,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3128 #, no-c-format -msgid "With some exceptions, a value can be set at the boot prompt for any question asked during the installation, though this is only really useful in specific cases. General instructions how to do this can be found in <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>. Some specific examples are listed below." +msgid "" +"With some exceptions, a value can be set at the boot prompt for any question " +"asked during the installation, though this is only really useful in specific " +"cases. General instructions how to do this can be found in <xref linkend=" +"\"preseed-bootparms\"/>. Some specific examples are listed below." msgstr "" #. Tag: term @@ -2170,463 +3133,698 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3141 #, no-c-format -msgid "Can be used to set both the language and country for the installation. This will only work if the locale is supported in Debian. Short form: <userinput>locale</userinput>. For example, use <userinput>locale=de_CH</userinput> to select German as language and Switserland as country." +msgid "" +"Can be used to set both the language and country for the installation. This " +"will only work if the locale is supported in Debian. Short form: " +"<userinput>locale</userinput>. For example, use <userinput>locale=de_CH</" +"userinput> to select German as language and Switzerland as country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "anna/choose_modules" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3154 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> if you want to disable DHCP and instead force static network configuration." +msgid "" +"Can be used to automatically load installer components that are not loaded " +"by default. Short form: <userinput>modules</userinput>. Examples of optional " +"components that may be useful are <classname>openssh-client-udeb</classname> " +"(so you can use <command>scp</command> during the installation) and " +"<classname>ppp-udeb</classname> (which supports PPPoE configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>true</userinput> if you want to disable DHCP and instead " +"force static network configuration." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3163 +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 #, no-c-format msgid "tasksel:tasksel/first" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3164 +#: boot-installer.xml:3178 #, no-c-format -msgid "Can be used to select tasks that are not available from the interactive task list, such as the <literal>kde-desktop</literal> task. See <xref linkend=\"pkgsel\"/> for additional information. Short form: <userinput>tasks</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Can be used to select tasks that are not available from the interactive task " +"list, such as the <literal>kde-desktop</literal> task. See <xref linkend=" +"\"pkgsel\"/> for additional information. Short form: <userinput>tasks</" +"userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3178 +#: boot-installer.xml:3192 #, no-c-format msgid "Passing parameters to kernel modules" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3179 +#: boot-installer.xml:3193 #, no-c-format -msgid "If drivers are compiled into the kernel, you can pass parameters to them as described in the kernel documentation. However, if drivers are compiled as modules and because kernel modules are loaded a bit differently during an installation than when booting an installed system, it is not possible to pass parameters to modules as you would normally do. Instead, you need to use a special syntax recognized by the installer which will then make sure that the parameters are saved in the proper configuration files and will thus be used when the modules are actually loaded. The parameters will also be propagated automatically to the configuration for the installed system." +msgid "" +"If drivers are compiled into the kernel, you can pass parameters to them as " +"described in the kernel documentation. However, if drivers are compiled as " +"modules and because kernel modules are loaded a bit differently during an " +"installation than when booting an installed system, it is not possible to " +"pass parameters to modules as you would normally do. Instead, you need to " +"use a special syntax recognized by the installer which will then make sure " +"that the parameters are saved in the proper configuration files and will " +"thus be used when the modules are actually loaded. The parameters will also " +"be propagated automatically to the configuration for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3192 +#: boot-installer.xml:3206 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that it is now quite rare that parameters need to be passed to modules. In most cases the kernel will be able to probe the hardware present in a system and set good defaults that way. However, in some situations it may still be needed to set parameters manually." +msgid "" +"Note that it is now quite rare that parameters need to be passed to modules. " +"In most cases the kernel will be able to probe the hardware present in a " +"system and set good defaults that way. However, in some situations it may " +"still be needed to set parameters manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "The syntax to use to set parameters for modules is: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "<replaceable>module_name</replaceable>.<replaceable>parameter_name</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>\n" - "</screen></informalexample> If you need to pass multiple parameters to the same or different modules, just repeat this. For example, to set an old 3Com network interface card to use the BNC (coax) connector and IRQ 10, you would pass:" +"The syntax to use to set parameters for modules is: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<replaceable>module_name</replaceable>.<replaceable>parameter_name</" +"replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you need to pass multiple parameters to the " +"same or different modules, just repeat this. For example, to set an old 3Com " +"network interface card to use the BNC (coax) connector and IRQ 10, you would " +"pass:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:3209 +#: boot-installer.xml:3223 #, no-c-format msgid "3c509.xcvr=3 3c509.irq=10" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3221 +#: boot-installer.xml:3235 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3226 +#: boot-installer.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3241 #, no-c-format -msgid "Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#: boot-installer.xml:3248 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with them. The rest is up to you." +msgid "" +"There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3240 +#: boot-installer.xml:3254 #, no-c-format msgid "There are two very simple things that you should try first." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3245 +#: boot-installer.xml:3259 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the CD-ROM does not boot, check that it was inserted correctly and that it is not dirty." +msgid "" +"If the CD-ROM does not boot, check that it was inserted correctly and that " +"it is not dirty." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3251 +#: boot-installer.xml:3265 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installer fails to recognize a CD-ROM, try just running the option <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Detect and mount CD-ROM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> a second time. Some DMA related issues with older CD-ROM drives are known to be resolved in this way." +msgid "" +"If the installer fails to recognize a CD-ROM, try just running the option " +"<menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Detect and mount CD-ROM</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> a second time. Some DMA related issues with older CD-ROM drives " +"are known to be resolved in this way." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3261 +#: boot-installer.xml:3275 #, no-c-format -msgid "If this does not work, then try the suggestions in the subsections below. Most, but not all, suggestions discussed there are valid for both CD-ROM and DVD, but we'll use the term CD-ROM for simplicity." +msgid "" +"If this does not work, then try the suggestions in the subsections below. " +"Most, but not all, suggestions discussed there are valid for both CD-ROM and " +"DVD, but we'll use the term CD-ROM for simplicity." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3267 +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other installation methods that are available." +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3275 +#: boot-installer.xml:3289 #, no-c-format msgid "Common issues" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3278 +#: boot-installer.xml:3292 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3298 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3291 +#: boot-installer.xml:3305 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3302 +#: boot-installer.xml:3316 #, no-c-format msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3303 +#: boot-installer.xml:3317 #, no-c-format msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3308 +#: boot-installer.xml:3322 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3314 +#: boot-installer.xml:3328 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image from. <informalexample><screen>\n" - "$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" - "a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:3327 +#: boot-installer.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" - "> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>` | \\\n" - "> md5sum\n" - "a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" - "262668+0 records in\n" - "262668+0 records out\n" - "134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +"$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> md5sum\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" +"262668+0 records in\n" +"262668+0 records out\n" +"134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3332 +#: boot-installer.xml:3346 #, no-c-format -msgid "If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3344 +#: boot-installer.xml:3358 #, no-c-format -msgid "Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> (use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3351 +#: boot-installer.xml:3365 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" - "Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" - "hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" - "ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" - "hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" - "Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" - "</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" +"hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" +"ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" +"hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" +"Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the controller, " +"you can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3365 +#: boot-installer.xml:3379 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3373 +#: boot-installer.xml:3387 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that command." +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3383 +#: boot-installer.xml:3397 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" - "$ grep dma settings\n" - "using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" - "</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +"Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" +"$ grep using_dma settings\n" +"using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> in the first column after " +"<literal>using_dma</literal> means it is enabled. If it is, try disabling " +"it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3397 +#: boot-installer.xml:3412 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can be read reliably." +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3412 +#: boot-installer.xml:3427 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3414 +#: boot-installer.xml:3429 #, no-c-format -msgid "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to be floppy disk reliability." +msgid "" +"The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " +"be floppy disk reliability." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3419 +#: boot-installer.xml:3434 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be failures in the driver floppies, most of which indicate themselves with a flood of messages about disk I/O errors." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " +"the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read " +"as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without " +"printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be " +"failures in the driver floppies, most of which indicate themselves with a " +"flood of messages about disk I/O errors." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3428 +#: boot-installer.xml:3443 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first thing you should do is write the image to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy and see if that solves the problem. Simply reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." +msgid "" +"If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " +"thing you should do is write the image to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> " +"floppy and see if that solves the problem. Simply reformatting the old " +"floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was " +"reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try " +"writing the floppy on a different system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3437 +#: boot-installer.xml:3452 #, no-c-format -msgid "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the third floppy." +msgid "" +"One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" +"emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the " +"third floppy." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3443 +#: boot-installer.xml:3458 #, no-c-format -msgid "Normally you should not have to download a floppy image again, but if you are experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have to download a floppy image again, but if you " +"are experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3449 +#: boot-installer.xml:3464 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." +msgid "" +"Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " +"floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to " +"buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3458 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3460 +#: boot-installer.xml:3475 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " +"recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized " +"properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3467 +#: boot-installer.xml:3482 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " +"installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your " +"kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3474 +#: boot-installer.xml:3489 #, no-c-format -msgid "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Internal modems, sound cards, and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " +"trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Internal modems, sound cards, and " +"Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3480 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than 512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " +"512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to " +"include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such " +"as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3491 +#: boot-installer.xml:3506 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3492 +#: boot-installer.xml:3507 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by passing certain boot parameters to the installer." +msgid "" +"There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " +"passing certain boot parameters to the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3497 +#: boot-installer.xml:3512 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " +"errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try " +"the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3503 +#: boot-installer.xml:3518 #, no-c-format -msgid "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>,<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " +"drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first " +"without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If " +"not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use " +"the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></" +"userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3512 +#: boot-installer.xml:3527 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables this test." +msgid "" +"If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " +"<computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you " +"should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables " +"this test." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3519 +#: boot-installer.xml:3534 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the English language will be available during the installation due to limited console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." +msgid "" +"If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " +"pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a " +"problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode " +"properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false " +"video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the " +"English language will be available during the installation due to limited " +"console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3533 +#: boot-installer.xml:3548 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3534 +#: boot-installer.xml:3549 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the resource range causing the problems." +msgid "" +"Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " +"detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display " +"similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA " +"support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the " +"<userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can " +"then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the " +"resource range causing the problems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3544 +#: boot-installer.xml:3559 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " +"asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, " +"if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter " +"<userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list " +"of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs." +"sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource " +"settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the " +"commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3561 +#: boot-installer.xml:3576 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3562 +#: boot-installer.xml:3577 #, no-c-format -msgid "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from being loaded." +msgid "" +"The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " +"in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some " +"broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround " +"may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another " +"option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</" +"userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from " +"being loaded." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3576 +#: boot-installer.xml:3591 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3578 +#: boot-installer.xml:3593 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." +msgid "" +"During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " +"<computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </" +"computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> " +"not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize " +"<replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even " +"<computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</" +"replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see " +"them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on " +"computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer " +"will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit " +"a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also " +"see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a " +"device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you " +"find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create " +"a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3603 +#: boot-installer.xml:3618 #, no-c-format -msgid "Bug Reporter" +msgid "Reporting Installation Problems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3604 +#: boot-installer.xml:3619 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you may want to attach this information to the bug report." +msgid "" +"If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " +"the menu option <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> may be helpful. " +"It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the " +"installer to a floppy, or download them using a web browser. This " +"information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If " +"you are submitting a bug report you may want to attach this information to " +"the bug report." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3615 +#: boot-installer.xml:3630 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." +msgid "" +"Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" +"filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</" +"filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3626 +#: boot-installer.xml:3641 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3627 +#: boot-installer.xml:3642 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the largest number of hardware configurations." +msgid "" +"If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " +"encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is " +"successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the " +"largest number of hardware configurations." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3634 +#: boot-installer.xml:3649 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgid "" +"Note that your installation report will be published in the Debian Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS) and forwarded to a public mailing list. Make sure that " +"you use an E-Mail address that you do not mind being made public." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3641 +#: boot-installer.xml:3655 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" - "Package: installation-reports\n" - "\n" - "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" - "Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" - "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" - "\n" - "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" - "Processor:\n" - "Memory:\n" - "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" - "\n" - "Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" - "\n" - "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" - "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" - "\n" - "Initial boot: [ ]\n" - "Detect network card: [ ]\n" - "Configure network: [ ]\n" - "Detect CD: [ ]\n" - "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" - "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" - "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" - "Install base system: [ ]\n" - "Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" - "User/password setup: [ ]\n" - "Install tasks: [ ]\n" - "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" - "Overall install: [ ]\n" - "\n" - "Comments/Problems:\n" - "\n" - "<Description of the install, in prose, and any thoughts, comments\n" - " and ideas you had during the initial install.>\n" - "</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem state." +"If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " +"report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages " +"(<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run " +"the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3662 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Alternatively you can use this template when filling out installation " +"reports, and file the report as a bug report against the " +"<classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to " +"<email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Package: installation-reports\n" +"\n" +"Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" +"Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" +"Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" +"\n" +"Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" +"Processor:\n" +"Memory:\n" +"Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" +"\n" +"Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" +"\n" +"Base System Installation Checklist:\n" +"[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" +"\n" +"Initial boot: [ ]\n" +"Detect network card: [ ]\n" +"Configure network: [ ]\n" +"Detect CD: [ ]\n" +"Load installer modules: [ ]\n" +"Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" +"Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" +"Install base system: [ ]\n" +"Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" +"User/password setup: [ ]\n" +"Install tasks: [ ]\n" +"Install boot loader: [ ]\n" +"Overall install: [ ]\n" +"\n" +"Comments/Problems:\n" +"\n" +"<Description of the install, in prose, and any thoughts, comments\n" +" and ideas you had during the initial install.>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, " +"including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. " +"Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem " +"state." +msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/install-methods.pot b/po/pot/install-methods.pot index 4bd915dbd..558c502a4 100644 --- a/po/pot/install-methods.pot +++ b/po/pot/install-methods.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -814,77 +814,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." +msgid "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 +#: install-methods.xml:1086 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP. </phrase>" +msgid "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to boot using BOOTP." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a &debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, you use the <command>rarpd</command> program. You need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. Issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 +#: install-methods.xml:1192 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#: install-methods.xml:1193 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU <command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the <classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages respectively." +msgid "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU <command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the <classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> packages respectively." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -901,22 +901,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 +#: install-methods.xml:1234 #, no-c-format -msgid "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +msgid "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 +#, no-c-format +msgid "One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -935,30 +940,29 @@ msgid "" " next-server servername;\n" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" - "}\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." + "}" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format msgid "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, as well as the server name and client hardware address. The <replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file which will be retrieved via TFTP." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 +#: install-methods.xml:1275 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +msgid "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 +#: install-methods.xml:1284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -982,24 +986,24 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "\n" "group {\n" - " next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" - " host tftpclient {\n" + " next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" + " host tftpclient {\n" "# tftp client hardware address\n" " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" - " filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" + " filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that <command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1008,13 +1012,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format -msgid "Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the configuration examples in this section accordingly." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> <para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your server: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1025,85 +1035,85 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 +#: install-methods.xml:1364 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +msgid "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the <command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. <command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 +#: install-methods.xml:1382 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is <filename><replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP setups described above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format msgid "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can optionally be appended with the following syntax:" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a filename by either one of these methods." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as <quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just <filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1112,79 +1122,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that the TFTP server looks in." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, no-c-format msgid "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the installation process." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, no-c-format msgid "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/post-install.pot b/po/pot/post-install.pot index 2a7c98ebc..22576b136 100644 --- a/po/pot/post-install.pot +++ b/po/pot/post-install.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +msgid "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para diff --git a/po/pot/preparing.pot b/po/pot/preparing.pot index 7232e9aa4..9f0b9f47f 100644 --- a/po/pot/preparing.pot +++ b/po/pot/preparing.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 #, no-c-format -msgid "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will destroy the partition information." +msgid "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will destroy the partition information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 #, no-c-format -msgid "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new (post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +msgid "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 #, no-c-format -msgid "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux FTP server." +msgid "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from <ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. Just make sure you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 (CDROM) partitions." +msgid "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. Just make sure you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 (CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1965 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +msgid "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1901,12 +1901,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 #, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2164 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of <quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." +msgid "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of <quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/preseed.pot b/po/pot/preseed.pot index e8ddbfe52..bb92af6df 100644 --- a/po/pot/preseed.pot +++ b/po/pot/preseed.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-26 01:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:726 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:756 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." +msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -1135,8 +1135,8 @@ msgid "" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" - "# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other OS\n" - "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" + "# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some other\n" + "# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:943 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +msgid "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel command line as well." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen diff --git a/po/pot/random-bits.pot b/po/pot/random-bits.pot index dfd41571d..0fc78e716 100644 --- a/po/pot/random-bits.pot +++ b/po/pot/random-bits.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -639,57 +639,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan to install X." +msgid "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or KDE)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 +#: random-bits.xml:340 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" - "# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" + "Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" + "# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit <userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 +#: random-bits.xml:350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" - "# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" + "# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" - "# swapon /dev/hda5\n" + "# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, it is referenced later below." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 +#: random-bits.xml:362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" - "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" + "# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually before proceding with the next stage." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It uses <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise depends only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux tools<footnote> <para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands like <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> and <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current system, then download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -708,63 +708,66 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror for <userinput>http.us.debian.org/debian</userinput> in the command example below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 +#: random-bits.xml:443 #, no-c-format -msgid "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the <command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or <userinput>sparc</userinput>." +msgid "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the <command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or <userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 +#: random-bits.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" - " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" + " /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. <command>Chroot</command> into it:" +msgid "" + "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. <command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" + "</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 +#: random-bits.xml:484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -779,68 +782,70 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" - "/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" - "/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" + "/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" + "/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /usr ext3 rw,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" + "</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "# cd /media\n" + "# mkdir cdrom0\n" + "# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" + "# cd /\n" + "# ln -s media/cdrom\n" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to mount proc before continuing:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the chroot:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 +#: random-bits.xml:524 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" +msgid "Setting Timezone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +msgid "An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your timezone." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be configured for the next reboot." +msgid "" + "# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" + "# tzconfig" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 +#: random-bits.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -879,76 +884,135 @@ msgid "" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" + "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" + "\n" + "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" + "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" + "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" + "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" + "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" + "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" + "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:581 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" + "Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" + "\n" + "deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" + "deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" + "</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:598 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" - "</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running <command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization HOWTO." + "</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" + "# aptitude install console-data\n" + "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be configured for the next reboot." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:621 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with <informalexample><screen>\n" + "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, no-c-format msgid "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional information about this file, consult its man page which will be available after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, no-c-format msgid "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that <command>debootstrap</command> does not install a boot loader, though you can use <command>aptitude</command> inside your Debian chroot to do so." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 +#: random-bits.xml:653 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:665 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." +msgid "" + "Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "# aptitude install grub\n" + "# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" + "# update-grub\n" + "</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 +#: random-bits.xml:679 #, no-c-format msgid "" - "boot=/dev/hda6\n" - "root=/dev/hda6\n" + "boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" + "root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -957,13 +1021,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -979,79 +1043,106 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" + "As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "# tasksel install standard\n" + "</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use <command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in <filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an Ethernet card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-Modem cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be unused within your network address space)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and instructions how to make your own." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1072,13 +1163,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. If you need to set parameters for kernel modules, you also need to do this at the boot prompt. For example, to boot the installer and set values for the <quote>io</quote> and <quote>irq</quote> options for the parport_pc module, enter the following at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1087,61 +1178,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the <userinput>plip</userinput> module." msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index af8eca9b4..c28c064c1 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -473,317 +473,317 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the installation." +msgid "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause the installation to fail." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, no-c-format msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -806,559 +806,553 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 +#: using-d-i.xml:928 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +msgid "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including options to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 +#: using-d-i.xml:950 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." +msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format -msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" +msgid "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, no-c-format msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." +msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1371,595 +1365,583 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." msgstr "" -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format -msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." +msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." +msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." +msgid "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to automatically install other packages which are required to make the package you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, <command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package management." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, no-c-format msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to select a different desktop environment such as for example KDE." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer. However, this will only work if the packages needed for KDE are actually available. If you are installing using a full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as KDE packages are not included on the first full CD; installing KDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation method." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL server: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache</classname>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the tasks you've selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." +msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." +msgid "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" +msgid "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format -msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format -msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" +msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1972,61 +1954,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2035,247 +2017,265 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 +#, no-c-format +msgid "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +msgid "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." +msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +msgid "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2284,25 +2284,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pt/install-methods.po b/po/pt/install-methods.po index 03e9633a8..3b810b085 100644 --- a/po/pt/install-methods.po +++ b/po/pt/install-methods.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-21 22:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -550,8 +550,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the " "following programs to copy images to floppies." msgstr "" -"Se você tem acesso a uma máquina i386 ou amd64, pode utilizar um dos seguintes " -"programas para copiar imagens para disquetes." +"Se você tem acesso a uma máquina i386 ou amd64, pode utilizar um dos " +"seguintes programas para copiar imagens para disquetes." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:399 @@ -1632,30 +1632,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " -"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." msgstr "" "Precisa configurar o servidor TFTP, e para muitas máquinas, um servidor " "BOOTP <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, ou servidor RARP</phrase> " "<phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, ou um servidor DHCP</phrase>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1086 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " "(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " -"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " -"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase " -"arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " -"address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=" -"\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more " -"flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be " -"configured via DHCP. </phrase>" +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible " +"extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\"> O Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " "(RARP) é uma maneira de informar o cliente qual o IP deve usar. Outra " @@ -1669,7 +1668,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alguns sistemas apenas podem ser configurados via DHCP. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " @@ -1681,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizar BOOTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " @@ -1706,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "" "SRM." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " @@ -1716,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "" "BOOTP. Está disponível um pacote <classname>rbootd</classname> em Debian." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " @@ -1731,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), e GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " @@ -1745,13 +1744,13 @@ msgstr "" "classname> permitem-no; nós recomendamos <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "Configurar o servidor RARP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " @@ -1771,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig eth0</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " @@ -1784,23 +1783,32 @@ msgid "" "sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/" "etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." msgstr "" -"Num sistema servidor RARP que utilize um kernel Linux 2.4 ou 2.6, ou Solaris/SunOS, você utiliza o programa <command>rarpd</command>. Você necessita assegurar-se que o endereço de hardware Ethernet para o cliente está listado na base de dados <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> (ou no ficheiro <filename>/etc/ethers</filename>, ou via NIS/NIS+) na base de dados <quote>hosts</quote>. De seguida necessita iniciar o daemon RARP. Envie o comando (como root): na maioria dos sistemas Linux e sunOS 5 (Solaris 2) <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>, <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> em alguns outros sistemas Linux, ou <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> em SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." +"Num sistema servidor RARP que utilize um kernel Linux 2.4 ou 2.6, ou Solaris/" +"SunOS, você utiliza o programa <command>rarpd</command>. Você necessita " +"assegurar-se que o endereço de hardware Ethernet para o cliente está listado " +"na base de dados <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> (ou no ficheiro <filename>/" +"etc/ethers</filename>, ou via NIS/NIS+) na base de dados <quote>hosts</" +"quote>. De seguida necessita iniciar o daemon RARP. Envie o comando (como " +"root): na maioria dos sistemas Linux e sunOS 5 (Solaris 2) <userinput>/usr/" +"sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>, <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> em " +"alguns outros sistemas Linux, ou <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> em " +"SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "Configurar o servidor BOOTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1193 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " "<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " "<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " -"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages " -"respectively." +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." msgstr "" "Estão disponíveis dois servidores BOOTP para GNU/Linux. O primeiro é o CMU " "<command>bootpd</command>. O outro é na verdade um servidor DHCP: o ISC " @@ -1808,7 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "" "nos pacotes <classname>bootp</classname> e <classname>dhcp</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " @@ -1872,17 +1880,17 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> é o endereço MAC da máquina. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " "easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " "clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " "clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" -"\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply " "adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " "block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" -"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "Por contraste, configurar BOOTP com ISC <command>dhcpd</command> é realmente " "fácil, porque trata os clientes BOOTP como casos moderadamente especiais de " @@ -1895,19 +1903,25 @@ msgstr "" "restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "Configurar um servidor DHCP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " -"this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a " -"sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" -"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1926,9 +1940,7 @@ msgid "" " next-server servername;\n" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" -"}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</" -"classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"}" msgstr "" "Um software livre de servidor DHCP é o <command>dhcpd</command> do ISC. Em " "&debian;, isto está disponível no pacote <classname>dhcp</classname>. Aqui " @@ -1958,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " @@ -1976,24 +1988,24 @@ msgstr "" "TFTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1275 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " -"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "Após ter editado o ficheiro de configuração <command>dhcpd</command>, " "reinicie-o com <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "Possibilitar o Arranque PXE na configuração DHCP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1284 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" "boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2017,11 +2029,11 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "\n" "group {\n" -" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" -" host tftpclient {\n" +" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" +" host tftpclient {\n" "# tftp client hardware address\n" " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" -" filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" +" filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " @@ -2064,13 +2076,13 @@ msgstr "" "abaixo)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "Disponibilizar o Servidor TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " @@ -2090,14 +2102,27 @@ msgstr "" "correctamente, por omissão, quando são instalados." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " -"of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</" -"userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to " -"log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot " -"errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of " +"<command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is " +"useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that " +"below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " "have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " "has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" "userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" @@ -2116,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " @@ -2147,21 +2172,20 @@ msgstr "" "servidor TFTP de Linux utiliza." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "Mover Imagens TFTP Para o Lugar" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1364 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" -"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, " -"this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a " -"link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for " -"booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by " -"the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." msgstr "" "Em seguida, coloque a imagem de arranque do TFTP, conforme encontrada na " "<xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, no directório de imagem de arranque " @@ -2172,7 +2196,7 @@ msgstr "" "TFTP, e não existem standards sólidos." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " @@ -2190,13 +2214,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> dentro do directório TFTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " "<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " "tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " -"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " "<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" "Para um arranque PXE, tudo o que deve precisar configurar está no tarball " @@ -2206,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> ao <command>tftpd</command> como o nome do ficheiro para arrancar." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2223,13 +2247,13 @@ msgstr "" "do ficheiro para arrancar." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "Imagens TFTP DECstation" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " @@ -2247,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr "" "acima." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2265,13 +2289,13 @@ msgstr "" "podem ser adicionados com a seguinte sintaxe:" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " @@ -2310,13 +2334,13 @@ msgstr "" "html#proms\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Iniciar TFTP Alpha" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " @@ -2339,13 +2363,13 @@ msgstr "" "métodos." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "Iniciar SPARC TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " @@ -2377,7 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicionar o nome da sub-arquitectura." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " @@ -2391,13 +2415,13 @@ msgstr "" "directório onde o servidor TFTP procura." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "Iniciar TFTP em BVM/Motorola" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " @@ -2407,7 +2431,7 @@ msgstr "" "para <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " @@ -2422,13 +2446,13 @@ msgstr "" "informação adicional da configuração do sistema." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "Iniciar por TFTP em SGI" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " @@ -2442,13 +2466,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Iniciar por TFTP em Broadcom BCM91250A e BCM91480B" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " @@ -2458,13 +2482,13 @@ msgstr "" "caminho absoluto do ficheiro a ser carregado ao CFE." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "Instalação Automática" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " @@ -2480,13 +2504,13 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>autoinstall</classname>, e o próprio instalador Debian." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "Instalação Automática Utilizando o Instalador Debian" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " @@ -2500,7 +2524,7 @@ msgstr "" "respostas às perguntas feitas durante o processo de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " diff --git a/po/pt/post-install.po b/po/pt/post-install.po index 9cbfa0446..ad8030f5a 100644 --- a/po/pt/post-install.po +++ b/po/pt/post-install.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-28 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -237,13 +237,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " "user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " "<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" "whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " -"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +"allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" "Por outro lado, se tem um cron job que (a) necessita de ser corrido como um " "utilizador especial ou, (b) necessita de escolher em determinada altura ou " diff --git a/po/pt/preparing.po b/po/pt/preparing.po index a375968dd..3aaa0ca1b 100644 --- a/po/pt/preparing.po +++ b/po/pt/preparing.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-09 21:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1673,16 +1673,16 @@ msgstr "Particionamento em Windows NT" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " "existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " "Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " "from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " "partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " -"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " -"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " -"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to " +"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have " +"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " "destroy the partition information." msgstr "" "O Windows NT utiliza uma tabela de partições do tipo PC. Se está a manipular " @@ -1738,15 +1738,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " -"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " -"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " -"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " -"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " -"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " -"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay " +"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post " +"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate " +"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the " +"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually " +"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you " +"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" "Mas se você tem um disco IDE grande, e não está a utilizar o endereçamento " "LBA, drivers overlay (ás vezes disponibilizados pelos fabricantes de discos " @@ -2146,12 +2146,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " "create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " -"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " -"FTP server." +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from " +"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Para Macs baseados em IDE, você necessita utilizar <command>Apple Drive " "Setup</command> para criar espaço vazio para as partições de Linux, e " @@ -2166,7 +2167,7 @@ msgstr "Particionar em SunOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " "both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " @@ -2175,7 +2176,7 @@ msgid "" "you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " "the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " "that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " -"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 " "(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" "É perfeitamente possível particionar a partir de SunOS; de facto, se você " @@ -3172,17 +3173,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1965 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " "and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " -"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot " "from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " "necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " -"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " -"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " -"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " -"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have " +"to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a " +"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, " +"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" "Antes de você fazer realmente uma instalação, você tem de percorrer algumas " "etapas de design e de preparação. A IBM tornou disponível documentação " @@ -3510,19 +3511,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "Visibilidado do ecrã em Oldworld Powermacs" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2164 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " -"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " -"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " -"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " -"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the " +"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such " +"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " "monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " diff --git a/po/pt/preseed.po b/po/pt/preseed.po index dc2d0f608..93571a73d 100644 --- a/po/pt/preseed.po +++ b/po/pt/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-26 01:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-26 10:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -473,10 +473,10 @@ msgstr "" "instalador o dono é <quote>d-i</quote>. Os templates e variáveis podem ter " "mais de um dono que ajuda a determinar se podem ser removidos da base de " "dados debconf se o pacote tiver sido purgado. </para> </footnote> da " -"variável como em <userinput><replaceable>dono</replaceable>:<replaceable>" -"caminho/para/variável</replaceable>=<replaceable>valor</replaceable>" -"</userinput>. Se não especificar o dono, o valor da variável não será " -"copiado para a base de dados debconf no sistema alvo e assim ficará por " +"variável como em <userinput><replaceable>dono</replaceable>:" +"<replaceable>caminho/para/variável</replaceable>=<replaceable>valor</" +"replaceable></userinput>. Se não especificar o dono, o valor da variável não " +"será copiado para a base de dados debconf no sistema alvo e assim ficará por " "utilizar durante a configuração do pacote relevante." #. Tag: para @@ -617,17 +617,18 @@ msgstr "" "o directório <literal>etch</literal> para permitir que futuras versões " "especifiquem o seu próprio nome de código para deixar as pessoas migrar para " "o seguinte de uma forma controlada. A parte do <literal>/./</literal> é " -"utilizada para indicar uma raiz relativa à qual possam ser ancorados caminhos " -"subsequentes (para utilizar em preseed/include e preseed/run). Isto permite " -"que os ficheiros sejam especificados quer como URLs completos, caminhos que " -"começam por / que estão assim ancorados, ou mesmo como caminhos relativos à " -"localização onde foi encontrado o último ficheiro preseed. Isto pode ser " -"utilizado para construir scripts mais portáveis onde uma hierarquia completa " -"de scripts pode ser movida sem estragar nada, por exemplo copiar os ficheiros " -"para um stick USB quando estes começaram num servidor web. Neste exemplo, se " -"o ficheiro de preseed define <literal>preseed/run</literal> para <literal>" -"/scripts/late_command.sh</literal> então o ficheiro será obtido a partir de " -"<literal>http://autoserver.example.com/d-i/etch/./scripts/late_command.sh</literal>." +"utilizada para indicar uma raiz relativa à qual possam ser ancorados " +"caminhos subsequentes (para utilizar em preseed/include e preseed/run). Isto " +"permite que os ficheiros sejam especificados quer como URLs completos, " +"caminhos que começam por / que estão assim ancorados, ou mesmo como caminhos " +"relativos à localização onde foi encontrado o último ficheiro preseed. Isto " +"pode ser utilizado para construir scripts mais portáveis onde uma hierarquia " +"completa de scripts pode ser movida sem estragar nada, por exemplo copiar os " +"ficheiros para um stick USB quando estes começaram num servidor web. Neste " +"exemplo, se o ficheiro de preseed define <literal>preseed/run</literal> para " +"<literal>/scripts/late_command.sh</literal> então o ficheiro será obtido a " +"partir de <literal>http://autoserver.example.com/d-i/etch/./scripts/" +"late_command.sh</literal>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:398 @@ -644,11 +645,11 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> The way this works is that:" msgstr "" "Se não existir uma infra-estrutura local de DHCP ou de DNS, ou se não " -"desejar utilizar o caminho por omissão para o <filename>preseed.cfg</filename>, ainda assim pode " -"utilizar um url explícito, e se não utilizar o elemento <literal>/./</" -"literal> será ancorado ao inicio do caminho (i.e. o terceiro <literal>/</literal> no URL). Está " -"aqui um exemplo que necessita de suporte mínimo da estrutura de rede local: " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"desejar utilizar o caminho por omissão para o <filename>preseed.cfg</" +"filename>, ainda assim pode utilizar um url explícito, e se não utilizar o " +"elemento <literal>/./</literal> será ancorado ao inicio do caminho (i.e. o " +"terceiro <literal>/</literal> no URL). Está aqui um exemplo que necessita de " +"suporte mínimo da estrutura de rede local: <informalexample><screen>\n" "auto url=<replaceable>http://192.168.1.2/path/to/mypreseed.file</" "replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> A forma como funciona isto é:" @@ -696,10 +697,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Além de especificar o url, também pode especificar configurações que não " "afectam directamente o comportamento do próprio &d-i;, mas podem ser " -"passadas através de scripts especificadas utilizando <literal>preseed/run</literal> no ficheiro preseed carregado. " -"Actualmente, o único exemplo disto é <literal>auto-install/classes</" -"literal>, que tem uma abreviatura <literal>classes</literal>. Isto pode ser " -"utilizado da seguinte forma: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"passadas através de scripts especificadas utilizando <literal>preseed/run</" +"literal> no ficheiro preseed carregado. Actualmente, o único exemplo disto é " +"<literal>auto-install/classes</literal>, que tem uma abreviatura " +"<literal>classes</literal>. Isto pode ser utilizado da seguinte forma: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "auto url=<replaceable>example.com</replaceable> classes=<replaceable>class_A;" "class_B</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> As classes podem por exemplo denotar o tipo de " @@ -1434,11 +1436,12 @@ msgstr "Parâmetros do mirror" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:726 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " -"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " -"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " +"download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, " +"and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the " +"installed system." msgstr "" "Dependendo do método de instalação que utilizar, pode ser utilizado um " "mirror tanto para fazer o download de componentes adicionais do instalador, " @@ -1505,13 +1508,13 @@ msgstr "Particionamento" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:756 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " -"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " -"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " -"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " -"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to " +"partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout " +"of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe " +"from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " "currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." msgstr "" "Utilizar o preseed para particionar o disco rígido é bastante limitado ao " @@ -2054,7 +2057,7 @@ msgstr "Instalação do gestor de arranque" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:888 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" @@ -2065,9 +2068,9 @@ msgid "" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some " +"other\n" +"# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" @@ -2196,12 +2199,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:943 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " "installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" -"classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or " -"space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated " +"by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel " +"command line as well." msgstr "" "Se quer instalar alguns pacotes adicionais além dos pacotes instalados pelos " "pacotes, pode utilizar o parâmetro <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. O " diff --git a/po/pt/random-bits.po b/po/pt/random-bits.po index 467cf6921..ce1a381ff 100644 --- a/po/pt/random-bits.po +++ b/po/pt/random-bits.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-31 18:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -782,12 +782,13 @@ msgstr "Começar" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:332 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " -"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " -"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " -"to install X." +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." msgstr "" "Com os seus actuais utilitários de particionamento *nix, reparticione o " "disco rígido conforme necessário, criando pelo menos um sistema de ficheiros " @@ -795,13 +796,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação de apenas consola, ou pelo menos 300MB se planeia instalar o X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:340 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " -"system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root " -"partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " "<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" @@ -813,14 +814,14 @@ msgstr "" "ext2, omita <userinput>-j</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:350 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " "intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" +"# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" -"# swapon /dev/hda5\n" +"# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" "filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " "filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " @@ -837,17 +838,17 @@ msgstr "" "completamente arbitrário, é referenciado depois mais abaixo." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:362 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" -"# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -859,13 +860,13 @@ msgstr "" "directórios antes de proceder para a próxima etapa." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Instalar <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -890,7 +891,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>debootstrap</command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -917,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalar os ficheiros." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -929,13 +930,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Corra <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -952,7 +953,7 @@ msgstr "" "misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -964,15 +965,15 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:443 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " "<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " -"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" -"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " -"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " -"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</" +"userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, " +"<userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" "Substitua um dos seguintes por <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> em " @@ -984,46 +985,47 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:461 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" -" /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" +" /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Configurar o Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " -"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" -"Agora que você tem um verdadeiro sistema Debian, embora pouco limpo, no " -"disco. Faça nele o <command>Chroot</command>:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" -msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Partições a Montar" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:484 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1039,8 +1041,8 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" -"/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" -"/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" @@ -1048,8 +1050,17 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " "the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " -"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /media\n" +"# mkdir cdrom0\n" +"# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# ln -s media/cdrom\n" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " "times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " "customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " @@ -1087,13 +1098,13 @@ msgstr "" "antes de continuar." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1104,48 +1115,44 @@ msgstr "" "não-vazio. Se isto falhar, você pode montar o proc fora da chroot:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" -msgstr "Configurar o Teclado" +#: random-bits.xml:524 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Timezone" +msgstr "Configurando a fonte" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" -msgstr "Para configurar o seu teclado:" +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." +msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " -"configured for the next reboot." +"# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" +"# tzconfig" msgstr "" -"Note que o teclado não pode ser definido enquanto está no chroot, mas será " -"configurado após o próximo reboot." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Configurar a Rede" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:539 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1189,6 +1196,17 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"\n" +"# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +"::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +"fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +"ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +"ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +"ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +"ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " "arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " "file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " @@ -1244,25 +1262,44 @@ msgstr "" "associada com um nome de interface (eth0, eth1, etc.) que você espera." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" -msgstr "Configurar Locales" +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "Configurar a Rede" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:581 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" +"\n" +"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" +msgstr "Configurar o Teclado" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:598 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " -"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be " -"configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running " -"<command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets " -"other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization " -"HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" msgstr "" "Para configurar as suas definições de locale para utilizar outro idioma que " "não o Inglês, instale o pacote de suporte <classname>locales</classname> e " @@ -1275,18 +1312,36 @@ msgstr "" "não sejam ASCII ou latin1, por favor consulte o HOWTO de localização " "apropriado." +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# aptitude install console-data\n" +"# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" +"Note que o teclado não pode ser definido enquanto está no chroot, mas será " +"configurado após o próximo reboot." + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Instalar um Kernel" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:621 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " -"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." @@ -1299,7 +1354,7 @@ msgstr "" "do pacote." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1308,14 +1363,25 @@ msgstr "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" "replaceable>" +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences " +"the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file " +"will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional " +"information about this file, consult its man page which will be available " +"after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Configurar o Boot Loader" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1330,8 +1396,8 @@ msgstr "" "para o fazer." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " @@ -1339,8 +1405,8 @@ msgid "" "install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " "<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " "could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " -"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " -"relative to the system you call it from)." +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" "Veja <userinput>info grub</userinput> ou <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> para instruções acerca de como configurar o gestor de arranque. " @@ -1352,17 +1418,32 @@ msgstr "" "relativo ao sistema de onde o chama)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:665 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install grub\n" +"# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" +"# update-grub\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Aqui está um <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> simples como exemplo:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:679 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"boot=/dev/hda6\n" -"root=/dev/hda6\n" +"boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -1378,7 +1459,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1397,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" "você o chamar)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1427,13 +1508,46 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>ide0:</userinput> em vez de <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# tasksel install standard\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Instalar &debian; a partir de uma linha IP Paralela (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1447,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "estar ligado a uma rede que tenha um mirror Debian (e.g. à Internet)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1463,7 +1577,7 @@ msgstr "" "livres dentro do seu espaço de endereçamento de rede)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1474,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "" "após reiniciar para o sistema instalado (veja <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1488,13 +1602,13 @@ msgstr "" "literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Requisitos" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1504,14 +1618,14 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" "Media de instalação do sistema; veja <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1521,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" "irá funcionar como gateway." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1533,13 +1647,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Configurando a fonte" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1549,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" "fonte como uma gateway para a Internet utilizando ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1591,13 +1705,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Instalar o alvo" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1624,13 +1738,13 @@ msgstr "" "durante as várias etapas da instalação." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Carregar os componentes do instalador a partir de CD" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1640,13 +1754,13 @@ msgstr "" "disponibilizar os drivers PLIP para o sistema de instalação." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Detectar hardware de rede" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1661,7 +1775,7 @@ msgstr "" "irá mostrar esta lista." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1673,19 +1787,19 @@ msgstr "" "partir de uma lista. Escolha o módulo <userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Configurar a rede" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Auto-configurar a rede com DHCP: Não" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -1693,7 +1807,7 @@ msgstr "" "Endereço IP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1703,7 +1817,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1712,6 +1826,22 @@ msgstr "" "Endereços de servidor de nomes: você pode introduzir os mesmos endereços " "utilizados na fonte (veja <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Agora que você tem um verdadeiro sistema Debian, embora pouco limpo, no " +#~ "disco. Faça nele o <command>Chroot</command>:" + +#~ msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +#~ msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" + +#~ msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +#~ msgstr "Para configurar o seu teclado:" + +#~ msgid "Configure Locales" +#~ msgstr "Configurar Locales" + #~ msgid "1392" #~ msgstr "1392" diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index e4c8d23fb..752d45bf0 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-26 11:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -789,22 +789,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"Durante uma instalação com pouca memória, nem todos os componentes estarão " -"disponíveis. Uma das limitações é que você não poderá escolher um idioma " -"para a instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "Selecção das Opções de Localização" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -818,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" "consistem no idioma, país e definições locais." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -832,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalador utilizará por omissão o Inglês." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -847,7 +848,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar seleccionar o seu teclado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -871,7 +872,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -893,7 +894,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -907,13 +908,13 @@ msgstr "" "definições locais adicionais para serem geradas no sistema instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Escolher um teclado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -931,7 +932,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>kbdconfig</command> após ter completado a instalação)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -948,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F10</keycap> na linha superior." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -962,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "porque depende de futuros desenvolvimentos do kernel para Linux/MIPS." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -982,13 +983,13 @@ msgstr "" "layouts são similares." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Procurar a Imagem ISO do Instalador do Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1002,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "" "componente <command>iso-scan</command> faz exactamente isto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1033,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> procura por outra imagem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1048,7 +1049,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiros." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1066,13 +1067,13 @@ msgstr "" "fazer isto na segunda consola, sem reiniciar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Configuração de Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1093,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1117,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "" "novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1141,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1164,13 +1165,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Particionar e Escolher os Pontos de Montagem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1188,13 +1189,13 @@ msgstr "" "aspectos relacionados com dispositivos LVM e RAID." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Particionar os Seus Discos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1206,7 +1207,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1221,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr "" "partir do menu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1239,7 +1240,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> do kernel </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1248,7 +1249,7 @@ msgstr "" "arquitecturas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1265,7 +1266,7 @@ msgstr "" "aos seus dados pessoais." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1282,7 +1283,7 @@ msgstr "" "tamanho do seu disco." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1300,7 +1301,7 @@ msgstr "" "para confirmar estas alterações antes de serem escritas no disco." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1318,7 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "" "discos pode ajudar a identifica-los." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1334,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "(encriptado) isto não é possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1352,73 +1353,73 @@ msgstr "" "espaço (depende do esquema escolhido) o particionamento guiado irá falhar." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Espaço mínimo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partições criadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Todos os ficheiros numa partição" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partição /home separada" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partições /home, /usr, /var e /tmp separadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1428,7 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1442,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" "dentro da partição LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1457,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição de arranque EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1469,7 +1470,7 @@ msgstr "" "reservar este espaço para o gestor de arranque aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1481,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições formatadas e onde serão montadas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1532,7 +1533,7 @@ msgstr "" "alcançada utilizando o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1553,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr "" "propostas como descritas abaixo para o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1569,13 +1570,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian será tema do resto desta secção." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Se escolher um disco completamente vazio que não possuí nem partições nem " "espaço livre, ser-lhe-á pedido que crie uma nova tabela de partições (isto é " @@ -1584,22 +1585,26 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Se tiver seleccionado algum espaço livre, ser-lhe-á pedido que crie uma nova " "partição. Terá que responder a uma série de questões rápidas acerca do seu " @@ -1618,17 +1623,17 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "Se decidir que tem que alterar algo na sua partição, seleccione " "simplesmente a partição e será apresentado o menu de configuração. Por este " @@ -1640,7 +1645,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainda apagar a partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1656,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr "" "permitirá continuar até que corrija esta situação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1668,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuar até que aloque uma." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1684,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "" "xfs</filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1699,13 +1704,13 @@ msgstr "" "os sistemas de ficheiros sejam criados conforme foram pedidos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurar o Dispositivo Multidisk (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1725,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "" "sua variante mais famosa <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1740,43 +1745,43 @@ msgstr "" "atribuir um ponto de montagem, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1821,55 +1826,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Para resumir :" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Mínimos" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispositivo Sobresselente" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Sobrevive a falhas de disco?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Espaço Disponível" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>não</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1877,43 +1882,43 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opcional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>sim</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensão da partição RAID mais pequena" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1923,17 +1928,17 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos um)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "Se quiser saber toda a verdade sobre o software RAID, dê uma vista de olhos " "no <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1949,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1967,7 +1972,7 @@ msgstr "" "forma manual através da shell." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1990,7 +1995,7 @@ msgstr "" "que seleccionar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2002,7 +2007,7 @@ msgstr "" "formaram o MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2023,7 +2028,7 @@ msgstr "" "erro seja corrigido." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2033,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "" "necessita de utilizar pelo menos <emphasis>três</emphasis> partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2051,7 +2056,7 @@ msgstr "" "para uma partição <filename>/home</filename> de 100GB)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2066,13 +2071,13 @@ msgstr "" "habituais." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "A configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2089,7 +2094,7 @@ msgstr "" "lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2109,7 +2114,7 @@ msgstr "" "podem ser fisicamente espalhadas por vários discos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2130,7 +2135,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2147,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2167,7 +2172,7 @@ msgstr "" "contexto e apenas mostra acções válidas. As acções possíveis são:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2177,43 +2182,43 @@ msgstr "" "estructura do dispositivo LVM, nome e tamanhos dos volumes lógicos e mais." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Criar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Criar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Apagar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Apagar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Estender grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Reduzir grupo de volumes" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2223,7 +2228,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2233,22 +2238,7 @@ msgstr "" "depois criar os seus volumes lógicos dentro." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" -"Pode também utilizar este menu para apagar do seu disco rígido uma " -"configuração LVM existente antes de escolher <quote>Particionamento guiado " -"utilizando LVM</quote>. O particionamento guiado utilizando LVM não é " -"possível se já estiverem definidos grupos de volumes, mas se os remover pode " -"começar do início." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2260,13 +2250,13 @@ msgstr "" "deverá tratá-las como tal)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Configurar Volumes Encriptados" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2289,7 +2279,7 @@ msgstr "" "caracteres aleatórios." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2317,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregar o kernel a partir de uma partição encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2332,13 +2322,13 @@ msgstr "" "chave." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." @@ -2353,7 +2343,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2370,7 +2360,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolha por omissão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2384,13 +2374,13 @@ msgstr "" "foram cuidadosamente escolhidos com a segurança em mente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2416,13 +2406,13 @@ msgstr "" "século XXI." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Comprimento da chave: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2436,13 +2426,13 @@ msgstr "" "desempenho. Os comprimentos disponíveis das chaves variam consoante a cifra." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Algoritmo IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2460,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" "repetidos nos dados encriptados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2475,25 +2465,25 @@ msgstr "" "seja capaz de utilizar algoritmos mais recentes." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Frase-chave</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Pode escolher aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Frase-chave" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2507,13 +2497,13 @@ msgstr "" "frase-chave na qual poderá introduzir no processo, mais à frente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Chave aleatória" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2531,7 +2521,7 @@ msgstr "" "cifragem, isto não é alcançável durante a nossa vida.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2551,13 +2541,13 @@ msgstr "" "escritos para a partição de swap." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Apagar dados: <userinput>sim</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2578,7 +2568,7 @@ msgstr "" "dados mesmo após várias escritas na media megneto-óptica. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2590,13 +2580,13 @@ msgstr "" "para disponibilizar as seguintes opções:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2609,26 +2599,26 @@ msgstr "" "cifras e comprimentos de chave." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" "Pode seleccionar aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2642,19 +2632,19 @@ msgstr "" "chave apropriada (ser-lhe-á pedido para indicar uma, adiante no processo)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Por favor veja a acima a secção acerca de chaves aleatórias." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Por favor veja acima a secção acerca de apagar dados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2668,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>frases-passe</emphasis> como chaves de encriptação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2687,7 +2677,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2704,7 +2694,7 @@ msgstr "" "de animais de estimação, nomes de familiares, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2729,7 +2719,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave para o sistema de ficheiros raiz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2752,7 +2742,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada partição a ser encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2786,7 +2776,7 @@ msgstr "" "valores por omissão não lhe servirem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2806,7 +2796,7 @@ msgstr "" "encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2816,13 +2806,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Configurar o Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2832,13 +2822,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizadas para configurar o sistema que vai ser instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Configurar O Seu Fuso Horário" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2852,13 +2842,13 @@ msgstr "" "perguntado nada e o sistema assumirá esse fuso horário." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Configurar o Relógio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2872,7 +2862,7 @@ msgstr "" "outros sistemas operativos estão instalados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2891,7 +2881,7 @@ msgstr "" "GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2904,19 +2894,19 @@ msgstr "" "UTC você pode acertar o relógio para a hora actual depois de ter instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Definir Utilizadores E Palavras Passe" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Definir a Palavra Passe de Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2931,7 +2921,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2948,7 +2938,7 @@ msgstr "" "possa ser adivinhada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2961,13 +2951,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Criar um Utilizador Normal" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2981,7 +2971,7 @@ msgstr "" "seu o acesso pessoal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3002,7 +2992,7 @@ msgstr "" "for novo para si." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3017,7 +3007,7 @@ msgstr "" "conta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3027,13 +3017,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilize o comando <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3045,21 +3035,15 @@ msgstr "" "pois faz download, verifica e extrai todo o sistema base. Se tiver um " "computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo." -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "Instalação do Sistema Base" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" "Durante a instalação da Base, as mensagens de extracção e da configuração de " "pacotes são redireccionadas para <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Pode aceder a " @@ -3068,19 +3052,19 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Alt esquerdo</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" "As mensagens de extracção/configuração geradas pela instalação da base são " "guardadas em <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> quando a instalação é " "efectuada através de uma consola série." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3094,18 +3078,18 @@ msgstr "" "de uma lista de kernels disponíveis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Instalar Software Adicional" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" @@ -3116,29 +3100,30 @@ msgstr "" "base se tiver um computador ou uma rede lentos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Configurar o apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" "Isto significa que as pessoas costumam instalar pacotes no seu sistema " "através de um programa chamado <command>apt-get</command>, do pacote " @@ -3157,7 +3142,7 @@ msgstr "" "bom interface com o utilizador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3175,13 +3160,13 @@ msgstr "" "estar completa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3199,7 +3184,7 @@ msgstr "" "executar várias tarefas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3233,7 +3218,7 @@ msgstr "" "size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3246,7 +3231,7 @@ msgstr "" "não instalar nenhuma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3258,7 +3243,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolher um ambiente de desktop diferente como por exemplo, o KDE." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3281,7 +3266,7 @@ msgstr "" "outro método de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3300,7 +3285,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>; Servidor web: <classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3312,7 +3297,7 @@ msgstr "" "pacotes que fazem parte das tarefas que seleccionou." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3322,7 +3307,7 @@ msgstr "" "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3337,13 +3322,13 @@ msgstr "" "este processo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Configurar o Mail Transport Agent" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3359,7 +3344,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, que é relativamente pequeno, flexível, e fácil de aprender." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3374,7 +3359,7 @@ msgstr "" "lhe avisos importantes por email." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3384,13 +3369,13 @@ msgstr "" "de mail. Escolha o que mais se adequa às suas necessidades:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "site de internet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3404,13 +3389,13 @@ msgstr "" "domínios para os quais deseja aceitar e encaminhar o correio." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "correio enviado por smarthost" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3429,13 +3414,13 @@ msgstr "" "telefónico." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "distribuição local apenas" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3454,13 +3439,13 @@ msgstr "" "pergunta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "sem configuração neste momento" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3475,7 +3460,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3491,18 +3476,18 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command> em <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" "Se estiver a efectuar a instalação numa estação de trabalho sem drive de " @@ -3511,30 +3496,14 @@ msgstr "" "optar por correr o Openboot a partir da rede por omissão; veja <xref linkend=" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Note que o arranque de múltiplos sistemas operativos numa única máquina é " -"ainda considerada uma arte obscura. Este documento não pretende documentar " -"os vários gestores de arranque, os quais variam por arquitectura e por vezes " -"até por sub-arquitectura. Deverá consultar a documentação do seu gestor de " -"arranque para mais informações." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3550,7 +3519,7 @@ msgstr "" "adição ao Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3567,16 +3536,16 @@ msgstr "" "mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>aboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3595,13 +3564,13 @@ msgstr "" "terá que arrancar o GNU/Linux a partir de uma disquete." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3618,19 +3587,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3642,7 +3611,7 @@ msgstr "" "quer para novatos quer para utilizadores experientes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3654,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3664,13 +3633,13 @@ msgstr "" "menu principal e a partir daí seleccione o gestor de arranque que desejar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3687,7 +3656,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3701,23 +3670,23 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "" "O &d-i; apresenta-lhe três escolhas para instalar o gestor de arranque " "<command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3727,13 +3696,13 @@ msgstr "" "de arranque." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "nova partição Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3745,13 +3714,13 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque secundário." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Outra escolha" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3769,7 +3738,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3785,15 +3754,15 @@ msgstr "" "utilizar outro método para voltar ao Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " "on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " @@ -3803,9 +3772,9 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" "O gestor de arranque de &architecture; é chamado <quote>elilo</quote>. É um " "gestor de arranque à imagem do gestor de arranque <quote>lilo</quote> para a " @@ -3821,7 +3790,7 @@ msgstr "" "na realidade o arranque do kernel Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3839,20 +3808,20 @@ msgstr "" "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" "O critério para escolher a partição é o do sistema de ficheiros formatado em " @@ -3863,13 +3832,13 @@ msgstr "" "pode formatar a partição durante a instalação, apagando todo o seu conteúdo!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3899,13 +3868,13 @@ msgstr "" "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3917,13 +3886,13 @@ msgstr "" "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3937,13 +3906,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3958,13 +3927,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3977,13 +3946,13 @@ msgstr "" "seja executado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3997,13 +3966,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4047,13 +4016,13 @@ msgstr "" "executando <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4063,13 +4032,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> para controladores onboard." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4078,13 +4047,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4093,13 +4062,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4109,13 +4078,13 @@ msgstr "" "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4144,13 +4113,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> na linha de comando do firmware." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4160,13 +4129,13 @@ msgstr "" "parte das DECstations, <userinput>3</userinput> para controladores onboard" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4174,7 +4143,7 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>DELO</command> será instalado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4183,13 +4152,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "nome" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4199,7 +4168,7 @@ msgstr "" "omissão <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4210,19 +4179,19 @@ msgstr "" "para a sua utilização." #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4243,13 +4212,13 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar o &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4264,13 +4233,13 @@ msgstr "" "clones da Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4287,13 +4256,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4325,13 +4294,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4350,7 +4319,7 @@ msgstr "" "arrancar o GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4372,13 +4341,13 @@ msgstr "" "numa partição separada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4388,13 +4357,13 @@ msgstr "" "novo. Consiste basicamente em arrumar o &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação e Reiniciar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4408,7 +4377,7 @@ msgstr "" "reiniciará já no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4422,13 +4391,13 @@ msgstr "" "escolhido para sistema de ficheiros root durante a fase de instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscelânea" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4440,13 +4409,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4458,7 +4427,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4474,43 +4443,46 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." msgstr "" -"Existe o seguinte item no menu <guimenuitem>Executar uma Shell</" -"guimenuitem>. Se o menu quando necessitar da shell , carregue em " -"<keycombo><keycap>Alt esquerdo</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (num " -"teclado Mac, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" -"keycombo>) para mudar para a segunda <emphasis>consola virtual</emphasis>. " -"Trata-se da tecla <keycap>Alt</keycap> do lado esquerdo da tecla " -"<keycap>barra de espaços</keycap>, e a tecla de função<keycap>F2</keycap>, " -"ao mesmo tempo. Esta é uma janela separada a correr uma shell clonada de " -"Bourne shell chamada de <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" "Nesta fase arrancou a partir do disco RAM e dispõe apenas de uma série de " @@ -4524,30 +4496,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" -"Utilize os menus para efectuar qualquer tarefa que seja possível fazer " -"— a shell e os comandos encontram-se lá apenas para o caso de algo " -"correr mal. Em particular deve usar sempre os menus e não a shell para " -"activar a partição swap, pois o menu do software não consegue detectar o que " -"fez através da shell. Carregue em <keycombo><keycap>Alt esquerdo</keycap> " -"<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> para voltar a ter os menus, ou digite " -"<command>exit</command> se tiver usado um item de menu para abrir a shell." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4565,7 +4545,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4588,7 +4568,7 @@ msgstr "" "com SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4598,7 +4578,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar a rede." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4621,7 +4601,7 @@ msgstr "" "remotamente</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4633,7 +4613,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá escolher outro componente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4665,7 +4645,7 @@ msgstr "" "de confirmar se é o correcto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4683,7 +4663,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> e tentar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4703,7 +4683,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4719,7 +4699,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4730,6 +4710,82 @@ msgstr "" "terminada." #~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Durante uma instalação com pouca memória, nem todos os componentes " +#~ "estarão disponíveis. Uma das limitações é que você não poderá escolher um " +#~ "idioma para a instalação." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from " +#~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</" +#~ "quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already " +#~ "are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode também utilizar este menu para apagar do seu disco rígido uma " +#~ "configuração LVM existente antes de escolher <quote>Particionamento " +#~ "guiado utilizando LVM</quote>. O particionamento guiado utilizando LVM " +#~ "não é possível se já estiverem definidos grupos de volumes, mas se os " +#~ "remover pode começar do início." + +#~ msgid "Base System Installation" +#~ msgstr "Instalação do Sistema Base" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +#~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +#~ "the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +#~ "subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for " +#~ "more information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Note que o arranque de múltiplos sistemas operativos numa única máquina é " +#~ "ainda considerada uma arte obscura. Este documento não pretende " +#~ "documentar os vários gestores de arranque, os quais variam por " +#~ "arquitectura e por vezes até por sub-arquitectura. Deverá consultar a " +#~ "documentação do seu gestor de arranque para mais informações." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " +#~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a " +#~ "Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. " +#~ "That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the " +#~ "<keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at " +#~ "the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone " +#~ "called <command>ash</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Existe o seguinte item no menu <guimenuitem>Executar uma Shell</" +#~ "guimenuitem>. Se o menu quando necessitar da shell , carregue em " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt esquerdo</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> " +#~ "(num teclado Mac, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) para mudar para a segunda <emphasis>consola virtual</" +#~ "emphasis>. Trata-se da tecla <keycap>Alt</keycap> do lado esquerdo da " +#~ "tecla <keycap>barra de espaços</keycap>, e a tecla de função<keycap>F2</" +#~ "keycap>, ao mesmo tempo. Esta é uma janela separada a correr uma shell " +#~ "clonada de Bourne shell chamada de <command>ash</command>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " +#~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " +#~ "particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate " +#~ "your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've " +#~ "done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type " +#~ "<command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Utilize os menus para efectuar qualquer tarefa que seja possível fazer " +#~ "— a shell e os comandos encontram-se lá apenas para o caso de algo " +#~ "correr mal. Em particular deve usar sempre os menus e não a shell para " +#~ "activar a partição swap, pois o menu do software não consegue detectar o " +#~ "que fez através da shell. Carregue em <keycombo><keycap>Alt esquerdo</" +#~ "keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> para voltar a ter os menus, ou " +#~ "digite <command>exit</command> se tiver usado um item de menu para abrir " +#~ "a shell." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using " #~ "preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding " #~ "<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when " diff --git a/po/ro/using-d-i.po b/po/ro/using-d-i.po index 15eb2ac9e..51df3f67e 100644 --- a/po/ro/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ro/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-25 02:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -786,22 +786,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"În timpul unei instalări cu memorie puţină nu vor fi disponibile toate " -"componentele. Una dintre limitări este faptul că nu veţi putea o limbă " -"pentru instalare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "Selectarea opţiunilor de localizare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -815,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr "" "localele." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -829,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalare va folosi implicit engleza." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -844,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "" "şi pentru alegerea tastaturii dumneavoastră." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -868,7 +869,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname> nu va fi instalat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -889,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" "o ţară asociată, acea ţară va fi selectată automat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -903,13 +904,13 @@ msgstr "" "fi generate pentru sistemul instalat." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Alegerea tastaturii" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -928,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" # couldn't xml-ised quotes be used for the ' characters? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -944,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> la <keycap>F10</keycap> deasupra şirului de sus." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -959,7 +960,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux/MIPS." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -979,13 +980,13 @@ msgstr "" "Mac). În celelalte privinţe, cele două aranjamente sunt similare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Căutarea imaginii ISO a Programului de instalare al Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -999,7 +1000,7 @@ msgstr "" "Componenta <command>iso-scan</command> face chiar acest lucru." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1029,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> caută o altă imagine." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1043,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" "chiar traversează întregul sistem de fişiere." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1061,13 +1062,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix ar putea face aceste lucruri fără a reporni, de la a doua consolă." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Configurarea reţelisticii" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1088,7 +1089,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1112,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "" "este cum trebuie, încercaţi din nou." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1136,7 +1137,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1161,13 +1162,13 @@ msgstr "" "de configurare a reţelei." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partiţionarea şi selectarea punctelor de montare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1187,13 +1188,13 @@ msgstr "" "RAID." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Partiţionarea discurilor" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1205,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" "se vedea <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1219,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "" "automat, alegeţi din meniu metoda <guimenuitem>Manuală</guimenuitem> ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1236,7 +1237,7 @@ msgstr "" "(criptat) să nu fie prezentă pe toate arhitecturile." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1246,7 +1247,7 @@ msgstr "" # XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1264,7 +1265,7 @@ msgstr "" "pentru datele (personale ale) dumneavoastră." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1281,7 +1282,7 @@ msgstr "" "de dimensiunea discului." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1299,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" "cere să confirmaţi aceste schimbări înainte de a fi scrise pe disc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1318,7 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificarea lor." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1334,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "(criptat) acest lucru nu este posibil." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1353,73 +1354,73 @@ msgstr "" "eşua." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Schema de partiţionare" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Spaţiu minim" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partiţii create" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Toate fişierele pe o partiţie" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partiţie /home separată" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partiţii /home, /usr, /var şi /tmp separate" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GO</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1429,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1443,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiţiei LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1458,7 +1459,7 @@ msgstr "" "EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1470,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" "a rezerva spaţiu pentru încărcătorul de sistem aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1482,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "formatate şi dacă vor fi montate." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1533,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiţionarea manuală." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1554,7 +1555,7 @@ msgstr "" "propuse după cum se va descrie mai jos la partiţionarea manuală." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1570,13 +1571,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian vor fi acoperite în restul acestei secţiuni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Dacă selectaţi un disc nou care nu are nici partiţii nici spaţiu liber pe " "el, vi se va oferi posibilitatea să creaţi o nouă tabelă de partiţii (acest " @@ -1585,22 +1586,26 @@ msgstr "" "selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Dacă selectaţi un spaţiu liber, veţi putea să creaţi o nouă partiţie. Va " "trebui să răspundeţi la o scurtă serie de întrebări legate de dimensiunea " @@ -1620,17 +1625,17 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "Dacă vă decideţi să schimbaţi ceva legat de partiţie, selectaţi partiţia, " "lucru care vă va duce la meniul de configurare a partiţiei. Deoarece este " @@ -1642,7 +1647,7 @@ msgstr "" "şi să ştergeţi o partiţie." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1658,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" "lăsa să continuaţi până nu corectaţi această problemă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1670,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuaţi până când nu alocaţi una." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1687,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1702,13 +1707,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemele de fişiere ar trebui create aşa cum s-a cerut." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurarea dispozitivelor multi-disc (<quote>RAID software</quote>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1729,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "" "software</firstterm></quote>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1744,43 +1749,43 @@ msgstr "" "montare, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1827,55 +1832,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Pentru a sumariza:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipul" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minim de dispozitive" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispozitive de rezervă" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Supravieţuieşte la un defect de disc?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Spaţiu disponibil" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nu</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1883,43 +1888,43 @@ msgstr "" "RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opţional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>da</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensiunea celei mai mici partiţii din RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1929,18 +1934,18 @@ msgstr "" "RAID minus unu)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "Dacă doriţi să aflaţi toate informaţiile despre <quote>RAID-ul software</" "quote>, consultaţi <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Reţetarul RAID " "software</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1957,7 +1962,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1976,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "de instalare sau configurare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1998,7 +2003,7 @@ msgstr "" "depinde de tipul de dispozitiv MD selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2010,7 +2015,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectaţi partiţiile care vor forma dispozitivul MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2031,7 +2036,7 @@ msgstr "" "problema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2042,7 +2047,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> partiţii active." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2060,7 +2065,7 @@ msgstr "" "(partiţie de 100GO, destul de sigură pentru <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2075,13 +2080,13 @@ msgstr "" "precum punctele de montare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Configurarea Managerului de volume logice (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2098,7 +2103,7 @@ msgstr "" "legături simbolice, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2118,7 +2123,7 @@ msgstr "" "se pot întinde peste mai multe discuri fizice." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2139,7 +2144,7 @@ msgstr "" "fi bine să citiţi <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">Reţetarul LVM</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2156,7 +2161,7 @@ msgstr "" "fizic pentru LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2169,7 +2174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2177,43 +2182,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2221,7 +2226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2229,17 +2234,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2248,13 +2243,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2268,7 +2263,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2285,7 +2280,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2295,20 +2290,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2319,7 +2314,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2329,13 +2324,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2351,13 +2346,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2367,13 +2362,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2385,7 +2380,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2395,25 +2390,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2423,13 +2418,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2441,7 +2436,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2454,13 +2449,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2474,7 +2469,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2483,13 +2478,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2498,25 +2493,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2526,19 +2521,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2548,7 +2543,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2560,7 +2555,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2571,7 +2566,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2586,7 +2581,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2600,7 +2595,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2620,7 +2615,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2633,7 +2628,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2641,13 +2636,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2655,13 +2650,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2671,13 +2666,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2687,7 +2682,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2699,7 +2694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2709,19 +2704,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2731,7 +2726,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2742,7 +2737,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2751,13 +2746,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2767,7 +2762,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2780,7 +2775,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2790,7 +2785,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2798,13 +2793,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2813,34 +2808,34 @@ msgid "" "take some time." msgstr "" -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" +"Mesajele de eroare şi jurnalele sunt redirecţionate spre a patra consolă. " +"Puteţi activa această consolă apăsând <keycombo><keycap>Alt stânga</" +"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (ţineţi apăsată tasta <keycap>Alt " +"stânga</keycap> în timp ce apăsaţi tasta funcţională <keycap>F4</keycap>); " +"vă puteţi întoarce la procesul de instalare cu <keycombo><keycap>Alt stânga</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2850,50 +2845,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2905,13 +2901,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2923,7 +2919,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2943,7 +2939,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -2952,7 +2948,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -2961,7 +2957,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -2975,7 +2971,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -2987,7 +2983,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2996,7 +2992,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3004,7 +3000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3014,13 +3010,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3031,7 +3027,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3041,7 +3037,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3049,13 +3045,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3065,13 +3061,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3083,13 +3079,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3101,13 +3097,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3117,7 +3113,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3128,40 +3124,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3172,7 +3157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3183,16 +3168,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3203,13 +3188,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3220,19 +3205,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3241,7 +3226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3250,7 +3235,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3258,13 +3243,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3275,7 +3260,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3285,21 +3270,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3307,13 +3292,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3322,13 +3307,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3340,7 +3325,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3351,13 +3336,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3368,13 +3353,13 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3386,31 +3371,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3428,13 +3413,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3443,13 +3428,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3459,13 +3444,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3475,13 +3460,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3490,13 +3475,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3506,13 +3491,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3537,13 +3522,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3551,13 +3536,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3565,13 +3550,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3579,13 +3564,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3593,13 +3578,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3616,13 +3601,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3630,20 +3615,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3651,13 +3636,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3665,7 +3650,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3673,19 +3658,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3698,13 +3683,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3714,13 +3699,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3731,13 +3716,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3755,13 +3740,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3773,7 +3758,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3787,13 +3772,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3801,13 +3786,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3817,7 +3802,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3827,13 +3812,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3842,13 +3827,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3857,7 +3842,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3868,23 +3853,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -3894,8 +3891,8 @@ msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" @@ -3903,23 +3900,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3931,7 +3943,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3945,7 +3957,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3953,7 +3965,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3967,7 +3979,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3976,7 +3988,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3995,7 +4007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4007,7 +4019,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4020,7 +4032,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4031,13 +4043,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " "resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "În timpul unei instalări cu memorie puţină nu vor fi disponibile toate " +#~ "componentele. Una dintre limitări este faptul că nu veţi putea o limbă " +#~ "pentru instalare." + # XXX: 2.4 is no longer default! should this be abolished? #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " diff --git a/po/ru/install-methods.po b/po/ru/install-methods.po index 3eba11e8c..13fc66e05 100644 --- a/po/ru/install-methods.po +++ b/po/ru/install-methods.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-10 17:16+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:5 @@ -79,15 +80,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Если машина не поддерживает загрузку с компакт-диска, а вы имеете набор CD, " "то для загрузки программы установки можно воспользоваться другим методом, " -"например, загрузить ядро <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">с дискеты," -"</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">с ленты, виртуальной ленты,</phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"bootable-disk\">с жёсткого диска,</phrase> <phrase condition=" -"\"bootable-usb\">с карт памяти usb,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-" -"tftp\">по сети,</phrase> или вручную с CD. Для этого на компакт-диске есть " -"все файлы; структура архива Debian в сети и каталогов CD идентичны. Поэтому, " -"когда ниже встречаются пути к файлам в архиве, которые требуются для " -"определённого вида загрузки, поищите эти файлы в тех же каталогах и " -"подкаталогах на ваших CD." +"например, загрузить ядро <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">с " +"дискеты,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">с ленты, виртуальной ленты,</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">с жёсткого диска,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">с карт памяти usb,</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-tftp\">по сети,</phrase> или вручную с CD. Для этого на компакт-" +"диске есть все файлы; структура архива Debian в сети и каталогов CD " +"идентичны. Поэтому, когда ниже встречаются пути к файлам в архиве, которые " +"требуются для определённого вида загрузки, поищите эти файлы в тех же " +"каталогах и подкаталогах на ваших CD." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:52 @@ -115,8 +116,8 @@ msgstr "" "ленту</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">дискету или</" "phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">жёсткий диск, или</phrase> " "<phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">карте памяти usb, или</phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"supports-tftp\">подключённый к сети компьютер</phrase> и использовать " -"их для загрузки программы установки." +"condition=\"supports-tftp\">подключённый к сети компьютер</phrase> и " +"использовать их для загрузки программы установки." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:83 @@ -327,7 +328,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel " "parameter &ramdisksize;." -msgstr "Все образы ядра версий 2.2.x для m68k требуют параметр ядра &ramdisksize;." +msgstr "" +"Все образы ядра версий 2.2.x для m68k требуют параметр ядра &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:261 @@ -380,7 +382,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy " "drives." -msgstr "Загрузка программы установки с дискет не работает в дисководах Mac USB." +msgstr "" +"Загрузка программы установки с дискет не работает в дисководах Mac USB." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:298 @@ -388,7 +391,8 @@ msgstr "Загрузка программы установки с дискет msgid "" "Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k " "Macs." -msgstr "Загрузка программы установки с дискет не поддерживается на Amiga или 68k Mac." +msgstr "" +"Загрузка программы установки с дискет не поддерживается на Amiga или 68k Mac." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:303 @@ -403,14 +407,13 @@ msgid "" "from the file onto the floppy." msgstr "" "Образы дисков — это файлы, в которых содержится полная информация с " -"дискеты в <emphasis>необработанном (raw)</emphasis> виде. Образы дисков, такие " -"как <filename>boot.img</filename>, нельзя скопировать на дискету обычным " -"образом. Для этого нужно использовать специальную программу, которая пишет " -"образы файлов на дискету в <emphasis>нестандартном</emphasis> режиме. " -"Это обязательное условие, так " -"как образы представляют собой необработанные данные дискеты; для записи " -"требуется выполнение <emphasis>посекторного копирования</emphasis> " -"данных из файла на дискету." +"дискеты в <emphasis>необработанном (raw)</emphasis> виде. Образы дисков, " +"такие как <filename>boot.img</filename>, нельзя скопировать на дискету " +"обычным образом. Для этого нужно использовать специальную программу, которая " +"пишет образы файлов на дискету в <emphasis>нестандартном</emphasis> режиме. " +"Это обязательное условие, так как образы представляют собой необработанные " +"данные дискеты; для записи требуется выполнение <emphasis>посекторного " +"копирования</emphasis> данных из файла на дискету." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:314 @@ -502,19 +505,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Некоторые системы пытаются автоматически смонтировать дискету после " "появления её в дисководе. Вам может потребоваться выключить это свойство, " -"иначе рабочая станция не позволит вам запись на дискету в <emphasis>нестандартном (raw) " -"режиме</emphasis>. К сожалению, как этого достичь зависит от операционной " -"системы. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> В Solaris для получения прямого (raw) доступа к " -"дискете вы можете обойти систему управления томами. Во-первых, убедитесь, " -"что дискета смонтирована автоматически (с помощью команды <command>volcheck</" -"command> и её эквивалентом из менеджера файлов). Затем, воспользуйтесь " -"командой <command>dd</command> как было показано выше, просто заменив " -"<filename>/dev/fd0</filename> на <filename>/vol/rdsk/" -"<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, " -"где<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> это имя дисковода, которое было " -"задано при форматировании (безымянные дискеты имеют имя по " -"умолчанию<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>).По другим системам, спросите " -"вашего системного администратора. </phrase>" +"иначе рабочая станция не позволит вам запись на дискету в " +"<emphasis>нестандартном (raw) режиме</emphasis>. К сожалению, как этого " +"достичь зависит от операционной системы. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> В Solaris " +"для получения прямого (raw) доступа к дискете вы можете обойти систему " +"управления томами. Во-первых, убедитесь, что дискета смонтирована " +"автоматически (с помощью команды <command>volcheck</command> и её " +"эквивалентом из менеджера файлов). Затем, воспользуйтесь командой " +"<command>dd</command> как было показано выше, просто заменив <filename>/dev/" +"fd0</filename> на <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</" +"replaceable></filename>, где<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> это имя " +"дисковода, которое было задано при форматировании (безымянные дискеты имеют " +"имя по умолчанию<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>).По другим системам, " +"спросите вашего системного администратора. </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:374 @@ -541,9 +544,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the " "following programs to copy images to floppies." msgstr "" -"Если у вас есть доступ к машине i386 или amd64, то для копирования " -"образов на дискеты вы можете воспользоваться одной из программ, упомянутых " -"ниже." +"Если у вас есть доступ к машине i386 или amd64, то для копирования образов " +"на дискеты вы можете воспользоваться одной из программ, упомянутых ниже." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:399 @@ -775,14 +777,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:547 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." +msgid "" +"Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." msgstr "Вставьте дискету, нажмите &enterkey; (начало с сектора 0)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:553 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." -msgstr "Выберите файл <filename>root.bin</filename> в появившемся диалоговом окне." +msgid "" +"Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." +msgstr "" +"Выберите файл <filename>root.bin</filename> в появившемся диалоговом окне." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:558 @@ -1601,30 +1606,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " -"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." msgstr "" "Вам нужно настроить TFTP сервер, а если машин много, то BOOTP сервер<phrase " "condition=\"supports-rarp\"> или RARP сервер</phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"supports-dhcp\"> или DHCP сервер</phrase>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1086 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " "(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " -"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " -"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase " -"arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " -"address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=" -"\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more " -"flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be " -"configured via DHCP. </phrase>" +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible " +"extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " "(RARP) — это один из путей указать клиенту какой адрес IP для него " @@ -1638,7 +1642,7 @@ msgstr "" "только через DHCP.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " @@ -1650,7 +1654,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить с помощью BOOTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " @@ -1674,7 +1678,7 @@ msgstr "" "SRM консоли." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " @@ -1684,7 +1688,7 @@ msgstr "" "BOOTP. Пакет <classname>rbootd</classname> доступен в Debian." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " @@ -1699,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris) и GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " @@ -1714,13 +1718,13 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "Настройка RARP сервера" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " @@ -1740,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr "" "sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " @@ -1753,31 +1757,31 @@ msgid "" "sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/" "etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." msgstr "" -"В системе с RARP сервером использующей ядро Linux 2.4 или 2.6, или " -"Solaris/SunOS вы должны использовать программу <command>rarpd</command>. " -"Вам нужно проверить, что аппаратный адрес Ethernet клиента " -"содержится в базе данных <quote>ethers</quote> (или в файле <filename>/etc/" -"ethers</filename> или через NIS/NIS+) и в базе данных <quote>hosts</quote>. " -"Затем, вам нужно запустить демона RARP. В большинстве Linux систем и " -"SunOS 5 (Solaris 2) выполните команду (от суперпользователя): " -"<userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>; в других Linux системах <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> или <userinput>/usr/" -"etc/rarpd -a</userinput> в SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." +"В системе с RARP сервером использующей ядро Linux 2.4 или 2.6, или Solaris/" +"SunOS вы должны использовать программу <command>rarpd</command>. Вам нужно " +"проверить, что аппаратный адрес Ethernet клиента содержится в базе данных " +"<quote>ethers</quote> (или в файле <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> или " +"через NIS/NIS+) и в базе данных <quote>hosts</quote>. Затем, вам нужно " +"запустить демона RARP. В большинстве Linux систем и SunOS 5 (Solaris 2) " +"выполните команду (от суперпользователя): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</" +"userinput>; в других Linux системах <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> " +"или <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> в SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "Настройка BOOTP сервера" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1193 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " "<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " "<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " -"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages " -"respectively." +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." msgstr "" "Для GNU/Linux есть два BOOTP сервера. Первый — CMU <command>bootpd</" "command>. Второй, на самом деле являющийся сервером DHCP — ISC " @@ -1785,7 +1789,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>bootp</classname> и <classname>dhcp</classname> соответственно." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " @@ -1848,17 +1852,17 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> содержит MAC адрес машины.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " "easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " "clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " "clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" -"\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply " "adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " "block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" -"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "Настройка BOOTP в ISC <command>dhcpd</command> очень проста, так как он " "считает клиента BOOTP, как один из вариантов клиента DHCP. Некоторые " @@ -1870,19 +1874,25 @@ msgstr "" "restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "Настройка DHCP сервера" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " -"this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a " -"sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" -"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1901,9 +1911,7 @@ msgid "" " next-server servername;\n" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" -"}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</" -"classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"}" msgstr "" "Есть один свободный DHCP сервер — это ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. В " "&debian; он доступен из пакета <classname>dhcp</classname>. Вот пример его " @@ -1933,7 +1941,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " @@ -1950,25 +1958,25 @@ msgstr "" "содержать имя файла, который нужно получить по TFTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1275 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " -"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "После редактирования конфигурационного файла <command>dhcpd</command>, " "перезагрузите сервер командой <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</" "userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "Включение загрузки PXE в конфигурацию DHCP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1284 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" "boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1992,11 +2000,11 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "\n" "group {\n" -" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" -" host tftpclient {\n" +" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" +" host tftpclient {\n" "# tftp client hardware address\n" " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" -" filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" +" filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " @@ -2038,13 +2046,13 @@ msgstr "" "(смотрите ниже <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "Включение TFTP сервера" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " @@ -2063,14 +2071,27 @@ msgstr "" "установке." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " -"of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</" -"userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to " -"log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot " -"errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of " +"<command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is " +"useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that " +"below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " "have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " "has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" "userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" @@ -2089,7 +2110,7 @@ msgstr "" "pid</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " @@ -2119,21 +2140,20 @@ msgstr "" "используемого Linux TFTP сервером." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "Копирование TFTP образов в каталог TFTP сервера" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1364 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" -"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, " -"this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a " -"link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for " -"booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by " -"the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." msgstr "" "Далее, поместите нужный загрузочный образ TFTP из <xref linkend=\"where-files" "\"/> в каталог загрузочных образов <command>tftpd</command>. Как правило, " @@ -2143,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" "определяется TFTP клиентом и никак не стандартизовано." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " @@ -2161,13 +2181,13 @@ msgstr "" "каталоге TFTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " "<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " "tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " -"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " "<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" "Для загрузки через PXE всё что нужно лежит в файле <filename>netboot/netboot." @@ -2177,7 +2197,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2193,13 +2213,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> в качестве имени загружаемого файла." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "TFTP образы для DECstation" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " @@ -2217,7 +2237,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройками BOOTP/DHCP, как примере, приведённом выше." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2236,13 +2256,13 @@ msgstr "" "виде:" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " @@ -2281,13 +2301,13 @@ msgstr "" "board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Загрузка Alpha по TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " @@ -2309,13 +2329,13 @@ msgstr "" "файла одним из этих методов." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "Загрузка SPARC по TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " @@ -2347,7 +2367,7 @@ msgstr "" "заглавными и если нужно, добавить имя субархитектуры." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " @@ -2356,18 +2376,18 @@ msgid "" "the TFTP server looks in." msgstr "" "Также вы можете заставить некоторые sparc системы брать имя файла из " -"последнего параметра команды загрузки OpenPROM, например, <userinput>boot net " -"my-sparc.image</userinput>. Он всё ещё должен располагаться в каталоге, в " -"котором его будет искать TFTP сервер." +"последнего параметра команды загрузки OpenPROM, например, <userinput>boot " +"net my-sparc.image</userinput>. Он всё ещё должен располагаться в каталоге, " +"в котором его будет искать TFTP сервер." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "Загрузка BVM/Motorola по TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " @@ -2377,7 +2397,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталог<filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " @@ -2392,13 +2412,13 @@ msgstr "" "субархитектуры за дополнительной специфичной конфигурационной информацией." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "Загрузка SGI по TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " @@ -2412,13 +2432,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Загрузка Broadcom BCM91250A и BCM91480B по TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " @@ -2428,13 +2448,13 @@ msgstr "" "путь к файлу для загрузки с помощью CFE." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "Автоматическая установка" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " @@ -2450,13 +2470,13 @@ msgstr "" "сама программа установки Debian." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "Автоматическая установка с помощью программы установки Debian" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " @@ -2470,7 +2490,7 @@ msgstr "" "задаваемые во время процесса установки." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " @@ -2478,4 +2498,3 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Полную документацию по автоматической установке и рабочий пример, который вы " "можете отредактировать, находится в <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." - diff --git a/po/ru/post-install.po b/po/ru/post-install.po index 0e4e4965a..f3108fd4b 100644 --- a/po/ru/post-install.po +++ b/po/ru/post-install.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 21:21+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " "user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " "<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" "whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " -"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +"allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" "С другой стороны, если задания: (а) нужно запускать от определённого " "пользователя или (b) нужно запустить в определённое время или с определённой " diff --git a/po/ru/preparing.po b/po/ru/preparing.po index 09b0e9255..2a0b106ec 100644 --- a/po/ru/preparing.po +++ b/po/ru/preparing.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-06 15:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1657,16 +1657,16 @@ msgstr "Разметка дисков в Windows NT" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " "existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " "Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " "from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " "partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " -"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " -"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " -"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to " +"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have " +"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " "destroy the partition information." msgstr "" "Windows NT использует обычную таблицу разделов PC. Если вы изменяете " @@ -1719,15 +1719,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " -"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " -"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " -"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " -"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " -"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " -"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay " +"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post " +"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate " +"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the " +"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually " +"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you " +"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" "Но если вы имеете большой IDE диск и не используете ни LBA адресацию, ни " "вспомогательный драйвер (иногда поставляемый производителями жёстких " @@ -2116,12 +2116,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " "create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " -"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " -"FTP server." +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from " +"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Для Mac с IDE, вам нужно использовать <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> " "чтобы выделить пустое места для разделов Linux, и завершить разметку в " @@ -2136,7 +2137,7 @@ msgstr "Разметка из SunOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " "both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " @@ -2145,7 +2146,7 @@ msgid "" "you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " "the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " "that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " -"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 " "(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" "Это замечательно делается из SunOS; фактически, если вы намереваетесь " @@ -3127,17 +3128,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1965 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " "and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " -"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot " "from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " "necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " -"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " -"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " -"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " -"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have " +"to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a " +"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, " +"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" "Перед тем как выполнить установку, проведите планирование и некоторые " "предварительные шаги. IBM сделала доступной документацию о всём процессе, " @@ -3464,19 +3465,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "Изображение на мониторе OldWorld Powermac" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2164 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " -"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " -"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " -"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " -"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the " +"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such " +"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " "monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " diff --git a/po/ru/preseed.po b/po/ru/preseed.po index c4fde2eb7..59b05e711 100644 --- a/po/ru/preseed.po +++ b/po/ru/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-26 01:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-03 00:01+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1406,11 +1406,12 @@ msgstr "Настройка сервера-зеркала" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:726 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " -"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " -"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " +"download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, " +"and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the " +"installed system." msgstr "" "В зависимости от используемого метода установки для загрузки дополнительных " "компонент программы установки, базовой системы и настройки файла <filename>/" @@ -1478,13 +1479,13 @@ msgstr "Разметка дисков" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:756 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " -"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " -"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " -"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " -"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to " +"partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout " +"of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe " +"from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " "currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." msgstr "" "Использование настроек разметки жёсткого диска в автоматической установке " @@ -2023,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "Установка загрузчика" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:888 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" @@ -2034,9 +2035,9 @@ msgid "" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some " +"other\n" +"# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" @@ -2166,12 +2167,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:943 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " "installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" -"classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or " -"space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated " +"by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel " +"command line as well." msgstr "" "Если вы хотите установить несколько отдельных пакетов в дополнении к " "пакетам, устанавливаемым задачами, то вы можете использовать параметр " diff --git a/po/ru/random-bits.po b/po/ru/random-bits.po index 14bd0194f..892095f69 100644 --- a/po/ru/random-bits.po +++ b/po/ru/random-bits.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-29 18:57+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:4 @@ -457,9 +458,9 @@ msgid "" "installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" "Для базовой установки на i386 с ядром по умолчанию версии 2.6 со всеми " -"стандартными пакетами требуется 585 МБ дискового пространства. " -"Минимальная базовая установка без выбранной задачи \"Стандартная система\" " -"занимает 365 МБ." +"стандартными пакетами требуется 585 МБ дискового пространства. Минимальная " +"базовая установка без выбранной задачи \"Стандартная система\" занимает 365 " +"МБ." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:196 @@ -708,7 +709,9 @@ msgstr "<entry>32</entry>" msgid "" "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " "environment." -msgstr "В задачу <emphasis>Окружение рабочего стола</emphasis> входит установка среды рабочего стола Gnome." +msgstr "" +"В задачу <emphasis>Окружение рабочего стола</emphasis> входит установка " +"среды рабочего стола Gnome." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:290 @@ -778,12 +781,13 @@ msgstr "Начинаем" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:332 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " -"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " -"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " -"to install X." +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." msgstr "" "С помощью имеющейся утилиты работы с разделами диска, переразметьте диск как " "нужно, создав как минимум одну файловую систему плюс раздел подкачки (swap). " @@ -791,13 +795,13 @@ msgstr "" "300 МБ, если вы планируете установить X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:340 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " -"system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root " -"partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " "<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" @@ -809,14 +813,14 @@ msgstr "" "указывайте параметр <userinput>-j</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:350 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " "intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" +"# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" -"# swapon /dev/hda5\n" +"# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" "filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " "filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " @@ -833,17 +837,17 @@ msgstr "" "абсолютно произвольное." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:362 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" -"# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -855,13 +859,13 @@ msgstr "" "перед тем как перейти к следующему этапу." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Установка <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -886,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -913,7 +917,7 @@ msgstr "" "суперпользователя (root)." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -925,13 +929,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Запуск <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -947,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -959,15 +963,15 @@ msgstr "" "URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:443 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " "<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " -"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" -"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " -"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " -"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</" +"userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, " +"<userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" "Замените <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> на один из следующих вариантов в " @@ -979,46 +983,47 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:461 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" -" /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" +" /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Настройка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " -"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" -"Теперь у вас на диске есть настоящая, пусть и слабенькая, система Debian. " -"Выполните <command>Chroot</command> в неё:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" -msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Монтирование разделов" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:484 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1034,8 +1039,8 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" -"/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" -"/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" @@ -1043,8 +1048,17 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " "the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " -"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /media\n" +"# mkdir cdrom0\n" +"# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# ln -s media/cdrom\n" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " "times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " "customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " @@ -1082,13 +1096,13 @@ msgstr "" "тем как продолжить, убедитесь, что proc смонтирована:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1100,48 +1114,44 @@ msgstr "" "chroot:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" -msgstr "Настройка клавиатуры" +#: random-bits.xml:524 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Timezone" +msgstr "Настройка источника" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" -msgstr "Для настройки клавиатуры введите:" +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." +msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " -"configured for the next reboot." +"# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" +"# tzconfig" msgstr "" -"Заметим, что клавиатура не может быть настроена, пока работа производится в " -"chroot, но настройка будет произведена после следующей перезагрузки." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:539 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1185,6 +1195,17 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"\n" +"# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +"::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +"fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +"ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +"ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +"ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +"ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " "arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " "file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " @@ -1239,25 +1260,44 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейса (eth0, eth1 и т.д.) как вы и хотели." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" -msgstr "Настройка локалей" +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:581 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" +"\n" +"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" +msgstr "Настройка клавиатуры" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:598 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " -"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be " -"configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running " -"<command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets " -"other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization " -"HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" msgstr "" "Чтобы использовать язык, отличный от английского, нужно настроить локаль. " "Для этого установите пакет поддержки <classname>locales</classname> и " @@ -1270,18 +1310,36 @@ msgstr "" "набором символов, отличным от ASCII или latin1, пожалуйста " "проконсультируйтесь с соответствующим HOWTO по локализации." +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# aptitude install console-data\n" +"# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" +"Заметим, что клавиатура не может быть настроена, пока работа производится в " +"chroot, но настройка будет произведена после следующей перезагрузки." + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Установка ядра" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:621 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " -"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." @@ -1293,7 +1351,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> Затем установите нужное, указав имя пакета." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1302,14 +1360,25 @@ msgstr "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" "replaceable>" +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences " +"the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file " +"will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional " +"information about this file, consult its man page which will be available " +"after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1324,8 +1393,8 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы сделать это." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " @@ -1333,8 +1402,8 @@ msgid "" "install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " "<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " "could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " -"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " -"relative to the system you call it from)." +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" "Просмотрите в <userinput>info grub</userinput> или <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> об установке системного загрузчика. Если вы оставляете систему, " @@ -1347,17 +1416,32 @@ msgstr "" "вызвали)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:665 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install grub\n" +"# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" +"# update-grub\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Вот простой <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> в качестве примера:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:679 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"boot=/dev/hda6\n" -"root=/dev/hda6\n" +"boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -1373,7 +1457,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1393,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr "" "которой его вызвали)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1423,13 +1507,46 @@ msgstr "" "использовать <userinput>ide0:</userinput> вместо <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# tasksel install standard\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Установка &debian; через Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1444,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "Интернет)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1460,7 +1577,7 @@ msgstr "" "не должны использоваться в вашем сетевом адресном пространстве)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1471,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезагрузки в установленную систему (смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1484,13 +1601,13 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Требования" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1500,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет установлен Debian." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -1508,7 +1625,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1518,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>, будет использоваться в качестве шлюза." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1529,13 +1646,13 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Настройка источника" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1545,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "источника в качестве шлюза в Интернет через ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1587,13 +1704,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Установка приёмника" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1619,13 +1736,13 @@ msgstr "" "различных этапах установки." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Загрузка компонентов программы установки с CD" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1635,13 +1752,13 @@ msgstr "" "доступным PLIP драйвера для программы установки." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Определение сетевой карты" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1656,7 +1773,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки не покажет этого списка." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1668,33 +1785,36 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Настроить сеть автоматически с помощью DHCP: нет" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format -msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "IP-адрес: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"IP-адрес: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" "userinput>" -msgstr "Адрес PPP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Адрес PPP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1703,3 +1823,18 @@ msgstr "" "Адреса DNS-серверов: можно указать те же адреса что и для источника " "(смотрите <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Теперь у вас на диске есть настоящая, пусть и слабенькая, система Debian. " +#~ "Выполните <command>Chroot</command> в неё:" + +#~ msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +#~ msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" + +#~ msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +#~ msgstr "Для настройки клавиатуры введите:" + +#~ msgid "Configure Locales" +#~ msgstr "Настройка локалей" diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index df3afeaa9..6419be58f 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-16 09:31+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -782,21 +782,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"В случае установки с малым количеством памяти, не все компоненты будут " -"доступны. Одним из ограничений является невозможность выбора языка установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "Выбор параметров локализации" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -809,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметры локализации входят язык, страна и локали." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -822,7 +824,7 @@ msgstr "" "недоступен, по умолчанию используется английский язык." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -837,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" "раскладки клавиатуры." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -860,7 +862,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>locales</classname> в данном случае установлен не будет." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -881,7 +883,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -895,13 +897,13 @@ msgstr "" "которые будут созданы для устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Выбор клавиатуры" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -919,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -935,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap> до <keycap>F10</keycap> в самом верхнем ряду клавиш." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -950,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" "дальнейшем ядро Linux/MIPS." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -970,13 +972,13 @@ msgstr "" "отличаются." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Поиск ISO образа программы установки Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -990,7 +992,7 @@ msgstr "" "этого существует компонента <command>iso-scan</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1020,7 +1022,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> будет искать другой образ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1033,7 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "" "этом случае будет произведён поиск по всей файловой системе." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1051,13 +1053,13 @@ msgstr "" "сделать со второй консоли без перезагрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1078,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1101,7 +1103,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы уверены, что всё в порядке, попробуйте ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1124,7 +1126,7 @@ msgstr "" "из <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1146,13 +1148,13 @@ msgstr "" "interfaces</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Разметка разделов и выбор точек монтирования" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1170,13 +1172,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройка LVM или устройств RAID." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Разметка дисков" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1188,7 +1190,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1202,7 +1204,7 @@ msgstr "" "меню <guimenuitem>Вручную</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1220,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr "" "</para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1228,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1245,7 +1247,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительную безопасность вашим (личным) данным." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1261,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" "это занимает некоторое время в зависимости от размера диска." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1278,7 +1280,7 @@ msgstr "" "записью на диск попросит вас подтвердить выполнение этих изменений." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1296,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" "диски вам поможет их показанный размер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1311,7 +1313,7 @@ msgstr "" "самом конце; при использовании LVM (с шифрованием) это невозможно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1330,73 +1332,73 @@ msgstr "" "завершится неудачно." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Схема разметки" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Минимальное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Создаваемые разделы" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Все файлы на одном разделе" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Отдельный раздел /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Отдельные разделы /home, /usr, /var и /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1ГБ</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1406,7 +1408,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1420,7 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "" "внутри раздела LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1435,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr "" "качестве загрузочного раздела EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1447,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr "" "предназначен для резервирования места под системный загрузчик aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1459,7 +1461,7 @@ msgstr "" "они будут смонтированы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1509,7 +1511,7 @@ msgstr "" "разметки, это просто пример, созданный с помощью разметки вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1529,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "предложенные изменения вручную, как описано ниже." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1544,13 +1546,13 @@ msgstr "" "разделы в Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Если вы работаете с чистым диском, на котором нет ни разделов ни свободного " "места, то вам предложат создать новую таблицу разделов (это необходимо для " @@ -1558,22 +1560,26 @@ msgstr "" "новая строка <quote>СВОБОДНОЕ МЕСТО</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Если вы выберете свободное пространство, вам предложат создать новый раздел. " "Вы должны ответить на несколько коротких вопросов о размере, типе (первичный " @@ -1591,17 +1597,17 @@ msgstr "" "обратно в главное меню <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "Если вы решили, что хотите что-то изменить в разделе, просто выберите раздел " "и попадёте обратно в меню настройки раздела. Так как это тоже самое меню что " @@ -1612,7 +1618,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделом подкачки. Также, из этого меню можно удалить раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1629,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" "исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1641,7 +1647,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы создадите такой раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1657,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename> или <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1671,13 +1677,13 @@ msgstr "" "подтвердить, что все представленные файловые системы должны быть созданы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Настройка устройства Multidisk (программный RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1698,7 +1704,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>программный RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1713,43 +1719,43 @@ msgstr "" "точку монтирования и т.д.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1791,101 +1797,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> Итог:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Минимум устройств" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Запасное устройство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Сохранятся ли данные при отказе диска?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Доступное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1063, index.docbook:1064 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>нет</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела умноженный на число устройств в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1071, index.docbook:1079 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "необязательно" # index.docbook:1072, index.docbook:1080 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>да</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1895,17 +1901,17 @@ msgstr "" "один)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "Если вы хотите узнать больше о программном RAID, смотрите <ulink url=\"&url-" "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1921,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1939,7 +1945,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторую настройку или шаги установки вручную из командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1961,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "зависят от типа выбранного MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1972,7 +1978,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашей задачей будет выбор разделов, из которых вы хотите сформировать MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1992,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "" "позволит вам продолжить, пока вы не исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2002,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>три</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2020,7 +2026,7 @@ msgstr "" "для <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2034,13 +2040,13 @@ msgstr "" "новых MD устройствах и назначить им обычные атрибуты типа точек монтирования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2057,7 +2063,7 @@ msgstr "" "и т.д." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2077,7 +2083,7 @@ msgstr "" "их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2098,7 +2104,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2115,7 +2121,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2135,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "" "Возможные действия:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2145,43 +2151,43 @@ msgstr "" "структуру LVM устройства, имена и размеры логических томов и т.д." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Создать группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Создание логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Удалить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Удаление логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Расширить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Уменьшить группу томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2191,7 +2197,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2201,22 +2207,7 @@ msgstr "" "логические тома." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" -"Также вы можете с помощью этого меню удалить существующую настройку LVM на " -"жёстком диске, перед тем как выбрать <quote>Автоматическая разметка с " -"использованием LVM</quote>. Автоматическая разметка с использованием LVM " -"невозможна, если уже существуют какие-либо группы томов, поэтому вы должны " -"удалить их." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2228,13 +2219,13 @@ msgstr "" "они одинаково)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Настройка шифрованных томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2256,7 +2247,7 @@ msgstr "" "данные на диске выглядят как случайный набор символов." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2284,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2298,13 +2289,13 @@ msgstr "" "процессора, выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." @@ -2318,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2334,7 +2325,7 @@ msgstr "" "непреодолимых причин, рекомендуется использовать метод по умолчанию." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2348,13 +2339,13 @@ msgstr "" "вдумчиво выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2379,13 +2370,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Размер ключа: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2399,13 +2390,13 @@ msgstr "" "ключа зависят от шифра." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV алгоритм: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2423,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr "" "повторяющихся участков в шифрованных данных." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2438,25 +2429,25 @@ msgstr "" "задействовать новые алгоритмы." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>ключевая фраза</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь можно ввести тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Ключевая фраза" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2470,13 +2461,13 @@ msgstr "" "которую вы сможете ввести позже." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Произвольный ключ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2494,7 +2485,7 @@ msgstr "" "продолжительность жизни.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2513,13 +2504,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки) восстановить приостановленные данные записанные в раздел подкачки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Стереть данные: <userinput>да</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2540,7 +2531,7 @@ msgstr "" "неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2552,13 +2543,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующие параметры:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2570,25 +2561,25 @@ msgstr "" "размерах ключей смотрите в разделах ранее." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь вы можете выбрать тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "файл ключа (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2603,19 +2594,19 @@ msgstr "" "позже в процессе установки)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Подробней о произвольных ключах смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Подробней о стирании данных смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2629,7 +2620,7 @@ msgstr "" "фраз</emphasis> в качестве ключей шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2647,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" "это может занять некоторое время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2664,7 +2655,7 @@ msgstr "" "родственников и тому подобное)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2688,7 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "" "ключевой фразы для корневой файловой системы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2711,7 +2702,7 @@ msgstr "" "для каждого шифруемого раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2745,7 +2736,7 @@ msgstr "" "устраивают." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2764,7 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2773,13 +2764,13 @@ msgstr "" "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Настройка системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2789,13 +2780,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2809,13 +2800,13 @@ msgstr "" "выберет этот часовой пояс." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Настройка времени" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2829,7 +2820,7 @@ msgstr "" "установлено других операционных систем." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2848,7 +2839,7 @@ msgstr "" "выберите локальное время вместо GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2861,19 +2852,19 @@ msgstr "" "неправильное или если оно раньше показывало время не по Гринвичу." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Добавление пользователей и паролей" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Установка пароля суперпользователя (root)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2888,7 +2879,7 @@ msgstr "" "время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2904,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной информации, которую можно угадать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2917,13 +2908,13 @@ msgstr "" "администраторами." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Создание учётной записи обычного пользователя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2938,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2959,7 +2950,7 @@ msgstr "" "прочтите одну из них, если это для вас в новинку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2972,7 +2963,7 @@ msgstr "" "вполне подойдёт. И, наконец, вас попросят ввести пароль учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2982,13 +2973,13 @@ msgstr "" "запись, воспользуйтесь командой <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3001,21 +2992,15 @@ msgstr "" "базовая система. Если у вас медленный компьютер или сетевое соединение, это " "может занять определённое время." -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "Установка базовой системы" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" "Во время установки базовой системы сообщения о распаковки и настройки " "пакетов переправляются на <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Вы можете перейти на " @@ -3024,19 +3009,19 @@ msgstr "" "нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" "Если установка выполняется через консоль на последовательном порту, то " "сообщения распаковки/настройки, создаваемые базовой установкой сохраняются в " "файле <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3050,18 +3035,18 @@ msgstr "" "списка доступных ядер." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Установка дополнительного программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" @@ -3073,29 +3058,30 @@ msgstr "" "с сетью." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Настройка apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" "В основном, для установки пакетов в систему люди используют программу под " "названием <command>apt-get</command> из пакета <classname>apt</classname>." @@ -3113,7 +3099,7 @@ msgstr "" "(поиск пакетов и отображение состояния) в отличном интерфейсе пользователя." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3130,13 +3116,13 @@ msgstr "" "его по желаю после завершения установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3153,7 +3139,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3188,7 +3174,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимое пространство для возможных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3201,7 +3187,7 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливать с помощью задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3213,7 +3199,7 @@ msgstr "" "другое окружение рабочего стола, например, KDE." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3235,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr "" "DVD-образ или другой метод установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3253,7 +3239,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>postgresql</classname>; веб-сервер: <classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3265,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr "" "частью указанных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3275,7 +3261,7 @@ msgstr "" "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3290,13 +3276,13 @@ msgstr "" "этого процесса." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Настройка программы пересылки почты (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3312,7 +3298,7 @@ msgstr "" "маленькая, гибкая и лёгкая в освоении программа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3327,7 +3313,7 @@ msgstr "" "электронной почте." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3337,13 +3323,13 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите тот, который подходит вам больше всего:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "интернет-сайт" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3357,13 +3343,13 @@ msgstr "" "которых вы принимаете или передаёте почту." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "отправка почты через компьютер-шлюз (smarthost)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3382,13 +3368,13 @@ msgstr "" "подключение по телефонной линии." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "доставка только локальной почты" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3406,13 +3392,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользователям, потому что далее не задаётся больше никаких вопросов." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "в данный момент конфигурация отсутствует" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3426,7 +3412,7 @@ msgstr "" "пропустить некоторые важные сообщения от ваших системных утилит." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3442,18 +3428,18 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" "Если вы устанавливаете бездисковую рабочую станцию, очевидно, что загрузка с " @@ -3461,30 +3447,14 @@ msgstr "" "\">Возможно, вы захотите настроить OpenBoot на загрузку из сети по " "умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Надо заметить, что загрузка множества операционных систем на одной машине " -"всё ещё напоминает чёрную магию. В этом документе даже не делается попытка " -"описать всё разнообразие менеджеров загрузки, которые различны на разных " -"архитектурах и даже субархитектурах. Более подробную информацию можно найти " -"в документации по менеджеру загрузки." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3500,7 +3470,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3516,16 +3486,16 @@ msgstr "" "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Установка <command>aboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3544,13 +3514,13 @@ msgstr "" "установлен Debian, то используйте загрузку GNU/Linux с дискеты." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3566,20 +3536,20 @@ msgstr "" "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3591,7 +3561,7 @@ msgstr "" "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3604,7 +3574,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3615,14 +3585,14 @@ msgstr "" "использовать." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3639,7 +3609,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3653,23 +3623,23 @@ msgstr "" "операционных систем, например, GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "" "&d-i; предлагает три места куда можно установить системный загрузчик " "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3679,13 +3649,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "раздел, созданный для Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3697,13 +3667,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Другой" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3721,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3738,15 +3708,15 @@ msgstr "" "читайте в <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " "on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " @@ -3756,9 +3726,9 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" "Для архитектуры &architecture; системный загрузчик называется <quote>elilo</" "quote>. Он сделан по образу системного загрузчика <quote>lilo</quote> для " @@ -3773,7 +3743,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3790,20 +3760,20 @@ msgstr "" "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" "Критерии выбора раздела: должен иметь файловую систему FAT и установленный " @@ -3814,13 +3784,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки, стерев его содержимое!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3850,13 +3820,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки системы." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3868,13 +3838,13 @@ msgstr "" "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3888,13 +3858,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3909,13 +3879,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3927,13 +3897,13 @@ msgstr "" "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3947,13 +3917,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3997,13 +3967,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4013,13 +3983,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4029,13 +3999,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4044,13 +4014,13 @@ msgstr "" "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4060,13 +4030,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4094,13 +4064,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> в приглашении микропрограммы." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4111,13 +4081,13 @@ msgstr "" "встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4125,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr "" "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4134,13 +4104,13 @@ msgstr "" "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4150,7 +4120,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4160,20 +4130,20 @@ msgstr "" "должна быть загружена конфигурация по умолчанию, то достаточно набрать" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4193,14 +4163,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4215,13 +4185,13 @@ msgstr "" "на некоторых клонах Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4237,14 +4207,14 @@ msgstr "" "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4275,13 +4245,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4300,7 +4270,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4322,13 +4292,13 @@ msgstr "" "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Завершение установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4338,13 +4308,13 @@ msgstr "" "уборка за &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Завершение установки и перезагрузка" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4358,7 +4328,7 @@ msgstr "" "действия, а затем перезагрузит машину в новую систему Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4372,13 +4342,13 @@ msgstr "" "качестве корневой файловой системы в самом начале установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4390,13 +4360,13 @@ msgstr "" "пойдёт не так." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4408,7 +4378,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4424,43 +4394,46 @@ msgstr "" "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." msgstr "" -"В меню есть пункт <guimenuitem>Войти в режим командной строки</guimenuitem>. " -"Если меню недоступно, а вам нужна командная строка, нажмите " -"<keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (на " -"клавиатурах Mac, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" -"keycombo>) чтобы перейти на вторую <emphasis>виртуальную консоль</emphasis>. " -"Надо нажать клавишу <keycap>Alt</keycap> слева от клавиши <keycap>пробела</" -"keycap> и функциональную клавишу <keycap>F2</keycap> одновременно. В новом " -"отдельном окне запустится клон интерпретатора командной строки Bourne, " -"называемый <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" "В данный момент, вы загрузились с RAM диска и имеете ограниченный набор Unix " @@ -4474,31 +4447,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" -"Для выполнения любой задачи используйте меню — режимом командной " -"строки нужно пользоваться только в крайнем случае, если что-то идёт не так. " -"В частности, вы всегда должны использовать меню, а не интерпретатор " -"командной строки для активизации раздела подкачки, так как программа меню не " -"сможет определить, что вы это сделали из командной строки. Нажмите " -"<keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>, чтобы " -"вернуться в меню, или наберите <command>exit</command>, если использовали " -"меню для входа в режим командной строки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Установка по сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4516,7 +4496,7 @@ msgstr "" ">.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4538,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4548,7 +4528,7 @@ msgstr "" "после настройки сети." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4570,7 +4550,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4582,7 +4562,7 @@ msgstr "" "компоненту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4613,7 +4593,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4631,7 +4611,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4651,7 +4631,7 @@ msgstr "" "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4666,7 +4646,7 @@ msgstr "" "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4674,3 +4654,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Также, если SSH сессия запускается из X терминала, вы не должны изменять " "размеры окна, так как это приведёт к разрыву соединения." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В случае установки с малым количеством памяти, не все компоненты будут " +#~ "доступны. Одним из ограничений является невозможность выбора языка " +#~ "установки." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from " +#~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</" +#~ "quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already " +#~ "are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Также вы можете с помощью этого меню удалить существующую настройку LVM " +#~ "на жёстком диске, перед тем как выбрать <quote>Автоматическая разметка с " +#~ "использованием LVM</quote>. Автоматическая разметка с использованием LVM " +#~ "невозможна, если уже существуют какие-либо группы томов, поэтому вы " +#~ "должны удалить их." + +#~ msgid "Base System Installation" +#~ msgstr "Установка базовой системы" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +#~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +#~ "the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +#~ "subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for " +#~ "more information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Надо заметить, что загрузка множества операционных систем на одной машине " +#~ "всё ещё напоминает чёрную магию. В этом документе даже не делается " +#~ "попытка описать всё разнообразие менеджеров загрузки, которые различны на " +#~ "разных архитектурах и даже субархитектурах. Более подробную информацию " +#~ "можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " +#~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a " +#~ "Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. " +#~ "That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the " +#~ "<keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at " +#~ "the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone " +#~ "called <command>ash</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В меню есть пункт <guimenuitem>Войти в режим командной строки</" +#~ "guimenuitem>. Если меню недоступно, а вам нужна командная строка, нажмите " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (на " +#~ "клавиатурах Mac, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) чтобы перейти на вторую <emphasis>виртуальную консоль</" +#~ "emphasis>. Надо нажать клавишу <keycap>Alt</keycap> слева от клавиши " +#~ "<keycap>пробела</keycap> и функциональную клавишу <keycap>F2</keycap> " +#~ "одновременно. В новом отдельном окне запустится клон интерпретатора " +#~ "командной строки Bourne, называемый <command>ash</command>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " +#~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " +#~ "particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate " +#~ "your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've " +#~ "done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type " +#~ "<command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Для выполнения любой задачи используйте меню — режимом командной " +#~ "строки нужно пользоваться только в крайнем случае, если что-то идёт не " +#~ "так. В частности, вы всегда должны использовать меню, а не интерпретатор " +#~ "командной строки для активизации раздела подкачки, так как программа меню " +#~ "не сможет определить, что вы это сделали из командной строки. Нажмите " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>, " +#~ "чтобы вернуться в меню, или наберите <command>exit</command>, если " +#~ "использовали меню для входа в режим командной строки." diff --git a/po/sv/install-methods.po b/po/sv/install-methods.po index 2072f3662..f6491be4c 100644 --- a/po/sv/install-methods.po +++ b/po/sv/install-methods.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-19 19:05+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -29,26 +29,92 @@ msgstr "Officiella &debian; cd-rom-uppsättningar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:13 #, no-c-format -msgid "By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." -msgstr "Det klart enklaste sättet att installera &debian; är från en officiell uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor. Du kan köpa uppsättningen från en leverantör (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">Debian-cd-försäljare</ulink>). Du kan också hämta cd-avbilder från en Debian-spegel och göra en egen uppsättning, om du har en snabb nätverksanslutning och en cd-brännare (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink> för detaljerade instruktioner). Om du har en uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor och möjligheten att starta upp din dator på en cd-skiva kan du hoppa till <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; mycket jobb har lagts ner på att se till att filer som de flesta behöver finns på cd-skivan. Även om en full uppsättning av binära paket kräver många cd-skivor är det ovanligt att du behöver paket på tredje cd-skivan och uppåt. Du kan också använda dvd-versionen som sparar en hel del plats på din bokhylla och du slipper mata skivor in och ut. " +msgid "" +"By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM " +"Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-" +"vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images " +"from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network " +"connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD " +"page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs " +"are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people " +"need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires " +"several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and " +"above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of " +"space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." +msgstr "" +"Det klart enklaste sättet att installera &debian; är från en officiell " +"uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor. Du kan köpa uppsättningen från en " +"leverantör (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">Debian-cd-försäljare</" +"ulink>). Du kan också hämta cd-avbilder från en Debian-spegel och göra en " +"egen uppsättning, om du har en snabb nätverksanslutning och en cd-brännare " +"(se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink> för " +"detaljerade instruktioner). Om du har en uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor " +"och möjligheten att starta upp din dator på en cd-skiva kan du hoppa till " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; mycket jobb har lagts ner på att se till " +"att filer som de flesta behöver finns på cd-skivan. Även om en full " +"uppsättning av binära paket kräver många cd-skivor är det ovanligt att du " +"behöver paket på tredje cd-skivan och uppåt. Du kan också använda dvd-" +"versionen som sparar en hel del plats på din bokhylla och du slipper mata " +"skivor in och ut. " #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:30 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same directories and subdirectories on your CD." -msgstr "Om din maskin inte har stöd för uppstart på cd-skiva men du har en cd-uppsättning kan du använda en alternativ strategi såsom <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">startdiskett,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">band, emulerade band,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">nätuppstart,</phrase> eller manuellt läsa in kärnan från en cd för att initialt starta upp systeminstalleraren. Filerna du behöver för att starta upp på annat sätt finns också på cd:n; organiseringen av Debians nätverksarkiv och cd-katalogen är identisk. När filsökvägar i arkivet anges nedan för speciella filer du behöver för uppstart kan du leta efter de här filerna i samma kataloger och underkataloger på din cd." +msgid "" +"If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you " +"can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-" +"boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-" +"tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to " +"initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by " +"another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder " +"organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for " +"particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same " +"directories and subdirectories on your CD." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin inte har stöd för uppstart på cd-skiva men du har en cd-" +"uppsättning kan du använda en alternativ strategi såsom <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-floppy-boot\">startdiskett,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">band, " +"emulerade band,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-tftp\">nätuppstart,</phrase> eller manuellt läsa in " +"kärnan från en cd för att initialt starta upp systeminstalleraren. Filerna " +"du behöver för att starta upp på annat sätt finns också på cd:n; " +"organiseringen av Debians nätverksarkiv och cd-katalogen är identisk. När " +"filsökvägar i arkivet anges nedan för speciella filer du behöver för " +"uppstart kan du leta efter de här filerna i samma kataloger och " +"underkataloger på din cd." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files it needs from the CD." -msgstr "När installeraren har startat upp kan den hämta de andra filerna den behöver från cd-skivan." +msgid "" +"Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files " +"it needs from the CD." +msgstr "" +"När installeraren har startat upp kan den hämta de andra filerna den behöver " +"från cd-skivan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:57 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." -msgstr "Om du inte har en cd-uppsättning behöver du hämta systemfiler för installeraren och placera de på <phrase arch=\"s390\">ett installationsband</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">en diskett eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">en ansluten dator</phrase> så att de kan användas för att starta upp installeraren." +msgid "" +"If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer " +"system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a " +"connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte har en cd-uppsättning behöver du hämta systemfiler för " +"installeraren och placera de på <phrase arch=\"s390\">ett installationsband</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">en diskett eller</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk eller</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne eller</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-tftp\">en ansluten dator</phrase> så att de kan användas för att " +"starta upp installeraren." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:83 @@ -59,14 +125,22 @@ msgstr "Hämta filer från Debian-speglar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:85 #, no-c-format -msgid "To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." -msgstr "För att hitta den närmaste (och kanske även den snabbaste) spegeln, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Hämta Debian från Internet</ulink>." +msgid "" +"To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"För att hitta den närmaste (och kanske även den snabbaste) spegeln, se " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Hämta Debian från Internet</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:90 #, no-c-format -msgid "When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." -msgstr "När filer hämta från en Debian-spegel bör du se till att hämta filerna i <emphasis>binärt</emphasis> läge, inte text eller automatiskt läge." +msgid "" +"When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files " +"in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"När filer hämta från en Debian-spegel bör du se till att hämta filerna i " +"<emphasis>binärt</emphasis> läge, inte text eller automatiskt läge." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:99 @@ -77,8 +151,18 @@ msgstr "Var man får tag på installationsavbilder" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:101 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image and its purpose." -msgstr "Installationsavbilder finns på varje Debian-spegel i katalogen <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> listar varje avbild och dess funktion." +msgid "" +"The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/" +"installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image " +"and its purpose." +msgstr "" +"Installationsavbilder finns på varje Debian-spegel i katalogen <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-" +"&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> listar varje avbild och dess " +"funktion." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:113 @@ -89,20 +173,57 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för Alpha" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:114 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the <filename>MILO</filename> directory as <filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." -msgstr "Om du väljer att starta från ARC-konsollens firmware med <command>MILO</command> behöver du att förbereda en disk som innehåller <command>MILO</command> och <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> från den angivna diskavbilden. Se <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> för mer information om Alpha-firmware och starthanterare. Diskettavbilder kan hittas i katalogen <filename>MILO</filename> som <filename>milo_<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>.bin</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</" +"command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</" +"command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. " +"See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha " +"firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the " +"<filename>MILO</filename> directory as " +"<filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att starta från ARC-konsollens firmware med <command>MILO</" +"command> behöver du att förbereda en disk som innehåller <command>MILO</" +"command> och <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> från den angivna diskavbilden. " +"Se <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> för mer information om Alpha-firmware " +"och starthanterare. Diskettavbilder kan hittas i katalogen <filename>MILO</" +"filename> som <filename>milo_<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>.bin</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:125 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." -msgstr "Tyvärr, de här <command>MILO</command>-avbilderna kunde inte testas och kanske inte fungerar för alla underarkitekturer. Om du upptäcker att de inte fungerar för dig, försök att kopiera den lämpliga <command>MILO</command> binären till disketten (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). Observera att de här <command>MILO</command>:arna inte har stöd för <quote>sparse superblocks</quote> i ext2, så du kan inte använda dem för att läsa in kärnor från nyligen genererade ext2-filsystem. En lösning är att du kan lägga din kärna på FAT-partitionen bredvid <command>MILO</command>." +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and " +"might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for " +"you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the " +"floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). " +"Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse " +"superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly " +"generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto " +"the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." +msgstr "" +"Tyvärr, de här <command>MILO</command>-avbilderna kunde inte testas och " +"kanske inte fungerar för alla underarkitekturer. Om du upptäcker att de inte " +"fungerar för dig, försök att kopiera den lämpliga <command>MILO</command> " +"binären till disketten (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/" +"MILO/\"></ulink>). Observera att de här <command>MILO</command>:arna inte " +"har stöd för <quote>sparse superblocks</quote> i ext2, så du kan inte " +"använda dem för att läsa in kärnor från nyligen genererade ext2-filsystem. " +"En lösning är att du kan lägga din kärna på FAT-partitionen bredvid " +"<command>MILO</command>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image for your Alpha platform." -msgstr "<command>MILO</command>-binärer är plattformsspecifika. Se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> för att fastställa den lämpliga <command>MILO</command>-avbilden för din Alpha-plattform." +msgid "" +"<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=" +"\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image " +"for your Alpha platform." +msgstr "" +"<command>MILO</command>-binärer är plattformsspecifika. Se <xref linkend=" +"\"alpha-cpus\"/> för att fastställa den lämpliga <command>MILO</command>-" +"avbilden för din Alpha-plattform." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:152 @@ -113,8 +234,16 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för RiscPC" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:153 #, no-c-format -msgid "The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." -msgstr "RiscPC-installeraren startas initialt upp från RISC OS. Alla nödvändiga filer finns i ett Zip-arkiv, &rpc-install-kit;. Hämta den här filen till RISC OS-maskinen, kopiera komponenterna <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> till rätt plats, och kör <filename>!dInstall</filename>." +msgid "" +"The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary " +"files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file " +"onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> " +"components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." +msgstr "" +"RiscPC-installeraren startas initialt upp från RISC OS. Alla nödvändiga " +"filer finns i ett Zip-arkiv, &rpc-install-kit;. Hämta den här filen till " +"RISC OS-maskinen, kopiera komponenterna <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> " +"till rätt plats, och kör <filename>!dInstall</filename>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:165 @@ -125,8 +254,12 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för NetWinder" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:166 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the supplied TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att starta upp en NetWinder är över nätverket, med den medskickade TFTP-avbilden &netwinder-boot-img;." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the supplied " +"TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att starta upp en NetWinder är över nätverket, med den " +"medskickade TFTP-avbilden &netwinder-boot-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:175 @@ -137,8 +270,12 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för CATS" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:176 #, no-c-format -msgid "CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." -msgstr "CATS kan startas upp antingen via nätverket eller från cd-rom. Kärnan och initrd kan hämtas från &cats-boot-img;." +msgid "" +"CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and " +"initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." +msgstr "" +"CATS kan startas upp antingen via nätverket eller från cd-rom. Kärnan och " +"initrd kan hämtas från &cats-boot-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:185 @@ -149,8 +286,14 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för NSLU2" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:186 #, no-c-format -msgid "A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This firmware image can be obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." -msgstr "En firmware-avbild tillhandahålls för Linksys NSLU2 som automatiskt kommer att starta upp <classname>debian-installer</classname>. Den här firmware-avbilden kan hämtas från &nslu2-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically " +"boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This firmware image can be " +"obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." +msgstr "" +"En firmware-avbild tillhandahålls för Linksys NSLU2 som automatiskt kommer " +"att starta upp <classname>debian-installer</classname>. Den här firmware-" +"avbilden kan hämtas från &nslu2-firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:232 @@ -161,14 +304,29 @@ msgstr "Välja en kärna" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:234 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." -msgstr "Vissa m68k-underarkitekturer har flera val av kärnor att installera. Allmänt sett rekommenderar vi att försöka den senaste versionen först. Om din underarkitektur eller maskin behöver använda en 2.2.x-kärna, se till att välja en av avbilderna som har stöd för 2.2.x-kärnor (se <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." +msgid "" +"Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we " +"recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine " +"needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that " +"supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-" +"&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." +msgstr "" +"Vissa m68k-underarkitekturer har flera val av kärnor att installera. Allmänt " +"sett rekommenderar vi att försöka den senaste versionen först. Om din " +"underarkitektur eller maskin behöver använda en 2.2.x-kärna, se till att " +"välja en av avbilderna som har stöd för 2.2.x-kärnor (se <ulink url=" +"\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST" +"\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:243 #, no-c-format -msgid "All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel parameter &ramdisksize;." -msgstr "Alla m68k-avbilder som använder 2.2.x-kärnor kräver kärnparametern &ramdisksize;." +msgid "" +"All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel " +"parameter &ramdisksize;." +msgstr "" +"Alla m68k-avbilder som använder 2.2.x-kärnor kräver kärnparametern " +"&ramdisksize;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:261 @@ -179,8 +337,24 @@ msgstr "Skapa ett IPL-band" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:263 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte kan starta upp (IPL) från cd-rom och du inte använder VM behöver du skapa ett IPL-band först. Det här beskrivs i avsnittet 3.4.3 i en \"redbook\" kallad <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink>. Filerna du behöver skriva till bandet är (i den här ordningen): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. Filerna kan hämtas från underkatalogen <filename>tape</filename>, se <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to " +"create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux " +"for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files " +"you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</" +"filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> " +"sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan starta upp (IPL) från cd-rom och du inte använder VM behöver " +"du skapa ett IPL-band först. Det här beskrivs i avsnittet 3.4.3 i en " +"\"redbook\" kallad <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/" +"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: " +"Distributions</ulink>. Filerna du behöver skriva till bandet är (i den här " +"ordningen): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</" +"filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. Filerna kan hämtas från " +"underkatalogen <filename>tape</filename>, se <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:287 @@ -191,38 +365,76 @@ msgstr "Skapa startdisketter från diskettavbilder" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:288 #, no-c-format -msgid "Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." -msgstr "Startbara disketter används oftast som en sista utväg för att starta upp installeraren på maskinvara som inte kan starta upp från cd eller på andra sätt." +msgid "" +"Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the " +"installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." +msgstr "" +"Startbara disketter används oftast som en sista utväg för att starta upp " +"installeraren på maskinvara som inte kan starta upp från cd eller på andra " +"sätt." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:293 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy drives." -msgstr "Starta upp installeraren från diskett misslyckas på Mac USB-diskettenheter enligt rapporter." +msgid "" +"Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp installeraren från diskett misslyckas på Mac USB-diskettenheter " +"enligt rapporter." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k Macs." -msgstr "Starta upp installeraren från diskett stöds inte på Amiga eller 68k Mac." +msgid "" +"Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k " +"Macs." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp installeraren från diskett stöds inte på Amiga eller 68k Mac." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:303 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data from the file onto the floppy." -msgstr "Diskettavbilder är filer som innehåller det kompletta innehållet av en diskett i <emphasis>råformat</emphasis>. Diskettavbilder, såsom <filename>boot.img</filename>, kan inte bara kopieras till diskettenheter. Ett speciellt program används för att skriva avbildsfilerna till disketter i <emphasis>råläge</emphasis>. Det här krävs för att de här avbilderna är råa representationer av disketten; det är nödvändigt att göra en <emphasis>sektorkopiering</emphasis> av data från filen till disketten." +msgid "" +"Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in " +"<emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</" +"filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is " +"used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> " +"mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the " +"disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data " +"from the file onto the floppy." +msgstr "" +"Diskettavbilder är filer som innehåller det kompletta innehållet av en " +"diskett i <emphasis>råformat</emphasis>. Diskettavbilder, såsom " +"<filename>boot.img</filename>, kan inte bara kopieras till diskettenheter. " +"Ett speciellt program används för att skriva avbildsfilerna till disketter i " +"<emphasis>råläge</emphasis>. Det här krävs för att de här avbilderna är råa " +"representationer av disketten; det är nödvändigt att göra en " +"<emphasis>sektorkopiering</emphasis> av data från filen till disketten." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different platforms." -msgstr "Det finns olika tekniker för att skapa disketter från diskettavbilder. Det här avsnittet beskriver hur man skapar disketter från diskettavbilder på olika plattformar." +msgid "" +"There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This " +"section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different " +"platforms." +msgstr "" +"Det finns olika tekniker för att skapa disketter från diskettavbilder. Det " +"här avsnittet beskriver hur man skapar disketter från diskettavbilder på " +"olika plattformar." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:320 #, no-c-format -msgid "No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." -msgstr "Oavsett vilken metod du använder för att skapa dina disketter, bör du komma ihåg att aktivera skrivskyddet på disketterna när du har skrivit på dem, för att vara säker på att de inte oavsiktligt skadas." +msgid "" +"No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember " +"to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to " +"ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." +msgstr "" +"Oavsett vilken metod du använder för att skapa dina disketter, bör du komma " +"ihåg att aktivera skrivskyddet på disketterna när du har skrivit på dem, för " +"att vara säker på att de inte oavsiktligt skadas." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:328 @@ -234,25 +446,86 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder från ett Linux eller Unix-system" #: install-methods.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the manual page)</phrase>." +"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably " +"need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy " +"drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one " +"of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> " +"for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</" +"filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be " +"different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is " +"<filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the " +"prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the " +"disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and " +"the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some " +"systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive " +"<phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the " +"manual page)</phrase>." msgstr "" -"För att skriva diskettavbildsfilerna till disketterna, behöver du antagligen root-tillgång till systemet. Placera en bra, tom diskett i diskettenheten. Använd sedan kommandot <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ dd if=<replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> är en av diskettavbildsfilerna (se <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> för vad <replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> skall vara). <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> är ett vanligt använt namn på diskettstationen, det kan vara olikt på din arbetsstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(på Solaris är det <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. Kommandot kan återvända till prompten före Unix har skrivit klart disketten, så se på aktivitetslampan på diskettenheten och se till att lampan slocknat och disketten slutat rotera före du matar ut den från enheten. På vissa system behöver du köra ett kommando för att mata ut disketten från enheten <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(på Solaris, använd <command>eject</command>, se manualsidan)</phrase>." +"För att skriva diskettavbildsfilerna till disketterna, behöver du antagligen " +"root-tillgång till systemet. Placera en bra, tom diskett i diskettenheten. " +"Använd sedan kommandot <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> är en av " +"diskettavbildsfilerna (se <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> för vad " +"<replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> skall vara). <filename>/dev/fd0</" +"filename> är ett vanligt använt namn på diskettstationen, det kan vara olikt " +"på din arbetsstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(på Solaris är det <filename>/" +"dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. Kommandot kan återvända till prompten före " +"Unix har skrivit klart disketten, så se på aktivitetslampan på " +"diskettenheten och se till att lampan slocknat och disketten slutat rotera " +"före du matar ut den från enheten. På vissa system behöver du köra ett " +"kommando för att mata ut disketten från enheten <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(på " +"Solaris, använd <command>eject</command>, se manualsidan)</phrase>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:353 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where <replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system administrator. </phrase>" -msgstr "Vissa system försöker att automatiskt montera en diskett när du matar in den i enheten. Du kanske behöver inaktivera den här funktionen före arbetsstationen tillåter dig att skriva en diskett i <emphasis>råläge</emphasis>. Tyvärr, hur man gör det här beror helt på ditt operativsystem. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> På Solaris kan du komma runt volymhanteringen för att få råtillgång till disketten. Se först till att disketten är automatiskt monterad (med <command>volcheck</command> eller motsvarande kommando i filhanteraren). Använd sedan ett <command>dd</command>-kommando liknande exemplet ovan, ersätt bara <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> med <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable></filename>, där <replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable> är namnet på diskettnamnet som angavs när den blev formaterad (ej namngivna disketter får namnet <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). På andra system, fråga din systemadministratör. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it " +"in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation " +"will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. " +"Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating " +"system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume " +"management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy " +"is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command " +"in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form " +"given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/" +"rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where " +"<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given " +"when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name " +"<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system " +"administrator. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Vissa system försöker att automatiskt montera en diskett när du matar in den " +"i enheten. Du kanske behöver inaktivera den här funktionen före " +"arbetsstationen tillåter dig att skriva en diskett i <emphasis>råläge</" +"emphasis>. Tyvärr, hur man gör det här beror helt på ditt operativsystem. " +"<phrase arch=\"sparc\"> På Solaris kan du komma runt volymhanteringen för " +"att få råtillgång till disketten. Se först till att disketten är automatiskt " +"monterad (med <command>volcheck</command> eller motsvarande kommando i " +"filhanteraren). Använd sedan ett <command>dd</command>-kommando liknande " +"exemplet ovan, ersätt bara <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> med <filename>/vol/" +"rdsk/<replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable></filename>, där " +"<replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable> är namnet på diskettnamnet som " +"angavs när den blev formaterad (ej namngivna disketter får namnet " +"<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). På andra system, fråga din " +"systemadministratör. </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:374 #, no-c-format -msgid "If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The <command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to install it." -msgstr "Om du skriver en diskett på en PowerPC Linux-maskin, behöver du mata ut den. Programmet <command>eject</command> hanterar det snyggt; du kan behöva installera det." +msgid "" +"If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The " +"<command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to " +"install it." +msgstr "" +"Om du skriver en diskett på en PowerPC Linux-maskin, behöver du mata ut den. " +"Programmet <command>eject</command> hanterar det snyggt; du kan behöva " +"installera det." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:392 @@ -263,26 +536,50 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder från DOS, Windows eller OS/2" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the following programs to copy images to floppies." -msgstr "Om du har tillgång till en i386- eller amd64-maskin, kan du använda ett av följande program för att kopiera avbilder till disketter." +msgid "" +"If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the " +"following programs to copy images to floppies." +msgstr "" +"Om du har tillgång till en i386- eller amd64-maskin, kan du använda ett av " +"följande program för att kopiera avbilder till disketter." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:399 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." -msgstr "Programmen <command>rawrite1</command> och <command>rawrite2</command> kan användas under MS-DOS. För att använda de här programmen måste du se till att du har startat upp i DOS. Försök att använda dessa program från DOS-prompten i Windows eller att dubbelklicka på de här programmen från Utforskaren i Windows kommer <emphasis>inte</emphasis> att fungera." +msgid "" +"The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can " +"be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are " +"booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in " +"Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." +msgstr "" +"Programmen <command>rawrite1</command> och <command>rawrite2</command> kan " +"användas under MS-DOS. För att använda de här programmen måste du se till " +"att du har startat upp i DOS. Försök att använda dessa program från DOS-" +"prompten i Windows eller att dubbelklicka på de här programmen från " +"Utforskaren i Windows kommer <emphasis>inte</emphasis> att fungera." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:407 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio.dll in the same directory." -msgstr "Programmet <command>rwwrtwin</command> kan köras på Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP och antagligen senare versioner. För att använda det behöver du packa upp diskio.dll i samma katalog." +msgid "" +"The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, " +"ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio." +"dll in the same directory." +msgstr "" +"Programmet <command>rwwrtwin</command> kan köras på Windows 95, NT, 98, " +"2000, ME, XP och antagligen senare versioner. För att använda det behöver du " +"packa upp diskio.dll i samma katalog." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:413 #, no-c-format -msgid "These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/tools</filename> directory." -msgstr "De här verktygen kan hittas på de officiella Debian cd-skivorna under katalogen <filename>/tools</filename>." +msgid "" +"These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/" +"tools</filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"De här verktygen kan hittas på de officiella Debian cd-skivorna under " +"katalogen <filename>/tools</filename>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:426 @@ -293,8 +590,16 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder på Atari-system" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:427 #, no-c-format -msgid "You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at the TOS program command line dialog box." -msgstr "Du kan hitta programmet &rawwrite.ttp; i samma katalog som diskettavbilderna. Starta programmet genom att dubbelklicka på programikonen och ange namnet på diskettavbilden du vill skriva till disketten i dialogrutan för TOS-programmets kommandorad." +msgid "" +"You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy " +"disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and " +"type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at " +"the TOS program command line dialog box." +msgstr "" +"Du kan hitta programmet &rawwrite.ttp; i samma katalog som " +"diskettavbilderna. Starta programmet genom att dubbelklicka på programikonen " +"och ange namnet på diskettavbilden du vill skriva till disketten i " +"dialogrutan för TOS-programmets kommandorad." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:438 @@ -305,8 +610,18 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder på Macintosh-system" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:439 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system and modules, later in the process." -msgstr "Det finns ingen applikation för MacOS för att skriva avbilder till disketter (och det vore ingen mening att göra det här eftersom du inte kan använda disketter för att starta upp installationssystemet eller installera kärnan och moduler från en Macintosh). Dock behövs de här filererna för installationen av operativsystem och moduler senare i processen." +msgid "" +"There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there " +"would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the " +"installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). " +"However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system " +"and modules, later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ingen applikation för MacOS för att skriva avbilder till disketter " +"(och det vore ingen mening att göra det här eftersom du inte kan använda " +"disketter för att starta upp installationssystemet eller installera kärnan " +"och moduler från en Macintosh). Dock behövs de här filererna för " +"installationen av operativsystem och moduler senare i processen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:457 @@ -317,14 +632,38 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder från MacOS" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:458 #, no-c-format -msgid "An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write the file image to it." -msgstr "Ett AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, finns tillgängligt för att skriva disketter från diskettavbildsfilerna. Det kan hämtas från <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. För att använda det, packa upp (unstuff) det på ditt skrivbord och dra en diskettavbildsfil till det. Du måste ha Applescript installerat och aktiverat i din utökningshanterare. Disk Copy kommer att fråga dig att bekräfta om du vill radera disketten och fortsätta att skriva filavbilden till den." +msgid "" +"An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available " +"for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be " +"downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/" +"debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on " +"your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have " +"Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will " +"ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write " +"the file image to it." +msgstr "" +"Ett AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, finns " +"tillgängligt för att skriva disketter från diskettavbildsfilerna. Det kan " +"hämtas från <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/" +"debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. För att använda det, packa upp " +"(unstuff) det på ditt skrivbord och dra en diskettavbildsfil till det. Du " +"måste ha Applescript installerat och aktiverat i din utökningshanterare. " +"Disk Copy kommer att fråga dig att bekräfta om du vill radera disketten och " +"fortsätta att skriva filavbilden till den." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." -msgstr "Du kan också använda MacOS-verktyget <command>Disk Copy</command> direkt, eller freewareverktyget <command>suntar</command>. Filen <filename>root.bin</filename> är ett exempel på en diskettavbild. Använd en av följande metoder för att skapa en diskett från diskettavbilden med de här verktygen." +msgid "" +"You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or " +"the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</" +"filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following " +"methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också använda MacOS-verktyget <command>Disk Copy</command> direkt, " +"eller freewareverktyget <command>suntar</command>. Filen <filename>root.bin</" +"filename> är ett exempel på en diskettavbild. Använd en av följande metoder " +"för att skapa en diskett från diskettavbilden med de här verktygen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:480 @@ -335,38 +674,81 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder med <command>Disk Copy</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:481 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." -msgstr "Om du skapar diskettavbilderna från filer som från början kom från en officiell &debian;-cd, så är Type och Creator redan korrekt inställda. Följande steg för <command>Creator-Changer</command> är endast nödvändiga om du hämtade avbildsfilerna från en Debian-spegel." +msgid "" +"If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the " +"official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. " +"The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if " +"you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." +msgstr "" +"Om du skapar diskettavbilderna från filer som från början kom från en " +"officiell &debian;-cd, så är Type och Creator redan korrekt inställda. " +"Följande steg för <command>Creator-Changer</command> är endast nödvändiga om " +"du hämtade avbildsfilerna från en Debian-spegel." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:490 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." -msgstr "Få tag på <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> och använd den för att öppna filen <filename>root.bin</filename>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> " +"and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." +msgstr "" +"Få tag på <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</" +"ulink> och använd den för att öppna filen <filename>root.bin</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:497 #, no-c-format -msgid "Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive for these fields." -msgstr "Ändra Creator till <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), och Type till <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binär diskettavbild). De här fälten är skiftkänsliga." +msgid "" +"Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type " +"to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive " +"for these fields." +msgstr "" +"Ändra Creator till <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), och Type till " +"<userinput>DDim</userinput> (binär diskettavbild). De här fälten är " +"skiftkänsliga." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:504 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and <quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally mounted." -msgstr "<emphasis>Viktigt:</emphasis> I Finder, använd <userinput>Get Info</userinput> för att visa Finder-information om diskettavbilden, och <quote>X</quote> i kryssrutan <userinput>File Locked</userinput> så att MacOS inte kan ta bort startblocken om avbilden monteras av misstag." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</" +"userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and " +"<quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that " +"MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally " +"mounted." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Viktigt:</emphasis> I Finder, använd <userinput>Get Info</" +"userinput> för att visa Finder-information om diskettavbilden, och <quote>X</" +"quote> i kryssrutan <userinput>File Locked</userinput> så att MacOS inte kan " +"ta bort startblocken om avbilden monteras av misstag." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:513 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Få tag på <command>Disk Copy</command>; om du har ett MacOS-system eller cd finns det sannolikt redan där, prova annars <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it " +"will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-" +"diskcopy;\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Få tag på <command>Disk Copy</command>; om du har ett MacOS-system eller cd " +"finns det sannolikt redan där, prova annars <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-" +"diskcopy;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:520 #, no-c-format -msgid "Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." -msgstr "Kör <command>Disk Copy</command> och välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, och välj sedan den <emphasis>låsta</emphasis> avbildsfilen från dialogrutan. Den kommer att fråga dig att mata in en diskett, sedan fråga om du verkligen vill radera den. När den är klar ska den mata ut disketten." +msgid "" +"Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the " +"resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really " +"want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." +msgstr "" +"Kör <command>Disk Copy</command> och välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</" +"guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, och välj " +"sedan den <emphasis>låsta</emphasis> avbildsfilen från dialogrutan. Den " +"kommer att fråga dig att mata in en diskett, sedan fråga om du verkligen " +"vill radera den. När den är klar ska den mata ut disketten." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:535 @@ -377,32 +759,56 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbilder med <command>suntar</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:539 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> menu." -msgstr "Få tag på <command>suntar</command> från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Starta programmet <command>suntar</command> och välj <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> från menyn <userinput>Special</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </" +"ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select " +"<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Få tag på <command>suntar</command> från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;" +"\"> </ulink>. Starta programmet <command>suntar</command> och välj " +"<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> från menyn <userinput>Special</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:547 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." -msgstr "Mata in disketten enligt begäran, tryck sedan &enterkey; (start på sektor 0)." +msgid "" +"Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." +msgstr "" +"Mata in disketten enligt begäran, tryck sedan &enterkey; (start på sektor 0)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:553 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." +msgid "" +"Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." msgstr "Välj filen <filename>root.bin</filename> i filöppningsdialogen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:558 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try another." -msgstr "Efter att disketten har skapats, välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Om det inträffade några fel under skrivning av disketten, kasta helt enkelt disketten och prova med en annan." +msgid "" +"After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If " +"there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try " +"another." +msgstr "" +"Efter att disketten har skapats, välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Om det inträffade några fel " +"under skrivning av disketten, kasta helt enkelt disketten och prova med en " +"annan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:566 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will helpfully ruin it." -msgstr "Före du använder disketten du skapade, <emphasis>aktivera skrivskyddet</emphasis>! Om du av misstag monterar den i MacOS kommer MacOS förstöra den." +msgid "" +"Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</" +"emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will " +"helpfully ruin it." +msgstr "" +"Före du använder disketten du skapade, <emphasis>aktivera skrivskyddet</" +"emphasis>! Om du av misstag monterar den i MacOS kommer MacOS förstöra den." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:585 @@ -413,14 +819,30 @@ msgstr "Förbereda filer för uppstart med USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:587 #, no-c-format -msgid "To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-storage kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) and try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you may have to turn off its write protection switch." -msgstr "För att förbereda USB-minnet behöver du ett system där GNU/Linux redan körs och där USB stöds. Du bör se till att kärnmodulen usb-storage är inläst (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) och försöka lista ut vilken SCSI-enhet som USB-minnet har länkats till (i det här exemplet används <filename>/dev/sda</filename>). För att skriva till minnet måste du kanske inaktivera skrivskyddet på minnet." +msgid "" +"To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already " +"running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-storage " +"kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) and " +"try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this " +"example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you " +"may have to turn off its write protection switch." +msgstr "" +"För att förbereda USB-minnet behöver du ett system där GNU/Linux redan körs " +"och där USB stöds. Du bör se till att kärnmodulen usb-storage är inläst " +"(<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) och försöka lista ut vilken " +"SCSI-enhet som USB-minnet har länkats till (i det här exemplet används " +"<filename>/dev/sda</filename>). För att skriva till minnet måste du kanske " +"inaktivera skrivskyddet på minnet." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:597 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." -msgstr "Observera att USB-minnet bör vara minst 256 MB stort (mindre installationer är möjliga om du följer <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups " +"are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Observera att USB-minnet bör vara minst 256 MB stort (mindre installationer " +"är möjliga om du följer <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:605 @@ -431,8 +853,16 @@ msgstr "Kopiera filerna — det enkla sättet" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:606 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to extract it directly to your USB stick:" -msgstr "Det finns en allt-i-ett-fil kallad <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> som innehåller alla installerarens filer (inklusive kärnan) såväl som <command>SYSLINUX</command> och dess konfigurationsfil. Du behöver bara extrahera den direkt till ditt USB-minne." +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to " +"extract it directly to your USB stick:" +msgstr "" +"Det finns en allt-i-ett-fil kallad <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> " +"som innehåller alla installerarens filer (inklusive kärnan) såväl som " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command> och dess konfigurationsfil. Du behöver bara " +"extrahera den direkt till ditt USB-minne." #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:613 @@ -443,8 +873,20 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:615 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly to that:" -msgstr "Det finns en allt-i-ett-fil <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> som innehåller alla installerarens filer (inklusive kärnan) såväl som <command>yaboot</command> och dess konfigurationsfil. Skapa en partition av typen \"Apple_Bootstrap\" på¨ditt USB-minne med kommandot <userinput>C</userinput> i <command>mac-fdisk</command> och extrahera avbilder direkt till den:" +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " +"<command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of " +"type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly " +"to that:" +msgstr "" +"Det finns en allt-i-ett-fil <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> som " +"innehåller alla installerarens filer (inklusive kärnan) såväl som " +"<command>yaboot</command> och dess konfigurationsfil. Skapa en partition av " +"typen \"Apple_Bootstrap\" på¨ditt USB-minne med kommandot <userinput>C</" +"userinput> i <command>mac-fdisk</command> och extrahera avbilder direkt till " +"den:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:624 @@ -455,14 +897,32 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:627 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." -msgstr "Den här metoden förstör allt som redan finns på enheten. Se till att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne." +msgid "" +"Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure " +"that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." +msgstr "" +"Den här metoden förstör allt som redan finns på enheten. Se till att du " +"använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:633 #, no-c-format -msgid "After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"x86\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"x86\">a FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." -msgstr "Efter det, montera USB-minnet (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"x86\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), som nu har <phrase arch=\"x86\">ett FAT-filsystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">ett HFS-filsystem</phrase> på sig, och kopiera en av Debians nätinstallation- eller visitkortsavbilder till den. Observera att filnamnet måste sluta på <filename>.iso</filename>. Avmontera minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) och du är klar." +msgid "" +"After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=" +"\"x86\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</" +"replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"x86\">a " +"FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> " +"on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please " +"note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the " +"stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." +msgstr "" +"Efter det, montera USB-minnet (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"x86\">/" +"dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /" +"mnt</userinput>), som nu har <phrase arch=\"x86\">ett FAT-filsystem</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"powerpc\">ett HFS-filsystem</phrase> på sig, och kopiera en " +"av Debians nätinstallation- eller visitkortsavbilder till den. Observera att " +"filnamnet måste sluta på <filename>.iso</filename>. Avmontera minnet " +"(<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) och du är klar." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:649 @@ -473,12 +933,15 @@ msgstr "Kopiera filerna — det flexibla sättet" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:650 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you should use the following method to put the files on your stick." -msgstr "Om du vill ha mer flexibilitet eller bara vill veta vad som händer, bör du använda följande metod att lägga in filerna på ditt USB-minne." +msgid "" +"If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you " +"should use the following method to put the files on your stick." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill ha mer flexibilitet eller bara vill veta vad som händer, bör du " +"använda följande metod att lägga in filerna på ditt USB-minne." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:662 -#: install-methods.xml:754 +#: install-methods.xml:662 install-methods.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "USB stick partitioning on &arch-title;" msgstr "Partitionering av USB-minne på &arch-title;" @@ -486,102 +949,214 @@ msgstr "Partitionering av USB-minne på &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:663 #, no-c-format -msgid "We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, instead of the entire device." -msgstr "Vi kommer nu att visa hur man ställer in USB-minnet att använda första partitionen, istället för hela enheten." +msgid "" +"We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, " +"instead of the entire device." +msgstr "" +"Vi kommer nu att visa hur man ställer in USB-minnet att använda första " +"partitionen, istället för hela enheten." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to create a FAT16 partition, and then create the filesystem using: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you " +"probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do " +"that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to " +"create a FAT16 partition, and then create the filesystem using: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" -"Eftersom de flesta USB-minnen kommer förkonfigurerade med en enda FAT16-partition, behöver du antagligen inte partitionera om eller formatera om minnet. Om du måste göra det ändå, använd <command>cfdisk</command> eller något annat partitioneringsverktyg för att skapa en FAT16-partition och skapa sedan filsystemet med: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Eftersom de flesta USB-minnen kommer förkonfigurerade med en enda FAT16-" +"partition, behöver du antagligen inte partitionera om eller formatera om " +"minnet. Om du måste göra det ändå, använd <command>cfdisk</command> eller " +"något annat partitioneringsverktyg för att skapa en FAT16-partition och " +"skapa sedan filsystemet med: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Se till att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>mkdosfs</command> finns i Debian-paketet <classname>dosfstools</classname>." +"</screen></informalexample> Se till att du använder det korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>mkdosfs</command> finns " +"i Debian-paketet <classname>dosfstools</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:682 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "För att kunna starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet, lägger vi på en starthanterare på minnet. Även om valfri starthanterare (exempelvis <command>LILO</command>) bör fungera, är det bekvämt att använda <command>SYSLINUX</command>, eftersom den använder en FAT16-partition och kan konfigureras om genom att redigera en textfil. Alla operativsystem som har stöd för FAT-filsystemet kan användas för att göra ändringar till konfigurationen av starthanteraren." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</" +"command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, " +"since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"För att kunna starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet, lägger vi på en " +"starthanterare på minnet. Även om valfri starthanterare (exempelvis " +"<command>LILO</command>) bör fungera, är det bekvämt att använda " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command>, eftersom den använder en FAT16-partition och " +"kan konfigureras om genom att redigera en textfil. Alla operativsystem som " +"har stöd för FAT-filsystemet kan användas för att göra ändringar till " +"konfigurationen av starthanteraren." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, " +"install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</" +"classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader code." +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</" +"command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates " +"the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader " +"code." msgstr "" -"För att lägga <command>SYSLINUX</command> på FAT16-partitionen på ditt USB-minne, installera paketen <classname>syslinux</classname> och <classname>mtools</classname> på ditt system, och kör: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att lägga <command>SYSLINUX</command> på FAT16-partitionen på ditt USB-" +"minne, installera paketen <classname>syslinux</classname> och " +"<classname>mtools</classname> på ditt system, och kör: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Igen, se till att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad när <command>SYSLINUX</command> startas. Den här proceduren skriver en startsektor till partitionen och skapar filen <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> som innehåller starthanterarens programkod." +"</screen></informalexample> Igen, se till att du använder det korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad när <command>SYSLINUX</" +"command> startas. Den här proceduren skriver en startsektor till partitionen " +"och skapar filen <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> som innehåller " +"starthanterarens programkod." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:705 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS (8.3) file names." -msgstr "Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) och kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till minnet: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kärnbinär) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdiskavbild) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (konfigurationsfil för SYSLINUX) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Valfria kärnmoduler </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Om du vill byta namn på filerna, tänk på att <command>SYSLINUX</command> endast kan behandla DOS-filnamn (8.3)." +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " +"the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk " +"image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> " +"(SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional " +"kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the " +"files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS " +"(8.3) file names." +msgstr "" +"Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) och " +"kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till minnet: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kärnbinär) </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdiskavbild) </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> " +"(konfigurationsfil för SYSLINUX) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Valfria " +"kärnmoduler </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Om du vill byta namn på " +"filerna, tänk på att <command>SYSLINUX</command> endast kan behandla DOS-" +"filnamn (8.3)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." msgstr "" -"Konfigurationsfilen <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> bör innehålla de två följande raderna: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Konfigurationsfilen <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> bör innehålla de två " +"följande raderna: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att parametern <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> kan behöva ökas, beroende på avbilden du startar upp." +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att parametern " +"<userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> kan behöva ökas, beroende på avbilden du " +"startar upp." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:755 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware " +"can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac " +"systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new " +"partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new " +"partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> " +"command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map " +"itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" -"De flesta USB-minne kommer in förkonfigurerade på det sätt att Open Firmware kan starta upp från dem, så du behöver partitionera om minnet. På Mac-system, kör <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initiera en ny partitionskarta med kommandot <userinput>i</userinput>, och skapa en ny partition av typen Apple_Bootstrap med kommandot <userinput>C</userinput>. (Observera att första \"partition\" alltid kommer att vara själva partitionskartan.) Ange sedan <informalexample><screen>\n" +"De flesta USB-minne kommer in förkonfigurerade på det sätt att Open Firmware " +"kan starta upp från dem, så du behöver partitionera om minnet. På Mac-" +"system, kör <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initiera en ny " +"partitionskarta med kommandot <userinput>i</userinput>, och skapa en ny " +"partition av typen Apple_Bootstrap med kommandot <userinput>C</userinput>. " +"(Observera att första \"partition\" alltid kommer att vara själva " +"partitionskartan.) Ange sedan <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Se till att du använder den korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>hformat</command> finns i Debian-paketet <classname>hfsutils</classname>." +"</screen></informalexample> Se till att du använder den korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>hformat</command> finns " +"i Debian-paketet <classname>hfsutils</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:771 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "För att starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet, lägger vi en starthanterare på minnet. Starthanteraren <command>yaboot</command> kan installeras på ett HFS-filsystem och kan omkonfigureras genom att redigera en textfil. Alla operativsystem som har stöd för HFS-filsystem kan användas för att göra ändringar i konfigurationen för starthanteraren." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be " +"installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"För att starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet, lägger vi en " +"starthanterare på minnet. Starthanteraren <command>yaboot</command> kan " +"installeras på ett HFS-filsystem och kan omkonfigureras genom att redigera " +"en textfil. Alla operativsystem som har stöd för HFS-filsystem kan användas " +"för att göra ändringar i konfigurationen för starthanteraren." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</" +"command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to " +"install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</" +"classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hmount /dev/sda2\n" "$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" "$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" "$ hattrib -b :\n" "$ humount\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix utilities." +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. " +"This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS " +"utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having " +"done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix " +"utilities." msgstr "" -"Det normala verktyget <command>ybin</command> som kommer med <command>yaboot</command> förstår ännu inte USB-lagringsenheter, så du måste installera <command>yaboot</command> manuellt genom att använda verktygen från <classname>hfsutils</classname>. Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det normala verktyget <command>ybin</command> som kommer med " +"<command>yaboot</command> förstår ännu inte USB-lagringsenheter, så du måste " +"installera <command>yaboot</command> manuellt genom att använda verktygen " +"från <classname>hfsutils</classname>. Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hmount /dev/sda2\n" "$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" "$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" "$ hattrib -b :\n" "$ humount\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Igen, se till att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad under den här proceduren. Den här proceduren skriver starthanteraren till partitionen, och använder HFS-verktygen för att markera den på sådant sätt att Open Firmware kan starta upp på den. Genom att göra det här, kan resten av USB-minnet förberedas med de normala Unix-verktygen." +"</screen></informalexample> Igen, se till att du använder det korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad under den här proceduren. " +"Den här proceduren skriver starthanteraren till partitionen, och använder " +"HFS-verktygen för att markera den på sådant sätt att Open Firmware kan " +"starta upp på den. Genom att göra det här, kan resten av USB-minnet " +"förberedas med de normala Unix-verktygen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:796 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" -msgstr "Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) och kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till minnet:" +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " +"the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" +msgstr "" +"Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) och " +"kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till minnet:" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:802 @@ -617,7 +1192,8 @@ msgstr "Valfria kärnmoduler" #: install-methods.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" "root=/dev/ram\n" "\n" @@ -628,9 +1204,12 @@ msgid "" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" " initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." msgstr "" -"Konfigurationsfilen <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> bör innehålla följande rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Konfigurationsfilen <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> bör innehålla följande " +"rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" "root=/dev/ram\n" "\n" @@ -641,7 +1220,8 @@ msgstr "" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" " initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att parametern <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> kan behöva ökas, beroende på avbilden du startar upp." +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att parametern <userinput>initrd-size</" +"userinput> kan behöva ökas, beroende på avbilden du startar upp." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:845 @@ -652,20 +1232,44 @@ msgstr "Lägga till en ISO-avbild" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:846 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer will look for a Debian ISO image on the stick as its source for additional data needed for the installation. So your next step is to copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full CD image) onto your stick (be sure to select one that fits). The file name of the image must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." -msgstr "Installeraren kommer att leta efter en Debian ISO-avbild på minnet som dess källa för ytterligare data som behövs för installationen. Så ditt nästa steg är att kopiera en Debian ISO-avbild (visitkort, netinst eller till och med en fullständig cd-avbild) till ditt USB-minne (se till att välja den som passar). Filnamnet på avbilden måste sluta på <filename>.iso</filename>." +msgid "" +"The installer will look for a Debian ISO image on the stick as its source " +"for additional data needed for the installation. So your next step is to " +"copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full CD image) onto " +"your stick (be sure to select one that fits). The file name of the image " +"must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren kommer att leta efter en Debian ISO-avbild på minnet som dess " +"källa för ytterligare data som behövs för installationen. Så ditt nästa steg " +"är att kopiera en Debian ISO-avbild (visitkort, netinst eller till och med " +"en fullständig cd-avbild) till ditt USB-minne (se till att välja den som " +"passar). Filnamnet på avbilden måste sluta på <filename>.iso</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:854 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." -msgstr "Om du vill installera över nätverket, utan att använda en ISO-avbild, kommer du så klart hoppa över föregående steg. Vidare måste du använda den initiala ramdisken från katalogen <filename>netboot</filename> istället för den från <filename>hd-media</filename>, på grund av att <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> inte har stöd för nätverk." +msgid "" +"If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you " +"will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the " +"initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of " +"the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/" +"initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill installera över nätverket, utan att använda en ISO-avbild, kommer " +"du så klart hoppa över föregående steg. Vidare måste du använda den initiala " +"ramdisken från katalogen <filename>netboot</filename> istället för den från " +"<filename>hd-media</filename>, på grund av att <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</" +"filename> inte har stöd för nätverk." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:863 #, no-c-format -msgid "When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." -msgstr "När du är klar, avmontera USB-minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) och aktivera dess skrivskydd." +msgid "" +"When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</" +"userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." +msgstr "" +"När du är klar, avmontera USB-minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) " +"och aktivera dess skrivskydd." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:873 @@ -676,8 +1280,15 @@ msgstr "Starta upp på USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:874 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" -msgstr "Om ditt system vägrar att starta upp från minnet kanske det beror på att minnet innehåller en ogiltig huvudstartsektor (MBR). För att rätta till det, använd kommandot <command>install-mbr</command> från paketet <classname>mbr</classname>:" +msgid "" +"If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain " +"an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-" +"mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" +msgstr "" +"Om ditt system vägrar att starta upp från minnet kanske det beror på att " +"minnet innehåller en ogiltig huvudstartsektor (MBR). För att rätta till det, " +"använd kommandot <command>install-mbr</command> från paketet <classname>mbr</" +"classname>:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:881 @@ -694,14 +1305,27 @@ msgstr "Förbereda filer för uppstart med hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:893 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." -msgstr "Installeraren kan startas upp med uppstartsfiler placerade på en existerande hårddiskpartition, antingen startade från ett annat operativsystem eller genom att kalla upp en starthanterare direkt från BIOS." +msgid "" +"The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard " +"drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by " +"invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren kan startas upp med uppstartsfiler placerade på en existerande " +"hårddiskpartition, antingen startade från ett annat operativsystem eller " +"genom att kalla upp en starthanterare direkt från BIOS." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:899 #, no-c-format -msgid "A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy disks." -msgstr "En full installation, <quote>helt över nätverket</quote> kan göras med den här tekniken. Det här förhindrar problem med flyttbar media, hitta och bränna cd-avbilder eller kämpa med för många och ej tillförlitliga disketter." +msgid "" +"A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this " +"technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and " +"burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy " +"disks." +msgstr "" +"En full installation, <quote>helt över nätverket</quote> kan göras med den " +"här tekniken. Det här förhindrar problem med flyttbar media, hitta och " +"bränna cd-avbilder eller kämpa med för många och ej tillförlitliga disketter." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:906 @@ -712,38 +1336,79 @@ msgstr "Installeraren kan inte starta upp från filer på ett NTFS-filsystem." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:910 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System 8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the installation files you download." -msgstr "Installeraren kan inte starta upp från filer på ett filsystem av typen HFS+. MacOS System 8.1 och senare kan använda HFS+ filsystem; alla NewWorld PowerMacs använder HFS+. För att fastställa om ditt existerande filsystem är HFS+, välj <userinput>Get Info</userinput> för volymen i fråga. HFS-filsystem syns som <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, medans HFS+-filsystem anges som <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. Du måste ha en HFS-partition för att utväxla filer mellan MacOS och Linux, speciellt installationsfilerna du hämtade." +msgid "" +"The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System " +"8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To " +"determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get " +"Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as " +"<userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say " +"<userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in " +"order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the " +"installation files you download." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren kan inte starta upp från filer på ett filsystem av typen HFS+. " +"MacOS System 8.1 och senare kan använda HFS+ filsystem; alla NewWorld " +"PowerMacs använder HFS+. För att fastställa om ditt existerande filsystem är " +"HFS+, välj <userinput>Get Info</userinput> för volymen i fråga. HFS-" +"filsystem syns som <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, medans HFS+-" +"filsystem anges som <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. Du måste ha en " +"HFS-partition för att utväxla filer mellan MacOS och Linux, speciellt " +"installationsfilerna du hämtade." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:921 #, no-c-format -msgid "Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an <quote>OldWorld</quote> model." -msgstr "Olika program används för att starta upp installationsystemet från hårddisk, beroende på om systemet är en <quote>NewWorld</quote>- eller en <quote>OldWorld</quote>-modell." +msgid "" +"Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, " +"depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an " +"<quote>OldWorld</quote> model." +msgstr "" +"Olika program används för att starta upp installationsystemet från hårddisk, " +"beroende på om systemet är en <quote>NewWorld</quote>- eller en " +"<quote>OldWorld</quote>-modell." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:930 #, no-c-format -msgid "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Starta upp hårddiskinstalleraren med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</" +"command>" +msgstr "" +"Starta upp hårddiskinstalleraren med <command>LILO</command> eller " +"<command>GRUB</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:932 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." -msgstr "Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man lägger till eller ersätter en existerande Linux-installation med antingen <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux " +"installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man lägger till eller ersätter en " +"existerande Linux-installation med antingen <command>LILO</command> eller " +"<command>GRUB</command>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:938 #, no-c-format -msgid "At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-system by the kernel." -msgstr "Vid uppstart har båda starthanterarna stöd för att läsa in en kärna och även en diskavbild i minnet. Den här RAM-disken kan användas som rotfilsystem av kärnan." +msgid "" +"At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the " +"kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-" +"system by the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Vid uppstart har båda starthanterarna stöd för att läsa in en kärna och även " +"en diskavbild i minnet. Den här RAM-disken kan användas som rotfilsystem av " +"kärnan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:944 #, no-c-format -msgid "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." -msgstr "Kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till en lämplig plats på din hårddisk, till exempel till <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgid "" +"Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location " +"on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till en lämplig plats på din " +"hårddisk, till exempel till <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:951 @@ -760,8 +1425,12 @@ msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ramdiskavbild)" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:963 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." -msgstr "Till slut, för att konfigurera starthanteraren kan du fortsätta till <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." +msgid "" +"Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd" +"\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Till slut, för att konfigurera starthanteraren kan du fortsätta till <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:973 @@ -772,14 +1441,54 @@ msgstr "Uppstart av hårddiskinstallerare på OldWorld Mac" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:974 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. <application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is required on that model." -msgstr "Disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> använder <application>miBoot</application> för att starta Linux-installationen, men <application>miBoot</application> kan inte på något enkelt sätt användas för att starta upp på hårddisk. <application>BootX</application>, startad från MacOS, har stöd för uppstart från filer placerade på hårddisk. <application>BootX</application> kan även användas för att både starta upp MacOS och Linux efter din Debian-installation är färdigställd. För Performa 6360, verkar det som <command>quik</command> inte kan göra hårddisken startbar. Så <application>BootX</application> krävs på den modellen." +msgid "" +"The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</" +"application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</" +"application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. " +"<application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from " +"files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be " +"used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is " +"complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> " +"cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is " +"required on that model." +msgstr "" +"Disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> använder <application>miBoot</" +"application> för att starta Linux-installationen, men <application>miBoot</" +"application> kan inte på något enkelt sätt användas för att starta upp på " +"hårddisk. <application>BootX</application>, startad från MacOS, har stöd för " +"uppstart från filer placerade på hårddisk. <application>BootX</application> " +"kan även användas för att både starta upp MacOS och Linux efter din Debian-" +"installation är färdigställd. För Performa 6360, verkar det som " +"<command>quik</command> inte kan göra hårddisken startbar. Så " +"<application>BootX</application> krävs på den modellen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:987 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use <application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the active System Folder." -msgstr "Hämta och packa upp (unstuff) utgåvan <application>BootX</application>, tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, eller i katalogen <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> på Debians http/ftp-speglar och officiella Debian cd-skivor. Använd <application>Stuffit Expander</application> för att extrahera de från sitt arkiv. I paket, finns det en tom mapp som heter <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Hämta <filename>linux.bin</filename> och <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> från mappen <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename>, och placera dem i mappen <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Placera sedan mappen <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> i den aktiva Systemmappen." +msgid "" +"Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, " +"available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the " +"<filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> " +"directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use " +"<application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. " +"Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</" +"filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk." +"image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</" +"filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " +"folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the " +"active System Folder." +msgstr "" +"Hämta och packa upp (unstuff) utgåvan <application>BootX</application>, " +"tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, eller i " +"katalogen <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</" +"filename> på Debians http/ftp-speglar och officiella Debian cd-skivor. " +"Använd <application>Stuffit Expander</application> för att extrahera de från " +"sitt arkiv. I paket, finns det en tom mapp som heter <filename>Linux " +"Kernels</filename>. Hämta <filename>linux.bin</filename> och " +"<filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> från mappen <filename>disks-powerpc/" +"current/powermac</filename>, och placera dem i mappen <filename>Linux " +"Kernels</filename>. Placera sedan mappen <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " +"i den aktiva Systemmappen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1007 @@ -790,14 +1499,36 @@ msgstr "Uppstart av hårddiskinstallerare på NewWorld Mac" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1008 #, no-c-format -msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." -msgstr "NewWorld PowerMac har stöd för att starta upp från ett nätverk eller från en ISO9660 cd-rom, såväl som läsa in ELF-binärer direkt från hårddisken. De här maskinerna kan starta upp Linux direkt via <command>yaboot</command>, som har stöd för att läsa in en kärna och ramdisk direkt från en ext2-partition, såväl som dela uppstartsläge med MacOS. Hårddiskuppstart för installeraren är speciellt lämplig för nyare maskiner utan diskettenheter. <command>BootX</command> stöds inte och får inte ses på NewWorld PowerMac." +msgid "" +"NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as " +"well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines " +"will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports " +"loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as " +"dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly " +"appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</" +"command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." +msgstr "" +"NewWorld PowerMac har stöd för att starta upp från ett nätverk eller från en " +"ISO9660 cd-rom, såväl som läsa in ELF-binärer direkt från hårddisken. De här " +"maskinerna kan starta upp Linux direkt via <command>yaboot</command>, som " +"har stöd för att läsa in en kärna och ramdisk direkt från en ext2-partition, " +"såväl som dela uppstartsläge med MacOS. Hårddiskuppstart för installeraren " +"är speciellt lämplig för nyare maskiner utan diskettenheter. <command>BootX</" +"command> stöds inte och får inte ses på NewWorld PowerMac." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1019 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging each file to the hard drive icon)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kopiera</emphasis> (inte flytta) följande fyra filer som du hämtade tidigare från Debian-arkiven, till rotnivån på din hårddisk (det här kan göras genom att hålla ner <keycap>Alt</keycap> och dra varje fil till hårddisksikonen)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you " +"downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your " +"hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging " +"each file to the hard drive icon)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kopiera</emphasis> (inte flytta) följande fyra filer som du " +"hämtade tidigare från Debian-arkiven, till rotnivån på din hårddisk (det här " +"kan göras genom att hålla ner <keycap>Alt</keycap> och dra varje fil till " +"hårddisksikonen)." #. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1029 @@ -826,14 +1557,26 @@ msgstr "yaboot.conf" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1049 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." -msgstr "Gör en notering om partitionsnumret på MacOS-partitionen där du placerade de här filerna. Om du har MacOS-programmet <command>pdisk</command>, kan du använda <command>L</command>-kommandot för att leta efter partitionsnumret. Du behöver det här partitionsnumret för kommandot du anger vid Open Firmware-prompten när du startar upp installeraren." +msgid "" +"Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place " +"these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can " +"use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You " +"will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open " +"Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"Gör en notering om partitionsnumret på MacOS-partitionen där du placerade de " +"här filerna. Om du har MacOS-programmet <command>pdisk</command>, kan du " +"använda <command>L</command>-kommandot för att leta efter partitionsnumret. " +"Du behöver det här partitionsnumret för kommandot du anger vid Open Firmware-" +"prompten när du startar upp installeraren." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1057 #, no-c-format msgid "To boot the installer, proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." -msgstr "För att starta upp installeraren, fortsätt till <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp installeraren, fortsätt till <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld" +"\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1070 @@ -844,88 +1587,223 @@ msgstr "Förbered filerna för nätverksuppstart via TFTP" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1071 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine configured to support booting of your specific machine." -msgstr "Om din maskin är ansluten till ett lokalt nätverk har du möjligheten att starta upp via nätverket från en annan maskin med TFTP. Om du tänker starta upp installationssystemet från en annan maskin behöver uppstartsfilerna placeras på specifika platser på den maskinen och maskinen konfigureras för att få stöd för uppstart av din specifika maskin." +msgid "" +"If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to " +"boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to " +"boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need " +"to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine " +"configured to support booting of your specific machine." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin är ansluten till ett lokalt nätverk har du möjligheten att " +"starta upp via nätverket från en annan maskin med TFTP. Om du tänker starta " +"upp installationssystemet från en annan maskin behöver uppstartsfilerna " +"placeras på specifika platser på den maskinen och maskinen konfigureras för " +"att få stöd för uppstart av din specifika maskin." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 -#, no-c-format -msgid "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." -msgstr "Du behöver ställa in en TFTP-server och för många maskiner, en BOOTP-server <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, eller RARP-server</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, eller DHCP-server</phrase>." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver ställa in en TFTP-server och för många maskiner, en BOOTP-server " +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, eller RARP-server</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, eller DHCP-server</phrase>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP. </phrase>" -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) är ett sätt att berätta för din klient vilken IP-adress den själv ska använda. Ett annat sätt är att använda BOOTP-protokollet. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP är ett IP-protokoll som informerar en dator om dess IP-adress och var på nätverket den kan hämta en uppstartsavbild. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Ytterligare ett alternativ finns på VMEbus-system: IP-adressen kan manuellt konfigureras i uppstarts-ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) är en mer flexibel, bakåtkompatibel utökning av BOOTP. Vissa system kan endast konfigureras via DHCP. </phrase>" +#: install-methods.xml:1086 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " +"(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible " +"extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " +"(RARP) är ett sätt att berätta för din klient vilken IP-adress den själv ska " +"använda. Ett annat sätt är att använda BOOTP-protokollet. </phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP är ett IP-protokoll som informerar en " +"dator om dess IP-adress och var på nätverket den kan hämta en " +"uppstartsavbild. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Ytterligare ett alternativ " +"finns på VMEbus-system: IP-adressen kan manuellt konfigureras i uppstarts-" +"ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">DHCP (Dynamic Host " +"Configuration Protocol) är en mer flexibel, bakåtkompatibel utökning av " +"BOOTP. Vissa system kan endast konfigureras via DHCP. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to boot using BOOTP." -msgstr "För PowerPC, om du har en NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskin, är det en bra idé att använda DHCP istället för BOOTP. Några av de senaste maskinerna kan inte starta upp via BOOTP." +msgid "" +"For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " +"idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to " +"boot using BOOTP." +msgstr "" +"För PowerPC, om du har en NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskin, är det en bra idé " +"att använda DHCP istället för BOOTP. Några av de senaste maskinerna kan inte " +"starta upp via BOOTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM console." -msgstr "Tvärtemot Open Firmware som finns på Sparc och PowerPC-maskiner, använder SRM-konsollen <emphasis>inte</emphasis> RARP för att hämta sin IP-adress, och därför måste du använda BOOTP för nätverksuppstart av din Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha-system kan också nätverksstartas med DECNet MOP (Maintenance Operations Protocol), men det täcks inte in här. Antagligen kan din lokala OpenVMS-operatör gladeligen assistera dig om du har ett stort behov av att använda MOP för att start upp Linux på din Alpha. </para> </footnote>. Du kan också ange IP-konfigurationen för nätverksgränssnitt direkt i SRM-konsollen." +msgid "" +"Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " +"console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and " +"therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> " +"Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance " +"Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local " +"OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning " +"need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can " +"also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM " +"console." +msgstr "" +"Tvärtemot Open Firmware som finns på Sparc och PowerPC-maskiner, använder " +"SRM-konsollen <emphasis>inte</emphasis> RARP för att hämta sin IP-adress, " +"och därför måste du använda BOOTP för nätverksuppstart av din " +"Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha-system kan också nätverksstartas med DECNet MOP " +"(Maintenance Operations Protocol), men det täcks inte in här. Antagligen kan " +"din lokala OpenVMS-operatör gladeligen assistera dig om du har ett stort " +"behov av att använda MOP för att start upp Linux på din Alpha. </para> </" +"footnote>. Du kan också ange IP-konfigurationen för nätverksgränssnitt " +"direkt i SRM-konsollen." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." -msgstr "Vissa äldre HPPA-maskiner (exempelvis 715/75) använder hellre RBOOTD än BOOTP. Det finns ett paket som kallas <classname>rbootd</classname> tillgängligt i Debian." +msgid "" +"Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " +"is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Vissa äldre HPPA-maskiner (exempelvis 715/75) använder hellre RBOOTD än " +"BOOTP. Det finns ett paket som kallas <classname>rbootd</classname> " +"tillgängligt i Debian." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." -msgstr "Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) används för att erbjuda uppstartsavbilder till klienten. Teoretiskt sett kan alla servrar, på alla plattformar, som implementerat de här protokollen, kan användas. I exemplen i det här avsnittet, tillhandahåller vi kommandon för SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (även kallad Solaris) och GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " +"the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements " +"these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall " +"provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) används för att erbjuda " +"uppstartsavbilder till klienten. Teoretiskt sett kan alla servrar, på alla " +"plattformar, som implementerat de här protokollen, kan användas. I exemplen " +"i det här avsnittet, tillhandahåller vi kommandon för SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x " +"(även kallad Solaris) och GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a &debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." -msgstr "För att använda metoden Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) av TFTP-uppstarten, behöver du en TFTP-server med stöd för <userinput>tsize</userinput>. På en &debian;-server är paketen <classname>atftpd</classname> och <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> kvalificerade; vi rekommenderar <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." +msgid "" +"To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " +"will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a " +"&debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</" +"classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." +msgstr "" +"För att använda metoden Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) av TFTP-" +"uppstarten, behöver du en TFTP-server med stöd för <userinput>tsize</" +"userinput>. På en &debian;-server är paketen <classname>atftpd</classname> " +"och <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> kvalificerade; vi rekommenderar " +"<classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "Konfigurering av RARP-server" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." -msgstr "För att ställa in RARP behöver du veta Ethernet-adressen (även kallad MAC-adressen) på klientdatorerna som ska installeras. Om du inte har den informationen kan du <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> hämta den från uppstartsmeddelandena i OpenPROM, använda kommandot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> i OpenBoot, eller </phrase> starta upp i <quote>Räddningsläge</quote> (exempelvis från räddningsdisketten) och använda kommandot <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." +msgid "" +"To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " +"address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this " +"information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial " +"OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> " +"command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the " +"rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"För att ställa in RARP behöver du veta Ethernet-adressen (även kallad MAC-" +"adressen) på klientdatorerna som ska installeras. Om du inte har den " +"informationen kan du <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> hämta den från " +"uppstartsmeddelandena i OpenPROM, använda kommandot <userinput>.enet-addr</" +"userinput> i OpenBoot, eller </phrase> starta upp i <quote>Räddningsläge</" +"quote> (exempelvis från räddningsdisketten) och använda kommandot " +"<userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, no-c-format -msgid "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, you use the <command>rarpd</command> program. You need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. Issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." -msgstr "På ett RARP-serversystem som använder en Linux 2.4 eller 2.6-kärna, eller Solaris/SunOS, använder du programmet <command>rarpd</command>. Du behöver se till att Ethernet-hårdvaruadressen för klienten är listad i <quote>ethers</quote>-databasen (antingen i filen <filename>/etc/ethers</filename>, eller via NIS/NIS+) och i <quote>hosts</quote>-databasen. Sedan behöver du starta om RARP-demonen. Kör kommandot (som root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> på de flesta Linux-system och SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> på vissa andra Linux-system, eller <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> på SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." +msgid "" +"On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " +"you use the <command>rarpd</command> program. You need to ensure that the " +"Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</" +"quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via " +"NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start " +"the RARP daemon. Issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</" +"userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/" +"sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/" +"etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." +msgstr "" +"På ett RARP-serversystem som använder en Linux 2.4 eller 2.6-kärna, eller " +"Solaris/SunOS, använder du programmet <command>rarpd</command>. Du behöver " +"se till att Ethernet-hårdvaruadressen för klienten är listad i " +"<quote>ethers</quote>-databasen (antingen i filen <filename>/etc/ethers</" +"filename>, eller via NIS/NIS+) och i <quote>hosts</quote>-databasen. Sedan " +"behöver du starta om RARP-demonen. Kör kommandot (som root): <userinput>/usr/" +"sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> på de flesta Linux-system och SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), " +"<userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> på vissa andra Linux-system, " +"eller <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> på SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "Konfigurering av BOOTP-server" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 -#, no-c-format -msgid "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU <command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the <classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages respectively." -msgstr "Det finns två BOOTP-servrar tillgängliga för GNU/Linux. Den första är CMU <command>bootpd</command>. Den andra är faktiskt en DHCP-server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. I &debian; finns dessa i paketen <classname>bootp</classname> respektive <classname>dhcp</classname>." +#: install-methods.xml:1193 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " +"<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två BOOTP-servrar tillgängliga för GNU/Linux. Den första är CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command>. Den andra är faktiskt en DHCP-server: ISC " +"<command>dhcpd</command>. I &debian; finns dessa i paketen <classname>bootp</" +"classname> respektive <classname>dhcp</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " +"relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can " +"run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/" +"etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server " +"does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the " +"good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, " +"and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</" +"filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</" +"command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. " +"Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -933,11 +1811,28 @@ msgid "" " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" " ha=0123456789AB:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The <quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type <userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</" +"quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The " +"<quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via " +"TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=" +"\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type " +"<userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</" +"userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" msgstr "" -"För att använda CMU <command>bootpd</command>, måste du först kommentera bort (eller lägga till) den relevanta raden i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. På &debian; kan du köra <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, sedan <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> för att göra det. Om din BOOTP-server inte kör Debian, bör raden i fråga se ut så här: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att använda CMU <command>bootpd</command>, måste du först kommentera " +"bort (eller lägga till) den relevanta raden i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</" +"filename>. På &debian; kan du köra <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</" +"userinput>, sedan <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> för att " +"göra det. Om din BOOTP-server inte kör Debian, bör raden i fråga se ut så " +"här: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nu måste du skapa filen <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>. Den har samma sorts familjära och kryptiska format som de gamla goda BSD-filerna <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename> och <filename>disktab</filename>. Se manualsidan för <filename>bootptab</filename> för mer information. För CMU <command>bootpd</command> behöver du känna till maskinvaruadressen (MAC) för klienten. Här är ett exempel på en <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Nu måste du skapa filen <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename>. Den har samma sorts familjära och kryptiska format som de gamla " +"goda BSD-filerna <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename> " +"och <filename>disktab</filename>. Se manualsidan för <filename>bootptab</" +"filename> för mer information. För CMU <command>bootpd</command> behöver du " +"känna till maskinvaruadressen (MAC) för klienten. Här är ett exempel på en " +"<filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -945,25 +1840,57 @@ msgstr "" " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" " ha=0123456789AB:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver ändra åtminstone alternativet <quote>ha</quote>, som anger maskinvaruadressen för klienten. Alternativet <quote>bf</quote> anger filen som klienten bör hämta via TFTP; se <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> för mer detaljer. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> På SGI-maskiner kan du bara gå in kommandomonitorn och skriva <userinput>printenv</userinput>. Värdet för variabeln <userinput>eaddr</userinput> är maskinens MAC-adress. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver ändra åtminstone alternativet " +"<quote>ha</quote>, som anger maskinvaruadressen för klienten. Alternativet " +"<quote>bf</quote> anger filen som klienten bör hämta via TFTP; se <xref " +"linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> för mer detaljer. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> På SGI-" +"maskiner kan du bara gå in kommandomonitorn och skriva <userinput>printenv</" +"userinput>. Värdet för variabeln <userinput>eaddr</userinput> är maskinens " +"MAC-adress. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 -#, no-c-format -msgid "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Tvärtemot är konfigurering av BOOTP med ISC <command>dhcpd</command> riktigt enkelt, för att den behandlar BOOTP-klienter som vanliga specialfall av DHCP-klienter. Vissa arkitekturer kräver en komplex konfiguration för att starta upp klienter via BOOTP. Om din är en av de, läs avsnittet <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Om inte kommer du antagligen komma undan med att bara lägga till direktivet <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> till konfigurationsblocket för subnätet som innehåller klienten, och starta om <command>dhcpd</command> med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +#: install-methods.xml:1234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " +"easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " +"clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " +"clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" +"\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " +"block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Tvärtemot är konfigurering av BOOTP med ISC <command>dhcpd</command> riktigt " +"enkelt, för att den behandlar BOOTP-klienter som vanliga specialfall av DHCP-" +"klienter. Vissa arkitekturer kräver en komplex konfiguration för att starta " +"upp klienter via BOOTP. Om din är en av de, läs avsnittet <xref linkend=" +"\"dhcpd\"/>. Om inte kommer du antagligen komma undan med att bara lägga " +"till direktivet <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> till " +"konfigurationsblocket för subnätet som innehåller klienten, och starta om " +"<command>dhcpd</command> med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "Konfigurering av DHCP-server" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -982,10 +1909,12 @@ msgid "" " next-server servername;\n" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" -"}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"}" msgstr "" -"En DHCP-server som är fri programvara är <command>dhcpd</command> från ISC. I &debian; är den tillgänglig i paketet <classname>dhcp</classname>. Här är en exempelkonfiguration för den (vanligtvis <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"En DHCP-server som är fri programvara är <command>dhcpd</command> från ISC. " +"I &debian; är den tillgänglig i paketet <classname>dhcp</classname>. Här är " +"en exempelkonfiguration för den (vanligtvis <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"exempel.se\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.exempel.se;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1005,31 +1934,50 @@ msgstr "" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera: det nya (och föredragna) paketet <classname>dhcp3</classname> använder <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Observera: det nya (och föredragna) paketet " +"<classname>dhcp3</classname> använder <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, as well as the server name and client hardware address. The <replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file which will be retrieved via TFTP." -msgstr "I det här exemplet finns det en server kallad <replaceable>servernamn</replaceable> som gör allt arbete som DHCP-server, TFTP-server och nätverksgateway. Du behöver nästan säkert ändra domännamnsalternativen, såväl som servernamnet och klientens maskinvaruadress. Alternativet <replaceable>filename</replaceable> bör vara ange namnet på den fil som ska hämtas via TFTP." +msgid "" +"In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " +"which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network " +"gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, " +"as well as the server name and client hardware address. The " +"<replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file " +"which will be retrieved via TFTP." +msgstr "" +"I det här exemplet finns det en server kallad <replaceable>servernamn</" +"replaceable> som gör allt arbete som DHCP-server, TFTP-server och " +"nätverksgateway. Du behöver nästan säkert ändra domännamnsalternativen, " +"såväl som servernamnet och klientens maskinvaruadress. Alternativet " +"<replaceable>filename</replaceable> bör vara ange namnet på den fil som ska " +"hämtas via TFTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Efter du har redigerat konfigurationsfilen för <command>dhcpd</command>, starta om den med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +#: install-methods.xml:1275 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Efter du har redigerat konfigurationsfilen för <command>dhcpd</command>, " +"starta om den med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "Aktivera PXE-uppstart i DHCP-konfigurationen" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1284 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" +"boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" @@ -1050,16 +1998,20 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "\n" "group {\n" -" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" -" host tftpclient {\n" +" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" +" host tftpclient {\n" "# tftp client hardware address\n" " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" -" filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" +" filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " +"<filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see " +"<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." msgstr "" -"Här är ett annat exempel på en <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> som använder Pre-boot Execution Environment-metoden (PXE) i TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Här är ett annat exempel på en <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> som använder " +"Pre-boot Execution Environment-metoden (PXE) i TFTP. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"exempel.se\";\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" @@ -1087,217 +2039,465 @@ msgstr "" " filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att för uppstart via PXE är klientfilnamnet <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> en starthanterare, inte en kärnavbild (se <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> nedan)." +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att för uppstart via PXE är " +"klientfilnamnet <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> en starthanterare, inte en " +"kärnavbild (se <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> nedan)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "Aktivering av TFTP-server" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that <command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " +"<command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having " +"something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up correctly by default when they are installed." +"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up " +"correctly by default when they are installed." msgstr "" -"För att få TFTP-servern klar att köra, bör du först se till att <command>tftpd</command> är aktiverad. Den aktiveras normalt sett genom att ha en rad som liknar följande rad i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att få TFTP-servern klar att köra, bör du först se till att " +"<command>tftpd</command> är aktiverad. Den aktiveras normalt sett genom att " +"ha en rad som liknar följande rad i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Debian-paketen kommer allmänt sett att ställa in det korrekt som standard när de installeras." +"</screen></informalexample> Debian-paketen kommer allmänt sett att ställa in " +"det korrekt som standard när de installeras." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format -msgid "Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Leta i den filen och kom ihåg katalogen som används som argument till <command>in.tftpd</command>; du behöver veta det senare. Argumentet <userinput>-l</userinput> gör att vissa versioner av <command>in.tftpd</command> loggar alla begäran till systemloggarna; det här är användbart för att felsöka uppstartsfel. Om du behövde ändra <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, behöver du meddela det till den körande <command>inetd</command>-processen att filen har ändrats. På en Debian-maskin, kör <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; på andra maskiner, ta reda på vilket process-id som <command>inetd</command> har och kör <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of " +"<command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is " +"useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that " +"below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " +"has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" +"userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" +"command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Leta i den filen och kom ihåg katalogen som används som argument till " +"<command>in.tftpd</command>; du behöver veta det senare. Argumentet " +"<userinput>-l</userinput> gör att vissa versioner av <command>in.tftpd</" +"command> loggar alla begäran till systemloggarna; det här är användbart för " +"att felsöka uppstartsfel. Om du behövde ändra <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</" +"filename>, behöver du meddela det till den körande <command>inetd</command>-" +"processen att filen har ändrats. På en Debian-maskin, kör <userinput>/etc/" +"init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; på andra maskiner, ta reda på vilket " +"process-id som <command>inetd</command> har och kör <userinput>kill -HUP " +"<replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your server: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " +"GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your " +"server: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the SGI's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the " +"SGI's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets " +"are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will " +"stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in " +"the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux TFTP server uses." +"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux " +"TFTP server uses." msgstr "" -"Om du tänker installera Debian på en SGI-maskin och din TFTP-server är en GNU/Linux-burk som kör Linux 2.4, behöver du ställa in följande på din server: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du tänker installera Debian på en SGI-maskin och din TFTP-server är en " +"GNU/Linux-burk som kör Linux 2.4, behöver du ställa in följande på din " +"server: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" -"</screen></informalexample> för att stänga av Path MTU discovery, annars kan SGI:ns PROM inte hämta kärnan. Vidare bör du se till att TFTP-paket skickas från en källport som inte är högre än 32767, annars kommer hämtningen att stanna av efter första paketet. Igen, det är Linux 2.4.X som ger det här felet i PROM, och du kan undvika det genom att ställa in <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> för att stänga av Path MTU discovery, annars kan " +"SGI:ns PROM inte hämta kärnan. Vidare bör du se till att TFTP-paket skickas " +"från en källport som inte är högre än 32767, annars kommer hämtningen att " +"stanna av efter första paketet. Igen, det är Linux 2.4.X som ger det här " +"felet i PROM, och du kan undvika det genom att ställa in " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" -"</screen></informalexample> för att justera intervallet av källportar som Linux TFTP-server använder." +"</screen></informalexample> för att justera intervallet av källportar som " +"Linux TFTP-server använder." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "Flytta TFTP-avbilderna till rätt plats" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." -msgstr "Placera sedan TFTP-uppstartsavbilden du behöver, som du hittar i <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, i katalogen för uppstartsavbilder för <command>tftpd</command>. Generellt sett är denna katalog <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Du behöver göra en länk från den filen till den fil som <command>tftpd</command> ska använda för att starta upp en speciell klient. Tyvärr fastställs filnamnet av TFTP-klienten och det finns inga riktiga standarder." +#: install-methods.xml:1364 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +msgstr "" +"Placera sedan TFTP-uppstartsavbilden du behöver, som du hittar i <xref " +"linkend=\"where-files\"/>, i katalogen för uppstartsavbilder för " +"<command>tftpd</command>. Generellt sett är denna katalog <filename>/" +"tftpboot</filename>. Du behöver göra en länk från den filen till den fil som " +"<command>tftpd</command> ska använda för att starta upp en speciell klient. " +"Tyvärr fastställs filnamnet av TFTP-klienten och det finns inga riktiga " +"standarder." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format -msgid "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the <command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. <command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP directory." -msgstr "På NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner, behöver du ställa in starthanteraren <command>yaboot</command> som TFTP-uppstartsavbild. <command>Yaboot</command> kommer då själv att hämta kärnan och ramdiskavbilderna via TFTP. För nätverksuppstart, använd <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Byt bara namn på den till <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> i TFTP-katalogen." +msgid "" +"On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " +"<command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. " +"<command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images " +"via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</" +"filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"På NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner, behöver du ställa in starthanteraren " +"<command>yaboot</command> som TFTP-uppstartsavbild. <command>Yaboot</" +"command> kommer då själv att hämta kärnan och ramdiskavbilderna via TFTP. " +"För nätverksuppstart, använd <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Byt " +"bara namn på den till <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> i TFTP-katalogen." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "För PXE-uppstart bör allt du behöver finns i filen <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera den filen till katalogen för uppstartsavbilder för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad att skicka <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> till <command>tftpd</command> som filnamnet att starta upp på." +#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgstr "" +"För PXE-uppstart bör allt du behöver finns i filen <filename>netboot/netboot." +"tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera den filen till katalogen för uppstartsavbilder " +"för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad " +"att skicka <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> till <command>tftpd</command> " +"som filnamnet att starta upp på." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "För PXE-uppstart bör allt du behöver finns i filen <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera den filen till katalogen för uppstartsavbilder för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad att skicka <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> till <command>tftpd</command> som filnamnet att starta upp på." +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/" +"elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgstr "" +"För PXE-uppstart bör allt du behöver finns i filen <filename>netboot/netboot." +"tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera den filen till katalogen för uppstartsavbilder " +"för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad " +"att skicka <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> till " +"<command>tftpd</command> som filnamnet att starta upp på." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "Avbilder för DECstation TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, no-c-format -msgid "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is <filename><replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP setups described above." -msgstr "För DECstation, finns det tftpimage-filer för varje underarkitektur, som innehåller både kärna och installerare i en fil. Namnkonventionen är <filename><replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</filename>. Kopiera den tftpimage-fil du vill använda till <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> om du arbetar med det exemplet för BOOTP/DHCP-konfigurationer som beskrivs ovan." +msgid "" +"For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " +"contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is " +"<filename><replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</" +"filename>. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/" +"tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP " +"setups described above." +msgstr "" +"För DECstation, finns det tftpimage-filer för varje underarkitektur, som " +"innehåller både kärna och installerare i en fil. Namnkonventionen är " +"<filename><replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img</" +"filename>. Kopiera den tftpimage-fil du vill använda till <userinput>/" +"tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> om du arbetar med det exemplet för BOOTP/" +"DHCP-konfigurationer som beskrivs ovan." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format -msgid "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can optionally be appended with the following syntax:" -msgstr "DECstationens firmware kan starta upp via TFTP med kommandot <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, där <replaceable>#</replaceable> är numret på den TurboChannel-enhet från vilken uppstarten ska ske. På de flesta DECstationer är det <quote>3</quote>. Om BOOTP/DHCP-servern inte ger ut filnamnet eller om du behöver skicka ytterligare parametrar, kan de valfritt läggas till med följande syntax:" +msgid "" +"The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</" +"replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On " +"most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not " +"supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can " +"optionally be appended with the following syntax:" +msgstr "" +"DECstationens firmware kan starta upp via TFTP med kommandot <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, där <replaceable>#</" +"replaceable> är numret på den TurboChannel-enhet från vilken uppstarten ska " +"ske. På de flesta DECstationer är det <quote>3</quote>. Om BOOTP/DHCP-" +"servern inte ger ut filnamnet eller om du behöver skicka ytterligare " +"parametrar, kan de valfritt läggas till med följande syntax:" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=värde1 param2=värde2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Flera revisioner av DECstation-firmware har ett problem angående nätverksuppstart: överföringen startar, men efter en viss tid stoppar den med en <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. Det kan finnas flera anledningar: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Firmware svarar inte på ARP-begäran under en TFTP-överföring. Det leder till en ARP-timeout och överföringen stoppas. Lösningen är att statiskt lägga till MAC-adressen på Ethernet-kortet i DECstationen till ARP-tabellen på TFTP-servern. Det görs genom att köra <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-adress</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-adress</replaceable></userinput> som root på maskinen som fungerar som TFTP-server. MAC-adressen för DECstationen kan läsas av genom att ange <command>cnfg</command> i DECstationens firmware-prompt. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Firmware har en storleksgräns på de filer som kan startas upp via TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Det finns också revisioner av firmware som inte kan starta upp via TFTP alls. En översikt av de olika revisionerna av firmware kan hittas på webbsidorna för NetBSD: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " +"booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an " +"<computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests " +"during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. " +"The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the " +"DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by " +"running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine " +"acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by " +"entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that " +"can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also " +"firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the " +"different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Flera revisioner av DECstation-firmware har ett problem angående " +"nätverksuppstart: överföringen startar, men efter en viss tid stoppar den " +"med en <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. Det kan finnas flera " +"anledningar: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Firmware svarar inte på ARP-" +"begäran under en TFTP-överföring. Det leder till en ARP-timeout och " +"överföringen stoppas. Lösningen är att statiskt lägga till MAC-adressen på " +"Ethernet-kortet i DECstationen till ARP-tabellen på TFTP-servern. Det görs " +"genom att köra <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-adress</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>MAC-adress</replaceable></userinput> som root på maskinen som " +"fungerar som TFTP-server. MAC-adressen för DECstationen kan läsas av genom " +"att ange <command>cnfg</command> i DECstationens firmware-prompt. </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> Firmware har en storleksgräns på de filer som kan " +"startas upp via TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Det finns också " +"revisioner av firmware som inte kan starta upp via TFTP alls. En översikt av " +"de olika revisionerna av firmware kan hittas på webbsidorna för NetBSD: " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></" +"ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart för Alpha via TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format -msgid "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a filename by either one of these methods." -msgstr "På Alpha, måste du ange filnamnet (som en relativ sökväg till katalogen för uppstartsavbilder) med argumentet <userinput>-file</userinput> till SRM-kommandot <userinput>boot</userinput>, eller genom att ställa in miljövariabeln <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput>. Alternativ kan filnamnet anges via BOOTP (i ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, använd direktivet <userinput>filename</userinput>). Tvärtemot Open Firmware, finns det <emphasis>inget standardfilnamn</emphasis> på SRM, så du <emphasis>måste</emphasis> ange ett filnamn genom en av de här metoderna." +msgid "" +"On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " +"image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM " +"<userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</" +"userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given " +"via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</" +"userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default " +"filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a " +"filename by either one of these methods." +msgstr "" +"På Alpha, måste du ange filnamnet (som en relativ sökväg till katalogen för " +"uppstartsavbilder) med argumentet <userinput>-file</userinput> till SRM-" +"kommandot <userinput>boot</userinput>, eller genom att ställa in " +"miljövariabeln <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput>. Alternativ kan filnamnet " +"anges via BOOTP (i ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, använd direktivet " +"<userinput>filename</userinput>). Tvärtemot Open Firmware, finns det " +"<emphasis>inget standardfilnamn</emphasis> på SRM, så du <emphasis>måste</" +"emphasis> ange ett filnamn genom en av de här metoderna." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för SPARC" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as <quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just <filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n" -"' 10 0 0 4\n" -"</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture name." +"Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your " +"system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename " +"would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also " +"subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just " +"<filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the " +"hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a " +"shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" +"</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to " +"change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture " +"name." msgstr "" -"Vissa SPARC-arkitekturer lägger till underarkitekturens namn, såsom <quote>SUN4M</quote> eller <quote>SUN4C</quote>; till filnamnet. Därför, om ditt systems arkitektur är en SUN4C, och dess IP är 192.168.1.3, borde filnamnet vara <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. Dock, det finns även underarkitekturer där filen som klienten letar efter är bara <filename>klient-ip-i-hex</filename>. Ett lätt sätt att fastställa den hexadecimala koden för IP-adressen är att ange följande kommando i ett skal (anta att maskinens tilltänkta IP-adress är 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n" -"' 10 0 0 4\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För att få det korrekta filnamnet, behöver du ändra alla bokstäver till versaler om och det behövs även lägga till underarkitekturens namn." +"Vissa SPARC-arkitekturer lägger till underarkitekturens namn, såsom " +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> eller <quote>SUN4C</quote>; till filnamnet. Därför, om " +"ditt systems arkitektur är en SUN4C, och dess IP är 192.168.1.3, borde " +"filnamnet vara <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. Dock, det finns även " +"underarkitekturer där filen som klienten letar efter är bara " +"<filename>klient-ip-i-hex</filename>. Ett lätt sätt att fastställa den " +"hexadecimala koden för IP-adressen är att ange följande kommando i ett skal " +"(anta att maskinens tilltänkta IP-adress är 10.0.0.4). " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" +"</screen></informalexample> För att få det korrekta filnamnet, behöver du " +"ändra alla bokstäver till versaler om och det behövs även lägga till " +"underarkitekturens namn." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that the TFTP server looks in." -msgstr "Du kan också tvinga vissa sparc-system att leta efter ett specifikt filnamn genom att lägga till det på slutet av uppstartskommandot för OpenPROM, såsom <userinput>boot net min-sparc.avbild</userinput>. Den måste dock finnas i katalogen som TFTP-servern letar i." +msgid "" +"You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " +"adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot " +"net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that " +"the TFTP server looks in." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också tvinga vissa sparc-system att leta efter ett specifikt filnamn " +"genom att lägga till det på slutet av uppstartskommandot för OpenPROM, såsom " +"<userinput>boot net min-sparc.avbild</userinput>. Den måste dock finnas i " +"katalogen som TFTP-servern letar i." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för BVM/Motorola" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format -msgid "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." -msgstr "För BVM och Motorola VMEbus-system kopiera filerna &bvme6000-tftp-files; till <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." +msgid "" +"For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " +"<filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." +msgstr "" +"För BVM och Motorola VMEbus-system kopiera filerna &bvme6000-tftp-files; " +"till <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration information." -msgstr "Sedan, konfigurera ditt uppstarts-ROM elle BOOTP-server att initialt läsa in filen <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> eller <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> från TFTP-servern. Referera till filen <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> för din underarkitektur för ytterligare systemspecifik konfigurationsinformation." +msgid "" +"Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " +"<filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> " +"files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> " +"file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Sedan, konfigurera ditt uppstarts-ROM elle BOOTP-server att initialt läsa in " +"filen <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> eller <filename>tftplilo.mvme</" +"filename> från TFTP-servern. Referera till filen <filename>tftplilo.txt</" +"filename> för din underarkitektur för ytterligare systemspecifik " +"konfigurationsinformation." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för SGI" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." -msgstr "På SGI-maskiner kan du förlita dig på att <command>bootpd</command> skickar med namnet på TFTP-filen. Det anges antingen som <userinput>bf=</userinput> i <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> eller som alternativet <userinput>filename=</userinput> i <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " +"name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> " +"in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</" +"userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"På SGI-maskiner kan du förlita dig på att <command>bootpd</command> skickar " +"med namnet på TFTP-filen. Det anges antingen som <userinput>bf=</userinput> " +"i <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> eller som alternativet " +"<userinput>filename=</userinput> i <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, no-c-format -msgid "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." -msgstr "Du behöver inte konfigurera DHCP på något speciellt sätt på grund av att du skickar hela sökvägen till filen som ska läsas in av CFE." +msgid "" +"You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " +"full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver inte konfigurera DHCP på något speciellt sätt på grund av att du " +"skickar hela sökvägen till filen som ska läsas in av CFE." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "Automatisk installation" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." -msgstr "För installation på flera datorer är det möjligt att göra fullt automatiska installationer. Debian-paketen som är tänkta för det här är <classname>fai</classname> (som använder en installationsserver), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, och själva Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " +"installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</" +"classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</" +"classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" +"classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." +msgstr "" +"För installation på flera datorer är det möjligt att göra fullt automatiska " +"installationer. Debian-paketen som är tänkta för det här är <classname>fai</" +"classname> (som använder en installationsserver), <classname>replicator</" +"classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" +"classname>, och själva Debian Installer." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "Automatisk installation med Debian Installer" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the installation process." -msgstr "Debian Installer har stöd för att automatisera installationer via förkonfigurationsfiler. En förkonfigurationsfil kan läsas in från nätverket eller från flyttbart media, och används för att fylla i svar på frågor som ställs under installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " +"files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from " +"removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process." +msgstr "" +"Debian Installer har stöd för att automatisera installationer via " +"förkonfigurationsfiler. En förkonfigurationsfil kan läsas in från nätverket " +"eller från flyttbart media, och används för att fylla i svar på frågor som " +"ställs under installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, no-c-format -msgid "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel som du kan redigera finns i <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." +msgid "" +"Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " +"edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel som du " +"kan redigera finns i <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." #~ msgid "" #~ "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.2.x kernel, you need to populate " @@ -1333,6 +2533,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "RARP eller bygga in stöd för RARP i kärnan. Försök med " #~ "<userinput>modprobe rarp</userinput> och försök sedan med kommandot " #~ "<command>rarp</command> igen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4.x kernel, there is no RARP " #~ "module, and you should instead use the <command>rarpd</command> program. " @@ -1342,6 +2543,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "På ett RARP-serversystem som använder en Linux 2.4.x-kärna, finns det " #~ "ingen RARP-modul, du bör istället använda programmet <command>rarpd</" #~ "command>. Proceduren liknar den som används under SunOS i nästa paragraf." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The only supported boot method for CATS is to use the combined image " #~ "&cats-boot-img;. This can be loaded from any device accessible to the " @@ -1350,10 +2552,10 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "Den enda uppstartsmetoden som stöds för CATS är att använda den " #~ "kombinerade avbilden &cats-boot-img;. Den kan läsas in från alla enheter " #~ "som är nåbara från starthanteraren Cyclone." + #~ msgid "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" #~ msgstr "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" - diff --git a/po/sv/post-install.po b/po/sv/post-install.po index a7705e460..0dee58e1a 100644 --- a/po/sv/post-install.po +++ b/po/sv/post-install.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-05 23:57+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " "user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " "<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" "whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " -"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +"allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" "Men om du har ett cronjobb som (a) behöver köras som en speciell användare " "eller (b) behöver köras vid en speciell tidpunkt eller frekvens kan du " diff --git a/po/sv/preparing.po b/po/sv/preparing.po index 379039152..68731b749 100644 --- a/po/sv/preparing.po +++ b/po/sv/preparing.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation guide 20051025 preparing\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-16 14:41+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -1651,16 +1651,16 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i Windows NT" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " "existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " "Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " "from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " "partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " -"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " -"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " -"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to " +"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have " +"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " "destroy the partition information." msgstr "" "Windows NT använder en PC-liknande partitionstabell. Om du manipulerar " @@ -1715,15 +1715,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " -"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " -"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " -"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " -"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " -"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " -"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay " +"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post " +"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate " +"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the " +"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually " +"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you " +"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" "Men om du har en stor IDE-disk och varken använder LBA-adressering, " "överliggande drivrutiner (tillhandahålls ibland av hårddisktillverkaren), " @@ -2115,12 +2115,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " "create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " -"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " -"FTP server." +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from " +"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "För IDE-baserade Macintosh-datorer behöver du använda <command>Apple Drive " "Setup</command> för att skapa utrymme för Linux-partitionerna, och " @@ -2135,7 +2136,7 @@ msgstr "Partitionering från SunOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " "both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " @@ -2144,7 +2145,7 @@ msgid "" "you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " "the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " "that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " -"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 " "(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" "Det är fullt möjligt att partitionera från SunOS; faktum är att om du tänker " @@ -3131,17 +3132,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1965 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " "and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " -"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot " "from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " "necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " -"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " -"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " -"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " -"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have " +"to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a " +"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, " +"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" "Före du faktiskt genomför en installation, behöver du gå över några design- " "och förberedelsesteg. IBM har gjort dokumentation tillgänglig om hela " @@ -3467,19 +3468,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "Skärmsynlighet på OldWorld Powermac-datorer" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2164 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " -"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " -"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " -"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " -"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the " +"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such " +"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " "monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " diff --git a/po/sv/preseed.po b/po/sv/preseed.po index 68388e1be..637aad393 100644 --- a/po/sv/preseed.po +++ b/po/sv/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-26 01:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-29 20:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -1423,11 +1423,12 @@ msgstr "Spegelinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:726 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " -"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " -"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " +"download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, " +"and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the " +"installed system." msgstr "" "Beroende på installationsmetoden du användare, en spegel kan användas både " "för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installeraren, grundsystemet och " @@ -1495,13 +1496,13 @@ msgstr "Partitionering" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:756 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " -"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " -"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " -"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " -"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to " +"partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout " +"of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe " +"from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " "currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." msgstr "" "Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del " @@ -2050,7 +2051,7 @@ msgstr "Installation av starthanteraren" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:888 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" @@ -2061,9 +2062,9 @@ msgid "" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some " +"other\n" +"# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" @@ -2194,12 +2195,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:943 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " "installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" -"classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or " -"space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated " +"by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel " +"command line as well." msgstr "" "Om du vill installera några individuella paket i tillägg till de paket som " "installeras av en funktion, kan du använda parametern <classname>pkgsel/" diff --git a/po/sv/random-bits.po b/po/sv/random-bits.po index dbbb01089..14200cf45 100644 --- a/po/sv/random-bits.po +++ b/po/sv/random-bits.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-16 14:44+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -29,8 +29,23 @@ msgstr "Linux-enheter" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:12 #, no-c-format -msgid "In Linux various special files can be found under the directory <filename>/dev</filename>. These files are called device files and behave unlike ordinary files. The most common types of device files are for block devices and character devices. These files are an interface to the actual driver (part of the Linux kernel) which in turn accesses the hardware. Another, less common, type of device file is the named <firstterm>pipe</firstterm>. The most important device files are listed in the tables below." -msgstr "De olika specialfilerna för Linux kan hittas under katalogen <filename>/dev</filename>. Dessa filer kallas för enhetsfiler och uppträder inte på samma sätt som vanliga filer. De mest vanliga typer av enhetsfiler är för blockenheter och teckenenheter. Dessa filer är ett gränssnitt mot den faktiska drivrutinen (del av Linux-kärnan) som i sin tur kommer åt hårdvaran. En annan, mindre vanlig, typ av enhetsfil är den namngivna <firstterm>röret</firstterm> (named pipe). De mest viktiga enhetsfilerna listas i tabellerna nedan." +msgid "" +"In Linux various special files can be found under the directory <filename>/" +"dev</filename>. These files are called device files and behave unlike " +"ordinary files. The most common types of device files are for block devices " +"and character devices. These files are an interface to the actual driver " +"(part of the Linux kernel) which in turn accesses the hardware. Another, " +"less common, type of device file is the named <firstterm>pipe</firstterm>. " +"The most important device files are listed in the tables below." +msgstr "" +"De olika specialfilerna för Linux kan hittas under katalogen <filename>/dev</" +"filename>. Dessa filer kallas för enhetsfiler och uppträder inte på samma " +"sätt som vanliga filer. De mest vanliga typer av enhetsfiler är för " +"blockenheter och teckenenheter. Dessa filer är ett gränssnitt mot den " +"faktiska drivrutinen (del av Linux-kärnan) som i sin tur kommer åt " +"hårdvaran. En annan, mindre vanlig, typ av enhetsfil är den namngivna " +"<firstterm>röret</firstterm> (named pipe). De mest viktiga enhetsfilerna " +"listas i tabellerna nedan." #. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:27 @@ -318,47 +333,91 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera din mus" #: random-bits.xml:127 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window environment. The two uses can be made compatible if the gpm repeater is used to allow the signal to flow to the X server as shown: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => X\n" +"The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window " +"environment. The two uses can be made compatible if the gpm repeater is used " +"to allow the signal to flow to the X server as shown: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => " +"X\n" " /dev/ttyS0 (repeater) (symlink)\n" " /dev/ttyS1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Set the repeater protocol to be raw (in <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) while setting X to the original mouse protocol in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Set the repeater protocol to be raw (in " +"<filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) while setting X to the original mouse " +"protocol in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/" +"XF86Config-4</filename>." msgstr "" -"Musen kan användas i både Linux-konsollen (med gpm) och i fönstermiljön X. De två användningsområdena kan göras kompatibla om repeteraren gpm används för att tillåta att signaler skicka till X-servern som visas: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => X\n" +"Musen kan användas i både Linux-konsollen (med gpm) och i fönstermiljön X. " +"De två användningsområdena kan göras kompatibla om repeteraren gpm används " +"för att tillåta att signaler skicka till X-servern som visas: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => " +"X\n" " /dev/ttyS0 (repeterare) (symlänk)\n" " /dev/ttyS1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ställ in repeterarprotokoll till \"raw\" (i <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) och ställ in X till originalmusprotokollet i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Ställ in repeterarprotokoll till \"raw\" (i " +"<filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) och ställ in X till " +"originalmusprotokollet i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller " +"<filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:139 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is unplugged inadvertently. Simply restarting gpm with <informalexample><screen>\n" +"This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is " +"unplugged inadvertently. Simply restarting gpm with " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/init.d/gpm restart\n" -"</screen></informalexample> will re-connect the mouse in software without restarting X." +"</screen></informalexample> will re-connect the mouse in software without " +"restarting X." msgstr "" -"Det här sättet att använda gpm på har även fördelar i X när musen blir oavsiktligt urkopplad. Starta helt enkelt om gpm med <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det här sättet att använda gpm på har även fördelar i X när musen blir " +"oavsiktligt urkopplad. Starta helt enkelt om gpm med " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/init.d/gpm restart\n" -"</screen></informalexample> kommer att återansluta musen i programvara utan att starta om X." +"</screen></informalexample> kommer att återansluta musen i programvara utan " +"att starta om X." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:148 #, no-c-format -msgid "If gpm is disabled or not installed for some reason, make sure to set X to read directly from a mouse device such as /dev/psaux. For details, refer to the 3-Button Mouse mini-Howto at <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename>, and <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." -msgstr "Om gpm är inaktiverat eller inte installerat av någon anledning, se till att ställa in X till att läsa direkt från musenheten, såsom /dev/psaux. För fler detaljer, referera till mini-howton för 3-knappsmöss på <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename> och <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If gpm is disabled or not installed for some reason, make sure to set X to " +"read directly from a mouse device such as /dev/psaux. For details, refer to " +"the 3-Button Mouse mini-Howto at <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/" +"mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</userinput>, " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename>, and <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;" +"current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om gpm är inaktiverat eller inte installerat av någon anledning, se till att " +"ställa in X till att läsa direkt från musenheten, såsom /dev/psaux. För fler " +"detaljer, referera till mini-howton för 3-knappsmöss på <filename>/usr/share/" +"doc/HOWTO/en-txt/mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</" +"userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename> och <ulink url=" +"\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, set the mouse device to <userinput>\"/dev/input/mice\"</userinput>." -msgstr "För PowerPC, i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, ställ in musenheten till <userinput>\"/dev/input/mice\"</userinput>." +msgid "" +"For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/" +"X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, set the mouse device to <userinput>\"/dev/input/" +"mice\"</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"För PowerPC, i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller <filename>/etc/" +"X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, ställ in musenheten till <userinput>\"/dev/" +"input/mice\"</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:164 #, no-c-format -msgid "Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when your mouse only has one button. Just add the following lines to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> file." -msgstr "Moderna kärnor ger dig möjligheten att emulera en tre-knappars mus när din mus endast har en knapp. Lägg helt enkelt till följande rader till filen <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when " +"your mouse only has one button. Just add the following lines to <filename>/" +"etc/sysctl.conf</filename> file." +msgstr "" +"Moderna kärnor ger dig möjligheten att emulera en tre-knappars mus när din " +"mus endast har en knapp. Lägg helt enkelt till följande rader till filen " +"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:170 @@ -391,20 +450,45 @@ msgstr "Nödvändig diskplats för funktioner" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 #, no-c-format -msgid "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." -msgstr "Grundinstallationen för i386 med en standard 2.6-kärna, inklusive alla standardpaket, kräver 585 MB diskutrymme. En minimal grundinstallation, utan standardfunktion vald, kommer att ta upp 365 MB." +msgid "" +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." +msgstr "" +"Grundinstallationen för i386 med en standard 2.6-kärna, inklusive alla " +"standardpaket, kräver 585 MB diskutrymme. En minimal grundinstallation, utan " +"standardfunktion vald, kommer att ta upp 365 MB." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in tasksel. Note that some tasks have overlapping constituents, so the total installed size for two tasks together may be less than the total obtained by adding up the numbers." -msgstr "Följande tabell listar storlekar som rapporterats av aptitude för funktionerna listade i tasksel. Observera att några funktioner har överlappande beståndsdelar, så den totala installerade storleken för två funktioner tillsammans kan vara mindre än totalen som fås genom att lägga ihop siffrorna." +msgid "" +"The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " +"tasksel. Note that some tasks have overlapping constituents, so the total " +"installed size for two tasks together may be less than the total obtained by " +"adding up the numbers." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell listar storlekar som rapporterats av aptitude för " +"funktionerna listade i tasksel. Observera att några funktioner har " +"överlappande beståndsdelar, så den totala installerade storleken för två " +"funktioner tillsammans kan vara mindre än totalen som fås genom att lägga " +"ihop siffrorna." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of the base installation when determining the size of partitions. Most of the size listed as <quote>Installed size</quote> will end up in <filename>/usr</filename>; the size listed as <quote>Download size</quote> is (temporarily) required in <filename>/var</filename>." -msgstr "Observera att du behöver lägga till storlekarna som listas i tabellen till storleken för grundinstallationen när storlekarna på partitionerna bestäms. De flesta storlekar listade som <quote>Installerad storlek</quote> kommer att hamna i <filename>/usr</filename>; storleken listad som <quote>Hämtad storlek</quote> krävs (temporärt) i <filename>/var</filename>." +msgid "" +"Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " +"the base installation when determining the size of partitions. Most of the " +"size listed as <quote>Installed size</quote> will end up in <filename>/usr</" +"filename>; the size listed as <quote>Download size</quote> is (temporarily) " +"required in <filename>/var</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att du behöver lägga till storlekarna som listas i tabellen till " +"storleken för grundinstallationen när storlekarna på partitionerna bestäms. " +"De flesta storlekar listade som <quote>Installerad storlek</quote> kommer " +"att hamna i <filename>/usr</filename>; storleken listad som <quote>Hämtad " +"storlek</quote> krävs (temporärt) i <filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:216 @@ -461,8 +545,7 @@ msgid "Laptop" msgstr "Bärbar dator" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 -#: random-bits.xml:242 +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>46</entry>" msgstr "<entry>46</entry>" @@ -620,14 +703,27 @@ msgstr "<entry>32</entry>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:283 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop environment." -msgstr "Funktionen <emphasis>Skrivbordsmiljö</emphasis> kommer att installera skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." +msgstr "" +"Funktionen <emphasis>Skrivbordsmiljö</emphasis> kommer att installera " +"skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> may automatically install a <firstterm>localization task</firstterm>, if one is available for your language. Space requirements differ per language; you should allow up to 200MB in total for download and installation." -msgstr "Om du installerar i ett annat språk än engelska, kan <command>tasksel</command> automatiskt installera en <firstterm>lokaliseringsfunktion</firstterm> om det finns en tillgänglig för ditt språk. Utrymmeskrav skiljer sig mellan språken; du bör avsätta upp till 200 MB totalt för hämtning och installation." +msgid "" +"If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " +"may automatically install a <firstterm>localization task</firstterm>, if one " +"is available for your language. Space requirements differ per language; you " +"should allow up to 200MB in total for download and installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar i ett annat språk än engelska, kan <command>tasksel</" +"command> automatiskt installera en <firstterm>lokaliseringsfunktion</" +"firstterm> om det finns en tillgänglig för ditt språk. Utrymmeskrav skiljer " +"sig mellan språken; du bör avsätta upp till 200 MB totalt för hämtning och " +"installation." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:305 @@ -638,14 +734,41 @@ msgstr "Installera &debian; från ett Unix/Linux-system" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in the rest of the manual. This <quote>cross-install</quote> HOWTO has been requested by users switching to &debian; from Red Hat, Mandrake, and SUSE. In this section some familiarity with entering *nix commands and navigating the file system is assumed. In this section, <prompt>$</prompt> symbolizes a command to be entered in the user's current system, while <prompt>#</prompt> refers to a command entered in the Debian chroot." -msgstr "Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; från ett existerande Unix- eller Linux-system, utan att använda den menystyrda installeraren som förklaras i resten av handboken. Den här HOWTO:n för <quote>cross-installation</quote> har efterfrågats av användare som byter till &debian; från Red Hat, Mandrake och SUSE. I detta avsnitt antas att viss erfarenhet av *nix-kommandon och navigering i filsystemet. I detta avsnitt symboliserar <prompt>$</prompt> ett kommando som ska anges i användarens aktuella system, medan <prompt>#</prompt> refererar till ett kommando som ska anges i Debians chroot-miljö." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " +"system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in the rest of " +"the manual. This <quote>cross-install</quote> HOWTO has been requested by " +"users switching to &debian; from Red Hat, Mandrake, and SUSE. In this " +"section some familiarity with entering *nix commands and navigating the file " +"system is assumed. In this section, <prompt>$</prompt> symbolizes a command " +"to be entered in the user's current system, while <prompt>#</prompt> refers " +"to a command entered in the Debian chroot." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; från ett " +"existerande Unix- eller Linux-system, utan att använda den menystyrda " +"installeraren som förklaras i resten av handboken. Den här HOWTO:n för " +"<quote>cross-installation</quote> har efterfrågats av användare som byter " +"till &debian; från Red Hat, Mandrake och SUSE. I detta avsnitt antas att " +"viss erfarenhet av *nix-kommandon och navigering i filsystemet. I detta " +"avsnitt symboliserar <prompt>$</prompt> ett kommando som ska anges i " +"användarens aktuella system, medan <prompt>#</prompt> refererar till ett " +"kommando som ska anges i Debians chroot-miljö." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can migrate your existing user data (if any) to it, and keep on rolling. This is therefore a <quote>zero downtime</quote> &debian; install. It's also a clever way for dealing with hardware that otherwise doesn't play friendly with various boot or installation media." -msgstr "När du har fått det nya Debian-systemet konfigurerat enligt din smak, kan du migrera din existerande användardata (om den finns) till det, och fortsätta köra. Det här är alltså en installation av &debian; <quote>utan nedtid</quote>. Det är också ett klurigt sätt att hantera maskinvara som annars inte fungerar snällt med olika uppstarts- eller installationsmedia." +msgid "" +"Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " +"migrate your existing user data (if any) to it, and keep on rolling. This is " +"therefore a <quote>zero downtime</quote> &debian; install. It's also a " +"clever way for dealing with hardware that otherwise doesn't play friendly " +"with various boot or installation media." +msgstr "" +"När du har fått det nya Debian-systemet konfigurerat enligt din smak, kan du " +"migrera din existerande användardata (om den finns) till det, och fortsätta " +"köra. Det här är alltså en installation av &debian; <quote>utan nedtid</" +"quote>. Det är också ett klurigt sätt att hantera maskinvara som annars inte " +"fungerar snällt med olika uppstarts- eller installationsmedia." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:331 @@ -655,82 +778,143 @@ msgstr "Påbörja arbetet" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:332 -#, no-c-format -msgid "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan to install X." -msgstr "Med dina aktuella partitioneringsverktyg, partitionera om hårddisken efter behov, skapa åtminstone ett filsystem plus växlingsutrymme. Du behöver minst 150 MB diskutrymme tillgängligt för en installation för endast konsoll, eller minst 300 MB om du planerar att installera X." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." +msgstr "" +"Med dina aktuella partitioneringsverktyg, partitionera om hårddisken efter " +"behov, skapa åtminstone ett filsystem plus växlingsutrymme. Du behöver minst " +"150 MB diskutrymme tillgängligt för en installation för endast konsoll, " +"eller minst 300 MB om du planerar att installera X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:340 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" -"</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit <userinput>-j</userinput>." +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " +"<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" -"Skapa filsystem på dina partitioner. För att till exempel skapa ett ext3-filsystem på partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (det är vår rotpartition i exemplet): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Skapa filsystem på dina partitioner. För att till exempel skapa ett ext3-" +"filsystem på partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (det är vår " +"rotpartition i exemplet): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För att istället skapa ett ext2-filsystem, uteslut <userinput>-j</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> För att istället skapa ett ext2-filsystem, " +"uteslut <userinput>-j</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:350 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" +"Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " +"intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" -"# swapon /dev/hda5\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, it is referenced later below." +"# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" +"filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " +"filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " +"it is referenced later below." msgstr "" -"Initialisera och aktivera växlingsutrymme (ersätt partitionsnumret med din tilltänkta Debian-partition för växlingsutrymme): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Initialisera och aktivera växlingsutrymme (ersätt partitionsnumret med din " +"tilltänkta Debian-partition för växlingsutrymme): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" "# swapon /dev/hda5\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Montera en partition som <filename>/mnt/debinst</filename> (installationspunkten, som ska vara rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>) på ditt nya system). Namnet på monteringspunkten är strikt godtycklig, det refereras till senare här nedan." +"</screen></informalexample> Montera en partition som <filename>/mnt/debinst</" +"filename> (installationspunkten, som ska vara rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</" +"filename>) på ditt nya system). Namnet på monteringspunkten är strikt " +"godtycklig, det refereras till senare här nedan." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:362 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" -"# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually before proceding with the next stage." -msgstr "Om du vill ha delar av filsystemet (exempelvis, /usr) monterat på separata partitioner, behöver du skapa och montera dessa kataloger manuellt innan du fortsätter till nästa steg." +msgid "" +"If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " +"partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually " +"before proceding with the next stage." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill ha delar av filsystemet (exempelvis, /usr) monterat på separata " +"partitioner, behöver du skapa och montera dessa kataloger manuellt innan du " +"fortsätter till nästa steg." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Installera <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format -msgid "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It uses <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise depends only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux tools<footnote> <para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands like <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> and <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current system, then download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." -msgstr "Verktyget som Debian Installer använder, som är känt som det officiella sättet att installera Debians grundsystem, är <command>debootstrap</command>. Det använder <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command>, men är annars endast beroende av <classname>/bin/sh</classname> och grundläggande Unix/Linux-verktyg<footnote> <para> Dessa inkluderar GNU-kärnverktyg och kommandon såsom <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> och <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Installera <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command> om de inte redan finns på ditt aktuella system, hämta och installera sedan <command>debootstrap</command>." +msgid "" +"The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " +"to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It uses " +"<command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise depends " +"only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux tools<footnote> " +"<para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands like <command>sed</" +"command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> and <command>gzip</" +"command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</command> and " +"<command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current system, then " +"download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." +msgstr "" +"Verktyget som Debian Installer använder, som är känt som det officiella " +"sättet att installera Debians grundsystem, är <command>debootstrap</" +"command>. Det använder <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command>, " +"men är annars endast beroende av <classname>/bin/sh</classname> och " +"grundläggande Unix/Linux-verktyg<footnote> <para> Dessa inkluderar GNU-" +"kärnverktyg och kommandon såsom <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</" +"command>, <command>tar</command> och <command>gzip</command>. </para> </" +"footnote>. Installera <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command> om " +"de inte redan finns på ditt aktuella system, hämta och installera sedan " +"<command>debootstrap</command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " +"folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir work\n" "# cd work\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The <command>debootstrap</command> binary is located in the Debian archive (be sure to select the proper file for your architecture). Download the <command>debootstrap</command> .deb from the <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the files from it. You will need to have root privileges to install the files." +"</screen></informalexample> The <command>debootstrap</command> binary is " +"located in the Debian archive (be sure to select the proper file for your " +"architecture). Download the <command>debootstrap</command> .deb from the " +"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</" +"ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the files from it. " +"You will need to have root privileges to install the files." msgstr "" -"Eller så kan du använda följande procedur för att installera det manuellt. Skapa en arbetskatalog för att extrahera .deb-filen till: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Eller så kan du använda följande procedur för att installera det manuellt. " +"Skapa en arbetskatalog för att extrahera .deb-filen till: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir arbetskatalog\n" "# cd arbetskatalog\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Binärfilen <command>debootstrap</command> finns i Debian-arkivet (se till att välja den lämpliga filen för din arkitektur). Hämta .deb-filen för <command>debootstrap</command> från <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, kopiera paketet till arbetskatalogen, och extrahera filerna från det. Du kommer att behöva root-privilegier för att installera filerna." +"</screen></informalexample> Binärfilen <command>debootstrap</command> finns " +"i Debian-arkivet (se till att välja den lämpliga filen för din arkitektur). " +"Hämta .deb-filen för <command>debootstrap</command> från <ulink url=\"http://" +"ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, kopiera " +"paketet till arbetskatalogen, och extrahera filerna från det. Du kommer att " +"behöva root-privilegier för att installera filerna." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -739,73 +923,111 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" "# cd /\n" -"# zcat /fullständig-sökväg-till-arbetskatalog/arbetskatalog/data.tar.gz | tar xv" +"# zcat /fullständig-sökväg-till-arbetskatalog/arbetskatalog/data.tar.gz | " +"tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Kör <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror for <userinput>http.us.debian.org/debian</userinput> in the command example below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." -msgstr "<command>debootstrap</command> kan hämta de nödvändiga filerna direkt från arkivet när du kör det. Du kan ersätta <userinput>http.se.debian.org/debian</userinput> mot vilken Debian-arkivspegel som du vill i kommandoexemplet nedan, en spegel närmast ditt nätverk är att föredra. Speglar finns listade på <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " +"the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror " +"for <userinput>http.us.debian.org/debian</userinput> in the command example " +"below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<command>debootstrap</command> kan hämta de nödvändiga filerna direkt från " +"arkivet när du kör det. Du kan ersätta <userinput>http.se.debian.org/debian</" +"userinput> mot vilken Debian-arkivspegel som du vill i kommandoexemplet " +"nedan, en spegel närmast ditt nätverk är att föredra. Speglar finns listade " +"på <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" -msgstr "Om du har en &releasename; &debian; cd monterad på <filename>/cdrom</filename>, kan du ersätta en fil-url istället för en http-URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" +msgid "" +"If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" +"filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: " +"<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Om du har en &releasename; &debian; cd monterad på <filename>/cdrom</" +"filename>, kan du ersätta en fil-url istället för en http-URL: " +"<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the <command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or <userinput>sparc</userinput>." -msgstr "Ersätt en av följande för <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> i kommandot <command>debootstrap</command>: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput> eller <userinput>sparc</userinput>." +#: random-bits.xml:443 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " +"<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</" +"userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, " +"<userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>sparc</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Ersätt en av följande för <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> i kommandot " +"<command>debootstrap</command>: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " +"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" +"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " +"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " +"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput> eller " +"<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:461 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" -" /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" +" /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" " /mnt/debinst http://http.se.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Konfigurera grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. <command>Chroot</command> into it:" -msgstr "Nu har du ett riktigt Debian-system på disk. Kör <command>chroot</command> in i det:" +msgid "" +"Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" +msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" -msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Montera partitioner" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:484 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/fstab\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Here is a sample you can modify to suit: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Here is a sample you can modify to suit: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/fstab: static file system information.\n" "#\n" "# file system mount point type options dump pass\n" @@ -815,20 +1037,35 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" -"/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" -"/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /usr ext3 rw,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " +"the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to mount proc before continuing:" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /media\n" +"# mkdir cdrom0\n" +"# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# ln -s media/cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " +"times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " +"customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " +"mount proc before continuing:" msgstr "" "Du behöver skapa <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/fstab\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Här är ett exempel du kan ändra för att passa: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Här är ett exempel du kan ändra för att passa: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/fstab: statisk filsystemsinformation.\n" "#\n" "# filsystem monteringsp. typ flaggor dump pass\n" @@ -845,65 +1082,79 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /usr ext3 rw,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Använd <userinput>mount -a</userinput> för att montera alla filsystem som du har angivet i din <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, eller för att montera filsystem individuellt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Använd <userinput>mount -a</userinput> för att " +"montera alla filsystem som du har angivet i din <filename>/etc/fstab</" +"filename>, eller för att montera filsystem individuellt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # exempelvis: mount /usr\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kan montera proc-filsystemet flera gånger och på godtyckliga platser, även om <filename>/proc</filename> är anpassningsbar. Om du inte använde <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, se till att montera proc innan du fortsätter:" +"</screen></informalexample> Du kan montera proc-filsystemet flera gånger och " +"på godtyckliga platser, även om <filename>/proc</filename> är " +"anpassningsbar. Om du inte använde <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, se till " +"att montera proc innan du fortsätter:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format -msgid "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the chroot:" -msgstr "Kommandot <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> bör nu visa en icke-tom katalog. Om det här skulle misslyckas, kan du kanske montera proc utanför chroot:" +msgid "" +"The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " +"directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the " +"chroot:" +msgstr "" +"Kommandot <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> bör nu visa en icke-tom katalog. " +"Om det här skulle misslyckas, kan du kanske montera proc utanför chroot:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" -msgstr "Konfigurera tangentbordet" +#: random-bits.xml:524 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Timezone" +msgstr "Ställ in källor" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" -msgstr "För att konfigurera ditt tangentbord:" +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." +msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be configured for the next reboot." -msgstr "Observera att tangentbordet inte kan ställas in när chroot används men kommer att konfigureras inför nästa omstart." +msgid "" +"# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" +"# tzconfig" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:539 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " +"and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +"usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "######################################################################\n" "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" @@ -929,19 +1180,39 @@ msgid "" "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search directives " +"in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" -"</screen></informalexample> A simple <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A simple <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "search hqdom.local\\000\n" "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +"characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"\n" +"# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +"::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +"fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +"ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +"ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +"ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +"ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " +"arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " +"file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " +"with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgstr "" -"För att konfigurera nätverket, redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> och <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att konfigurera nätverket, redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</" +"filename> och <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Här är några enkla exempel från <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Här är några enkla exempel från <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "######################################################################\n" "# /etc/network/interfaces -- konfigurationsfil för ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" "# Se manualsidan interfaces(5) för information om vilka flaggor som\n" @@ -958,7 +1229,8 @@ msgstr "" "# auto eth0\n" "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" "\n" -"# Ett exempel för statisk IP-konfiguration: (broadcast och gateway är valfria)\n" +"# Ett exempel för statisk IP-konfiguration: (broadcast och gateway är " +"valfria)\n" "#\n" "# auto eth0\n" "# iface eth0 inet static\n" @@ -967,90 +1239,205 @@ msgstr "" "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ange din namnserver (eller två) och sökdirektiv i <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Ange din namnserver (eller två) och sökdirektiv " +"i <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" -"</screen></informalexample> En enkel <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> En enkel <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "search hqdom.local\\000\n" "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ange värdnamnet för ditt system (2 till 63 tecken): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Ange värdnamnet för ditt system (2 till 63 " +"tecken): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianVardNamn > /etc/hostname\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du har flera nätverkskort, bör du arrangera namnen på drivrutinsmodulerna i filen <filename>/etc/modules</filename> i önskad ordning. Sedan, under uppstart, kommer varje kort att associeras med gränssnittsnamnet (eth0, eth1, etc.) som du förväntar." +"</screen></informalexample> Om du har flera nätverkskort, bör du arrangera " +"namnen på drivrutinsmodulerna i filen <filename>/etc/modules</filename> i " +"önskad ordning. Sedan, under uppstart, kommer varje kort att associeras med " +"gränssnittsnamnet (eth0, eth1, etc.) som du förväntar." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" -msgstr "Konfigurera lokalanpassning" +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:581 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" +"\n" +"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" +msgstr "Konfigurera tangentbordet" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:598 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running <command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" msgstr "" -"För att konfigurera din lokalinställning för att använda ett språk annat än engelska, installera stödpaketet <classname>locales</classname> och konfigurera det: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att konfigurera din lokalinställning för att använda ett språk annat än " +"engelska, installera stödpaketet <classname>locales</classname> och " +"konfigurera det: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> OBSERVERA: <classname>apt</classname> måste vara konfigurerat innan det här genom att skapa en sources.list och köra <command>aptitude update</command>. Före användning av lokaler med teckenkodning annan än ASCII eller latin1, konsultera lämpligt HOWTO-dokument för lokalanpassning." +"</screen></informalexample> OBSERVERA: <classname>apt</classname> måste vara " +"konfigurerat innan det här genom att skapa en sources.list och köra " +"<command>aptitude update</command>. Före användning av lokaler med " +"teckenkodning annan än ASCII eller latin1, konsultera lämpligt HOWTO-" +"dokument för lokalanpassning." + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# aptitude install console-data\n" +"# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" +"Observera att tangentbordet inte kan ställas in när chroot används men " +"kommer att konfigureras inför nästa omstart." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Installera en kärna" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:621 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." msgstr "" -"Om du tänker starta upp det här systemet, vill du antagligen ha en Linux-kärna och en starthanterare. Identifiera tillgängliga förpaketerade kärnor med <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du tänker starta upp det här systemet, vill du antagligen ha en Linux-" +"kärna och en starthanterare. Identifiera tillgängliga förpaketerade kärnor " +"med <informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Installera sedan ditt val med dess paketnamn." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, no-c-format -msgid "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" -msgstr "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" +msgid "" +"# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" +"replaceable>" +msgstr "" +"# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" +"replaceable>" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences " +"the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file " +"will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional " +"information about this file, consult its man page which will be available " +"after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Ställ in starthanteraren" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, no-c-format -msgid "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that <command>debootstrap</command> does not install a boot loader, though you can use <command>aptitude</command> inside your Debian chroot to do so." -msgstr "För att göra ditt &debian;-system startbart, ställ in din starthanterare att läsa in den installerade kärnan med din nya rotpartition. Observera att <command>debootstrap</command> inte installerar en starthanterare, dock kan du använda <command>aptitude</command> inne i din Debian chroot-miljö för att göra det." +msgid "" +"To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " +"installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that " +"<command>debootstrap</command> does not install a boot loader, though you " +"can use <command>aptitude</command> inside your Debian chroot to do so." +msgstr "" +"För att göra ditt &debian;-system startbart, ställ in din starthanterare att " +"läsa in den installerade kärnan med din nya rotpartition. Observera att " +"<command>debootstrap</command> inte installerar en starthanterare, dock kan " +"du använda <command>aptitude</command> inne i din Debian chroot-miljö för " +"att göra det." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 +#: random-bits.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" +"userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " +"the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian " +"install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " +"<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " +"could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera <userinput>info grub</userinput> eller <userinput>man lilo.conf</" +"userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du " +"behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en " +"post för Debian-installationen till din existerande grub <filename>menu.lst</" +"filename> eller <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. För <filename>lilo.conf</" +"filename>, kan du även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den " +"där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa lilo (kom ihåg att det " +"använder <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar " +"det från)." + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:665 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." -msgstr "Kontrollera <userinput>info grub</userinput> eller <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din existerande grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> eller <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. För <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, kan du även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa lilo (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." +msgid "" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install grub\n" +"# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" +"# update-grub\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Här är ett enkelt exempel på en <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:679 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"boot=/dev/hda6\n" -"root=/dev/hda6\n" +"boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -1066,16 +1453,30 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." -msgstr "Kontrollera <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din existerande <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. Du kan även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa ybin (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." +msgid "" +"Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " +"the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, " +"just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. " +"After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur " +"man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att " +"installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din " +"existerande <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. Du kan även kopiera den till " +"det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med " +"redigeringen, anropa ybin (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>yaboot.conf</" +"filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "boot=/dev/hda2\n" "device=hd:\n" "partition=6\n" @@ -1084,9 +1485,11 @@ msgid "" "timeout=50\n" "image=/vmlinux\n" "label=Debian\n" -"</screen></informalexample> On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> On some machines, you may need to use " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>." msgstr "" -"Här en en grundläggande <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> som ett exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Här en en grundläggande <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> som ett " +"exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot=/dev/hda2\n" "device=hd:\n" "partition=6\n" @@ -1095,82 +1498,165 @@ msgstr "" "timeout=50\n" "image=/vmlinux\n" "label=Debian\n" -"</screen></informalexample> På vissa maskiner, kanske du behöver använda <userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> På vissa maskiner, kanske du behöver använda " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# tasksel install standard\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Installera &debian; över Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an Ethernet card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-Modem cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." -msgstr "Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; på en dator som saknar ett Ethernet-kort, men med en dator som fjärrgateway ansluten via en nollmodemkabel (kallas även för nollskrivarkabel). Gatewaydatorn bör vara ansluten till ett nätverk som har en Debian-spegel på sig (t.ex. Internet)." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " +"Ethernet card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-" +"Modem cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be " +"connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; på en dator som " +"saknar ett Ethernet-kort, men med en dator som fjärrgateway ansluten via en " +"nollmodemkabel (kallas även för nollskrivarkabel). Gatewaydatorn bör vara " +"ansluten till ett nätverk som har en Debian-spegel på sig (t.ex. Internet)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be unused within your network address space)." -msgstr "I exemplet i den här bilagan kommer vi att ställa in en PLIP-anslutning med en gateway ansluten till Internet över en uppringd anslutning (ppp0). Vi kommer att använda IP-adresserna 192.168.0.1 och 192.168.0.2 för PLIP-gränssnitten på målsystemet respektive källsystemet (dessa adresser bör vara oanvända inom ditt nätverksadressintervall)." +msgid "" +"In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " +"gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will " +"use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the " +"target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be " +"unused within your network address space)." +msgstr "" +"I exemplet i den här bilagan kommer vi att ställa in en PLIP-anslutning med " +"en gateway ansluten till Internet över en uppringd anslutning (ppp0). Vi " +"kommer att använda IP-adresserna 192.168.0.1 och 192.168.0.2 för PLIP-" +"gränssnitten på målsystemet respektive källsystemet (dessa adresser bör vara " +"oanvända inom ditt nätverksadressintervall)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format -msgid "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." -msgstr "Inställningen av PLIP-anslutningen under installationen kommer också vara tillgänglig efter omstart till det installerade systemet (se <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." +msgid "" +"The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " +"after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">)." +msgstr "" +"Inställningen av PLIP-anslutningen under installationen kommer också vara " +"tillgänglig efter omstart till det installerade systemet (se <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." -msgstr "Innan du börjar, behöver du kontrollera BIOS-konfigurationen (IO-basadress och IRQ) för parallellportar på både käll- och målsystemet. De mest vanliga värdena är <literal>io=0x378</literal> och <literal>irq=7</literal>." +msgid "" +"Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " +"address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target " +"systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, " +"<literal>irq=7</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Innan du börjar, behöver du kontrollera BIOS-konfigurationen (IO-basadress " +"och IRQ) för parallellportar på både käll- och målsystemet. De mest vanliga " +"värdena är <literal>io=0x378</literal> och <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Krav" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format -msgid "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be installed." -msgstr "En måldator, kallad <emphasis>mål</emphasis>, där Debian kommer att installeras." +msgid "" +"A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"En måldator, kallad <emphasis>mål</emphasis>, där Debian kommer att " +"installeras." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "Systeminstallationsmedia; se <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format -msgid "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." -msgstr "En annan dator ansluten till Internet, kallad <emphasis>källa</emphasis>, som kommer att fungera som en gateway." +msgid "" +"Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" +"emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." +msgstr "" +"En annan dator ansluten till Internet, kallad <emphasis>källa</emphasis>, " +"som kommer att fungera som en gateway." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format -msgid "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and instructions how to make your own." -msgstr "En DB-25-nollmodemkabel. Se <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> för mer information för den här kabeln och instruktioner hur man tillverkar en egen." +msgid "" +"A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" +"\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and " +"instructions how to make your own." +msgstr "" +"En DB-25-nollmodemkabel. Se <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-" +"Install-HOWTO</ulink> för mer information för den här kabeln och " +"instruktioner hur man tillverkar en egen." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Ställ in källor" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." -msgstr "Följande skript är ett enkelt exempel på hur man konfigurerar källdatorn som en gateway till Internet med ppp0." +msgid "" +"The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " +"source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." +msgstr "" +"Följande skript är ett enkelt exempel på hur man konfigurerar källdatorn som " +"en gateway till Internet med ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1178,15 +1664,18 @@ msgid "" "# We remove running modules from kernel to avoid conflicts and to\n" "# reconfigure them manually.\n" "modprobe -r lp parport_pc\n" -"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</" +"replaceable>\n" "modprobe plip\n" "\n" "# Configure the plip interface (plip0 for me, see dmesg | grep plip)\n" -"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" +"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint " +"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" "\n" "# Configure gateway\n" "modprobe iptable_nat\n" -"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j MASQUERADE\n" +"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j " +"MASQUERADE\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1194,111 +1683,182 @@ msgstr "" "# Vi tar bort körande moduler från kärnan för att undvika konflikter och\n" "# för att konfigurera om dem manuellt.\n" "modprobe -r lp parport_pc\n" -"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</" +"replaceable>\n" "modprobe plip\n" "\n" "# Konfigurera plip-gränssnittet (plip0 för mig, se dmesg | grep plip)\n" -"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" +"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint " +"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" "\n" "# Konfigurera gateway\n" "modprobe iptable_nat\n" -"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j MASQUERADE\n" +"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j " +"MASQUERADE\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Installera måldatorn" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. If you need to set parameters for kernel modules, you also need to do this at the boot prompt. For example, to boot the installer and set values for the <quote>io</quote> and <quote>irq</quote> options for the parport_pc module, enter the following at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc.irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Below are the answers that should be given during various stages of the installation." +"Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " +"mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. If you need to " +"set parameters for kernel modules, you also need to do this at the boot " +"prompt. For example, to boot the installer and set values for the <quote>io</" +"quote> and <quote>irq</quote> options for the parport_pc module, enter the " +"following at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc." +"irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Below are the answers that should be given " +"during various stages of the installation." msgstr "" -"Starta upp på installationsmediat. Installationen behöver köras i expertläget; skriv <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. Om du behöver ställa in paramentrar för kärnmoduler behöver du även göra detta vid uppstartsprompten. För att till exempel starta upp installeraren och ställa in värden för flaggorna <quote>io</quote> och <quote>irq</quote> för modulen parport_pc, skriv följande vid uppstartsprompten: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc.irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nedan finns svaren som bör anges under de olika stegen av installationen." +"Starta upp på installationsmediat. Installationen behöver köras i " +"expertläget; skriv <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. Om " +"du behöver ställa in paramentrar för kärnmoduler behöver du även göra detta " +"vid uppstartsprompten. För att till exempel starta upp installeraren och " +"ställa in värden för flaggorna <quote>io</quote> och <quote>irq</quote> för " +"modulen parport_pc, skriv följande vid uppstartsprompten: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc." +"irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Nedan finns svaren som bör anges under de olika " +"stegen av installationen." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Läs in installationskomponenter från cd" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." -msgstr "Välj <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> från listan; det här kommer att göra drivrutinerna för PLIP tillgängliga för installationssystemet." +msgid "" +"Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " +"will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." +msgstr "" +"Välj <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> från listan; det här kommer att " +"göra drivrutinerna för PLIP tillgängliga för installationssystemet." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Identifiera nätverksmaskinvara" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format -msgid "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." -msgstr "Om målet <emphasis>har</emphasis> ett nätverkskort, kommer en lista över drivrutinsmoduler för identifierade kort att visas. Om du vill tvinga &d-i; att använda plip istället, måste du avmarkera alla listade drivrutinsmoduler. Så klart, om målet inte har ett nätverkskort kommer installeraren inte att visa den här listan." +msgid "" +"If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " +"modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use " +"plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if " +"target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." +msgstr "" +"Om målet <emphasis>har</emphasis> ett nätverkskort, kommer en lista över " +"drivrutinsmoduler för identifierade kort att visas. Om du vill tvinga &d-i; " +"att använda plip istället, måste du avmarkera alla listade " +"drivrutinsmoduler. Så klart, om målet inte har ett nätverkskort kommer " +"installeraren inte att visa den här listan." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the <userinput>plip</userinput> module." -msgstr "På grund av att inget nätverkskort hittades/valdes tidigare, kommer installeraren att fråga dig om att välja en nätverksdrivrutinsmodul från en lista. Välj modulen <userinput>plip</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " +"ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the " +"<userinput>plip</userinput> module." +msgstr "" +"På grund av att inget nätverkskort hittades/valdes tidigare, kommer " +"installeraren att fråga dig om att välja en nätverksdrivrutinsmodul från en " +"lista. Välj modulen <userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Auto-konfigurera nätverk med DHCP: Nej" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format -msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "IP-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"IP-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format -msgid "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "Punkt-till-punkt-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" +"userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Punkt-till-punkt-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" +"userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format -msgid "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" -msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan (se <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +msgid "" +"Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +msgstr "" +"Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan (se " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nu har du ett riktigt Debian-system på disk. Kör <command>chroot</" +#~ "command> in i det:" + +#~ msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +#~ msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" + +#~ msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +#~ msgstr "För att konfigurera ditt tangentbord:" + +#~ msgid "Configure Locales" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurera lokalanpassning" #~ msgid "1392" #~ msgstr "1392" + #~ msgid "1852" #~ msgstr "1852" + #~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have " #~ "a minimal version of <classname>glibc</classname> installed (currently " @@ -1310,6 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "närvarande GLIBC_2.3). <command>debootstrap</command> själv är ett " #~ "skalskript, men det anropar olika verktyg som kräver <classname>glibc</" #~ "classname>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "# aptitude install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</" #~ "phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-" @@ -1318,6 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "# aptitude install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</" #~ "phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-" #~ "<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "In Linux you have various special files in <filename>/dev</filename>. " #~ "These files are called device files. In the Unix world accessing hardware " @@ -1334,6 +1896,7 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "faktiska systemkomponenten. Filer under <filename>/dev</filename> " #~ "uppträder olikt vanliga filer. Nedan är de mest viktiga enhetsfilerna " #~ "listade." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " #~ "mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. Below are " @@ -1343,16 +1906,20 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "Starta upp installationsmediumet. Installationen behöver köras i " #~ "expertläge; ange <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. " #~ "Nedan är svaren som ska anges under de olika stegen av installationen." + #~ msgid "Prompt for module parameters: Yes" #~ msgstr "Fråga efter modulparametrar: Ja" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Additional parameters for module parport_pc: " #~ "<userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ytterligare parametrar för modulen parport_pc: " #~ "<userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" + #~ msgid "Additional parameters for module plip: leave empty" #~ msgstr "Ytterligare parametrar för modulen plip: lämna blank" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an rpm-based system, you can use alien to convert the .deb " #~ "into .rpm, or download an rpm-ized version at <ulink url=\"http://people." @@ -1361,8 +1928,10 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "Om du har ett rpm-baserat system, kan du använda alien för att " #~ "konvertera .deb till .rpm, eller hämta en rpm-version på <ulink url=" #~ "\"http://people.debian.org/~blade/install/debootstrap\"></ulink>" + #~ msgid "Preconfiguration File Example" #~ msgstr "Exempel på förkonfigurationsfil" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This is a complete working example of a preconfiguration file for an " #~ "automated install. Its use is explained in <xref linkend=\"automatic-" @@ -1373,6 +1942,7 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "en automatiserad installation. Dess användning är förklarad i <xref " #~ "linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Du kanske vill avkommentera några av " #~ "raderna före du använder filen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "In order to be able to properly present this example in the manual, we've " #~ "had to split some lines. This is indicated by the use of the line-" @@ -1387,16 +1957,19 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "I en riktig förkonfigurationsfil kommer dessa delade rader att " #~ "sammanfogas till <emphasis>en enda rad</emphasis>. Om du inte gör det " #~ "kommer förkonfigurationen att misslyckas med oförutsedda resultat." + #~ msgid "" #~ "A <quote>clean</quote> example file is available from &urlset-example-" #~ "preseed;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "En <quote>tom</quote> exempelfil är tillgänglig från &urlset-example-" #~ "preseed;." + #~ msgid "Configure Timezone, Users, and APT" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera tidszon, användare och APT" + #~ msgid "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" #~ msgstr "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" + #~ msgid "The example file is also available from &urlset-example-preseed;." #~ msgstr "Exempelfilen är också tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;." - diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index 801ad2e59..91387cb36 100644 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-16 14:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -777,22 +777,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara " -"tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för " -"installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "Val av lokalinställningar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -806,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" "land och lokaler." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -820,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" "att falla tillbaka på engelska." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -835,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "" "välja ditt tangentbord." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -859,7 +860,7 @@ msgstr "" "installeras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -880,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr "" "det landet att automatiskt väljas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -894,13 +895,13 @@ msgstr "" "genereras för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Val av tangentbord" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -918,7 +919,7 @@ msgstr "" "som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -934,7 +935,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -948,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" "beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -968,13 +969,13 @@ msgstr "" "tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbild för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -988,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1019,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "annan avbild." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1033,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "" "på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1051,13 +1052,13 @@ msgstr "" "kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1078,7 +1079,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1101,7 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "" "långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1125,7 +1126,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1147,13 +1148,13 @@ msgstr "" "interfaces</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1171,13 +1172,13 @@ msgstr "" "och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1189,7 +1190,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1203,7 +1204,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1220,7 +1221,7 @@ msgstr "" "använder kärnans stöd för <quote>dm-crypt</quote>. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1229,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "" "arkitekturer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1246,7 +1247,7 @@ msgstr "" "för ditt (personliga) data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1262,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" "raderas), men kan ta lite tid beroende på storleken på din disk." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1280,7 +1281,7 @@ msgstr "" "ändringar innan de skrivs till disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1298,7 +1299,7 @@ msgstr "" "hjälpa dig att särskilja dem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1314,7 +1315,7 @@ msgstr "" "inte möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1332,73 +1333,73 @@ msgstr "" "på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Partitioneringsplan" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minsta utrymme" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Skapade partitioner" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Alla filer på en partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separat partition för /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1408,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1422,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1437,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr "" "uppstartspartition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1449,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1461,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "var de kommer att monteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1511,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr "" "men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1532,7 +1533,7 @@ msgstr "" "beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1548,13 +1549,13 @@ msgstr "" "kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme " "på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs " @@ -1562,22 +1563,26 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas under en valda disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny " "partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, " @@ -1596,17 +1601,17 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt " "enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för " @@ -1618,7 +1623,7 @@ msgstr "" "(växling). Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1634,7 +1639,7 @@ msgstr "" "förrän du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1646,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "" "förrän du har allokerat en." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1662,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1677,13 +1682,13 @@ msgstr "" "filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenhet (Programvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1703,7 +1708,7 @@ msgstr "" "kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1718,43 +1723,43 @@ msgstr "" "etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1797,98 +1802,98 @@ msgstr "" "Alltså:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minimum antal enheter" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Reservenhet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Överlever diskfel?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Tillgänglig plats" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1898,17 +1903,17 @@ msgstr "" "minus en)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=" "\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1924,7 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1942,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "" "ett skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1964,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "" "beror på den MD-typ du har valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1976,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD-enheten." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1996,7 +2001,7 @@ msgstr "" "låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2006,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" "behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2025,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" "home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2039,13 +2044,13 @@ msgstr "" "enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Konfigurering av den logiska volymhanteraren (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2061,7 +2066,7 @@ msgstr "" "den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2081,7 +2086,7 @@ msgstr "" "volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2102,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2119,7 +2124,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2140,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr "" "är:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2150,43 +2155,43 @@ msgstr "" "enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Skapa volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Skapa logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Ta bort volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Ta bort logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Utöka volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Minska volymgrupp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2196,7 +2201,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2206,21 +2211,7 @@ msgstr "" "skapa dina logiska volymer i den." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" -"Du kan även använda denna meny för att ta bort en existerande LVM-" -"konfiguration från din hårddisk innan du väljer <quote>Guidad partitionering " -"med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte möjlig om det redan " -"finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra om du tar bort dem." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2232,13 +2223,13 @@ msgstr "" "bör även behandla dem som det)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2261,7 +2252,7 @@ msgstr "" "slumpmässiga tecken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2289,7 +2280,7 @@ msgstr "" "krypterad partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2303,13 +2294,13 @@ msgstr "" "processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." @@ -2324,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr "" "krypteringsalternativ för partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2341,7 +2332,7 @@ msgstr "" "annorlunda. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2355,13 +2346,13 @@ msgstr "" "ut med tanke på säkerhet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2386,13 +2377,13 @@ msgstr "" "standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2406,13 +2397,13 @@ msgstr "" "olika beroende på valt chiffer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2430,7 +2421,7 @@ msgstr "" "i krypterat data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2444,25 +2435,25 @@ msgstr "" "system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Lösenfras</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Lösenfras" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2476,13 +2467,13 @@ msgstr "" "basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2501,7 +2492,7 @@ msgstr "" "livstid.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2521,13 +2512,13 @@ msgstr "" "återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2549,7 +2540,7 @@ msgstr "" "överskrivning av magnetoptiska media. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2561,13 +2552,13 @@ msgstr "" "att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2580,25 +2571,25 @@ msgstr "" "nyckellängder." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Nyckelfil (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2613,19 +2604,19 @@ msgstr "" "processen)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående slumpmässiga nycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående radering av data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2639,7 +2630,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>lösenfraser</emphasis> som krypteringsnycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2658,7 +2649,7 @@ msgstr "" "ta lite tid." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2675,7 +2666,7 @@ msgstr "" "namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2699,7 +2690,7 @@ msgstr "" "ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2722,7 +2713,7 @@ msgstr "" "kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2756,7 +2747,7 @@ msgstr "" "inte passar för dig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2776,7 +2767,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2784,13 +2775,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Ställ in systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2800,13 +2791,13 @@ msgstr "" "användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2820,13 +2811,13 @@ msgstr "" "systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Konfigurera klockan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2840,7 +2831,7 @@ msgstr "" "operativsystem som är installerade." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2858,7 +2849,7 @@ msgstr "" "vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2872,19 +2863,19 @@ msgstr "" "inställd till UTC." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2898,7 +2889,7 @@ msgstr "" "under en så kort tid som möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2914,7 +2905,7 @@ msgstr "" "information som lätt kan gissas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2926,13 +2917,13 @@ msgstr "" "administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2946,7 +2937,7 @@ msgstr "" "dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2967,7 +2958,7 @@ msgstr "" "en sådan bok." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2982,7 +2973,7 @@ msgstr "" "kontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2992,13 +2983,13 @@ msgstr "" "installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3011,21 +3002,15 @@ msgstr "" "grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det " "här ta en stund." -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den " "här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" @@ -3035,19 +3020,19 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" "De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av " "grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när " "installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3061,18 +3046,18 @@ msgstr "" "av tillgängliga kärnor." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" @@ -3083,29 +3068,30 @@ msgstr "" "installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" "Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina " "system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från " @@ -3123,7 +3109,7 @@ msgstr "" "(sökning av paket och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3141,13 +3127,13 @@ msgstr "" "installationen är färdig." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Val och installation av programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3165,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr "" "din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3199,7 +3185,7 @@ msgstr "" "listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3212,7 +3198,7 @@ msgstr "" "funktioner alls." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3224,7 +3210,7 @@ msgstr "" "för närvarande inte att en annan skrivbordsmiljö väljs, till exempel KDE." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3247,7 +3233,7 @@ msgstr "" "du använder en dvd-avbild eller någon annan installationsmetod." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3265,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>postgresql</classname>; Webbserver: <classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3277,7 +3263,7 @@ msgstr "" "en del av funktionerna som du har valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3287,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr "" "för att växla val av en funktion." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3302,13 +3288,13 @@ msgstr "" "processen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Konfigurera din e-postserver (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3324,7 +3310,7 @@ msgstr "" "enkel att lära sig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3339,7 +3325,7 @@ msgstr "" "post." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3349,13 +3335,13 @@ msgstr "" "postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "internetsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3369,13 +3355,13 @@ msgstr "" "vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3393,13 +3379,13 @@ msgstr "" "alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "endast lokal leverans" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3417,13 +3403,13 @@ msgstr "" "för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3437,7 +3423,7 @@ msgstr "" "och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3453,18 +3439,18 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" "Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den " @@ -3473,30 +3459,14 @@ msgstr "" "att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande " -"är lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera " -"de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för " -"underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för " -"mer information." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3513,7 +3483,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3530,16 +3500,16 @@ msgstr "" "information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3559,13 +3529,13 @@ msgstr "" "en diskett." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3581,19 +3551,19 @@ msgstr "" "command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3605,7 +3575,7 @@ msgstr "" "standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3618,7 +3588,7 @@ msgstr "" "information." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3628,13 +3598,13 @@ msgstr "" "till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3651,7 +3621,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3665,23 +3635,23 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "" "&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska " "installeras:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3691,13 +3661,13 @@ msgstr "" "uppstartsprocessen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "Ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3709,13 +3679,13 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Annat val" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3733,7 +3703,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3750,14 +3720,14 @@ msgstr "" "det här, läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " "on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " @@ -3767,9 +3737,9 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" "Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är " "designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och " @@ -3784,7 +3754,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3802,20 +3772,20 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" "Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem " @@ -3826,13 +3796,13 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3861,13 +3831,13 @@ msgstr "" "detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3879,13 +3849,13 @@ msgstr "" "omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3899,13 +3869,13 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3920,13 +3890,13 @@ msgstr "" "initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3938,13 +3908,13 @@ msgstr "" "att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3958,13 +3928,13 @@ msgstr "" "symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4008,13 +3978,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4024,13 +3994,13 @@ msgstr "" "inbyggda kontroller" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4039,13 +4009,13 @@ msgstr "" "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4055,13 +4025,13 @@ msgstr "" "finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4071,13 +4041,13 @@ msgstr "" "vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4105,13 +4075,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4121,13 +4091,13 @@ msgstr "" "det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontroller" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4136,7 +4106,7 @@ msgstr "" "installerad" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4145,13 +4115,13 @@ msgstr "" "är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "namn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4161,7 +4131,7 @@ msgstr "" "vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4171,19 +4141,19 @@ msgstr "" "och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4204,13 +4174,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4225,13 +4195,13 @@ msgstr "" "kloner." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4247,13 +4217,13 @@ msgstr "" "om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4284,13 +4254,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4310,7 +4280,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4332,13 +4302,13 @@ msgstr "" "partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4348,13 +4318,13 @@ msgstr "" "består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4369,7 +4339,7 @@ msgstr "" "system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4383,13 +4353,13 @@ msgstr "" "valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4401,13 +4371,13 @@ msgstr "" "om något går fel." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4419,7 +4389,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4435,43 +4405,46 @@ msgstr "" "dem i en installationsrapport." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." msgstr "" -"Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. " -"Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck " -"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på " -"ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" -"keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</" -"emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av " -"<keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på " -"samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som " -"kallas <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" "Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en " @@ -4485,31 +4458,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" -"Använd menyerna för att genomföra de funktioner som de kan göra — " -"skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du " -"alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din " -"växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera " -"att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" -"keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, " -"eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna " -"skalet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4527,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4549,7 +4529,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4559,7 +4539,7 @@ msgstr "" "konfiguration av nätverket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4582,7 +4562,7 @@ msgstr "" "fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4594,7 +4574,7 @@ msgstr "" "en annan komponent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4626,7 +4606,7 @@ msgstr "" "och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4644,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "" "known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4664,7 +4644,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4680,7 +4660,7 @@ msgstr "" "eller problem med det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4690,6 +4670,82 @@ msgstr "" "förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." #~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara " +#~ "tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för " +#~ "installationen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from " +#~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</" +#~ "quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already " +#~ "are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan även använda denna meny för att ta bort en existerande LVM-" +#~ "konfiguration från din hårddisk innan du väljer <quote>Guidad " +#~ "partitionering med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte " +#~ "möjlig om det redan finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra " +#~ "om du tar bort dem." + +#~ msgid "Base System Installation" +#~ msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +#~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +#~ "the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +#~ "subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for " +#~ "more information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin " +#~ "fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens " +#~ "att dokumentera de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan " +#~ "arkitekturerna och även för underarkitekturerna. Du bör se " +#~ "dokumentationen för din startshanterare för mer information." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " +#~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a " +#~ "Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. " +#~ "That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the " +#~ "<keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at " +#~ "the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone " +#~ "called <command>ash</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i " +#~ "menyn. Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på " +#~ "ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +#~ "keycap> </keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella " +#~ "konsollen</emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster " +#~ "sida av <keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</" +#~ "keycap>, på samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av " +#~ "skalet Bourne som kallas <command>ash</command>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " +#~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " +#~ "particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate " +#~ "your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've " +#~ "done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type " +#~ "<command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Använd menyerna för att genomföra de funktioner som de kan göra — " +#~ "skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör " +#~ "du alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din " +#~ "växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan " +#~ "identifiera att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för " +#~ "att komma tillbaka till menyerna, eller skriv <command>exit</command> om " +#~ "du använt en menypost för att öppna skalet." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using " #~ "preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding " #~ "<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when " diff --git a/po/vi/install-methods.po b/po/vi/install-methods.po index 1c5ff594a..ca226a054 100644 --- a/po/vi/install-methods.po +++ b/po/vi/install-methods.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 20:22+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1622,11 +1622,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " -"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." msgstr "" "Bạn cần phải thiết lập trình phục vụ TFTP, và cho nhiều máy riêng, trình " "phục vụ BOOTP <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, hay trình phục vụ RARP</" @@ -1634,19 +1634,18 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1086 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " "(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " -"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " -"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase " -"arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " -"address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=" -"\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more " -"flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be " -"configured via DHCP. </phrase>" +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible " +"extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Giao thức quyết định địa chỉ ngược lại " "(RARP) là một cách báo ứng dụng khách địa chỉ IP cần dùng để nhận diện chính " @@ -1660,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr "" "hình chỉ bằng DHCP.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " @@ -1672,7 +1671,7 @@ msgstr "" "BOOTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " @@ -1695,7 +1694,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP cho giao diện mạng." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " @@ -1705,7 +1704,7 @@ msgstr "" "một gói <classname>rbootd</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " @@ -1720,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS 5.x (cũng tên Solaris), và GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " @@ -1735,13 +1734,13 @@ msgstr "" "thích hợp: khuyên bạn dùng <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "Thiết lập trình phục vụ RARP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " @@ -1760,7 +1759,7 @@ msgstr "" "dụng lệnh <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " @@ -1785,20 +1784,20 @@ msgstr "" "rarpd -a</userinput> trên hệ thống SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "Thiết lập trình phục vụ BOOTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1193 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " "<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " "<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " -"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages " -"respectively." +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." msgstr "" "GNU/Linux có sẵn hai trình phục vụ BOOTP, <command>bootpd</command> CMU, và " "điều khác thật là trình phục vụ DHCP, <command>dhcpd</command> ISC, mà nằm " @@ -1806,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " @@ -1872,17 +1871,17 @@ msgstr "" "</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " "easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " "clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " "clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" -"\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply " "adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " "block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" -"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "Mặt khác, tiến trình thiết lập BOOTP bằng <command>dhcpd</command> ISC là " "rất dễ dàng, vì trình nền này xử lý các máy khách BOOTP là máy khách DHCP " @@ -1895,19 +1894,25 @@ msgstr "" "dhcpd restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "Thiết lập trình phục vụ DHCP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " -"this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a " -"sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" -"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1926,9 +1931,7 @@ msgid "" " next-server servername;\n" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" -"}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</" -"classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"}" msgstr "" "Một trình phục vụ DHCP phần mềm tự do là <command>dhcpd</command> ISC. Dưới " "hệ điều hành &debian;, nó có sẵn trong gói <classname>dhcp</classname>. Đây " @@ -1958,7 +1961,7 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " @@ -1976,25 +1979,25 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable> (tên tập tin) nên là tên tập tin sẽ được lấy thông qua TFTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1275 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " -"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "Sau khi bạn hiệu chỉnh tập tin cấu hình của trình nền <command>dhcpd</" "command>, hãy khởi chạy lại nó bằng lệnh <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd " "restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "Bật khả năng khởi động PXE trong cấu hình DHCP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1284 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" "boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2018,11 +2021,11 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "\n" "group {\n" -" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" -" host tftpclient {\n" +" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" +" host tftpclient {\n" "# tftp client hardware address\n" " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" -" filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" +" filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " @@ -2064,13 +2067,13 @@ msgstr "" "hạt nhân (xem <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> bên dưới)." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "Bật chạy trình phục vụ TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " @@ -2090,14 +2093,27 @@ msgstr "" "được thiết lập theo mặc định." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " -"of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</" -"userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to " -"log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot " -"errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of " +"<command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is " +"useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that " +"below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " "have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " "has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" "userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" @@ -2117,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " @@ -2148,21 +2164,20 @@ msgstr "" "trình phục vụ TFTP Linux sử dụng." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "Xác định vị trí của ảnh TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1364 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" -"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, " -"this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a " -"link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for " -"booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by " -"the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." msgstr "" "Sau đó, hãy để ảnh khởi động TFTP cần thiết (như được tìm trong <xref " "linkend=\"where-files\"/>) vào thư mục ảnh khởi động của trình nền " @@ -2172,7 +2187,7 @@ msgstr "" "tên tập tin được quyết định bởi máy khách TFTP; chưa có tiêu chuẩn mạnh." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " @@ -2190,13 +2205,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> trong thư mục TFTP." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " "<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " "tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " -"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " "<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" "Để khởi động PXE, mọi thứ cần thiết đã được thiết lập trong kho " @@ -2207,7 +2222,7 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2224,13 +2239,13 @@ msgstr "" "như là tên tập tin cần khởi động." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "Ảnh TFTP của DECstation" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " @@ -2248,7 +2263,7 @@ msgstr "" "trên." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2266,13 +2281,13 @@ msgstr "" "chúng có thể được phụ thêm bằng cú pháp này:" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/tên_tập_tin tham_số1=giá_trị1 tham_số2=giá_trị2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " @@ -2311,13 +2326,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Khởi động TFTP Alpha" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " @@ -2340,13 +2355,13 @@ msgstr "" "tập tin bằng một của hai phương pháp này." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "Khởi động TFTP SPARC" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " @@ -2376,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr "" "đổi mọi chữ sang chữ hoa, cũng (nếu cần thiết) phụ thêm tên kiến trúc phụ đó." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " @@ -2390,13 +2405,13 @@ msgstr "" "phục vụ TFTP tìm." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "Khởi động TFTP BVM/Motorola" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " @@ -2406,7 +2421,7 @@ msgstr "" "&bvme6000-tftp-files; vào thư mục <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " @@ -2422,13 +2437,13 @@ msgstr "" "trưng cho hệ thống đó." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "Khởi động TFTP SGI" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " @@ -2443,13 +2458,13 @@ msgstr "" "tin cấu hình <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Khởi động TFTP BCM91250A và BCM91480B Broadcom" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " @@ -2459,13 +2474,13 @@ msgstr "" "đường dẫn đầy đủ của tập tin cần tải." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt tự động" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " @@ -2481,13 +2496,13 @@ msgstr "" "trình cài đặt Debian chính nó." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "Cài đặt tự động bằng trình cài đặt Debian" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " @@ -2501,7 +2516,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " diff --git a/po/vi/post-install.po b/po/vi/post-install.po index 8d48822bf..e3f33f37f 100644 --- a/po/vi/post-install.po +++ b/po/vi/post-install.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 21:06+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -240,13 +240,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " "user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " "<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" "whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " -"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +"allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" "Mặt khác, nếu bạn tạo một công việc định kỳ (cron job):<itemizedlist> " "<listitem><para>cần chạy với tư cách người dùng đặc biệt, hay</para></" diff --git a/po/vi/preparing.po b/po/vi/preparing.po index 0e5cf1998..756c17395 100644 --- a/po/vi/preparing.po +++ b/po/vi/preparing.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-10 21:46+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1647,16 +1647,16 @@ msgstr "Phân vùng trong Windows NT" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " "existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " "Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " "from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " "partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " -"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " -"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " -"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to " +"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have " +"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " "destroy the partition information." msgstr "" "Hệ điều hành Windows NT sử dụng bảng phân vùng kiểu PC. Nếu bạn đang thao " @@ -1710,15 +1710,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " -"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " -"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " -"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " -"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " -"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " -"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay " +"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post " +"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate " +"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the " +"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually " +"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you " +"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" "Nhưng nếu bạn có một đĩa IDE lớn, và không sử dụng khả năng đặt địa chỉ LBA, " "trình điều khiển phủ (đôi khi được cung cấp bởi hãng chế tạo đĩa cứng), hay " @@ -2107,12 +2107,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " "create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " -"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " -"FTP server." +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from " +"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Đối với máy Mac dựa vào IDE, bạn cần phải sử dụng chương trình " "<command>Apple Drive Setup</command> (thiết lập ổ đĩa Apple) để tạo sức chứa " @@ -2128,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "Phân vùng từ SunOS" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " "both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " @@ -2137,7 +2138,7 @@ msgid "" "you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " "the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " "that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " -"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 " "(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" "Có thể phân vùng được từ hệ điều hành SunOS. Tức là, nếu bạn định chạy cả hệ " @@ -3119,17 +3120,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1965 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " "and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " -"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot " "from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " "necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " -"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " -"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " -"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " -"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have " +"to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a " +"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, " +"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" "Trước khi chạy tiến trình cài đặt thật, bạn cần phải theo vài bước thiết kế " "và chuẩn bị. Công ty IBM cung cấp tài liệu hướng dẫn về toàn bộ tiến trình, " @@ -3451,19 +3452,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "Tầm nhìn bộ trình bày của PowerMac kiểu cũ" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2164 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " -"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " -"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " -"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " -"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the " +"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such " +"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " "monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " diff --git a/po/vi/preseed.po b/po/vi/preseed.po index 1d98a8eb0..f393aa46e 100644 --- a/po/vi/preseed.po +++ b/po/vi/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-26 01:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 21:32+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1314,11 +1314,12 @@ msgstr "Thiết lập máy nhân bản" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:726 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " -"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " -"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " +"download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, " +"and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the " +"installed system." msgstr "" "Phụ thuộc vào phương pháp cài đặt bạn dùng, máy nhân bản có thể được dùng để " "tải về thành phần cài đặt thêm, để tải về hệ thống cơ bản, và/hay để thiết " @@ -1388,10 +1389,10 @@ msgstr "Phân vùng" #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " -"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " -"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " -"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " -"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to " +"partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout " +"of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe " +"from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " "currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." msgstr "" "Khả năng dùng tiến trình chèn sẵn để phân vùng đĩa cứng rất bị hạn chế thành " @@ -1934,7 +1935,7 @@ msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:888 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" @@ -1945,9 +1946,9 @@ msgid "" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some " +"other\n" +"# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" @@ -2076,12 +2077,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:943 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " "installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" -"classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or " -"space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated " +"by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel " +"command line as well." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn muốn cài đặt một số gói riêng, thêm vào những gói do công việc cài " "đặt, bạn có khả năng sử dụng tham số <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. " diff --git a/po/vi/random-bits.po b/po/vi/random-bits.po index e1d105e83..73d6190b8 100644 --- a/po/vi/random-bits.po +++ b/po/vi/random-bits.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 22:21+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -777,12 +777,13 @@ msgstr "Bắt đầu" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:332 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " -"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " -"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " -"to install X." +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." msgstr "" "Bằng các công cụ phân vùng *nix hiện thời, hãy phân vùng lại đĩa cứng như " "cần thiết, tạo ít nhất một hệ thống tập tin và vùng trao đổi. Bạn cần thiết " @@ -790,13 +791,13 @@ msgstr "" "nhất 300 MB nếu bạn định cài đặt hệ thống cửa sổ X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:340 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " -"system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root " -"partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " "<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" @@ -808,14 +809,14 @@ msgstr "" "bỏ đoạn <userinput>-j</userinput> đi." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:350 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " "intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" +"# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" -"# swapon /dev/hda5\n" +"# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" "filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " "filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " @@ -833,17 +834,17 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:362 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" -"# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -855,13 +856,13 @@ msgstr "" "những thư mục này trước khi tiếp tục tới giao đoạn kế tiếp." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -886,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" "về và cài đặt <command>debootstrap</command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -915,7 +916,7 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -927,13 +928,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /đường_dẫn_đầy_đủ_đến_work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Chạy <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -951,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" "README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -963,15 +964,15 @@ msgstr "" "tập tin: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:443 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " "<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " -"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" -"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " -"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " -"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</" +"userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, " +"<userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" "Trong lệnh <command>debootstrap</command>, hãy thay thế " @@ -984,48 +985,47 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:461 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" -" /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" +" /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch KIẾN_TRÚC &releasename; \\\n" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Cấu hình hệ thống cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " -"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" -"Lúc này đĩa của bạn chứa hệ thống Debian thật, dù hơi gầy còm. Hãy " -"<command>Chroot</command> vào nó<footnote> <para>chroot : chuyển đổi vị trí " -"của thư mục gốc trong đời sống của tiến trình hiện có</para></footnote>:" -# Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" -msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Gắn kết phân vùng" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:484 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1041,8 +1041,8 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" -"/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" -"/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" @@ -1050,8 +1050,17 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " "the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " -"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /media\n" +"# mkdir cdrom0\n" +"# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# ln -s media/cdrom\n" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " "times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " "customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " @@ -1091,13 +1100,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1110,49 +1119,44 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" -msgstr "Cấu hình bàn phím" +#: random-bits.xml:524 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Timezone" +msgstr "Thiết lập nguồn" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" -msgstr "Để cấu hình bàn phím:" +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." +msgstr "" -# Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " -"configured for the next reboot." +"# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" +"# tzconfig" msgstr "" -"Ghi chú rằng bàn phím không thể được đặt trong khi nằm trong chroot, nhưng " -"sẽ được cấu hình cho lần khởi động lại kế tiếp." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Cấu hình khả năng chạy mạng" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:539 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1196,6 +1200,17 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"\n" +"# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +"::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +"fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +"ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +"ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +"ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +"ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " "arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " "file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " @@ -1254,25 +1269,44 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ được tương ứng với tên giao diện (eth0, eth1, v.v.) bạn ngờ." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" -msgstr "Cấu hình miền địa phương" +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "Cấu hình khả năng chạy mạng" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:581 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" +"\n" +"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" +msgstr "Cấu hình bàn phím" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:598 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " -"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be " -"configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running " -"<command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets " -"other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization " -"HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" msgstr "" "Để cấu hình thiết lập miền địa phương để sử dụng ngôn ngữ khác tiếng Anh, " "hãy cài đặt gói hỗ trợ <filename>locales</filename> và cấu hình nó :" @@ -1286,18 +1320,37 @@ msgstr "" "ký tự khác với ASCII hay Latin1/ISO-8859-1, xem tài liệu địa phương hoá Thế " "Nào thích hợp." +# Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# aptitude install console-data\n" +"# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" +"Ghi chú rằng bàn phím không thể được đặt trong khi nằm trong chroot, nhưng " +"sẽ được cấu hình cho lần khởi động lại kế tiếp." + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Cài đặt hạt nhân" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:621 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " -"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." @@ -1310,7 +1363,7 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1319,14 +1372,25 @@ msgstr "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" "replaceable>" +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences " +"the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file " +"will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional " +"information about this file, consult its man page which will be available " +"after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Thiết lập bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1341,8 +1405,8 @@ msgstr "" "Debian để làm như thế." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " @@ -1350,8 +1414,8 @@ msgid "" "install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " "<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " "could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " -"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " -"relative to the system you call it from)." +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" "Xem trang thông tin <userinput>info grub</userinput> hay trang hướng dẫn " "<userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> để tìm hướng dẫn về phương pháp thiết " @@ -1365,18 +1429,33 @@ msgstr "" "với hệ thống từ đó bạn gọi nó)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:665 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install grub\n" +"# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" +"# update-grub\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Ở đây có mẫu <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> cơ bản:" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:679 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"boot=/dev/hda6\n" -"root=/dev/hda6\n" +"boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -1392,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1412,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr "" "gọi nó)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1446,13 +1525,46 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> thay cho <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# tasksel install standard\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Cài đặt &debian; qua IP đường song song (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1467,7 +1579,7 @@ msgstr "" "nối đến Mạng)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1484,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "" "mạng của bạn)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1495,7 +1607,7 @@ msgstr "" "khởi động lại vào hệ thống đã cài đặt (xem <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1508,13 +1620,13 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Nhu cầu" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1524,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian sẽ được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -1532,7 +1644,7 @@ msgstr "" ">." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1542,7 +1654,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> (nguồn), mà sẽ hoạt động là cổng ra." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1554,13 +1666,13 @@ msgstr "" "thêm về cáp kiểu này, gồm hướng dẫn về cách tạo điều riêng." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Thiết lập nguồn" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1570,7 +1682,7 @@ msgstr "" "máy tính nguồn như là cổng ra Mạng dùng ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1612,13 +1724,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Cài đặt đích" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1645,13 +1757,13 @@ msgstr "" "giai đoạn khác nhau của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Tải các thành phần cài đặt từ đĩa CD" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1661,13 +1773,13 @@ msgstr "" "các trình điều khiển PLIP sẵn sàng cho hệ thống cài đặt." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Phát hiện phần cứng mạng" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1682,7 +1794,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình cài đặt sẽ không hiển thị danh sách này." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1693,19 +1805,19 @@ msgstr "" "mạng trong danh sách. Hãy chọn mô-đun <userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Tự động cấu hình mạng bằng DHCP không? : Không" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -1713,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr "" "Địa chỉ IP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1723,7 +1835,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1733,6 +1845,25 @@ msgstr "" "được dùng trên máy tính nguồn (xem tập tin cấu hình <filename>/etc/resolv." "conf</filename>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lúc này đĩa của bạn chứa hệ thống Debian thật, dù hơi gầy còm. Hãy " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> vào nó<footnote> <para>chroot : chuyển đổi vị " +#~ "trí của thư mục gốc trong đời sống của tiến trình hiện có</para></" +#~ "footnote>:" + +# Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch +#~ msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +#~ msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" + +#~ msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +#~ msgstr "Để cấu hình bàn phím:" + +#~ msgid "Configure Locales" +#~ msgstr "Cấu hình miền địa phương" + #~ msgid "1392" #~ msgstr "1392" diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po index cd8fa27a0..be9f0985d 100644 --- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 22:26+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -806,22 +806,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"Trong tiến trình cài đặt vào máy tính có bộ nhớ thấp, không phải có sẵn tất " -"cả các thành phần. Một của những sự hạn chế là bạn không thể chọn sử dụng " -"ngôn ngữ khác tiếng Anh trong khi cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "Chọn tùy chọn địa phương hoá" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -834,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" "Những tùy chọn địa phương hoá là ngôn ngữ, quốc gia và miền địa phương." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -847,7 +848,7 @@ msgstr "" "sang ngôn ngữ đã chọn, trình cài đặt sẽ trở về ngôn ngữ mặc định: tiếng Anh." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -861,7 +862,7 @@ msgstr "" "định cho hệ thống của bạn, cũng để giúp đỡ chọn bố trí bàn phím." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -885,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname> sẽ không được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -906,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "tương ứng với nó, quốc gia đó sẽ được chọn tự động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -920,13 +921,13 @@ msgstr "" "thống được cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Chọn bàn phím" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -944,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" "xong)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -961,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> nằm bên trên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -975,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr "" "vào sự phát triển hạt nhân Linux/MIPS thêm." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -994,13 +995,13 @@ msgstr "" "trí này là tương tự." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Tìm ảnh ISO cài đặt Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1014,7 +1015,7 @@ msgstr "" "thực hiện chính xác công việc này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1044,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "" "ảnh khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1058,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" "mục lên trên: nó thật sự đi qua toàn bộ hệ thống tập tin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1076,13 +1077,13 @@ msgstr "" "động lại, bằng bàn giao tiếp thứ hai." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1102,7 +1103,7 @@ msgstr "" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1125,7 +1126,7 @@ msgstr "" "có ổn, hãy thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1148,7 +1149,7 @@ msgstr "" "điền vào các trả lời từ <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1172,13 +1173,13 @@ msgstr "" "thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Phân vùng và chọn điểm lắp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1196,13 +1197,13 @@ msgstr "" "nhau như LVM hay thiết bị RAID." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Phân vùng đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1213,7 +1214,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng, hoặc chỉ muốn biết thêm, xem <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1227,7 +1228,7 @@ msgstr "" "mục <guimenuitem>Bằng tay</guimenuitem> trong trình đơn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1244,14 +1245,14 @@ msgstr "" "có thể không có sẵn trên mọi kiến trúc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1268,7 +1269,7 @@ msgstr "" "liệu (riêng) của bạn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1279,7 +1280,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1296,7 +1297,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt sẽ nhắc bạn xác nhận các thay đổi này trước khi ghi vào đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1313,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn thường xem. Kích cỡ của đĩa có thể giúp đỡ bạn nhận diện mỗi điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1328,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr "" "đổi nào đúng đến kết thúc; còn khi sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã), không có." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1347,73 +1348,73 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không thành công." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Chỗ tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Mọi tập tin trên một phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Phân vùng /home riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Các phân vùng /home, /usr, /var, và /tmp riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1423,7 +1424,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1436,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng khác, trừ phân vùng trao đổi, sẽ được tạo bên trong phân vùng LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1451,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" "động EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1463,7 +1464,7 @@ msgstr "" "riêng sức chứa này cho bộ tải khởi động « aboot »." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1474,7 +1475,7 @@ msgstr "" "gồm có thông tin về trạng thái kiểu định dạng và gắn kết của mỗi phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1530,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "có thể được đạt khi tự phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1551,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1566,13 +1567,13 @@ msgstr "" "lập bảng phân vùng và cách sử dụng phân vùng cho hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn chọn một đĩa rỗng, mà không có phân vùng, cũng không có sức chứa " "rảnh, lúc đó bạn sẽ có dịp tạo một bảng phân vùng mới (cần thiết để tạo phân " @@ -1580,22 +1581,26 @@ msgstr "" "rảnh) nên xuất hiện bên dưới tên đĩa đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn chọn một phần sức chứa còn rảnh, bạn sẽ có dịp tạo một phân vùng " "mới. Tiến trình sẽ hỏi vài câu về kích cỡ, kiểu (chính hay hợp lý) và vị trí " @@ -1612,17 +1617,17 @@ msgstr "" "màn hình chính của chương trình <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn quyết định muốn sửa đổi phân vùng này, đơn giản hãy chọn phân vùng, " "mà mang bạn sang trình đơn cấu hình phân vùng. Vì đây là cùng một màn hình " @@ -1633,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "khả năng xoá bỏ phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1649,7 +1654,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không cho phép bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn sửa trường hợp này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1661,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục, cho đến khi bạn cấp phát một điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1677,7 +1682,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, hay <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1691,13 +1696,13 @@ msgstr "" "các hệ thống tập tin nên được tạo như được yêu cầu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Cấu hình thiết bị đa đĩa (RAID phần mềm)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1717,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "" "biến nhất, <firstterm>RAID phần mềm</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1732,43 +1737,43 @@ msgstr "" "lắp v.v.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1809,97 +1814,97 @@ msgstr "" "tắt:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Kiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Thiết bị phụ tùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Vẫn còn hoạt động sau khi đĩa thất bại ?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Chỗ sẵn sàng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>không</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhân số thiết bị trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "tùy chọn" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>có</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1908,17 +1913,17 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhận (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ một)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn muốn biết thêm về RAID phần mềm, hãy xem tài liệu RAID phần mềm Thế " "Nào <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1934,7 +1939,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1952,7 +1957,7 @@ msgstr "" "hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1974,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1). Kết quả phụ thuộc vào kiểu thiết bị đa đĩa bạn đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1986,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị đa đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2006,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi bạn sửa vấn đề." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2016,7 +2021,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhất <emphasis>ba</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2034,7 +2039,7 @@ msgstr "" "hơi tin cậy cho <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2048,13 +2053,13 @@ msgstr "" "mới, và gán cho chúng những thuộc tính thường như điểm lắp." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối Tin Hợp Lý (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2070,7 +2075,7 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2090,7 +2095,7 @@ msgstr "" "qua vài đĩa vật lý." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2110,7 +2115,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2127,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2146,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngữ cảnh, chỉ hiển thị những hành động hợp lệ. Những hành động có thể là:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2156,43 +2161,43 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị LVM, các tên và kích cỡ của khối tin hợp lý, v.v." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Tạo nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Tạo khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Xóa bỏ nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Xóa bỏ khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kéo dài nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Giảm nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2202,7 +2207,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> chính" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2212,22 +2217,7 @@ msgstr "" "tạo các khối tin hợp lý bên trong nó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" -"Bạn cũng có khả năng sử dụng trình đơn này để xoá bỏ một cấu hình LVM tồn " -"tại khỏi đĩa cứng, trước khi chọn <quote>Phân vùng đã hướng dẫn bằng LVM</" -"quote>. Không thể sử dụng tiến trình phân vùng đã hướng dẫn bằng LVM nếu " -"nhóm khối tin nào đã được xác định, nhưng bạn có thể gỡ bỏ các nhóm kiểu này " -"để bắt đầu tươi." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2239,13 +2229,13 @@ msgstr "" "thao tác nó như vậy)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Cấu hình khối tin được mật mã" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2267,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr "" "thôi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2293,7 +2283,7 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng tải hạt nhân từ phân vùng được mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2307,13 +2297,13 @@ msgstr "" "của khoá." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." @@ -2328,7 +2318,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2344,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr "" "pháp mặc định, nếu bạn không bắt buộc phải làm khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2358,13 +2348,13 @@ msgstr "" "theo bảo mật." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2390,13 +2380,13 @@ msgstr "" "hai mươi mốt." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Dài khoá:<userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2409,13 +2399,13 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá sẵn sàng phụ thuộc vào thuật toán mật mã." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Thuật toán IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2432,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr "" "suy luận thông tin nào ra mẫu xảy ra nhiều lần trong dữ liệu đã mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2446,25 +2436,25 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng dùng thuật toán mới hơn." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Cụm từ mật khẩu</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu khoá mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Cụm từ mật khẩu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2478,13 +2468,13 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Khoá ngẫu nhiên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2502,7 +2492,7 @@ msgstr "" "không thể thành công trong đời sống của bạn.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2521,13 +2511,13 @@ msgstr "" "được ghi vào phân vùng trao đổi, khi khởi động lại." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Xoá bỏ dữ liệu : <userinput>có</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2548,7 +2538,7 @@ msgstr "" "lần.</para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2560,13 +2550,13 @@ msgstr "" "đơn thay đổi để cung cấp những tùy chọn này:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2579,25 +2569,25 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2611,19 +2601,19 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả khoá ngẫu nhiên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả cách xoá sạch dữ liệu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2637,7 +2627,7 @@ msgstr "" "khoá mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2655,7 +2645,7 @@ msgstr "" "mới. Đối với phân vùng lớn, có thể kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2674,7 +2664,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoán.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2699,7 +2689,7 @@ msgstr "" "phím nào được dùng, trước khi nhập mật khẩu kiểu nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2721,7 +2711,7 @@ msgstr "" "được lặp lại cho mỗi phân vùng cần mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2754,7 +2744,7 @@ msgstr "" "hợp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2774,7 +2764,7 @@ msgstr "" "volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2782,13 +2772,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Một khi bạn thấy sơ đồ phân vùng là ổn thoả, hãy tiếp tục cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Thiết lập Hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2798,13 +2788,13 @@ msgstr "" "hệ thống nó sắp cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Cấu hình Múi giờ Cục bộ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2817,13 +2807,13 @@ msgstr "" "múi giờ, trình cài đặt sẽ không hỏi gì và hệ thống sẽ giả sử múi giờ đó." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2837,7 +2827,7 @@ msgstr "" "(UTC) dựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2856,7 +2846,7 @@ msgstr "" "(hay UTC).</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2869,19 +2859,19 @@ msgstr "" "đặt, nếu nó không đúng, hay nếu nó chưa được đặt thành giờ UTC." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Thiết lập Người và Mật khẩu" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Đặt mật khẩu chủ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2895,7 +2885,7 @@ msgstr "" "trong thời lượng càng ngắn càng có thể." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2910,7 +2900,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn từ nằm trong bất kỳ từ điển hay thông tin cá nhân có thể được đoán." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2921,13 +2911,13 @@ msgstr "" "cho ai biết mật khẩu chủ, trừ bạn quản lý máy có nhiều quản trị hệ thống." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Tạo người dùng chuẩn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2941,7 +2931,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngày hay như là sự đăng nhập cá nhân." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2961,7 +2951,7 @@ msgstr "" "này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2975,7 +2965,7 @@ msgstr "" "tài khoản này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2985,13 +2975,13 @@ msgstr "" "sử dụng lệnh <command>adduser</command> (thêm người dùng)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3004,21 +2994,15 @@ msgstr "" "Nếu máy tính hay sự kết nối mạng của bạn có chạy chậm, giai đoạn này có thể " "kéo dài một lát." -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "Việc cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" "Trong khi cài đặt Cơ Bản, các thông điệp về cách giải nén gói và thiết lập " "có được chuyển tiếp tới bàn điều khiển <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Bạn có " @@ -3027,19 +3011,19 @@ msgstr "" "chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" "Các thông điệp về cách giải nén gói và thiết lập được tạo bởi việc cài đặt " "cơ bản có được lưu vào bản ghi hệ thống <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " "khi việc cài đặt được thực hiện qua bàn điều khiển nối tiếp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3053,18 +3037,18 @@ msgstr "" "hạt nhân có sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Cài đặt phần mềm thêm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" @@ -3075,29 +3059,30 @@ msgstr "" "nếu bạn có máy tính hay mạng chạy chậm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Cấu hình apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" "Người dùng thường cài đặt gói vào hệ thống bằng chương trình <command>apt-" "get</command>, của gói <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Ghi chú " @@ -3112,7 +3097,7 @@ msgstr "" "có ích (tìm kiếm gói và kiểm tra trạng thái) trong giao diện người dùng đẹp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3129,13 +3114,13 @@ msgstr "" "xem lại nó và sửa đổi nó sau khi cài đặt xong." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3152,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "" "tác vụ khác nhau." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3184,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" "sức chứa cần thiết cho các công việc có sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3197,7 +3182,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngay cả không cài đặt gì." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -3206,7 +3191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -3220,7 +3205,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3232,7 +3217,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3244,7 +3229,7 @@ msgstr "" "gói đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3254,7 +3239,7 @@ msgstr "" "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3268,13 +3253,13 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ nhắc bạn trong tiến trình này." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Cấu hình tác nhân truyền thư tín" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3289,7 +3274,7 @@ msgstr "" "học hiểu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3303,7 +3288,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể gởi cho bạn thông báo quan trọng bằng thư điện tử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3313,13 +3298,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khớp trường hợp của bạn một cách gần nhất:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "nơi Mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3333,13 +3318,13 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển tiếp lại thư tín." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "thư được gởi bởi máy thông minh" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3357,13 +3342,13 @@ msgstr "" "chọn này thích hợp với người dùng quay số." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "chỉ phát cục bộ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3381,13 +3366,13 @@ msgstr "" "câu thêm nữa." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "chưa cấu hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3401,7 +3386,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích hệ thống." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3417,18 +3402,18 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" "Nếu bạn cài đặt máy trạm không có đĩa, không có ích để thử khởi động từ đĩa " @@ -3436,29 +3421,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenBoot khởi động qua mạng theo mặc định; xem phần <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Ghi chú rằng nhiều hệ điều hành khởi động trên cùng một máy chưa được hiểu " -"hoàn toàn. Tài liệu này không cố gắng diễn tả các bộ tải khởi động khác " -"nhau, mà thay đổi theo kiến trúc và ngay cả theo kiến trúc phụ. Bạn nên xem " -"tài liệu hướng dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3474,7 +3444,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3490,16 +3460,16 @@ msgstr "" "dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>aboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3518,13 +3488,13 @@ msgstr "" "thế." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3540,19 +3510,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thông tin thêm)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3564,7 +3534,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích cho cả người dùng mới lẫn nhà chuyên môn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3576,7 +3546,7 @@ msgstr "" "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3586,13 +3556,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính, và từ đó, chọn bộ tải khởi động đã muốn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3609,7 +3579,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3623,23 +3593,23 @@ msgstr "" "khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "" "&d-i; cung cấp ba nơi có thể cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>LILO</" "command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3649,13 +3619,13 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3667,13 +3637,13 @@ msgstr "" "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3691,7 +3661,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3708,14 +3678,14 @@ msgstr "" "\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " "on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " @@ -3725,9 +3695,9 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" "Bộ tải khởi động cho kiến trúc &architecture; có tên <quote>elilo</quote>. " "Nó dựa vào bộ tải khởi động <quote>lilo</quote> của kiến trúc x86, và dùng " @@ -3742,7 +3712,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> thật để làm việc tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3760,20 +3730,20 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" "Tiêu chuẩn để chọn phân vùng là nó chứa hệ thống tập tin dạng thức FAT với " @@ -3784,13 +3754,13 @@ msgstr "" "trong khi cài đặt, thì xoá bỏ hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3821,13 +3791,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3840,13 +3810,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3861,13 +3831,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3883,13 +3853,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3902,13 +3872,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3922,13 +3892,13 @@ msgstr "" "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3972,13 +3942,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3988,13 +3958,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4004,13 +3974,13 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "số_phân" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4020,13 +3990,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "cấu_hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4036,13 +4006,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4071,13 +4041,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4087,13 +4057,13 @@ msgstr "" "nó là <userinput>3</userinput> cho bộ điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>mã</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4102,7 +4072,7 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4112,13 +4082,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "tên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4128,7 +4098,7 @@ msgstr "" "là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4139,19 +4109,19 @@ msgstr "" "là dùng" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>mã</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4171,13 +4141,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4191,13 +4161,13 @@ msgstr "" "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4214,13 +4184,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4251,13 +4221,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4275,7 +4245,7 @@ msgstr "" "đó và được dùng để khởi động hệ điều hành GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4296,13 +4266,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt xong" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4312,13 +4282,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính là làm sạch theo sau &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Cài đặt xong và khởi động lại" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4332,7 +4302,7 @@ msgstr "" "lại vào hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4347,13 +4317,13 @@ msgstr "" "tập tin gốc trong những bước đầu tiên của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Lặt vặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4365,13 +4335,13 @@ msgstr "" "khó khăn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4383,7 +4353,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4399,43 +4369,46 @@ msgstr "" "kèm báo cáo cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Sử dụng hệ vỏ và xem bản ghi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." msgstr "" -"Trong trình đơn có mục <guimenuitem>Thực hiện một hệ vỏ</guimenuitem>. Nếu " -"trình đơn không sẵn sàng khi bạn cần sử dụng hệ vỏ, hãy bấm tổ hợp phím " -"<keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (trên bàn " -"phím Mac là <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" -"keycombo>) để chuyển đổi sang <emphasis>bàn điều khiển ảo</emphasis> thứ " -"hai. Tổ hợp phím này có nghĩa là bấm phím <keycap>Alt</keycap> bên trái " -"<keycap>phím dài</keycap> và phím chức năng <keycap>F2</keycap> cùng lúc. " -"Lệnh <guimenuitem>Thực hiện một hệ vỏ</guimenuitem> sẽ mở một cửa sổ riêng " -"chạy một sự mô phỏng hệ vỏ Bourne có tên <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" "Vào lúc này, bạn được khởi động từ đĩa RAM, và có sẵn một bộ tiện ích UNIX " @@ -4449,30 +4422,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" -"Hãy dùng những trình đơn để thực hiện công việc nào có thể — hệ vỏ và " -"các lệnh chỉ được cung cấp trong trường hợp bạn gặp khó khăn. Bạn nên dùng " -"trình đơn, không phải hệ vỏ, đặc biệt để kích hoạt phân vùng trao đổi " -"(swap), vì phần mềm trình đơn không thể phát hiện nếu bạn làm như thế bằng " -"hệ vỏ. Hãy bấm tổ hợp phím <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap> <keycap>F1</" -"keycap></keycombo> để trở về trình đơn, hãy gõ <command>exit</command> " -"(thoát) nếu bạn đã sử dụng trình đơn để mở hệ vỏ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4489,7 +4470,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4511,7 +4492,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4521,7 +4502,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4543,7 +4524,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4555,7 +4536,7 @@ msgstr "" "khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4585,7 +4566,7 @@ msgstr "" "nếu nó là đúng không." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4603,7 +4584,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> rồi thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4623,7 +4604,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho các hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4639,7 +4620,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4649,6 +4630,82 @@ msgstr "" "đổi kích cỡ của cửa sổ, vì làm như thế sẽ gây ra sự kết nối bị kết thúc." #~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Trong tiến trình cài đặt vào máy tính có bộ nhớ thấp, không phải có sẵn " +#~ "tất cả các thành phần. Một của những sự hạn chế là bạn không thể chọn sử " +#~ "dụng ngôn ngữ khác tiếng Anh trong khi cài đặt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from " +#~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</" +#~ "quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already " +#~ "are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bạn cũng có khả năng sử dụng trình đơn này để xoá bỏ một cấu hình LVM tồn " +#~ "tại khỏi đĩa cứng, trước khi chọn <quote>Phân vùng đã hướng dẫn bằng LVM</" +#~ "quote>. Không thể sử dụng tiến trình phân vùng đã hướng dẫn bằng LVM nếu " +#~ "nhóm khối tin nào đã được xác định, nhưng bạn có thể gỡ bỏ các nhóm kiểu " +#~ "này để bắt đầu tươi." + +#~ msgid "Base System Installation" +#~ msgstr "Việc cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +#~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +#~ "the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +#~ "subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for " +#~ "more information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ghi chú rằng nhiều hệ điều hành khởi động trên cùng một máy chưa được " +#~ "hiểu hoàn toàn. Tài liệu này không cố gắng diễn tả các bộ tải khởi động " +#~ "khác nhau, mà thay đổi theo kiến trúc và ngay cả theo kiến trúc phụ. Bạn " +#~ "nên xem tài liệu hướng dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông " +#~ "tin thêm." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " +#~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a " +#~ "Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. " +#~ "That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the " +#~ "<keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at " +#~ "the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone " +#~ "called <command>ash</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Trong trình đơn có mục <guimenuitem>Thực hiện một hệ vỏ</guimenuitem>. " +#~ "Nếu trình đơn không sẵn sàng khi bạn cần sử dụng hệ vỏ, hãy bấm tổ hợp " +#~ "phím <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> " +#~ "(trên bàn phím Mac là <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +#~ "keycap> </keycombo>) để chuyển đổi sang <emphasis>bàn điều khiển ảo</" +#~ "emphasis> thứ hai. Tổ hợp phím này có nghĩa là bấm phím <keycap>Alt</" +#~ "keycap> bên trái <keycap>phím dài</keycap> và phím chức năng <keycap>F2</" +#~ "keycap> cùng lúc. Lệnh <guimenuitem>Thực hiện một hệ vỏ</guimenuitem> sẽ " +#~ "mở một cửa sổ riêng chạy một sự mô phỏng hệ vỏ Bourne có tên " +#~ "<command>ash</command>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " +#~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " +#~ "particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate " +#~ "your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've " +#~ "done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type " +#~ "<command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hãy dùng những trình đơn để thực hiện công việc nào có thể — hệ vỏ " +#~ "và các lệnh chỉ được cung cấp trong trường hợp bạn gặp khó khăn. Bạn nên " +#~ "dùng trình đơn, không phải hệ vỏ, đặc biệt để kích hoạt phân vùng trao " +#~ "đổi (swap), vì phần mềm trình đơn không thể phát hiện nếu bạn làm như thế " +#~ "bằng hệ vỏ. Hãy bấm tổ hợp phím <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> để trở về trình đơn, hãy gõ <command>exit</" +#~ "command> (thoát) nếu bạn đã sử dụng trình đơn để mở hệ vỏ." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " #~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " #~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po b/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po index ebe4f1171..32d06c5e4 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-04 10:13+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -497,7 +497,9 @@ msgstr "在 DOS、Windows、或者 OS/2 下写磁盘映像" msgid "" "If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the " "following programs to copy images to floppies." -msgstr "如果您能操作一台 i386 或 amd64 机器，您可以使用如下方法之一往软盘拷贝映像文件。" +msgstr "" +"如果您能操作一台 i386 或 amd64 机器，您可以使用如下方法之一往软盘拷贝映像文" +"件。" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:399 @@ -1495,30 +1497,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " -"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." msgstr "" "您需要设置一台 TFTP 服务器，并且对于很多机器来说，还需要一台 BOOTP 服务器 " "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">，或 RARP 服务器</phrase> <phrase " "condition=\"supports-dhcp\">，又或 DHCP 服务器</phrase>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1086 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " "(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " -"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " -"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase " -"arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " -"address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=" -"\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more " -"flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be " -"configured via DHCP. </phrase>" +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible " +"extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">反向地址解析协议( The Reverse Address " "Resolution Protocol (RARP)) 是一种告诉您的客户它自己 IP 地址的方法。另外一种" @@ -1530,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "向后兼容的 BOOTP 拓展。有一些系统只能通过 DHCP 来配置。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " @@ -1541,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" "替 BOOTP 比较好。有些最新的机器不能从 BOOTP 引导。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " @@ -1562,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote>。您也可以直接在 SRM 控制台中直接输入网络接口的 IP 配置。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " @@ -1572,7 +1573,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>rbootd</classname> 软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " @@ -1586,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux 上面的一些操作例子。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " @@ -1600,13 +1601,13 @@ msgstr "" "求，我们推荐 <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "设置 RARP 服务器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " @@ -1616,10 +1617,15 @@ msgid "" "command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the " "rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</" "userinput>." -msgstr "为了设置 RARP，需要知道需要安装系统的客户机以太网卡地址(网卡 MAC 地址)。如果您还不知道这个信息，可以<phrase arch=\"sparc\">从 OpenPROM 的初始化引导信息中获得，请使用 OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> 命令，或者</phrase> 启动进入<quote>Rescue</quote> 模式(例如使用恢复软盘)并使用 <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput> 命令。" +msgstr "" +"为了设置 RARP，需要知道需要安装系统的客户机以太网卡地址(网卡 MAC 地址)。如果" +"您还不知道这个信息，可以<phrase arch=\"sparc\">从 OpenPROM 的初始化引导信息中" +"获得，请使用 OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> 命令，或者</phrase> " +"启动进入<quote>Rescue</quote> 模式(例如使用恢复软盘)并使用 <userinput>/sbin/" +"ifconfig eth0</userinput> 命令。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " @@ -1631,23 +1637,31 @@ msgid "" "userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/" "sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/" "etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." -msgstr "在一个使用 Linux 2.4 或 2.6 内核的 RARP 服务器系统，或者 Solaris/SunOS 上，使用 <command>rarpd</command> 程序。您需要确定客户机的以太网硬件地址已经列在 <quote>ethers</quote> 数据库(可以在 <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> 文件中或通过 NIS/NIS+)和 <quote>hosts</quote> 数据库中，然后您需要启动 RARP 守护程序。使用(以 root 身份)：在多数 Linux 系统和 SunOS 5 (Solaris 2) 上使用 <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>，有些 Linux 系统上使用 <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> 命令，在 SunOS 4 (Solaris 1) 里，则使用 <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> 命令。" +msgstr "" +"在一个使用 Linux 2.4 或 2.6 内核的 RARP 服务器系统，或者 Solaris/SunOS 上，使" +"用 <command>rarpd</command> 程序。您需要确定客户机的以太网硬件地址已经列在 " +"<quote>ethers</quote> 数据库(可以在 <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> 文件中或" +"通过 NIS/NIS+)和 <quote>hosts</quote> 数据库中，然后您需要启动 RARP 守护程" +"序。使用(以 root 身份)：在多数 Linux 系统和 SunOS 5 (Solaris 2) 上使用 " +"<userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>，有些 Linux 系统上使用 <userinput>/" +"usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> 命令，在 SunOS 4 (Solaris 1) 里，则使用 " +"<userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> 命令。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "设置 BOOTP 服务器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1193 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " "<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " "<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " -"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages " -"respectively." +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." msgstr "" "在 GNU/Linux 下面可以使用两种 BOOTP 服务器。首先是 CMU <command>bootpd</" "command>，另外一种实际上是 DHCP 服务器：ISC <command>dhcpd</command>。" @@ -1655,7 +1669,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname> 软件包中。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " @@ -1717,17 +1731,17 @@ msgstr "" "MAC 地址。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " "easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " "clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " "clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" -"\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply " "adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " "block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" -"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "相反，通过 ISC <command>dhcpd</command> 设置 BOOTP 就非常容易。因为它把 " "BOOTP 客户程序看成一个特殊的 DHCP 客户端。部分体系结构需要经过复杂的设置才能" @@ -1737,19 +1751,25 @@ msgstr "" "是：<userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "设置 DHCP 服务器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " -"this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a " -"sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" -"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1768,9 +1788,7 @@ msgid "" " next-server servername;\n" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" -"}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</" -"classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"}" msgstr "" "ISC <command>dhcpd</command> 是一种自由软件 DHCP 服务器。在 &debian; 里，它被" "包含在 <classname>dhcp</classname> 软件包中。这里有它的一个配置文件的范例(通" @@ -1799,7 +1817,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " @@ -1815,24 +1833,24 @@ msgstr "" "TFTP 获取的文件名。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1275 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " -"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "在编辑了 <command>dhcpd</command> 配置文件后，您需要使用下面的命令重新启动" "它：<userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>作为其配置文件。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "在 DHCP 配置中打开 PXE 引导功能" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1284 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" "boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1856,11 +1874,11 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "\n" "group {\n" -" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" -" host tftpclient {\n" +" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" +" host tftpclient {\n" "# tftp client hardware address\n" " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" -" filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" +" filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " @@ -1903,13 +1921,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> )。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "开启 TFTP 服务器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " @@ -1927,14 +1945,27 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> Debian 包通常在安装后会自动把这条设置好。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " -"of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</" -"userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to " -"log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot " -"errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of " +"<command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is " +"useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that " +"below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " "have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " "has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" "userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" @@ -1951,7 +1982,7 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " @@ -1979,21 +2010,20 @@ msgstr "" "错误。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "将 TFTP 映像放到适当的位置" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1364 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" -"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, " -"this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a " -"link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for " -"booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by " -"the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." msgstr "" "接下来，将在 <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>中找到的 TFTP 启动映像放置到" "<command>tftpd</command>引导映像目录中。一般来说，这个目录将是 <filename>/" @@ -2002,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" "一个强制的标准。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " @@ -2019,13 +2049,13 @@ msgstr "" "录。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " "<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " "tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " -"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " "<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" "对于用 PXE 引导来说，您所需的只是设置 <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</" @@ -2034,7 +2064,7 @@ msgstr "" "动所需的文件名传递至<command>tftpd</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2049,13 +2079,13 @@ msgstr "" "efi</filename> 以启动所需的文件名传递至<command>tftpd</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "DECstation TFTP 映像文件" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " @@ -2072,7 +2102,7 @@ msgstr "" "tftpboot.img</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2089,13 +2119,13 @@ msgstr "" "按照如下语法加入：" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " @@ -2129,13 +2159,13 @@ msgstr "" "www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Alpha TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " @@ -2156,13 +2186,13 @@ msgstr "" "个文件名。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "SPARC TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " @@ -2190,7 +2220,7 @@ msgstr "" "并在必要时加上子体系名。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " @@ -2203,13 +2233,13 @@ msgstr "" "仍然必须被请放置在 TFTP 服务器要查找的目录中。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "BVM/Motorola TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " @@ -2219,7 +2249,7 @@ msgstr "" "到 <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " @@ -2234,13 +2264,13 @@ msgstr "" "体系的系统特殊配置信息。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "SGI TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " @@ -2254,13 +2284,13 @@ msgstr "" "现在 <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A 与 BCM91480B TFTP 引导" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " @@ -2269,13 +2299,13 @@ msgstr "" "您不需要通过特殊方法设置 DHCP，因为您将传递文件的完全路径至装载的 CFE 。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "自动化安装" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " @@ -2290,13 +2320,13 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>autoinstall</classname>，以及 Debian 安装程序本身。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "使用 Debian 安装程序进行自动安装" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " @@ -2308,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr "" "介质上加载，并自动回答安装过程中的问题。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/post-install.po b/po/zh_CN/post-install.po index aede714aa..3fc9f60ff 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/post-install.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/post-install.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-29 13:56+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -218,13 +218,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " "user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " "<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" "whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " -"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +"allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" "另一方面，如果您有某个定时任务需要以某个特定的用户身份运行，或者需要在某个特" "定时刻或以特定周期运行，您或者可以使用 <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> 或 " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preparing.po b/po/zh_CN/preparing.po index 7f3c6243b..e0353fafe 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preparing.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preparing.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-31 21:30+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1554,16 +1554,16 @@ msgstr "Windows NT 下分区" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " "existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " "Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " "from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " "partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " -"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " -"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " -"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to " +"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have " +"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " "destroy the partition information." msgstr "" "Windows NT 使用 PC 风格的分区表。如果您要处理已存在的 FAT 或 NTFS 分区，推荐" @@ -1610,15 +1610,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " -"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " -"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " -"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " -"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " -"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " -"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay " +"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post " +"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate " +"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the " +"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually " +"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you " +"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" "但是，如果您有一块 IDE 接口的大硬盘，而且使用的既不是 LBA 寻址或 overlay 驱" "动 (有时候硬盘厂商会提供这种驱动)，也没用新款(1998 年以后)的支持大硬盘访问扩" @@ -1977,12 +1977,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " "create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " -"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " -"FTP server." +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from " +"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "对基于 IDE 的 Mac，您需要使用 <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> 为 Linux " "分区创建空闲空间，然后在 Linux 下完成分区，或者使用 MacOS 版的 pdisk，它可以" @@ -1996,7 +1997,7 @@ msgstr "在 SunOS 下分区" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " "both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " @@ -2005,7 +2006,7 @@ msgid "" "you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " "the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " "that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " -"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 " "(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" "从 SunOS 分区非常完美。事实上，如果您倾向在同一台计算机上使用 SunOS 和 " @@ -2917,17 +2918,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1965 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " "and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " -"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot " "from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " "necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " -"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " -"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " -"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " -"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have " +"to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a " +"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, " +"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" "在真正进行安装之前，您必须仔细检查一些设计和准备步骤。IBM 已经有整个过程的文" "档，例如，如何准备安装介质和如何从该介质启动。这里复制那些信息既不需也不必。" @@ -3227,19 +3228,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "在 OldWorld Powermacs 上正常显示" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:2164 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " -"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " -"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " -"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " -"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the " +"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such " +"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " "monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po index 34d0b0169..3a8196b37 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-26 01:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-27 09:28+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang <jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@debian.org>\n" @@ -1277,11 +1277,12 @@ msgstr "镜像设置" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:726 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " -"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " -"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " +"download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, " +"and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the " +"installed system." msgstr "" "根据您使用的安装方式，镜像可用于下载安装程序的额外组件，基本系统以及为安装的" "系统建立 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>。" @@ -1343,13 +1344,13 @@ msgstr "分区" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:756 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " -"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " -"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " -"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " -"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to " +"partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout " +"of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe " +"from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " "currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." msgstr "" "使用预置分区硬盘受限于 <classname>partman-auto</classname> 提供的支持。您可以" @@ -1865,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "安装引导加载器" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:888 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" @@ -1876,9 +1877,9 @@ msgid "" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some " +"other\n" +"# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" @@ -2004,12 +2005,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:943 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " "installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" -"classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or " -"space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated " +"by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel " +"command line as well." msgstr "" "如果您打算安装一些安装任务之外的独立软件包，可以使用参数 <classname>pkgsel/" "include</classname>。该参数的值可以用逗号或空格分开，便于在内核命令行上使用。" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po b/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po index cbffd2b19..3e1c10531 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-31 21:52+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -443,7 +443,9 @@ msgid "" "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " "standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " "installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." -msgstr "对于 i386 架构，基本安装默认使用 2.6 内核，包含了所有的标准软件包，需要 585MB 磁盘空间。最小化的基本安装，没有选择标准任务，需要 365MB。" +msgstr "" +"对于 i386 架构，基本安装默认使用 2.6 内核，包含了所有的标准软件包，需要 " +"585MB 磁盘空间。最小化的基本安装，没有选择标准任务，需要 365MB。" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:196 @@ -753,25 +755,26 @@ msgstr "准备运动" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:332 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " -"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " -"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " -"to install X." +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." msgstr "" "根据需要，用已经安装的 *nix 的分区工具重新分区，要划分出至少一个文件系统外加" "交换分区。您如果只用控制台(console)的话，至少要准备 150MB 空间，倘若想要装 " "X，就需要至少 300MB 的空间了。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:340 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " -"system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root " -"partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " "<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" @@ -783,14 +786,14 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:350 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " "intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" +"# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" -"# swapon /dev/hda5\n" +"# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" "filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " "filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " @@ -806,17 +809,17 @@ msgstr "" "统)。挂载点的名称是任意的，后面的步骤将会用到它。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:362 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" -"# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -827,13 +830,13 @@ msgstr "" "手动创建和加载这些目录。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "安装 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -856,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>debootstrap</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -881,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" "并解压获得该文件。把二进制文件安装到系统中，您必须要拥有 root 的权限。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -893,13 +896,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "运行 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -915,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "README.mirrors\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -927,15 +930,15 @@ msgstr "" "debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:443 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " "<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " -"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" -"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " -"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " -"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</" +"userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, " +"<userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" "请将下列架构中的一个替换 <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> 于 " @@ -947,46 +950,47 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:461 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" -" /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" +" /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\\n /mnt/debinst " "http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "基系统的配置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " -"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" -"现在您在硬盘上已经装上了一套真正的 Debian 操作系统，尽管它还很瘦小。" -"<command>Chroot</command> 用来进入该系统：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" -msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "分区的挂载" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:484 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1002,8 +1006,8 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" -"/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" -"/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" @@ -1011,8 +1015,17 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " "the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " -"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /media\n" +"# mkdir cdrom0\n" +"# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# ln -s media/cdrom\n" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " "times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " "customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " @@ -1047,13 +1060,13 @@ msgstr "" "a</userinput>，那么请一定要再接着做之前先把 proc 挂载好：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1064,46 +1077,44 @@ msgstr "" "chroot: 以为加载 proc。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" -msgstr "键盘的配置" +#: random-bits.xml:524 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Timezone" +msgstr "建立源" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" -msgstr "若要配置您的键盘，请：" +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." +msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " -"configured for the next reboot." -msgstr "注意，在 chroot 里面不能设置键盘，但重新启动以后可以。" +"# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" +"# tzconfig" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "网络的配置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:539 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1147,6 +1158,17 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"\n" +"# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +"::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +"fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +"ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +"ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +"ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +"ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " "arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " "file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " @@ -1199,25 +1221,44 @@ msgstr "" "统启动时，每块网卡就能获得您所预期的 interface 名称了 (eth0、eth1 等等)。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" -msgstr "locales 的设置" +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "网络的配置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:581 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" +"\n" +"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" +msgstr "键盘的配置" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:598 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " -"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be " -"configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running " -"<command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets " -"other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization " -"HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" msgstr "" "要设置您的 locale 设定，以便使用英语以外的其它语言，就需要安装提供 " "<classname>locales</classname> 支持软件包，然后配置： " @@ -1228,18 +1269,34 @@ msgstr "" "执行 <command>aptitude update</command>。在使用非 ASCII 或 latin1 的字符集的 " "locale 之前，请先参阅相应的本地化指南(localization HOWTO)。" +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# aptitude install console-data\n" +"# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "注意，在 chroot 里面不能设置键盘，但重新启动以后可以。" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "内核的安装" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:621 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " -"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." @@ -1250,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 接下来使用所选包名来安装。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1259,14 +1316,25 @@ msgstr "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" "replaceable>" +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences " +"the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file " +"will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional " +"information about this file, consult its man page which will be available " +"after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Boot Loader 的设置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1279,8 +1347,8 @@ msgstr "" "loader，因此您要在 Debian 的 chroot 中使用 <command>aptitude</command> 完成。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " @@ -1288,8 +1356,8 @@ msgid "" "install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " "<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " "could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " -"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " -"relative to the system you call it from)." +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" "通过查阅 <userinput>info grub</userinput> 或 <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> 可以得到一些有关设置 bootloader 的提示。如果您希望保留用来安装 " @@ -1300,17 +1368,32 @@ msgstr "" "它就会用哪个系统里的 <filename>lilo.conf</filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:665 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install grub\n" +"# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" +"# update-grub\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "下面有一个简单的<filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> 作为例子：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:679 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"boot=/dev/hda6\n" -"root=/dev/hda6\n" +"boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -1326,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1344,7 +1427,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1374,13 +1457,46 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 换成 <userinput>hd:</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# tasksel install standard\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "通过 Parallel Line IP (PLIP) 来安装 &debian;" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1393,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "" "具有 Debian 镜像的网络(例如，互联网)。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1407,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP 地址(这些地址在您的网络地址空间里面未被占用)。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1418,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1430,13 +1546,13 @@ msgstr "" "为 <literal>io=0x378</literal>，<literal>irq=7</literal>。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "需求" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1444,13 +1560,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "目标计算机，称为 <emphasis>target</emphasis>，将安装 Debian 在上面。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "系统安装介质；参阅 <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1459,7 +1575,7 @@ msgstr "" "另外一台连接到互联网的计算机，称为 <emphasis>source</emphasis>，功能是网关。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1470,13 +1586,13 @@ msgstr "" "Install-HOWTO</ulink> 了解这种线的更多信息，以及如何自己制作。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "建立源" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1486,7 +1602,7 @@ msgstr "" "算机。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1528,13 +1644,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "安装目标" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1558,13 +1674,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 下面是安装过程中各阶段所要提供的答案。" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "从光盘加载安装组件" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1574,13 +1690,13 @@ msgstr "" "用 PLIP 驱动。" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "侦测网络硬件" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1593,7 +1709,7 @@ msgstr "" "系统没有网卡，安装程序不会显示该列表。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1604,19 +1720,19 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>plip</userinput> 模块。" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "配置网络" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -1624,7 +1740,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1634,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1642,3 +1758,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Name server addresses: 您可以使用与源计算机相同的地址 (参阅 <filename>/etc/" "resolv.conf</filename>)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "现在您在硬盘上已经装上了一套真正的 Debian 操作系统，尽管它还很瘦小。" +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> 用来进入该系统：" + +#~ msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +#~ msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" + +#~ msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +#~ msgstr "若要配置您的键盘，请：" + +#~ msgid "Configure Locales" +#~ msgstr "locales 的设置" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index 7bab7e229..b4e4d8e04 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-22 16:46+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -693,21 +693,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"在小内存的安装下，只有部分组件有效。其中的一个限制是您无法在安装过程中选择语" -"言。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "选择地区选项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -720,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr "" "地区选项由语言，国家和地点组成。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -732,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" "的语言没有对应翻译的版本，安装将默认使用英文。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -745,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "" "盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -767,7 +769,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>locales</classname> 软件包也不会安装。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -786,7 +788,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果该语言只关联到一个国家，国家将自动选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -798,13 +800,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装，您可以选择不同的默认 locale 以及为安装好的系统生成额外的 locale。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "选择键盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -819,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" "(在安装完之后用 root 执行 <command>kbdconfig</command>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -833,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" "是有 <keycap>F1</keycap>到<keycap>F10</keycap> 健，沿着上箭头。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -845,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "" "内核 keymap (LK201 US)。随着 Linux/MIPS 内核的开发，将来也许会改变。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -863,13 +865,13 @@ msgstr "" "方这两种布局相似。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "寻找 Debian 安装程序 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -882,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 正是用来完成此任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -909,7 +911,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 搜索其它的映象。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -921,7 +923,7 @@ msgstr "" "行完整的搜索。这次不只查看最上级目录，而是真正地贯串整个文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -937,13 +939,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix 用户可以在第二个控制台上完成这些动作，而毋须重新启动。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "配置网络" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -961,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> man 页。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -980,7 +982,7 @@ msgstr "" "此，如果您确定都正常，再试一次。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1002,7 +1004,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1022,13 +1024,13 @@ msgstr "" "classname>，它用来一步步进行网络配置。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分区与选择挂载点" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1043,13 +1045,13 @@ msgstr "" "并为近似选项进行配置，比如 LVM 或 RAID 设备。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "硬盘的分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1060,7 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" "的细节，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1073,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1088,14 +1090,14 @@ msgstr "" "LVM 卷组，并使用内核的 <quote>dm-crypt</quote> 支持。</para> " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "(加密) LVM 的选项并不是在所有体系下都可用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1109,7 +1111,7 @@ msgstr "" "大分区将无法读取，对您的(私有)数据提供了额外的安全性。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1123,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1138,7 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序会在写入磁盘之前让您确认。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1153,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" "用的那块。排列的次序可能与您以前的不同。磁盘的尺寸将会帮助您识别它们。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1167,7 +1169,7 @@ msgstr "" "销。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1183,73 +1185,73 @@ msgstr "" "给它 1GB 以上的空间(具体大小视所选的方式而不同)，那么向导式分区将以失败告终。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分区方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有文件在同一分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "建立 /home 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "分别建立 /home，/usr，/var 和 /tmp 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1259,7 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1272,7 +1274,7 @@ msgstr "" "之内。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1285,7 +1287,7 @@ msgstr "" "的一项，可以让您手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1296,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" "始处，为 aboot boot loader 的保留空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1307,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" "区是否将被格式化，将以何种方式格式化，以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1355,7 +1357,7 @@ msgstr "" "创建这些特殊的设置，但使用手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1373,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "后再次运行向导式分区，或者按照下面将要介绍进行手动分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1388,35 +1390,39 @@ msgstr "" "本节的后面谈到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "倘若您选用的是一块全新的硬盘，它还没有被分过区，上面也没有空闲空间。那么系统" "会要求新建一个分区表(只有这样，您才能创建新的分区)。分区表建好之后，在被选中" "的磁盘条目下会出现一个新行，上面写着 <quote>FREE SPACE</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "如果您选中了某块空闲空间，那么就可以在上面新建分区了。接着需要回答一系列简短" "的问题，它们会就分区大小、类型(主分区还是逻辑分区)、以及分区的位置(在空闲空间" @@ -1430,17 +1436,17 @@ msgstr "" "会自动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "若是您希望修改分区的设置，只要选中该分区，分区的配置菜单就会出现在您的 面前。" "由于这个界面和新建分区时使用的界面是相同的，所以您可以像以前那样 修改那些设置" @@ -1449,7 +1455,7 @@ msgstr "" "这个菜单中，您还可以删除分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1464,7 +1470,7 @@ msgstr "" "的步骤，直到您改正了这个错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1475,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "点，不让您继续操作，直到您划分出这样一个分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1491,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1504,13 +1510,13 @@ msgstr "" "盘上进行的所有操作。此时，安装程序会让您确认 是否就照此分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1528,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1541,43 +1547,43 @@ msgstr "" "command> 格式化，分配挂载点，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1606,101 +1612,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> 总结：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "备用设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可选" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1708,17 +1714,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "如果您想真正全面了解 Software RAID，看一下 <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1733,7 +1739,7 @@ msgstr "" "volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1748,7 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "验的用户，从 shell 手动地处理一些配置和安装步骤，也许会绕开这些问题" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1768,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ msgstr "" "组成 MD 的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1796,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "" "将不会允许您继续下去，直到纠正错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1806,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1822,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1835,13 +1841,13 @@ msgstr "" "的新 MD 设备并分配挂载点这样的属性。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1855,7 +1861,7 @@ msgstr "" "移到或符号链接等方法来折腾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1872,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" "firstterm>)。逻辑卷(当然底层是卷组)的亮点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1890,7 +1896,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -1905,7 +1911,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -1922,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" "了 LVM 配置的小结。菜单项本身是与内容相关，只显示可用的操作。可能的操作有：" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -1932,43 +1938,43 @@ msgstr "" "名称和逻辑卷尺寸等" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "创建卷组" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "创建逻辑卷" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "删除卷组" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "删除逻辑卷" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "扩充卷组" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "裁减卷组" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -1977,7 +1983,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: 返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -1985,20 +1991,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "使用该菜单内的选项首先创建卷组，然后在里面创建逻辑卷。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" -"您可以在选择 <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote> 之前，使用该菜单删" -"除硬盘上已经存在的 LVM 配置。如果已经有卷组，将无法使用 LVM 的向导式分区，删" -"除它们就可以了。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2009,13 +2002,13 @@ msgstr "" "通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "配置加密卷" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2033,7 +2026,7 @@ msgstr "" "许可以访问硬盘，但是没有正确的口令，硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2056,7 +2049,7 @@ msgstr "" "加载内核。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2068,13 +2061,13 @@ msgstr "" "密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." @@ -2086,7 +2079,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2101,7 +2094,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2114,13 +2107,13 @@ msgstr "" "的安全考虑的选择。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2143,13 +2136,13 @@ msgstr "" "息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2161,13 +2154,13 @@ msgstr "" "加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2183,7 +2176,7 @@ msgstr "" "复模板推断信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2196,25 +2189,25 @@ msgstr "" "才使用其他的算法。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择所使用的加密密钥类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2227,13 +2220,13 @@ msgstr "" "使用时要求输入。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2248,7 +2241,7 @@ msgstr "" "面临暴力破解，但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点，这辈子也不会被攻破。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2265,13 +2258,13 @@ msgstr "" "复写入到交换分区的数据。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2289,7 +2282,7 @@ msgstr "" "备上的数据。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2301,13 +2294,13 @@ msgstr "" "下面内容：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2318,25 +2311,25 @@ msgstr "" "时选取。请查阅前面关于 cipher 和密钥长度的章节了解更多信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择加密密钥的类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2348,19 +2341,19 @@ msgstr "" "application> 加密。要使用它，您需要输入正确的 passphrase (在以后会要求提供)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关随机密钥的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关删除数据的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2372,7 +2365,7 @@ msgstr "" "对于加密，您将只能使用 <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> 作为加密密钥建立卷。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2387,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "" "标记分区上的数据，以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区，这会花一些时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2401,7 +2394,7 @@ msgstr "" "生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2421,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr "" "所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立，而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2440,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr "" "程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2471,7 +2464,7 @@ msgstr "" "您不合适，可以进行修改。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2488,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr "" "的差异，将在后面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2496,13 +2489,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "当您满意分区之后，可以继续安装过程。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "建立系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2510,13 +2503,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区之后，安装程序还会询问一些问题用于建立系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "配置您的时区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2528,13 +2521,13 @@ msgstr "" "您的位置只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "配置时钟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2546,7 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "" "装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2562,7 +2555,7 @@ msgstr "" "为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2574,19 +2567,19 @@ msgstr "" "或者以前没有设为 UTC 时，设置时钟到当前的时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "设置用户和密码" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "设置 root 密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2599,7 +2592,7 @@ msgstr "" "管理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2613,7 +2606,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2624,13 +2617,13 @@ msgstr "" "理员，否则您通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "创建一个普通用户" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2643,7 +2636,7 @@ msgstr "" "用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2661,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "" "这方面的内容，建议您找一本进行学习。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2673,7 +2666,7 @@ msgstr "" "要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2683,13 +2676,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安装基本系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2700,21 +2693,15 @@ msgstr "" "尽管这一阶段少有问题，但却需要大量时间用于整个基本系统的下载、校验和解包。如" "果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。" -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "基本系统安装" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" "在基本系统安装期间，软件包解包和配置信息重定向到 <userinput>tty4</" "userinput>。您可以通过按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" @@ -2722,18 +2709,18 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" "在安装程序通过串口控制台执行的情况下，基本系统安装时解包/配置信息保存在 " "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2745,18 +2732,18 @@ msgstr "" "您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安装额外的软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" @@ -2765,29 +2752,30 @@ msgstr "" "许比安装基本系统还要花时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "配置 apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" "本节的重点是 <command>apt-get</command>，这是一个人们用来安装各种软件的程序，" "它被包含在 <classname>apt</classname> 软件包中。<footnote> <para> 事实上，真" @@ -2800,7 +2788,7 @@ msgstr "" "的用户界面下集成了一些其他特性(搜索包与状态检验)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2815,13 +2803,13 @@ msgstr "" "list</filename> 文件里面，安装完成后您可以检查它并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "选择和安装软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2836,7 +2824,7 @@ msgstr "" "算机应对各种任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2866,7 +2854,7 @@ msgstr "" "务所需的空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -2877,7 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" "些任务。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -2888,7 +2876,7 @@ msgstr "" "供的选项不能选其他的桌面环境，比如 KDE。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -2902,7 +2890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -2914,7 +2902,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2925,7 +2913,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 将安装您选中的软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2933,7 +2921,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2946,13 +2934,13 @@ msgstr "" "序需要用户提供信息，它会在此过程中给出提示。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "配置您的邮件传输代理(MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2966,7 +2954,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command>。这是一个非常小巧、灵活并且容易理解的工具。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2980,7 +2968,7 @@ msgstr "" "送的。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2990,13 +2978,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "互联网站" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3008,13 +2996,13 @@ msgstr "" "会询问您一些基本问题，如：您的机器的邮件名称、您接受或转发邮件的域等等。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "用 smarthost 发信" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3030,13 +3018,13 @@ msgstr "" "将邮件从 smarthost 下载回来。这一选项通常适合拨号用户。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "仅在本地投递" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3052,13 +3040,13 @@ msgstr "" "题，因此这一选项也非常适合新手。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "现在不进行配置" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3071,7 +3059,7 @@ msgstr "" "工具发来的重要信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3086,45 +3074,32 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的资料。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "创建启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" "如果您是安装无盘工作站，显然，从本机启动是没有意义的选项，这一步可以跳过。" "<phrase arch=\"sparc\">您也许希望默认设置 OpenBoot 为网络启动；参阅 <xref " "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"注意，从单机上启动多个操作系统仍然是黑色艺术。本文档无意描写各种启动引导器，" -"它们会依系统甚至是子系统而变化。您应该参考启动引导器的文档了解更多信息。" - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "检测其他的操作系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3138,7 +3113,7 @@ msgstr "" "计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3152,16 +3127,16 @@ msgstr "" "理器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>aboot</command> 到硬盘上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3178,13 +3153,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3199,19 +3174,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3222,7 +3197,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot loader，它对新手来说是个不错的缺省选择。对老鸟来说，它也同样适合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3234,7 +3209,7 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 grub 的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3244,13 +3219,13 @@ msgstr "" "动引导器。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3266,7 +3241,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3279,21 +3254,21 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择来安装 <command>LILO</command> 启动加载器：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主引导区(MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3301,13 +3276,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3318,13 +3293,13 @@ msgstr "" "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它选择" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3341,7 +3316,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3356,14 +3331,14 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " "on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " @@ -3373,9 +3348,9 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" "&architecture; boot loader 称为 <quote>elilo</quote>。它模仿 x86 体系上的 " "<quote>lilo</quote> boot loader 并使用类似的配置文件。然而，与写入 MBR 或分区" @@ -3387,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr "" "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3402,20 +3377,20 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "选择正确的分区！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" "选择分区的准则是格式化为 FAT 的文件系统并有 <emphasis>boot</emphasis> 标志。" @@ -3424,13 +3399,13 @@ msgstr "" "有内容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分区内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3456,13 +3431,13 @@ msgstr "" "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3473,13 +3448,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3492,13 +3467,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3511,13 +3486,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3528,13 +3503,13 @@ msgstr "" "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3547,13 +3522,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3593,13 +3568,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3607,13 +3582,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3622,13 +3597,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3636,13 +3611,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3652,13 +3627,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3684,13 +3659,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3700,20 +3675,20 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "硬盘上的 SCSI ID，<command>DELO</command> 安装在其上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3721,13 +3696,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 处于此分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3737,7 +3712,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3747,19 +3722,19 @@ msgstr "" "认的设置，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3777,13 +3752,13 @@ msgstr "" "设为启动 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3796,13 +3771,13 @@ msgstr "" "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3817,13 +3792,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3850,13 +3825,13 @@ msgstr "" "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用启动引导器继续进行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3872,7 +3847,7 @@ msgstr "" "护，以用于启动 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3891,13 +3866,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3905,13 +3880,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这是在您启动新系统之前的最后一些工作。主要进行一些 &d-i; 之后的清理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安装并重启" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3923,7 +3898,7 @@ msgstr "" "等)。安装程序将做最后几分钟的任务，然后启动到您的新 Debian 系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3936,13 +3911,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装步骤第一步里选做根文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3953,13 +3928,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安装记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3970,7 +3945,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3984,41 +3959,46 @@ msgstr "" "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." msgstr "" -"有一个 <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> 菜单项。如果没有菜单，想使" -"用 shell 要按 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></" -"keycombo> (在 Mac 键盘上，<keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" -"keycap> </keycombo>) 切换到第二个 <emphasis>虚拟控制台</emphasis>。就是同时按" -"下 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 健，它位于<keycap>空格健</keycap>的左手边，和 " -"<keycap>F2</keycap> 功能键。另外一个单独的窗口运行着 Bourne shell 的克隆 " -"<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" "因为这时您是从 RAM 盘启动，只有有限的 Unix 工具可以使用。您可以通过命令 " @@ -4030,27 +4010,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" -"使用菜单完成它们能完成的工作 — shell 和命令只在出错的时候使用。尤其要使" -"用菜单，而不是 shell 去激活您的交换分区，因为菜单软件无法检测到您在 shell 做" -"的工作。如果您用菜单打开的 shell，按下<keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap> " -"<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>，或者键入 <command>exit</command> 返回菜单。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "通过网络安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4065,7 +4056,7 @@ msgstr "" "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4085,7 +4076,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4093,7 +4084,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4113,7 +4104,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4124,7 +4115,7 @@ msgstr "" "他的组件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4152,7 +4143,7 @@ msgstr "" "确认是否正确。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4168,7 +4159,7 @@ msgstr "" "再重新来过。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4185,7 +4176,7 @@ msgstr "" "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4198,7 +4189,7 @@ msgstr "" "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4208,6 +4199,72 @@ msgstr "" "止。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在小内存的安装下，只有部分组件有效。其中的一个限制是您无法在安装过程中选择" +#~ "语言。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from " +#~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</" +#~ "quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already " +#~ "are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您可以在选择 <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote> 之前，使用该菜单" +#~ "删除硬盘上已经存在的 LVM 配置。如果已经有卷组，将无法使用 LVM 的向导式分" +#~ "区，删除它们就可以了。" + +#~ msgid "Base System Installation" +#~ msgstr "基本系统安装" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +#~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +#~ "the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +#~ "subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for " +#~ "more information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "注意，从单机上启动多个操作系统仍然是黑色艺术。本文档无意描写各种启动引导" +#~ "器，它们会依系统甚至是子系统而变化。您应该参考启动引导器的文档了解更多信" +#~ "息。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " +#~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a " +#~ "Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. " +#~ "That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the " +#~ "<keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at " +#~ "the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone " +#~ "called <command>ash</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "有一个 <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> 菜单项。如果没有菜单，想" +#~ "使用 shell 要按 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></" +#~ "keycombo> (在 Mac 键盘上，<keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +#~ "keycap> </keycombo>) 切换到第二个 <emphasis>虚拟控制台</emphasis>。就是同" +#~ "时按下 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 健，它位于<keycap>空格健</keycap>的左手边，和 " +#~ "<keycap>F2</keycap> 功能键。另外一个单独的窗口运行着 Bourne shell 的克隆 " +#~ "<command>ash</command>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " +#~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " +#~ "particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate " +#~ "your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've " +#~ "done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type " +#~ "<command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "使用菜单完成它们能完成的工作 — shell 和命令只在出错的时候使用。尤其" +#~ "要使用菜单，而不是 shell 去激活您的交换分区，因为菜单软件无法检测到您在 " +#~ "shell 做的工作。如果您用菜单打开的 shell，按下<keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</" +#~ "keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>，或者键入 <command>exit</command> " +#~ "返回菜单。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using " #~ "preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding " #~ "<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po b/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po index 61d590041..3bc5cb603 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-18 17:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 12:10+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1504,30 +1504,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1079 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " -"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase " -"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." msgstr "" "您需要設置一台 TFTP 伺服器，對於很多機器來說，還需要一台 BOOTP 伺服器 " "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">，或 RARP 伺服器</phrase> <phrase " "condition=\"supports-dhcp\">，又或 DHCP 伺服器</phrase>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1085 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1086 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " "(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " -"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" "\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " -"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase " -"arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " -"address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=" -"\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more " -"flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be " -"configured via DHCP. </phrase>" +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible " +"extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">反向位址解析協議 (The Reverse Address " "Resolution Protocol, RARP) 是一種告訴您的客戶它自己 IP 位址的方法。另外一種方" @@ -1539,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "" "BOOTP 延伸。有一些系統只能透過 DHCP 來配置。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1102 +#: install-methods.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " @@ -1550,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" "替 BOOTP 比較好。有些最新的機器不能從 BOOTP 開機。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1108 +#: install-methods.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " @@ -1571,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr "" "para> </footnote>。您也可以直接在 SRM 控制台中直接輸入網路介面的 IP 設定。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1125 +#: install-methods.xml:1126 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " @@ -1581,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "網站上能夠找到 RBOOTD 軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1130 +#: install-methods.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " @@ -1595,7 +1594,7 @@ msgstr "" "上面的一些操作例子。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1138 +#: install-methods.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " @@ -1609,13 +1608,13 @@ msgstr "" "求，我們建議使用 <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1156 +#: install-methods.xml:1157 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "設置 RARP 伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1157 +#: install-methods.xml:1158 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " @@ -1633,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput> 指令。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1169 +#: install-methods.xml:1170 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " @@ -1653,20 +1652,20 @@ msgstr "" "使用 <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> 指令。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1191 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" +#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up a BOOTP server" msgstr "設置 BOOTP 伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1192 +#: install-methods.xml:1193 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " "<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " "<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " -"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages " -"respectively." +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." msgstr "" "在 GNU/Linux 下面有兩種 BOOTP 伺服器。他們是 CMU <command>bootpd</command> 和" "另外一種實際上是 DHCP 伺服器的程式 ISC <command>dhcpd</command>，他們被包含" @@ -1674,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" "體套件中。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1200 +#: install-methods.xml:1201 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " @@ -1730,17 +1729,17 @@ msgstr "" "的 MAC 位址。 </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1233 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " "easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " "clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " "clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" -"\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"\"dhcpd\"/>. In that case, you will probably be able to get away with simply " "adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " "block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" -"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "透過 ISC <command>dhcpd</command> 設定 BOOTP 反而非常容易。因為它把 BOOTP 客" "戶端程式看成一個特殊的 DHCP 客戶端。部分架構結構需要經過複雜的設定才能從 " @@ -1750,19 +1749,25 @@ msgstr "" "令是：<userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1254 +#: install-methods.xml:1255 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "設置 DHCP 伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1255 +#: install-methods.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " -"this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a " -"sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" -"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: install-methods.xml:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -1781,9 +1786,7 @@ msgid "" " next-server servername;\n" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" -"}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</" -"classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"}" msgstr "" "ISC <command>dhcpd</command> 是一種自由軟體 DHCP 伺服器。在 &debian; 裡，它被" "包含在 <classname>dhcp</classname> 軟體套件中。這裡有它的一個設定檔的範例(通" @@ -1812,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" "檔。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1267 +#: install-methods.xml:1265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " @@ -1828,24 +1831,24 @@ msgstr "" "TFTP 取得的檔案名稱。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1277 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1275 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " -"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." msgstr "" "在編輯了 <command>dhcpd</command> 設定檔後，您需要使用下面的指令重新啟動它：" "<userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1285 +#: install-methods.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "在 DHCP 設定中打開 PXE 開機功能" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1286 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1284 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" "boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1869,11 +1872,11 @@ msgid "" "}\n" "\n" "group {\n" -" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" -" host tftpclient {\n" +" next-server 192.168.1.3;\n" +" host tftpclient {\n" "# tftp client hardware address\n" " hardware ethernet 00:10:DC:27:6C:15;\n" -" filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" +" filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" "</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " @@ -1916,13 +1919,13 @@ msgstr "" "面的<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> )。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1302 +#: install-methods.xml:1300 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "啟用 TFTP 伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1303 +#: install-methods.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " @@ -1940,14 +1943,27 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> Debian 套件通常在安裝後會自動把這條設定好。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1313 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " -"of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</" -"userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to " -"log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot " -"errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"Historically TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: install-methods.xml:1323 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of " +"<command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is " +"useful for diagnosing boot errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that " +"below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " "have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " "has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" "userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" @@ -1964,7 +1980,7 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1328 +#: install-methods.xml:1341 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " @@ -1992,21 +2008,20 @@ msgstr "" "這個錯誤。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1350 +#: install-methods.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "將 TFTP 映像放到適當的位置" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1364 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" -"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, " -"this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a " -"link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for " -"booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by " -"the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." msgstr "" "接下來，將在 <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> 中找到的 TFTP 開機映像放到" "<command>tftpd</command> 開機映像目錄中。一般來說，這個目錄將是 <filename>/" @@ -2015,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" "個強制的標準。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " @@ -2032,13 +2047,13 @@ msgstr "" "TFTP 目錄。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1370 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " "<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " "tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " -"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " "<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" "對於用 PXE 開機來說，您所需的只是設定 <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</" @@ -2047,7 +2062,7 @@ msgstr "" "機所需的檔案名傳遞至 <command>tftpd</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1378 +#: install-methods.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2062,13 +2077,13 @@ msgstr "" "efi</filename> 以開機所需的檔案名傳遞至<command>tftpd</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1390 +#: install-methods.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "DECstation TFTP 映像檔" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1391 +#: install-methods.xml:1403 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " @@ -2084,7 +2099,7 @@ msgstr "" "的 tftpimage 檔案拷貝至 <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2101,13 +2116,13 @@ msgstr "" "數，他們可以按照下列語法加入：" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1413 +#: install-methods.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1415 +#: install-methods.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " @@ -2141,13 +2156,13 @@ msgstr "" "www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1453 +#: install-methods.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Alpha TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1454 +#: install-methods.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " @@ -2168,13 +2183,13 @@ msgstr "" "檔案名稱。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1469 +#: install-methods.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "SPARC TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1470 +#: install-methods.xml:1482 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " @@ -2202,7 +2217,7 @@ msgstr "" "該將所有的字母改成大寫並在必要時加上子架構名。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1486 +#: install-methods.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " @@ -2215,13 +2230,13 @@ msgstr "" "仍然必須被放置在 TFTP 伺服器要查找的目錄中。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1509 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "BVM/Motorola TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1498 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " @@ -2231,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr "" "到 <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1503 +#: install-methods.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " @@ -2246,13 +2261,13 @@ msgstr "" "子架構的系統特殊配置資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1515 +#: install-methods.xml:1527 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "SGI Indys TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1516 +#: install-methods.xml:1528 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " @@ -2266,13 +2281,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>filename=</userinput>選項。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1528 +#: install-methods.xml:1540 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1529 +#: install-methods.xml:1541 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " @@ -2282,13 +2297,13 @@ msgstr "" "去。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1634 +#: install-methods.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "自動化安裝" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1635 +#: install-methods.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " @@ -2303,13 +2318,13 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>autoinstall</classname>，以及 Debian 安裝程式本身。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1648 +#: install-methods.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "使用 Debian 安裝程式進行自動安裝" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1649 +#: install-methods.xml:1661 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " @@ -2321,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr "" "可從移動媒介上載入，並且被用來在安裝過程中自動回答問題。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1656 +#: install-methods.xml:1668 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/post-install.po b/po/zh_TW/post-install.po index 45e176aa3..66dcc94cc 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/post-install.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/post-install.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 19:53+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:24+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -207,13 +207,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:162 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " "user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " "<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" "whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " -"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +"allows you to stipulate the user account under which the cron job runs." msgstr "" "另一方面，如果您有某個定期任務需要以某個特定的使用者身份執行，或者需要在某個" "特定時刻或以特定週期執行，您也許可以使用 <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/preparing.po b/po/zh_TW/preparing.po index 3756c6422..3203f0137 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/preparing.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/preparing.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:49+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1549,16 +1549,16 @@ msgstr "Windows NT 下的分割" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " "existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " "Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " "from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " "partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " -"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " -"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " -"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to " +"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have " +"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " "destroy the partition information." msgstr "" "Windows NT 使用 PC 風格的分割表。如果您要處理已存在的 FAT 或 NTFS 分割區，建" @@ -1605,15 +1605,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1076 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " -"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " -"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " -"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " -"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " -"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " -"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay " +"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post " +"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate " +"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the " +"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually " +"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you " +"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" "但是，如果您有一顆 IDE 介面的大硬碟，而且使用的既不是 LBA 定址或 overlay 驅動" "程式 (有時候硬碟廠商會提供這種驅動)，也沒用新款 (1998 年以後) 支援大硬碟追蹤" @@ -1974,12 +1974,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1301 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " "create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " -"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " -"FTP server." +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from " +"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "對於使用 IDE 的 Mac，您需要使用 <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> 來為 " "Linux 分割區建立空間，然後在 Linux 下完成分割，或者使用 MacOS 版的 pdisk，它" @@ -1993,7 +1994,7 @@ msgstr "SunOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1319 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " "both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " @@ -2002,7 +2003,7 @@ msgid "" "you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " "the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " "that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " -"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 " "(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" "從 SunOS 分割區是非常好的。事實上，如果您傾向在同一台電腦上使用 SunOS 和 " @@ -2915,17 +2916,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:1965 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " "and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " -"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot " "from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " "necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " -"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " -"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " -"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " -"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information you have " +"to prepare your machine and the installation medium do you can perform a " +"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, " +"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" "在真正進行安裝之前，您必須仔細檢查一些設計和準備步驟。IBM 已經有整個過程的文" "件，例如，如何準備安裝媒介和如何從該媒介開機。我們無須在此複製那些資料。但我" @@ -3226,7 +3227,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:2163 #, no-c-format -msgid "Display visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" +msgid "Display-visibility on OldWorld Powermacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -3234,10 +3235,9 @@ msgstr "" #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> " -"display driver but possibly others as well, may not produce a colormap with " -"reliably results in visible output under Linux when the display is " -"configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues " -"with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " +"display driver, may not reliable produce a colormap under Linux when the " +"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such " +"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the " "monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns " "black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, " "try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po b/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po index 3f98fff57..bab8398ac 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:20+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -752,25 +752,26 @@ msgstr "準備開始" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:332 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " -"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " -"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " -"to install X." +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install destop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." msgstr "" "根據需要，用已經安裝的 *nix 的分割區工具重新分割詞區，要劃分出至少一個檔案系" "統外加 置換分割區。您如果只用控制台(console)的話，至少要準備 150MB 空間，倘若" "想要裝 X， 就需要至少 300MB 的空間了。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 +#: random-bits.xml:340 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " -"system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root " -"partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " "<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" @@ -782,14 +783,14 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>-j</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:349 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:350 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " "intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" +"# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" -"# swapon /dev/hda5\n" +"# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" "filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " "filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " @@ -805,17 +806,17 @@ msgstr "" "filename>)檔案系統)。掛載點的名稱是任意的，後面的步驟將會用到它。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:362 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" -"# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable> /mnt/debinst" msgstr "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -824,13 +825,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:374 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "安裝 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:375 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -850,7 +851,7 @@ msgstr "" "下載並安裝 <command>debootstrap</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:405 +#: random-bits.xml:406 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -875,7 +876,7 @@ msgstr "" "些二進位檔。要把二進位檔安裝到系統中，您必須要擁有 root 的權限。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:420 +#: random-bits.xml:421 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -887,13 +888,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:426 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "執行 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -909,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:436 +#: random-bits.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -921,15 +922,15 @@ msgstr "" "debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:442 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:443 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " "<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " -"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" -"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " -"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " -"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</" +"userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, " +"<userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" "請將下列架構中的一個替換 <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> 於 " @@ -941,45 +942,46 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:459 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:461 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" -" /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" +" /mnt/debinst http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian" msgstr "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\\n /mnt/debinst " "http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:465 +#: random-bits.xml:467 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "基本系統的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:466 +#: random-bits.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " -"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" -"現在您在硬碟上已經裝上了一套真正的 Debian 作業系統，儘管它還很瘦小。" -"<command>Chroot</command> 用來進入該系統：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:471 +#: random-bits.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" -msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +msgid "# export TERM=<replaceable>xterm-color</replaceable>" +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:476 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "分割區的掛載" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:477 +#: random-bits.xml:484 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -996,8 +998,8 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX none swap sw 0 0\n" "proc /proc proc defaults 0 0\n" "\n" -"/dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" -"/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/fd0 /media/floppy auto noauto,rw,sync,user,exec 0 0\n" +"/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0\n" "\n" "/dev/XXX /tmp ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" @@ -1005,8 +1007,17 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " "the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " -"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /media\n" +"# mkdir cdrom0\n" +"# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# ln -s media/cdrom\n" "</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " "times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " "customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " @@ -1041,13 +1052,13 @@ msgstr "" "a</userinput>，那麼請一定要在接著做之前先把 proc 掛載好：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:497 +#: random-bits.xml:510 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:499 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1056,45 +1067,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:505 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:511 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Keyboard" -msgstr "鍵盤的設定" +#: random-bits.xml:524 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Timezone" +msgstr "設定您的滑鼠" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:512 +#: random-bits.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure your keyboard:" -msgstr "若要設定您的鍵盤，請：" +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allow you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." +msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:516 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" -msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:532 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " -"configured for the next reboot." +"# editor /etc/default/rcS\n" +"# tzconfig" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:527 +#: random-bits.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "網路的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:528 +#: random-bits.xml:539 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1139,6 +1148,17 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"\n" +"# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +"::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +"fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +"ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +"ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +"ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +"ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " "arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " "file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " @@ -1191,25 +1211,44 @@ msgstr "" "在系統啟動時，每塊網卡就能取得您所預期的 interface 名稱了(eth0、eth1 等等)。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:565 +#: random-bits.xml:580 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Apt" +msgstr "網路的設定" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:581 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Locales" -msgstr "locales 的設定" +msgid "" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian etch main\n" +"\n" +"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"deb-src http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:597 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configure Locales and Keyboard" +msgstr "鍵盤的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:566 +#: random-bits.xml:598 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " -"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be " -"configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running " -"<command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets " -"other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization " -"HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" msgstr "" "要配置您的 locale 設定，以便使用英語以外的其它語言，就需要安裝提供 locales 支" "援的軟體套件，同時設定之： <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1219,18 +1258,34 @@ msgstr "" "config 階段就設定好它。在使用非 ASCII 或 latin1 的字元集的 locale 之前，請先" "參閱相應的本地化指南(localisation HOWTO)。" +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:608 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# aptitude install console-data\n" +"# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" +msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:610 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:584 +#: random-bits.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "核心的安裝" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:621 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " -"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." @@ -1242,7 +1297,7 @@ msgstr "" "參數來安裝它。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:594 +#: random-bits.xml:630 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1250,14 +1305,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:633 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> influences " +"the installation and upgrade of pre-packaged Debian kernels. A default file " +"will be created when you first install a Debian kernel image. For additional " +"information about this file, consult its man page which will be available " +"after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:600 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Boot Loader 的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:646 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1270,8 +1336,8 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 的 chroot 中使用 apt-get 完成。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:608 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " @@ -1279,8 +1345,8 @@ msgid "" "install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " "<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " "could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " -"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " -"relative to the system you call it from)." +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" "透過查閱 <userinput>info grub</userinput> 或 <userinput>man lilo.conf</" "userinput> 可以得到一些有關設定 bootloader 的提示。如果您希望保留用來安裝 " @@ -1291,17 +1357,32 @@ msgstr "" "lilo，它就會用哪個系統裡的 <filename>lilo.conf</filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:665 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install grub\n" +"# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" +"# update-grub\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "下面有一個簡單的 <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> 例子：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:623 +#: random-bits.xml:679 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"boot=/dev/hda6\n" -"root=/dev/hda6\n" +"boot=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" +"root=/dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" "install=menu\n" "delay=20\n" "lba32\n" @@ -1317,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:625 +#: random-bits.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1335,7 +1416,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>lilo.conf</filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1365,13 +1446,46 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 換成 <userinput>hd:</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:704 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing touches" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:705 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"packages of <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# tasksel install standard\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: random-bits.xml:716 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: random-bits.xml:722 +#, no-c-format +msgid "# aptitude clean" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: random-bits.xml:733 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "透過 Unix/Linux 系統來安裝 &debian;" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:655 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1381,7 +1495,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:663 +#: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1392,7 +1506,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:671 +#: random-bits.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1401,7 +1515,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:676 +#: random-bits.xml:756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1411,13 +1525,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1425,13 +1539,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:695 +#: random-bits.xml:775 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:700 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1439,7 +1553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:706 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1448,13 +1562,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:718 +#: random-bits.xml:798 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "設定您的滑鼠" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:719 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1462,7 +1576,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:724 +#: random-bits.xml:804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1486,13 +1600,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:730 +#: random-bits.xml:810 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "核心的安裝" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:731 +#: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1508,13 +1622,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:750 +#: random-bits.xml:830 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1522,13 +1636,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:760 +#: random-bits.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1538,7 +1652,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:774 +#: random-bits.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1547,26 +1661,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:786 +#: random-bits.xml:866 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "網路的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:789 +#: random-bits.xml:869 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:794 +#: random-bits.xml:874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:799 +#: random-bits.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1574,13 +1688,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:805 +#: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "現在您在硬碟上已經裝上了一套真正的 Debian 作業系統，儘管它還很瘦小。" +#~ "<command>Chroot</command> 用來進入該系統：" + +#~ msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" +#~ msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" + +#~ msgid "To configure your keyboard:" +#~ msgstr "若要設定您的鍵盤，請：" + +#~ msgid "Configure Locales" +#~ msgstr "locales 的設定" + #~ msgid "1392" #~ msgstr "1392" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index 55760e3c0..4c0cec451 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-25 20:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-27 04:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -695,21 +695,23 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " -"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " -"installation." +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations. If that is not sufficient, the installer will only " +"load components essential to complete a basic installation by default. This " +"reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the " +"opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware " +"that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause " +"the installation to fail." msgstr "" -"在小記憶體的安裝下，只有部分元件有效。其中的一個限制是您無法在安裝過程中選擇" -"語言。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "選擇區域化選項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:458 +#: using-d-i.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -721,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr "" "本地化選項。選項包括了語言、國家以及地區設定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:465 +#: using-d-i.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -734,7 +736,7 @@ msgstr "" "的鍵盤配置。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:472 +#: using-d-i.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -747,7 +749,7 @@ msgstr "" "言，都會影響您新 Debian 系統的本地化設置。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:479 +#: using-d-i.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -767,7 +769,7 @@ msgstr "" "統也不會支援任何地區設定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:491 +#: using-d-i.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -784,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>，您將看到按大洲分組的全部國家。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -796,13 +798,13 @@ msgstr "" "統，您將可以選擇預設地區設定以外的設定，並且可以決定系統額外支援的地區設定。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:524 +#: using-d-i.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "選擇鍵盤" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:526 +#: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -817,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" "盤配置 (在安裝完之後用 root 執行 <command>kbdconfig</command>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:536 +#: using-d-i.xml:540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -831,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" "鍵盤上端有一排 <keycap>F1</keycap>到<keycap>F10</keycap> 按鍵。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:545 +#: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -843,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "" "核心 keymap (LK201 US)。隨著 Linux/MIPS 核心的開發，將來也許會改變。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:552 +#: using-d-i.xml:556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -861,13 +863,13 @@ msgstr "" "'alt')。其餘地方這兩種配置相似。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:582 +#: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "尋找 Debian 安裝程式 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:583 +#: using-d-i.xml:587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -880,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "" "正是用來完成此任務。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:590 +#: using-d-i.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -907,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" "果是後者，<command>iso-scan</command> 會搜索其它的映像檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:607 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -919,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "行完整的搜索。這次不只查看最上級目錄，而是真正地搜尋整個檔案系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:614 +#: using-d-i.xml:618 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -935,13 +937,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix 使用者可以在第二個控制台上完成這些動作，而毋須重新啟動。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:635 +#: using-d-i.xml:639 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:637 +#: using-d-i.xml:641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -959,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> man 頁。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:648 +#: using-d-i.xml:652 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -978,7 +980,7 @@ msgstr "" "時候回應很慢，因此，如果您確定都正常，再試一次。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:660 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1000,7 +1002,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> 中參考應回答的數值。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:678 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1020,13 +1022,13 @@ msgstr "" "classname>，它用來一步步進行網路設定。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:711 +#: using-d-i.xml:715 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分割區與選擇掛載點" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:712 +#: using-d-i.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1041,13 +1043,13 @@ msgstr "" "載點，並為近似選項進行設定，例如 LVM 或 RAID 設備。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "硬碟的分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:736 +#: using-d-i.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1058,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" "的細節，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1071,7 +1073,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>手動編輯磁碟分割表</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:749 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1083,14 +1085,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:764 +#: using-d-i.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:769 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1101,7 +1103,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:778 +#: using-d-i.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1112,7 +1114,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1124,7 +1126,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:797 +#: using-d-i.xml:801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1136,7 +1138,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:806 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1147,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:814 +#: using-d-i.xml:818 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1164,73 +1166,73 @@ msgstr "" "的方式而不同)，那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:830 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:831 +#: using-d-i.xml:835 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:832 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:838 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:839 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:840 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:848 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1240,7 +1242,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1250,7 +1252,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:865 +#: using-d-i.xml:869 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1263,7 +1265,7 @@ msgstr "" "外的一項，可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:873 +#: using-d-i.xml:877 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1274,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr "" "處，作為 aboot boot loader 的保留空間。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:879 +#: using-d-i.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1286,7 +1288,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:885 +#: using-d-i.xml:889 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1333,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統，及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:898 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1352,7 +1354,7 @@ msgstr "" "區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:908 +#: using-d-i.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1367,35 +1369,39 @@ msgstr "" "內容將會在本節的後面談到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " -"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " -"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " -"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" "倘若您選用的是一塊全新的硬碟，它還沒有被分割過，上面也沒有未使用空間。那麼系" "統會要求您新建一個分割區表 (只有這樣，您才能建立新的分割區)。分割區表建好之" "後，在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行，上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:924 +#: using-d-i.xml:928 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " -"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " -"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " -"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " -"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " -"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " -"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" -"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " -"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " -"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " -"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " -"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " -"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose " +"different filesystem for this partition including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" "如果您選中了某塊未使用空間，那麼就可以在上面新建分割區了。接著需要回答一系列" "簡短的問題，如分割區大小、類型 (主分割區還是邏輯分割區)、以及分割區的位置 (在" @@ -1409,17 +1415,17 @@ msgstr "" "自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:942 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " "select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " -"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " -"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " -"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " -"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " -"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " -"delete a partition." +"menu. This is the same screen like when creating a new partition, so you can " +"change the same settings. One thing which might not be very obvious at a " +"first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." msgstr "" "若是您希望修改分割區的設置，只要選取該分割區，分割區的設定選單就會出現在您的" "面前。由於這個畫面和新建分割區時使用的畫面是相同的，所以您可以像以前那樣修改" @@ -1428,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap。在這個選單中，您還可以刪除分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1443,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr "" "下面的步驟，直到您改正了這個錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1454,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" "一點，不讓您繼續操作，直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:967 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1470,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1483,13 +1489,13 @@ msgstr "" "硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時，安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1004 +#: using-d-i.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1507,7 +1513,7 @@ msgstr "" "(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1018 +#: using-d-i.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1520,43 +1526,43 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> 格式化，分配掛載點，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " "Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" "term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " "incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " "equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" -"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " "<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " "healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " "disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " "editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" "term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " -"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " "every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " "things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " "on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " "capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " -"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " "improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " "loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " "have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " "in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " "<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " -"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " -"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " -"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " -"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " -"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " -"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " -"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " -"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " "Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " "of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " -"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " -"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" @@ -1585,101 +1591,101 @@ msgstr "" "訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1114 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "備用設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 using-d-i.xml:1123 +#: using-d-i.xml:1123 using-d-i.xml:1131 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1130 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可選" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1130 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1131 +#: using-d-i.xml:1139 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1687,17 +1693,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " -"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" "如果您想真正全面瞭解 Software RAID，請參閱 <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1147 +#: using-d-i.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1712,7 +1718,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1156 +#: using-d-i.xml:1164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1727,7 +1733,7 @@ msgstr "" "於有經驗的使用者，從介殼手動地處理一些配置和安裝步驟，也許能避開這些問題" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1173 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1745,7 +1751,7 @@ msgstr "" "從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1756,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr "" "要組成 MD 的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1185 +#: using-d-i.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1773,7 +1779,7 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去，直到錯誤被改正為止。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1197 +#: using-d-i.xml:1205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1783,7 +1789,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1213 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1799,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1222 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1812,13 +1818,13 @@ msgstr "" "案系統並分配掛載點。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1229 +#: using-d-i.xml:1237 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1230 +#: using-d-i.xml:1238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1832,7 +1838,7 @@ msgstr "" "移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1850,7 +1856,7 @@ msgstr "" "優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1256 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1868,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1267 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -1883,7 +1889,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1268 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -1896,7 +1902,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -1904,43 +1910,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1287 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1293 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1299 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -1948,7 +1954,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -1956,17 +1962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " -"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " -"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " -"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1320 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -1977,13 +1973,13 @@ msgstr "" "與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1336 +#: using-d-i.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -1997,7 +1993,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2014,7 +2010,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1363 +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2024,20 +2020,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1370 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " "space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " "partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " -"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " "select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " "then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2048,7 +2044,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1393 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2058,13 +2054,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2080,13 +2076,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1423 +#: using-d-i.xml:1422 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1425 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2096,13 +2092,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1439 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2114,7 +2110,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1449 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2124,25 +2120,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1463 +#: using-d-i.xml:1462 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1469 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 +#: using-d-i.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2152,13 +2148,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1486 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2170,7 +2166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1494 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2183,13 +2179,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1514 using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1513 using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2203,7 +2199,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2212,13 +2208,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2227,25 +2223,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1557 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1566 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2255,19 +2251,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2277,7 +2273,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1609 +#: using-d-i.xml:1608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2289,7 +2285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2300,7 +2296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1629 +#: using-d-i.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2315,7 +2311,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1642 +#: using-d-i.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2329,7 +2325,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2349,7 +2345,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2362,7 +2358,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2370,13 +2366,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2384,13 +2380,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1705 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "設定您的時區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2400,13 +2396,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1722 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2416,7 +2412,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1732 +#: using-d-i.xml:1731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2428,7 +2424,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2438,19 +2434,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "設定使用者和密碼" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "設定 root 密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2463,7 +2459,7 @@ msgstr "" "系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2477,7 +2473,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1780 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2488,13 +2484,13 @@ msgstr "" "理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "建立一個普通使用者" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2506,7 +2502,7 @@ msgstr "" "記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1799 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2524,7 +2520,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建議您找一本書進行學習。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2536,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr "" "可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2546,13 +2542,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2563,21 +2559,15 @@ msgstr "" "儘管這一階段少有問題，但卻需要大量時間用於整個基本系統的下載、檢驗和解開套" "件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。" -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base System Installation" -msgstr "基本系統安裝" - #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " -"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" -"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" "在基本系統安裝期間，解開軟體套件和安裝的資訊被重新導向到 <userinput>tty3</" "userinput>。您可以透過按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</" @@ -2585,18 +2575,18 @@ msgstr "" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " -"a serial console." +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" "當安裝程式透過序列埠控制台執行時，基本到建的解開套件/安裝訊息儲存在 " "<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1861 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2608,50 +2598,51 @@ msgstr "" "個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1868 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1875 +#: using-d-i.xml:1869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " -"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " -"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"Most users will want to install additional software to the system to tune it " +"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1883 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1891 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " -"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" -"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " -"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " -"a nice user interface." +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2663,13 +2654,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1931 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1933 +#: using-d-i.xml:1929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2681,7 +2672,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2701,7 +2692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1967 +#: using-d-i.xml:1963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -2710,7 +2701,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:1970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop " @@ -2719,7 +2710,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1980 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see " @@ -2733,7 +2724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:1987 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -2745,7 +2736,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2756,7 +2747,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2764,7 +2755,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2774,13 +2765,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2030 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "設定您的郵件傳輸代理 (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2032 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2794,7 +2785,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command>。這是一個非常小巧、靈活並且容易理解的工具。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2040 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2807,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, <command>aide</command> 等) 的重要通知都是透過郵件發送的。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2817,13 +2808,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2057 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "網際網路站" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2835,13 +2826,13 @@ msgstr "" "詢問您一些基本問題，如：您的機器的郵件名稱、您接受或轉發郵件的網域名稱等等。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "用 smarthost 發信" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2857,13 +2848,13 @@ msgstr "" "程式將郵件從 smarthost 下載回來。這一選項通常適合撥號使用者。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2083 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "僅在本地發送" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2084 +#: using-d-i.xml:2080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2879,13 +2870,13 @@ msgstr "" "問題，因此這一選項也非常適合新手。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "現在不進行設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2098 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2898,7 +2889,7 @@ msgstr "" "具發出的重要資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2109 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2913,46 +2904,32 @@ msgstr "" "料。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "使系統可開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " "local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " -"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " "default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" "如果您是安裝無磁碟工作站，從本機啟動顯然是沒有意義的選項，這一步可以跳過。" "<phrase arch=\"sparc\">您也許希望預設 OpenBoot 為網路啟動﹔請參閱 <xref " "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " -"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " -"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " -"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"注意，從單機上啟動多個作業系統仍然是種魔術。本文件無意描寫各種 boot-loader， " -"它們會依硬體架構甚至是子架構而變化。您應該參考 boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資" -"訊。" - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2148 +#: using-d-i.xml:2136 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2150 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2966,7 +2943,7 @@ msgstr "" "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2158 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2980,16 +2957,16 @@ msgstr "" "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2176 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>aboot</command> 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2165 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " "write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " "installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " "<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " @@ -3005,13 +2982,13 @@ msgstr "" "您在安裝 Debian 的磁碟上裝有不同的作業系統，您將不得不從軟碟啟動 GNU/Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2197 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3026,19 +3003,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3049,7 +3026,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3061,7 +3038,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2233 +#: using-d-i.xml:2221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3072,13 +3049,13 @@ msgstr "" "請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2249 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3094,7 +3071,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2259 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3107,21 +3084,21 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2274 +#: using-d-i.xml:2262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3129,13 +3106,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2281 +#: using-d-i.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3146,13 +3123,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它選擇" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#: using-d-i.xml:2278 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3169,7 +3146,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3184,14 +3161,14 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2318 +#: using-d-i.xml:2306 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " "on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " @@ -3201,9 +3178,9 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " "partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " "The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " -"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " -"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" "&architecture; boot loader 稱為 <quote>elilo</quote>。 它模仿 x86 架構上的 " "<quote>lilo</quote> boot loader 並使用類似的設定檔。然而，不同於寫入 MBR 或分" @@ -3215,7 +3192,7 @@ msgstr "" "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2336 +#: using-d-i.xml:2324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3230,20 +3207,20 @@ msgstr "" "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2336 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " "with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " "depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " -"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" "選擇分割區的準則是格式化為 FAT 的檔案系統並有 <emphasis>boot</emphasis> 旗" @@ -3252,13 +3229,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分割區內容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3284,13 +3261,13 @@ msgstr "" "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3301,13 +3278,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2399 +#: using-d-i.xml:2387 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2400 +#: using-d-i.xml:2388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3320,13 +3297,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2398 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3339,13 +3316,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2423 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3356,13 +3333,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2422 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2435 +#: using-d-i.xml:2423 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3375,13 +3352,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3421,13 +3398,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2476 +#: using-d-i.xml:2464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3435,13 +3412,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2472 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3450,13 +3427,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 using-d-i.xml:2562 +#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2494 +#: using-d-i.xml:2482 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3464,13 +3441,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2502 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2503 +#: using-d-i.xml:2491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3480,13 +3457,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2512 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3512,13 +3489,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3528,20 +3505,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command> 所處的硬碟的 SCSI ID。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3549,13 +3526,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 所處的分割區號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2571 +#: using-d-i.xml:2559 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3565,7 +3542,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2582 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3575,19 +3552,19 @@ msgstr "" "預設的開機設定，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2588 +#: using-d-i.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3605,13 +3582,13 @@ msgstr "" "將設為啟動 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2617 +#: using-d-i.xml:2605 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2618 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3625,13 +3602,13 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2622 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3646,13 +3623,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2652 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3680,13 +3657,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3702,7 +3679,7 @@ msgstr "" "存在於機器上，以用於啟動 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3721,13 +3698,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2707 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2708 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3735,13 +3712,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2720 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2722 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3753,7 +3730,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2729 +#: using-d-i.xml:2717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3766,13 +3743,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2743 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3783,13 +3760,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安裝記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2759 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3800,7 +3777,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2766 +#: using-d-i.xml:2754 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3814,41 +3791,46 @@ msgstr "" "用於報告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2789 +#: using-d-i.xml:2776 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " -"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " -"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " -"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " -"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" -"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " -"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself." msgstr "" -"選單上有個<guimenuitem>呼叫 shell</guimenuitem> 選單項。如果沒有選單，想使用" -"介殼請按 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> " -"(在 Mac 鍵盤上，<keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" -"keycombo>) 以切換到第二個<emphasis>虛擬控制台</emphasis>。就是同時按下 " -"<keycap>Alt</keycap> 鍵，它位於 <keycap>空格鍵</keycap>的左邊，和 " -"<keycap>F2</keycap> 功能鍵。這個獨立視窗執行 Bourne shell 的複製版 " -"<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#: using-d-i.xml:2794 #, no-c-format msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"To get back to the installer itself, type <userinput>exit</userinput> to " +"close the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " "of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " "available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" -"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " -"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " "autocompletion and history." msgstr "" "因為這時您是從 RAM 磁碟啟動，只有有限的 Unix 工具可以使用。您可以透過指令 " @@ -3860,28 +3842,38 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " -"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " -"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " -"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " -"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " -"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " -"to open the shell." +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2823 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" -"使用選單完成它們能完成的工作 — shell 和指令只在出錯的時候使用。尤其要使" -"用選單，而不是 shell 去啟動您的置換分割區，因為選單軟體無法偵測到您在介殼下做" -"的工作。按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></" -"keycombo> 返回選單，或者您是在從選單打開的介殼下，鍵入 <command>exit</" -"command> 指令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2829 +#: using-d-i.xml:2838 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3893,7 +3885,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3907,7 +3899,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2854 +#: using-d-i.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3915,7 +3907,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2859 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3929,7 +3921,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2871 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3938,7 +3930,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3957,7 +3949,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3969,7 +3961,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3982,7 +3974,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2913 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3993,7 +3985,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4001,6 +3993,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" +#~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +#~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在小記憶體的安裝下，只有部分元件有效。其中的一個限制是您無法在安裝過程中選" +#~ "擇語言。" + +#~ msgid "Base System Installation" +#~ msgstr "基本系統安裝" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +#~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +#~ "the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +#~ "subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for " +#~ "more information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "注意，從單機上啟動多個作業系統仍然是種魔術。本文件無意描寫各種 boot-" +#~ "loader， 它們會依硬體架構甚至是子架構而變化。您應該參考 boot-loader 的文件" +#~ "以瞭解更多資訊。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " +#~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a " +#~ "Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +#~ "keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. " +#~ "That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the " +#~ "<keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at " +#~ "the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone " +#~ "called <command>ash</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "選單上有個<guimenuitem>呼叫 shell</guimenuitem> 選單項。如果沒有選單，想使" +#~ "用介殼請按 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></" +#~ "keycombo> (在 Mac 鍵盤上，<keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +#~ "keycap> </keycombo>) 以切換到第二個<emphasis>虛擬控制台</emphasis>。就是同" +#~ "時按下 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 鍵，它位於 <keycap>空格鍵</keycap>的左邊，和 " +#~ "<keycap>F2</keycap> 功能鍵。這個獨立視窗執行 Bourne shell 的複製版 " +#~ "<command>ash</command>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " +#~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " +#~ "particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate " +#~ "your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've " +#~ "done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type " +#~ "<command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "使用選單完成它們能完成的工作 — shell 和指令只在出錯的時候使用。尤其" +#~ "要使用選單，而不是 shell 去啟動您的置換分割區，因為選單軟體無法偵測到您在" +#~ "介殼下做的工作。按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +#~ "keycap></keycombo> 返回選單，或者您是在從選單打開的介殼下，鍵入 " +#~ "<command>exit</command> 指令。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " #~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " #~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " |